COLLECTIBLES USA INC
S-1/A, 1998-06-05
RETAIL STORES, NEC
Previous: DREYFUS INSTITUTIONAL PREFERRED MONEY MARKET FUND, 24F-2NT, 1998-06-05
Next: GLENBOROUGH PROPERTIES L P, S-4/A, 1998-06-05



   

      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 5, 1998
    
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-29181
================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
   
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                              ------------------
                                AMENDMENT NO. 3
    
                                       TO
                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>                            <C>
                  DELAWARE                        5999                     13-3906920
     (State or other jurisdiction     (Primary Standard Industrial      (I.R.S. Employer
  of incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)   Identification Number)
</TABLE>

                      ONE BATTERY PARK PLAZA, 24TH FLOOR
                           NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004
                                (212) 344-1271
       (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area
               code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

                               RONALD P. RAFALOFF
                              CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                       ONE BATTERY PARK PLAZA, 24TH FLOOR
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004
                                 (212) 344-1271
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                              of agent for service)

                                  COPIES TO:

  DAVID W. POLLAK, ESQ.                                   PAUL JACOBS, ESQ.
MORGAN, LEWIS & BOCKIUS LLP                          FULBRIGHT & JAWORSKI L.L.P.
    101 PARK AVENUE                                       666 FIFTH AVENUE
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10178                              NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10103
   (212) 309-6058                                         (212) 318-3000

                              ------------------
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
  AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.

                              ------------------
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.  [ ]

     THE REGISTRANT  HEREBY AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH  SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH  DATE  AS THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

================================================================================
<PAGE>
   

                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 5, 1998
    
PROSPECTUS

                                2,700,000 SHARES
                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                                  COMMON STOCK
                               ------------------
     All of the 2,700,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby are being issued
and sold by Collectibles USA, Inc. ("Collectibles USA"). Prior to this offering,
there  has  been  no  public  market  for  the  Common  Stock.  It is  currently
anticipated  that the initial  public  offering  price will be between $8.00 and
$9.00 per  share.  See  "Underwriting"  for a  discussion  of the  factors to be
considered in determining  the initial public  offering  price.  The Company has
applied for  quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq  National  Market under
the symbol "CUSA."
                              ------------------
   
     SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 10 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED  IN CONNECTION  WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK
OFFERED HEREBY.

    
                              ------------------
    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
     AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
          PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
              REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==========================================================================================================
                                                    UNDERWRITING
                              PRICE TO              DISCOUNTS AND                 PROCEEDS TO
                              PUBLIC               COMMISSIONS(1)                 COMPANY(2)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>                  <C>                           <C>
Per Share .........           $                     $                             $
Total(3) ..........           $                     $                             $
===========================================================================================================
</TABLE>

   
(1) Excludes  (i)  the  value  of  warrants  to be  issued  to  Cruttenden  Roth
    Incorporated,  as  the  representative  of  the  several  Underwriters  (the
    "Representative"),  to  purchase up to 270,000  shares of Common  Stock (the
    "Representative's  Warrants")  and (ii) a financial  advisory fee payable by
    the Company to the Representative in the amount of $450,000. The Company has
    agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities,  including
    liabilities   under  the   Securities   Act  of  1993,   as   amended.   See
    "Underwriting."

(2) Before  deducting  expenses of this  offering  payable by  Collectibles  USA
    estimated at $_________,  including the Representative's  financial advisory
    fee.

(3) Collectibles  USA has  granted to the  Underwriters  an option,  exercisable
    within 45 days of the date  hereof,  to  purchase  up to 405,000  additional
    shares of Common Stock solely to cover over-allotments,  if any, on the same
    terms  and  conditions  as the  shares  offered  hereby.  If such  option is
    exercised in full,  the total Price to Public,  Underwriting  Discounts  and
    Commissions and Proceeds to Company will be $ , $ and $ , respectively.  See
    "Underwriting."

     The shares of Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters when,
as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters, subject to their right
to reject any order in whole or in part and to certain other conditions. It is
expected that delivery of the share certificates will be made against payment
therefor at the offices of Cruttenden Roth Incorporated, in Irvine, California
or through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company on or about        ,
1998.
                              ------------------
                                CRUTTENDEN ROTH
                                 INCORPORATED

                   The date of this Prospectus is     , 1998

Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  becomes effective.
This prospectus  shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an
offer to buy nor  shall  there be any sale of these  securities  in any state in
which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior to registration
or qualification under the securities law of any such state.

    

<PAGE>

INSIDE COVER (LEFT)

1) Giuseppe Armani -- figurine
2) Kitty Cantrell -- figurine
3) Goebel -- figurine
4) Knickerbocker Company -- figurine
5) Enesco (Precious Moments and Cherished
   Teddies) -- two figurines
6) Swarovski -- crystal figurine
7) Department 56 -- Snowbabies figurine

INSIDE COVER (RIGHT)

1) Warner Brothers -- Looney Line-up lithograph
2) Peanuts -- Aauugghhh lithograph
3) The Simpsons -- Bart-O-Lounger lithograph
4) Warner Brothers -- Bad Ol' Puddy Tat figurine
5) Paws -- The Doctor's Office lithograph
6) Lladro -- Allegory of Liberty figurine
7) Giuseppe Armani -- Baccus and Arianna figurine
8) The Boyds Collection -- Courtney with Phoebe... Over
    the River and Through the Woods figurine
9) Department 56 -- The Heritage Village Collection

INSIDE BACK COVER

   

1) [photograph -- to come]
    

2) Interior of North Pole City
3) Interior of American Royal Arts
4) Map of USA, indicating number of stores located in each state

     CERTAIN PERSONS  PARTICIPATING  IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT  STABILIZE,  MAINTAIN OR  OTHERWISE  AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON  STOCK,
INCLUDING OVER-ALLOTMENT,  STABILIZING AND SYNDICATE SHORT-COVERING TRANSACTIONS
AND THE IMPOSITION OF A PENALTY BID. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES,  SEE
"UNDERWRITING."

   

     Garfield(Reg.  TM) is a registered trademark of Paws, Incorporated and Bugs
Bunny(Reg.  TM), Elmer  Fudd(Reg.  TM),  Yosemite  Sam(Reg.  TM), and Tweety and
Sylvester(Reg.  TM)  are  registered  trademarks  of Time  Warner  Entertainment
Company, L.P. This Prospectus includes trademarks other than those identified in
this paragraph. Such trademarks are the property of their respective owners. The
use of any such  trademark  herein  is in an  editorial  form  only,  and to the
benefit  of  the  owner  thereof,  with  no  intention  of  infringement  of the
trademark. 
    

<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   

     Concurrently with the closing of the offering made hereby (the "Offering"),
Collectibles USA, Inc. plans to acquire, in separate transactions (collectively,
the "Acquisitions"),  in exchange for consideration including cash and shares of
its common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common  Stock"),  four separate
retailers of contemporary collectibles and three separate marketers of animation
art (each, a "Founding  Company" and  collectively,  the "Founding  Companies").
Unless  otherwise  indicated,  references  herein  to  "Collectibles  USA"  mean
Collectibles  USA, Inc., and references to the "Company" mean  Collectibles  USA
and the Founding Companies, collectively.

     The  following  summary is qualified  in its entirety by the more  detailed
information and financial  statements and notes thereto  appearing  elsewhere in
this Prospectus.  Unless  otherwise  indicated (I) all information and share and
per share data in this  Prospectus  (i) give  effect to the  Acquisitions,  (ii)
assume the Underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised, (iii) assume an
initial public offering price of $8.50 per share,  (iv) assume the conversion of
all outstanding  shares of the Company's  Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock,
liquidation  value $50 per share (the "Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock"),
into  approximately  $1.0  million in cash and 79,902  shares of Common Stock of
which 67,916 shares will be issued by the Company,  (v) assume the conversion of
all of the  Company's  $1,550,000  12% notes due  February  28,  1999 (the "CUSA
Notes") into 364,705  shares of Common Stock,  of which  285,642  shares will be
issued by the Company and (vi) give effect to a  1,016.604-for-1  share dividend
on the Common Stock effected as of May 12, 1997 (the "Stock Split") and (II) all
references  to Common  Stock  include both Common  Stock and  restricted  voting
common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Restricted Vote Common Stock"),  of
the Company.

     The  Company has adopted a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the last Sunday
in January.  With respect to the Company,  references  to "Fiscal 1998" mean the
year ended January 25, 1998.  With respect to the financial  information  of the
combined  Founding  Companies,  references to "Fiscal  1996,"  "Fiscal 1997" and
"Fiscal  1998" mean a  combination  of the fiscal  years of each of the Founding
Companies for such year. 
    

                                  THE COMPANY

   

     Collectibles USA was founded to create a national  retailer of collectibles
merchandise  and marketer of animation  art.  Collectibles  USA has entered into
agreements  to acquire four  retailers of  contemporary  collectibles  and three
marketers of animation art simultaneously with the closing of the Offering. Upon
the consummation of these  Acquisitions,  the Company believes that it will be a
leading  retailer  of  contemporary  collectibles  and  a  leading  marketer  of
animation art in the United  States.  The Company's 11  collectibles  stores are
located in Florida,  Illinois (6), New Jersey (2) and Oklahoma (2). In addition,
certain stores sell collectibles through database direct mail, telemarketing and
the Internet.  The Company sells animation art primarily through database direct
mail, telemarketing and the Internet to both retail and wholesale customers, and
operates  five  animation  art galleries  located in  California,  New York (2),
Pennsylvania and Washington.

     The Company's  collectibles  merchandise  includes figurines and sculptures
made from  porcelain,  ceramic  and resin,  and a  selection  of  crystal  items
including functional and decorative products. The Company also sells collectible
cottages and villages, collectible prints and lithographs, collectible Christmas
ornaments and other holiday collectibles.  The Company's merchandise is produced
by leading vendors such as Lladro,  Department 56  (manufacturer of The Original
Snow  Village and The  Heirloom  Village  Collection  product  lines),  Giuseppe
Armani,  Goebel U.S.A.  (manufacturer  of the Hummel product  line),  Swarovski,
Disney and Enesco  (manufacturer of the Precious  Moments and Cherished  Teddies
product lines). See "Business -- Collectibles  Stores." The Company's  animation
art galleries  carry a full spectrum of animation  artwork,  including  original
production  cels (i.e.,  a painting of a  character  or object on a  transparent
acetate sheet), limited editions,  sericels, model sheets and original drawings.
In addition, the Company has licenses or rights, some of which are exclusive, to
design,  produce and market animation art featuring a wide variety of well known
characters,  including  Garfield(Reg.  TM), and is also an authorized  dealer of
limited editions and sericels created by Disney and Warner Brothers.
    

     According  to Unity  Marketing's  The  Collectibles  Industry  Report  1997
("Unity Marketing"), the collectibles industry grew approximately 11.9% in 1996,
generating over $9 billion in primary sales (i.e., sales of new merchandise), of
which  approximately  79% were generated by retail sales (including TV shopping)
and

                                       3

<PAGE>

approximately 21% were generated by direct response marketing.  The contemporary
collectibles  industry is  serviced by  approximately  10,000  specialty  retail
collectibles stores nationwide,  most of which have less than a 1% market share.
Collectibles are also sold by mid-to-upscale  department stores, home furnishing
stores,  small specialty  import stores,  gift stores,  card shops, TV shopping,
collectors  clubs,  and other  gallery  and  print  stores.  According  to Unity
Marketing, an estimated 31 million Americans identify themselves as collectors.

     The  Company  believes  that the  typical  collector  makes  more  than one
collectibles  purchase per year, and the typical collecting  household maintains
more than one collection. The Company's target retail customer is between 45 and
64 years old, and  encompasses a broad range of income levels.  According to the
U.S.  Department  of  Commerce  Bureau  of the  Census,  the 45 to 64  year  old
population  reached  approximately 45 million in 1996 and is expected to grow to
approximately  66 million  during the next ten years,  representing  a projected
growth  rate of close to three times the rate for the  overall  population.  The
Company  believes  that  collecting  will  become  increasingly   popular  among
consumers ages 45 to 64 because this generation of collectors has high levels of
discretionary income and has demonstrated nostalgic characteristics.

     The  Company's  goal  is  to  become  the  leading  specialty  retailer  of
contemporary  collectibles  and the  leading  marketer of  animation  art in the
United States.  The Company will seek to achieve this goal by emphasizing growth
through  acquisitions  and  implementing  a  national  operating  strategy  that
enhances internal revenue growth and profitability.

     Key elements of the Company's growth strategy include:

    o Grow Through  Acquisitions.  The Company  believes  that the  collectibles
      industry  is  highly   fragmented  with  significant   opportunities   for
      consolidation.  The Company  intends to acquire  profitable,  well-managed
      collectibles  retailers and  animation art marketers  that may provide new
      categories of merchandise that may be cross-sold to the Company's existing
      customer base. The Company believes that it will be an attractive acquiror
      due to its (i) strategy of  retaining  owners and  management  of acquired
      companies,  (ii)  access to capital  and (iii)  ability  to offer  sellers
      immediate  liquidity for their business as well as an ongoing equity stake
      in the  Company.  The  Company  has  developed  an  extensive  database of
      acquisition   candidates   within  the   collectibles  and  animation  art
      industries  and  believes  it will be well  positioned  to  implement  its
      acquisition program promptly following the Offering.  Although the Company
      will consider  opportunities  to make larger  acquisitions,  the Company's
      target  candidate for  acquisition is expected to have $2 to $5 million in
      annual sales, demonstrated profitability and one to four retail locations.

   o  Develop  Prototype  Store Formats.  Although the Company  intends to focus
      initially on acquiring other  retailers of  collectibles  and marketers of
      animation art, the Company  expects to complement its  acquisition  growth
      with new store  openings.  Over the next 12 months,  the Company  plans to
      develop  two  prototype   store   formats:   a   "superstore"   format  of
      approximately  18,000 square feet,  designed for either  free-standing  or
      strip mall locations,  and a mall-based  format,  of  approximately  1,500
      square feet.  The Company does not intend to open new stores over the next
      12 months.

   Key elements of the Company's national operating strategy include:

   o  Strengthen and Expand Vendor  Relationships.  Vendors in the  collectibles
      industry  often  recognize  retailers  based on certain  volume levels and
      reputation.  At the  discretion of vendors,  preferred  gallery  status is
      awarded  to  collectibles  stores  based on  factors  such as (i) a proven
      ability  to  market  and  sell  large  quantities  of  merchandise,   (ii)
      exceptional  customer  service  and  (iii)  creditworthiness.  Many of the
      Founding Companies have achieved preferred gallery status with key vendors
      which entitles them to volume discounts, co-op advertising funds, shipping
      allowances  and other  benefits.  The Company  believes  that as a leading
      retailer of collectibles  merchandise and a leading  marketer of animation
      art in  the  United  States,  it  will  have a  competitive  advantage  in
      leveraging its vendor  relationships.  In addition,  the Company  believes
      that it will be able to establish exclusive relationships with vendors for
      certain product lines and items which  generally lead to increased  sales.
      Certain vendors already have expressed a willingness to develop  products,
      such as porcelain  figurines,  resin  figurines  and cels, on an exclusive
      basis for the Company.

                                       4
<PAGE>
   

   o  Expand and  Improve  Database  Direct  Mail,  Telemarketing  and  Internet
      Marketing  Programs.  The Founding Companies have developed databases that
      often detail the buying patterns and  merchandise  preferences of existing
      and  potential  customers  and enable the  Founding  Companies  to conduct
      targeted  database  direct  mail,  telemarketing  and  Internet  marketing
      programs at Founding  Companies and future  companies to be acquired which
      are  not  already   utilizing  such  programs.   In  order  to  develop  a
      comprehensive  marketing  program  for use on a  Company-wide  basis,  the
      Company intends to combine and enhance the existing customer  databases of
      its   Founding   Companies   and  to  introduce   database   direct  mail,
      telemarketing  and an Internet  ordering  site at Founding  Companies  and
      future companies to be acquired which are not utilizing such programs.

   o  Improve  Operating   Procedures.   The  Company  intends  to  implement  a
      centralized  financial  management  system that will  enable  consolidated
      financial  reporting  and  cash  management.   The  Company  is  currently
      negotiating  with and intends to partner  with an  integrated  provider of
      outsourcing  services  in  the  supplier  management,  procurement,  order
      processing and payment settlement processes.  The Company has entered into
      a   partnering   relationship   with  a  leading   professional   employer
      organization to serve as an off-site human resources department.  Although
      in the near term the Company expects to incur higher  operating  expenses,
      the  Company  anticipates  that in the  future it will  achieve  long-term
      economies of scale and  enhanced  store-level  performance  as a result of
      these efforts.

    

   o  Capitalize  on  Local  Strengths.  By  maintaining  significant  operating
      autonomy at the local level,  the Company  intends to  capitalize on local
      strengths,  such as name  recognition,  customer  loyalty and service.  In
      addition,  the Company  anticipates  that certain of the principals of the
      Founding  Companies will assist in establishing and refining practices for
      Company-wide operations.

   

                                   MANAGEMENT

     Upon consummation of the Offering, the management group of the Company will
consist of two senior  management  members and four current owners of certain of
the Founding  Companies.  The two senior management  members,  the President and
Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company and the  Executive  Vice  President and
Chief Financial  Officer of the Company,  will be responsible for the day-to-day
operations of the Company and will work primarily  from the Company's  corporate
headquarters.  The other four  managers  will not be required to relocate to the
corporate  headquarters.  Each of these four managers has organized a management
team at their  respective  Founding  Company that functions  independently.  The
employment  agreement of each member of the management  group provides that each
such  member  will  devote his or her  full-time  and  efforts to the affairs of
Collectibles  USA.  The  Company's  senior  management  group,  other  than  the
executives of the Founding  Companies,  was assembled during June through August
of 1997.

                                THE ACQUISITIONS

     Collectibles  USA was  incorporated  in  Delaware  in January  1996 and was
founded to create a national  retailer of collectibles  merchandise and marketer
of animation  art  products.  Prior to the  Acquisitions,  the Company will have
conducted no operations  and generated no revenue.  Concurrently  with, and as a
condition  to, the closing of the  Offering,  Collectibles  USA will  acquire by
merger  all of the  issued  and  outstanding  capital  stock of  seven  Founding
Companies, four of which are retailers of contemporary collectibles and three of
which are marketers of animation art. The aggregate  consideration  that will be
paid  by  Collectibles  USA  to  acquire  the  Founding  Companies  consists  of
approximately  $7.8 million in cash and  1,761,354  shares of Common  Stock.  In
addition, approximately $3.5 million of the net proceeds of the Offering will be
used to  repay  indebtedness  of the  Founding  Companies  as of May  31,  1998,
including  indebtedness  incurred  to  fund  S  corporation  distributions  to a
stockholder of a Founding Company. See "The Company."

     The Company's  executive  offices currently are located at One Battery Park
Plaza,  24th Floor,  New York, New York 10004,  and its telephone number at that
address is (212)  344-1271.  Following the  consummation  of the  Offering,  the
Company intends to relocate its executive offices to Houston, Texas.

    

                                       5

<PAGE>

                                  THE OFFERING

   
<TABLE>

<S>                                                  <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company ..............   2,700,000 shares

Common Stock to be outstanding after the Offering.   6,006,094 shares(1)

Use of Proceeds ..................................   To pay the cash portion of
                                                     the purchase  price of the
                                                     Founding Companies;  repay
                                                     certain   indebtedness  of
                                                     the  Founding   Companies,
                                                     including     indebtedness
                                                     incurred    to    fund   S
                                                     corporation  distributions
                                                     to  a  stockholder   of  a
                                                     Founding   Company;    pay
                                                     required  cash  amounts in
                                                     connection     with    the
                                                     conversion of the Series A
                                                     Convertible      Preferred
                                                     Stock upon consummation of
                                                     the  Offering;  repay  the
                                                     principal           amount
                                                     outstanding  under certain
                                                     subordinated notes held by
                                                     an    affiliate   of   the
                                                     Company;  and for  general
                                                     corporate purposes,  which
                                                     is   expected  to  include
                                                     future  acquisitions.  See
                                                     "Use  of   Proceeds"   and
                                                     "Certain    Transactions."

Proposed  Nasdaq  National Market Symbol  ....       CUSA

</TABLE>
    

   

- ----------

(1)  Includes (i) 1,191,182  shares issued to the sponsors and management  which
     are  outstanding  prior  to the  Offering,  of  which  638,847  shares  are
     Restricted Vote Common Stock held by sponsors of the transactions described
     herein,  (ii)  1,761,354  shares to be issued to the owners of the Founding
     Companies,  (iii) 79,902 shares to be issued to the holders of the Series A
     Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  of which 11,986 shares will be  transferred
     from the sponsor shares listed in (i) above, 364,705 shares to be issued to
     the holders of the CUSA Notes,  of which 79,063 shares will be  transferred
     from the sponsor  shares  listed in (i) and 241,706  shares to be issued to
     the holders of the CEFC Notes,  all of which will be  transferred  from the
     sponsor shares listed in (i) above, excludes (i) 1,150,914 shares of Common
     Stock  reserved for issuance  under the Company's  stock option  plans,  of
     which options to purchase 90,000 shares exercisable at $4 have been granted
     and options to purchase  495,000  shares  exercisable at the initial public
     offering price will be granted  concurrently  with the  consummation of the
     Offering and (ii) 270,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon
     the  exercise  of  the  Representative's  Warrants  to  be  issued  to  the
     Representative and its designees, exercisable at 120% of the initial public
     offering  price.  See  "Management  --  1997  Long-Term   Incentive  Plan,"
     "Management -- 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan" and "Underwriting."

    
                                  RISK FACTORS
   

     Collectibles  USA  was  founded  in  January  1996  but  has  conducted  no
operations and generated no revenue to date.  Collectibles  USA has entered into
agreements to acquire the Founding Companies  simultaneously with the closing of
the  Offering.  Approximately  $7.8  million of the net proceeds of the Offering
will be paid in cash to the owners of the Founding  Companies (some of whom will
become  officers,  directors or key employees of the Company).  The Common Stock
offered  hereby  involves a high degree of risk and  immediate  and  substantial
dilution. See "Risk Factors."
    

                                       6


<PAGE>
                    SUMMARY PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

     Collectibles USA will acquire the Founding Companies  simultaneously  with,
and as a condition to, the consummation of the Offering. For financial statement
presentation purposes,  however,  American Royal Arts Corp., one of the Founding
Companies, has been identified as the "accounting acquiror." The following table
presents the unaudited pro forma  combined  financial  data for the Company,  as
adjusted  for (i) the effects of the  Acquisitions;  (ii) the effects of certain
pro forma adjustments to the historical  financial  statements  described below;
and  (iii) the  consummation  of the  Offering  and the  application  of the net
proceeds  therefrom.  This  information  should be read together with  "Selected
Financial Data," the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined  Financial  Statements and the
notes thereto and the  historical  financial  statements for American Royal Arts
Corp.  and certain of the other  Founding  Companies  and the  respective  notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PRO FORMA(1)
                                                              ----------------------------------------
                                                                  YEAR ENDED        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                               JANUARY 31, 1998       APRIL 30, 1998
                                                              ------------------   -------------------
<S>                                                           <C>                  <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA(2):
 Net sales ................................................       $   22,449           $    4,972
 Cost of sales ............................................           10,664                2,384
                                                                  ----------           ----------
 Gross profit .............................................           11,785                2,588
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(3) ..........            9,014                2,062
 Goodwill amortization(4) .................................              363                   91
                                                                  ----------           ----------
 Operating income .........................................            2,408                  435
 Interest and other income (expense), net(5) ..............              147                   42
                                                                  ----------           ----------
 Income before taxes ......................................            2,555                  477
 Income taxes .............................................            1,167                  227
 Net income ...............................................       $    1,388           $      250
                                                                  ==========           ==========
 Net income per share .....................................       $     0.26           $     0.05
                                                                  ==========           ==========
 Shares used in computing net income per share(6) .........        5,370,100            5,370,100
</TABLE>
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          APRIL 30, 1998
                                                              --------------------------------------
                                                                    PRO FORMA
                                                                   COMBINED(7)        AS ADJUSTED(8)
                                                              --------------------   ---------------
<S>                                                           <C>                    <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Cash and cash equivalents ................................       $      707             $ 6,114
 Working capital (deficit) ................................           (8,377) (2)         12,622
 Total assets .............................................           32,822              32,465
 Long-term obligations, net of current maturities and notes
   payable to stockholders ................................              321                  --
 Stockholders' equity .....................................           12,072              27,629
</TABLE>
    
- ----------
   
 (1) The year ended January 31, 1998 includes  American  Royal Arts for the year
     ended January 31, 1998,  Stone's  Hallmark for the year ended  November 30,
     1997 and North Pole City, Little Elegance, Reef Hallmark, Animation USA and
     Filmart for the year ended  December 31, 1997. The three months ended April
     30, 1998 includes  American Royal Arts for the three months ended April 30,
     1998,  Stone's  Hallmark for the three  months ended  February 28, 1998 and
     North Pole City, Little Elegance, Reef Hallmark,  Animation USA and Filmart
     for the three months ended March 31, 1998.
 (2) The pro  forma  combined  statement  of  operations  data  assume  that the
     Acquisitions  and the Offering  were closed on February 1, 1997 and are not
     necessarily  indicative  of the results the Company would have obtained had
     these events actually then occurred or of the Company's future results.
 (3) The pro forma combined statement of operations data reflect an aggregate of
     approximately $334,000 and $120,000 for the year ended January 31, 1998 and
     the  three  months  ended  April  30,  1998,  respectively,  in  pro  forma
     reductions  in salary and benefits to the owners of the Founding  Companies
     to which they have  agreed  prospectively  and certain  other  adjustments,
     including the effect of revisions of a lease  agreement  between one of the
     Founding  Companies and its  stockholder  and the reduction in compensation
     expense of approximately  $673,000  relating to a  non-recurring,  non-cash
     compensation charge for the year ended January 31, 1998.
    

                                       7

<PAGE>

 (4) Reflects  amortization  of the  goodwill  to be recorded as a result of the
     Acquisitions  over a 40-year period and computed on the basis  described in
     the Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.

 (5) Includes the  reduction of pro forma  interest  expense  attributed  to the
     repayment of debt with a portion of the net proceeds from the Offering.

   
 (6) Includes (i) 1,191,182  shares issued to the sponsors and management  which
     are outstanding  prior to the Offering,  (ii) 1,761,354 shares to be issued
     to the owners of the Founding  Companies,  (iii) 79,902 shares to be issued
     to the holders of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, of which 11,986
     shares will be transferred from the sponsor shares listed in (i) above, and
     364,705  shares to be issued to the  holders  of the CUSA  Notes,  of which
     79,063 shares will be transferred from the sponsor shares listed in (i) and
     241,706 shares to be issued to the holders of the CEFC Notes,  all of which
     will be transferred  from the sponsor shares listed in (i) above,  and (iv)
     2,076,794  of the  2,700,000  shares to be sold in the  Offering to pay the
     cash portion of the consideration for the Acquisitions,  repay indebtedness
     of the Founding Companies and pay expenses of the Offering.

 (7) The pro forma combined balance sheet data assume that the Acquisitions were
     closed on April 30, 1998.  The pro forma  combined  balance  sheet data are
     based  upon  preliminary  estimates,   available  information  and  certain
     assumptions  that  management  deems  appropriate  and  should  be  read in
     conjunction with the other financial  statements and notes thereto included
     elsewhere in this Prospectus.

    

 (8) Reflects the consummation of the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."

   
 (9) Includes  $7.8  million  payable  to  owners  of  the  Founding  Companies,
     representing the cash portion of the  consideration for the Acquisitions to
     be paid with a portion of the net proceeds from the Offering.

    

                                       8
<PAGE>

               SUMMARY INDIVIDUAL FOUNDING COMPANY FINANCIAL DATA

     The following table presents certain summary  statements of operations data
for the Founding Companies for the periods indicated.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                         THREE MONTHS
                                                                      FISCAL(1)(2)                   ENDED APRIL 30(1)(2)
                                                        ----------------------------------------- --------------------------
                                                             1996          1997          1998          1997         1998
                                                        ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>

American Royal Arts
 Sales ................................................  $ 4,051,072   $ 4,288,612   $ 4,133,318   $1,100,477    $  806,489
 Gross profit .........................................    2,491,154     2,782,828     2,616,802      754,035       514,573
 Selling, general and administrative expenses .........    1,759,886     1,778,138     1,957,708      482,519       400,530
Stone's Hallmark
 Sales ................................................  $ 4,281,040   $ 4,985,549   $ 5,744,826   $1,845,501    $1,868,674
 Gross profit .........................................    2,012,350     2,488,975     2,982,197      898,100       927,633
 Selling, general and administrative expenses .........    1,787,457     2,117,010     1,818,203      441,996       411,124
North Pole City
 Sales ................................................  $ 2,865,249   $ 3,726,332   $ 4,752,176   $  581,424    $  640,496
 Gross profit .........................................    1,373,610     1,993,701     2,129,949      292,107       290,430
 Selling, general and administrative expenses .........    1,077,684     1,521,669     2,044,521      447,199       498,818
Little Elegance(3)
 Sales ................................................  $ 2,707,793   $ 2,598,270   $ 2,509,667   $  376,818    $  480,081
 Gross profit .........................................    1,238,268     1,251,609     1,179,673      181,965       227,269
 Selling, general and administrative expenses .........    1,179,842     1,229,978     1,097,089      303,703       264,689
Reef Hallmark
 Sales ................................................  $ 1,838,788   $ 2,492,809   $ 2,725,129   $  581,159    $  623,011
 Gross profit .........................................      737,030     1,191,341     1,260,549      258,379       282,777
 Selling, general and administrative expenses .........      628,543       934,764       943,686      262,120       237,695
Animation USA(3)
 Sales ................................................  $ 1,731,856   $ 1,716,410   $ 1,319,162   $  340,760    $  344,236
 Gross profit .........................................      833,341       876,127       723,188      204,138       215,682
 Selling, general and administrative expenses .........      773,523       845,100       762,330      187,556       149,792
Filmart
 Sales ................................................  $ 1,053,089   $ 1,445,848   $ 1,323,867   $  231,456    $  209,059
 Gross profit .........................................      541,720       947,928       891,464      117,725       129,180
 Selling, general and administrative expenses .........      492,577       539,178       541,459      163,604       118,074
Total
 Sales ................................................  $18,528,887   $21,253,830   $22,508,145   $5,057,595    $4,972,046
 Gross profit .........................................    9,227,473    11,532,509    11,783,822    2,706,449     2,587,544
 Selling, general and administrative expenses .........    7,699,512     8,965,837     9,164,996    2,288,697     2,080,722
</TABLE>
    

   

- ----------
(1) The fiscal years presented are as follows:  American Royal Arts -- the years
    ended  October  31,  1995 and the years  ended  January  31,  1997 and 1998;
    Stone's  Hallmark -- the years ended November 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997; North
    Pole City -- the years  ended  March 31,  1996,  1997 and 1998;  and  Little
    Elegance,  Reef  Hallmark,  Animation  USA and  Filmart  -- the years  ended
    December 31,  1995,  1996 and 1997.  The interim  periods  presented  are as
    follows:  American  Royal Arts -- the three  months ended April 30, 1997 and
    1998;  Stone's  Halllmark -- the three  months  ended  February 28, 1997 and
    1998;  North Pole City,  Little Elegance,  Reef Hallmark,  Animation USA and
    Filmart -- the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998.

(2) Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses  have not been  adjusted for
    aggregate  reductions  in salary and  benefits to the owners of the Founding
    Companies  to which they have agreed  prospectively  and for  revisions to a
    lease agreement  between one of the Founding  Companies and its stockholder,
    or  for  increased  costs   associated  with  the  Company's  new  corporate
    management and with being a public company.

(3) The summary  statements  of  operations  data is unaudited for the following
    companies:  Animation  USA for Fiscal 1996;  and Little  Elegance for Fiscal
    1996, 1997 and 1998.

    

                                       9

<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

     In addition to the other  information  in this  Prospectus,  the  following
factors  should be  considered  carefully  in  evaluating  the  Company  and its
business  before  purchasing  shares  of  Common  Stock  offered  hereby.   This
Prospectus  contains,  in addition to  historical  information,  forward-looking
statements that involve risks and  uncertainties.  The Company's  actual results
could differ materially from those discussed herein. Factors that could cause or
contribute to such differences  include, but are not limited to, those discussed
in the  following  risk  factors,  "Management's  Discussions  and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and elsewhere in this
Prospectus.

ABSENCE OF COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING HISTORY; INABILITY TO INTEGRATE
OPERATIONS

   

     Collectibles  USA  was  founded  in  January  1996  but  has  conducted  no
operations and generated no revenue to date.  Collectibles  USA has entered into
agreements to acquire the Founding Companies  simultaneously with the closing of
the  Offering.   The  Founding   Companies  have  been  operating  as  separate,
independent entities and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to integrate these businesses on a cost-effective  basis or at all. In addition,
there can be no assurance  that the Company's  senior  management  group will be
able to oversee the combined  entity and  effectively  implement  the  Company's
operating or growth strategies.  The pro forma combined financial results of the
Founding  Companies cover periods when the Founding  Companies and  Collectibles
USA were not under  common  control or  management  and,  therefore,  may not be
indicative of the Company's future financial or operating  results.  The success
of the Company will depend on  management's  ability to centralize and integrate
certain  administrative  and  accounting  functions and otherwise  integrate the
Founding  Companies and businesses  acquired in the future into one organization
in a profitable manner. In particular,  the Company will need to consolidate its
internal  systems  for  reporting  financial  and other  information,  including
inventory  levels,  deemed  significant by management.  The internal systems for
accumulating  such information at each of the Founding  Companies vary in degree
of  sophistication,  and,  in some cases,  are not  adequate  for the  Company's
anticipated  needs.  Failure to successfully  develop a consolidated  system for
reporting such information could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial  condition and results of operations.  The inability of the Company to
successfully  integrate  the Founding  Companies  would have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's  financial condition and results of operations and would
make it unlikely that the Company's acquisition program will be successful.  See
"Business  --  Growth  Strategy"  and "--  Management  Information  Systems  and
Controls."  The  Company  expects  to  incur  additional  management  and  other
administrative  expenses after the Acquisitions.  There can be no assurance that
these expenses will be offset by savings resulting from the consolidation of the
Founding  Companies.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations." 
    

RELIANCE ON THE IDENTIFICATION AND INTEGRATION OF SATISFACTORY ACQUISITION
CANDIDATES; RELIANCE ON ACQUISITION FINANCING

     The  Company's  future  growth  depends  in large  part on its  ability  to
increase  its sales  and the  markets  it  serves  through  the  acquisition  of
additional  collectibles  retailers and animation art  marketers.  The Company's
inability to achieve its acquisition  goals could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.  There can be no
assurance  that the  Company  will be able to  identify  or  acquire  additional
businesses on acceptable  terms,  effectively and profitably  integrate into the
Company  businesses  acquired in the future,  or achieve sales and profitability
that  justify  the  investment  therein.  Acquisitions  may  involve a number of
special risks,  including adverse  short-term  effects on the Company's reported
operating results; diversion of management's attention; dependence on retaining,
hiring and training key personnel;  risks associated with unanticipated problems
or legal liabilities;  and amortization of acquired  intangible assets,  some or
all of which could have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial
condition  and  results  of  operations.   In  addition,   to  the  extent  that
consolidation becomes more prevalent in the industry,  the prices for attractive
acquisition candidates may increase. The Company intends to use shares of Common
Stock for a portion of the consideration for future acquisitions.  If the Common
Stock  does  not  maintain  a  sufficient  value  or  if  potential  acquisition
candidates  are  unwilling  to  accept  shares  of  Common  Stock as part of the
consideration for the sale of their businesses, then the Company may be required
to utilize  more of its cash  resources,  if  available,  in order to pursue its
acquisition program. If the Company does not have sufficient cash resources, its
growth could be limited unless it is able to obtain  additional  capital through
financings  or  alternative  means.  See  "Business -- Growth  Strategy" and the
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements and the notes thereto included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.

                                       10

<PAGE>


MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH; INEXPERIENCE MANAGING A CONSOLIDATED COMPANY

     The Company  expects to grow  primarily  through  acquisitions.  Management
expects to expend  significant  time and effort in  evaluating,  completing  and
integrating acquisitions. The Company will need to implement additional systems,
procedures and controls to support  adequately the Company's  operations as they
expand. Any future growth will also impose significant added responsibilities on
members  of senior  management,  including  the need to  identify,  recruit  and
integrate new senior level  managers and  executives.  There can be no assurance
that such additional  management will be identified and retained by the Company.
The  Company's  officers  and  senior  management  have had  limited  experience
managing a consolidated company, which requires, among other things, the ability
to  manage  many  individual  stores  geographically  dispersed  throughout  the
country.  The  inability  of the  Company to manage its growth  efficiently  and
effectively, or to attract and retain additional qualified management could have
a material  adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and results of
operations. See "Business -- Growth Strategy."

FLUCTUATION OF QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

     The Company's  quarterly  results of operations have fluctuated in the past
and may  continue  to  fluctuate  in the future.  Variations  as a result of the
amount and timing of sales  contributed  by special  events and artist  signings
have significantly  affected net sales and gross profits.  Quarterly results may
also be  materially  affected  by the  timing of  acquisitions,  the  timing and
magnitude of acquisition  assimilation  costs,  the costs of opening new stores,
the  timing  of new  product  introductions,  the  gain or  loss of  significant
customers or product lines and variations in merchandise  mix. The Company makes
decisions about purchases of inventory well in advance of the time at which such
products are intended to be sold.  Significant  deviations from projected demand
for  collectibles  merchandise  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's  financial  condition and quarterly or annual  results of  operations.
Accordingly,  the Company's  performance  in any  particular  quarter may not be
indicative  of the results that can be expected for any other quarter or for the
entire year. See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations."

DEPENDENCE ON LICENSES

   

     The Company  markets many of its animation art products  through retail and
wholesale channels pursuant to licensing arrangements.  The Company has licenses
or rights to design,  produce  and  distribute  animation  art  featuring a wide
variety of well known characters such as Garfield(Reg.  TM). These  arrangements
are limited in scope,  expire at various times through March 2000, and authorize
the sale of specified licensed products for a defined period of time,  generally
two to four years.  The agreements may be terminated  prior to their  expiration
date under certain circumstances, including the Company's failure to comply with
the product approval provisions.  The success of licensing  arrangements depends
on many  factors,  including the  reasonableness  of license fees in relation to
revenue generated by sales of licensed products and the continued  popularity of
the licensed products.  The termination,  cancellation or inability to renew any
existing licensing arrangements, coupled with the inability to develop and enter
into new licensing  arrangements,  could have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's financial condition and results of operations. In addition, certain of
the Founding  Companies are authorized  dealers of limited editions and sericels
manufactured  by Disney  and  Warner  Brothers,  which are sold  through  retail
channels. There can be no assurance that such status will not be revoked or that
any such  revocation  would not have a material  adverse effect on the Company's
financial  condition and results of operations.  In addition,  the Company is an
authorized dealer of art produced by Warner  Brothers/Hanna-Barbera,  Disney and
artist Chuck Jones. The Company's  authorized dealer agreements can generally be
terminated by the other party with or without cause on short notice. Termination
of any of the  Company's  authorized  dealer  agreements  could  have a material
adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and results of operations.
Certain of the authorized dealer agreements  require the vendor's consent to the
Acquisitions.  The  failure  to obtain any such  consents  could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and results of operations.
See "Business -- Licenses."     

NEED FOR ADDITIONAL CAPITAL

     The Company  expects  that it will use  significant  amounts of capital for
acquisitions of other  collectibles  retailers and animation art marketers,  for
operating purposes (including the acquisition and implementation of a management
information  system) and to facilitate  internal growth.  The Company intends to
use shares of Common

                                       11


<PAGE>


Stock for a portion of the consideration for future acquisitions.  If the Common
Stock  does  not  maintain  a  sufficient  value  or  if  potential  acquisition
candidates are unwilling to accept Common Stock as part of the consideration for
the sale of their  businesses,  then the Company may be required to utilize more
of its cash resources, if available, in order to pursue its acquisition program.
If the Company  does not have  sufficient  cash  resources,  its growth could be
limited.  Using cash to complete  acquisitions and finance internal growth could
substantially limit the Company's financial flexibility; using debt could result
in  financial  covenants  that  limit the  Company's  operations  and  financial
flexibility;  and  using  equity  may  result  in  significant  dilution  of the
ownership interests of the then existing stockholders of the Company. The timing
and amount of any such capital requirements cannot be predicted.

   

     The  Company has  entered  into  negotiations  for a $15.0  million  credit
facility with a commercial bank to be used for acquisitions, working capital and
other general corporate  purposes.  It is anticipated that such credit facility,
if  obtained,  will be subject to various  conditions  including  receipt of net
proceeds from the Offering of a certain  amount.  Additionally,  as is customary
for such  credit  facilities,  the Company  expects  that it will be required to
adhere to certain  restrictive  covenants.  There can be no  assurance  that the
Company  will be able to obtain this credit  facility or other  financing it may
need on terms the Company deems acceptable,  if at all. As a result, the Company
might be unable to pursue its  acquisition  strategy  successfully or to achieve
operating  efficiencies,  which  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the
Company's  financial  condition  and results of  operations.  See  "Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations  --
Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Combined" and "Business -- Growth Strategy."

    

DEPENDENCE ON KEY COLLECTIBLES VENDORS AND RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH DEPENDENCE ON
FOREIGN VENDORS

   

     The  Company's  performance  depends,  in large  part,  on its  ability  to
purchase  contemporary  collectibles  merchandise  in  sufficient  quantities at
competitive prices. Although the Company purchases collectibles merchandise from
over 100 vendors, one vendor,  Hallmark,  accounted for approximately 11% of the
Company's  pro forma net sales in Fiscal 1998.  The loss of Hallmark as a vendor
could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and
results of operations.  The Company has no long-term purchase contracts or other
contractual  assurances of continued supply,  pricing or access to new products.
Because  customers of collectibles  merchandise  often collect  specific product
lines,  the inability of the Company to obtain  collectibles  merchandise from a
particular  vendor  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on  its  financial
condition and results of  operations.  Moreover,  there can be no assurance that
vendors will continue to manufacture desirable collectibles  merchandise or that
vendors  will not  discontinue  manufacturing  product  lines  that have  proved
popular.  In  addition,  one  of  the  Founding  Companies,  as  a  retailer  of
merchandise  imported from Italy,  is subject to certain risks that typically do
not  affect  other   retailers,   including   the  need  to  order   merchandise
significantly in advance of delivery, fluctuations in the value of currency, and
the  obligation  to pay  for  such  merchandise  at the  time it is  loaded  for
transport to designated  U.S.  destinations.  There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to acquire desired merchandise in sufficient  quantities on
terms  acceptable  to the  Company,  or that an  inability  to acquire  suitable
merchandise,  or the loss of one or more key  vendors,  will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and results of operations.
See "Business -- National Operating Strategy." 
    

FACTORS AFFECTING INTERNAL GROWTH

   

     The Company's ability to generate internal earnings growth will be affected
by, among other factors,  its ability to expand the range of merchandise offered
to customers,  increase sales to existing customers,  increase market share in a
given market,  attract and retain  qualified  employees,  purchase  inventory at
acceptable  prices,  open  additional  stores  and  reduce  operating  costs and
overhead.  The Company's  inability to generate  internal  earnings growth could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  financial condition and results
of operations.

MISREPRESENTATIONS AND BREACHES BY THE SELLERS AND THE FOUNDING COMPANIES IN
THE ACQUISITIONS

     In  consummating  the  Acquisitions,  the Company is relying  upon  certain
representations,  warranties  and  indemnities  made by the former owners of the
Founding Companies and the Founding Companies themselves with respect to each of
the Acquisitions, as well as its own due diligence investigations.  There can be
no assurance that such  representations and warranties will be true and correct,
that the Company's due diligence will uncover all 
    

                                       12
<PAGE>
   

material adverse facts relating to the operations and financial condition of the
Founding  Companies  that  are  acquired  or that all of the  conditions  to the
Company's  obligations to consummate  the  Acquisitions  will be satisfied.  Any
material  misrepresentations  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the
Company's financial condition and results of operations.

SIGNIFICANT MATERIALITY OF GOODWILL

     The  Company's  balance  sheet  immediately   following  the  Offering  and
consummation of the acquisition of the Founding Companies will include an amount
designated as "goodwill" that represents 44.7% of the pro forma total assets and
52.6% of stockholders' equity.  Goodwill arises when an acquiror pays more for a
business  than  the  fair  value  of  the  tangible  and  separately  measurable
intangible net assets.  Generally  accepted  accounting  principles require that
this and all other  intangible  assets be amortized  over the period  benefited.
Management has determined  that the period  benefited by the goodwill will be no
less than 40 years.  If management  were not to separately  recognize a material
intangible asset having a benefit period less than 40 years, or were not to give
effect to shorter benefit  periods of factors giving rise to a material  portion
of  the  goodwill,  earnings  reported  in  periods  immediately  following  the
acquisition  would be overstated.  In later years, the Company would be burdened
by a continuing charge against earnings without the associated benefit to income
valued by management in arriving at the  consideration  paid for the businesses.
Earnings  in later  years also could be  significantly  affected  if  management
determined then that the remaining balance of goodwill was impaired.  Management
has reviewed  with its  independent  accountants  all of the factors and related
future cash flows  which it  considered  in  arriving at the amount  incurred to
acquire  each  of  the  Founding  Companies.   Management   concluded  that  the
anticipated  future cash flows associated with intangible  assets  recognized in
the acquisitions will continue indefinitely, and there is no persuasive evidence
that any material portion will dissipate over a period shorter than 40 years.
    

COMPETITION

     The  collectibles  and animation art industries  are highly  fragmented and
competitive.  In addition to other  collectibles  retailers  and  animation  art
marketers,  the Company competes with  mid-to-upscale  department  stores,  gift
stores,  card shops, TV shopping,  collectors  clubs and other gallery and print
stores. The Company's  animation art galleries  compete,  in certain cases, with
the owners of the licensed characters, including Disney and Warner Brothers, who
sell products through their own stores and other marketing channels. Many of the
Company's  competitors  are larger  and have  substantially  greater  financial,
marketing  and other  resources  than the  Company.  In  addition,  although the
primary  points  of  competition   are  service  and   availability  of  desired
merchandise,  there  can be no  assurance  that  pricing  competition  will  not
develop.  Other retailing companies with significantly greater capital and other
resources  than  the  Company  may  enter  or  expand  their  operations  in the
collectibles  industry,  which  could  change the  competitive  dynamics  of the
industry.  In  addition,  as the  Company's  animation  art  licenses and rights
expire,  the Company will compete with other  marketers of animation art for the
right to design,  produce and market artistic  creations based on the applicable
licensed character. Because retailers of collectibles and marketers of animation
art products  generally do not own the  proprietary  rights to the products that
they  sell,  the  barriers  to entry to these  industries  are not  significant.
Therefore, there can be no assurance that additional participants will not enter
the market or that the Company could compete effectively with such entrants. See
"Business -- Competition."

     In  addition,  it is  possible  that there will be  competition  to acquire
additional  businesses if the  collectibles or animation art industries  undergo
broader  consolidation.  Such competition could lead to higher prices being paid
for such  companies.  The Company  believes  that its  decentralized  management
strategy and other operating  strategies make it an attractive acquiror of other
collectibles  retailers and animation art  marketers.  However,  there can be no
assurance that the Company's acquisition program will be successful.

SEASONALITY

     The  collectibles  industry,  and to a  lesser  extent  the  animation  art
industry,  can be subject to seasonal variations in demand. For example, most of
the Company's collectibles  operations experience the greatest demand during the
winter holiday shopping period.  Although the animation art industry experiences
less  seasonal  variations  in demand,  sales of  animation  art also  generally
increase during the winter holiday season. Consequently, certain of the Founding
Companies have  historically  been most profitable  during the fourth quarter of
the  Company's  fiscal  year.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

                                       13
<PAGE>


EFFECT OF FLUCTUATIONS IN THE GENERAL ECONOMY

     Demand for  collectibles  merchandise  and animation art is affected by the
general economic  conditions in the United States.  When economic conditions are
favorable and discretionary  income increases,  purchases of non-essential items
like  collectibles  merchandise  and  animation  art  generally  increase.  When
economic  conditions are less favorable,  sales of collectibles  merchandise and
animation art are generally lower. In addition,  the Company may experience more
competitive   pricing  pressure  during  economic  downturns.   Therefore,   any
significant  economic downturn or any future changes in consumer spending habits
could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and
results of operations.  See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."

CHANGES IN CUSTOMER TASTE

     The markets for the  Company's  products  are subject to changing  customer
tastes and the need to create and market new products.  Demand for  collectibles
and animation art products is  influenced by the  popularity of certain  themes,
cultural and  demographic  trends,  marketing and advertising  expenditures  and
general economic conditions.  Because these factors can change rapidly, customer
demand also can shift quickly.  Some collectibles appeal to customers for only a
limited  time.  The  success  of new  product  introductions  depends on various
factors,  including product selection and quality,  sales and marketing efforts,
timely  production  and delivery and  consumer  acceptance.  The Company may not
always be able to respond  quickly and  effectively to changes in customer taste
and  demand  due to the  amount  of time  and  financial  resources  that may be
required to bring new  products to market.  If the  Company  were to  materially
misjudge the market,  certain  inventory of the Company may remain  unsold.  The
inability to respond  quickly to market  changes  could have a material  adverse
effect on the  Company's  financial  condition  and results of  operations.  See
"Business -- Marketing."

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH MARKETING AND TELEMARKETING STRATEGY

     One of the Company's  significant  strategies for improved marketing is the
consolidation  of the  databases of the various  Founding  Companies  and of any
companies  acquired in the future for database  direct mail,  telemarketing  and
Internet marketing  efforts.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to integrate these databases successfully or that, once integrated, some of
the  databases  will not be discovered to contain  overlapping  information.  In
addition,  the Company  has not  previously  conducted  its  marketing  programs
according to practices  common to the database  direct mail,  telemarketing  and
Internet industries,  including practices such as the systematic  measurement of
the response rates generated from its databases or the categorization of entries
in the databases by past behavior.  The costs for a new  information  technology
system to effect such integration  could be substantial,  as could the amount of
time needed to acquire and implement  such a system.  The inability to integrate
the various  databases  successfully,  or in a timely and cost effective manner,
could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and
results  of  operations.   In  addition,   while  the  Founding  Companies  have
historically  charged  customers the costs of overnight  and ground  delivery of
merchandise,  they have not charged,  and the Company does not intend to charge,
customers  for the costs of catalog  mailings and paper.  Material  increases in
paper or catalog  delivery  costs or the  inability to charge  customers for the
costs of  overnight  or ground  delivery  of  merchandise  could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and results of operations.
See "Business -- Marketing."

   

RISK OF YEAR 2000 NONCOMPLIANCE

     As the year 2000 approaches, many date sensitive computer applications will
fail because they are unable to process dates properly beyond December 31, 1999.
Businesses will thus be required to devote  significant  resources to converting
their information  systems over the next several years.  Certain of the Founding
Companies' computer programs are currently partially Year 2000 noncompliant. The
costs of updating such  programs are not expected to be material,  but there can
be no assurance that such conversion programs will be successful at the expected
cost. The Company relies on a number of computer  software  programs,  including
programs used to manage the Company's financial, accounting, sales and marketing
activities.  The inability of such programs to interpret  properly data relating
to the year  2000  and  beyond  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's, financial condition and results of operations. 
    

                                       14

<PAGE>

SALES TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     Various  states are  increasingly  seeking to impose  sales or use taxes on
inter-state mail order sales and are aggressively  auditing sales tax returns of
mail order  businesses.  Complex  legal issues  arise in these areas,  relating,
among other things, to the required nexus of a business with a particular state,
which may permit the state to require a business to collect such taxes. Although
the Company believes that each of the Founding Companies has adequately provided
for sales taxes on its mail order  sales,  there can be no  assurance  as to the
effect of actions  taken by state tax  authorities  on the  Company's  financial
condition or results of operations. Furthermore, prior to the Acquisitions, each
Founding  Company has collected sales taxes only on sales to customers in states
in which such  Founding  Company  conducts its  operations.  In the future,  the
Company may be required to collect  sales tax on sales made to  customers in all
of the states in which it conducts its operations. The imposition of sales taxes
on mail order sales  generally has a negative effect on mail order sales levels.
All of the factors cited above may  negatively  affect the  Company's  financial
condition  and  results of  operations  in the future.  Any such  impact  cannot
currently be quantified.

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

   

     The Company's  operations  are  dependent on the  continued  efforts of the
management group of Collectibles  USA, which is comprised of two senior managers
and four managers who are current  owners of certain of the Founding  Companies.
Furthermore,  the Company will likely be dependent on the senior  management  of
companies  that may be acquired in the future.  Although the Company has entered
into employment agreements with senior management of Collectibles USA and of the
Founding Companies,  there can be no assurance that any individual will continue
in such capacity for any  particular  period of time. The loss of key personnel,
or the inability to hire and retain qualified  employees,  could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and results of operations.
The Company  does not intend to carry  key-person  life  insurance on any of its
employees. See "Management." 
    

CONTROL BY EXISTING MANAGEMENT AND STOCKHOLDERS

   

     Following  the  completion  of  the  Acquisitions  and  the  Offering,  the
Company's  officers and  directors,  various  sponsors of the  transaction,  and
stockholders of the Founding Companies,  and entities affiliated with them, will
beneficially own approximately  45.8% of the outstanding  shares of Common Stock
(42.9% if the Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is exercised in full). These
holders of Common Stock will control in the aggregate approximately 40.1% of the
votes of all shares of Common Stock and, if acting in concert, generally will be
able to exercise control over the Company's  affairs,  to elect the entire board
of directors of  Collectibles  USA (the "Board of Directors") and to control the
disposition of any matter  submitted to a vote of  stockholders.  See "Principal
Stockholders." 
    

PROCEEDS OF OFFERING PAYABLE TO AFFILIATES

   

     Approximately $11.3 million, or approximately 77.5%, of the net proceeds of
the Offering will be paid in cash to the owners of the Founding  Companies (some
of whom will become  officers,  directors  or key  employees of the Company) and
will be used to repay certain indebtedness of the Founding Companies,  including
indebtedness  incurred to fund S corporation  distributions  to a stockholder of
one of the Founding Companies. Approximately $1.0 million of the $3.5 million of
indebtedness  at May 31, 1998 to be repaid is held by certain  stockholders  and
affiliates of the Founding  Companies.  Included in the expenses of the Offering
are  approximately  $1.0 million to pay required cash amounts in connection with
the conversion of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock upon consummation of
the Offering and  approximately  $1.3 million to repay, upon consummation of the
Offering,  the  principal  amount  outstanding  under the  $300,000  5% note due
December  31, 1998 (the "CEFC  Note-1"),  the  $555,000 5% note due December 31,
1998 (the "CEFC Note-2"),  the $400,000 5% note due December 31, 1998 (the "CEFC
Note-3") and the $279,000 5% note due December 31, 1998 (the "CEFC  Note-4" and,
together  with the CEFC Note-1,  the CEFC Note-2 and the CEFC Note-3,  the "CEFC
Notes"),  which notes are held by an affiliate of the Company.  Concurrent  with
the  Offering,  the CEFC Note-3 will be converted to Common  Stock.  No proceeds
from the Offering  will be used to redeem the CEFC Note-3.  In February 1998 and
May 1998 the Company issued the CUSA Notes in an aggregate  principal  amount of
$1,550,000,  of which  $700,000  aggregate  principal  amount  was issued to two
entities affiliated with Michael A. Baker and Paul T. Shirley, both of whom will
become directors of the Company 
    

                                       15

<PAGE>
   
upon consummation of the Offering.  Concurrent with the Offering, the CUSA Notes
will be converted to shares of Common Stock.  No proceeds from the Offering will
be used to redeem the CUSA  Notes.  The  proceeds  from the sale of the Series A
Convertible  Preferred Stock, the CEFC Notes and the CUSA Notes were used by the
Company to pay  various  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with its efforts to
complete the  Acquisitions and effect the Offering.  Net proceeds  available for
acquisitions,   working   capital  and  other  uses  by  the  Company   will  be
approximately  $5.2  million,  or  34.7%  of the net  proceeds  of the  Offering
(approximately  $8.4 million,  or 46.2% of the net proceeds of the Offering,  if
the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is  exercised  in full).  See "Use of
Proceeds" and "Certain Transactions."
    

POTENTIAL EFFECT OF SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE ON THE PRICE OF THE COMMON
STOCK

     The 2,700,000  shares being sold in the Offering  will be freely  tradeable
unless  acquired by  affiliates  of the Company.  The market price of the Common
Stock of the Company  could be  adversely  affected  by the sale of  substantial
amounts of shares of Common Stock of the Company in the public market  following
the Offering.

   

     Simultaneously  with the closing of the Offering,  the  stockholders of the
Founding  Companies will receive,  in the aggregate,  1,761,354 shares of Common
Stock as a portion of the consideration  for their businesses.  These shares are
not being  offered by this  Prospectus  and have not been  registered  under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and,  therefore,  may
not be sold unless  registered  under the  Securities Act or sold pursuant to an
exemption  from  registration,  such  as the  exemption  provided  by  Rule  144
promulgated  under the  Securities  Act. These shares are being offered and sold
pursuant  to the  private  placement  exemption  from  registration  provided by
Section 4(2) of the  Securities  Act. The  stockholders  who will receive  these
shares have agreed with the Company not to sell,  transfer or otherwise  dispose
of any of these shares for one year following consummation of the Offering. Such
stockholders  also have certain  piggyback  registration  rights with respect to
these  shares and,  upon  certain  future  registrations  by the  Company,  such
restricted shares will be eligible for resale in the public market. In addition,
existing  holders of Common Stock of the Company as of the date hereof hold,  in
the  aggregate,  1,464,838  shares.  See "Certain  Transactions."  None of these
shares have been registered under the Securities Act and,  accordingly,  may not
be sold  unless  registered  under the  Securities  Act or sold  pursuant  to an
exemption from registration, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144.

     The Company and its officers and directors have agreed not to,  directly or
indirectly,  offer,  issue,  sell,  contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares of Common  Stock or any  securities  exercisable  for or  convertible  or
exchangeable into Common Stock (the "Securities") for a period of 180 days after
the date of this  Prospectus  (the "Lockup  Period")  without the prior  written
consent of Cruttenden Roth Incorporated,  except for the grant of employee stock
options by the Company  and except  that the Company may issue  shares of Common
Stock (i) in  connection  with  acquisitions,  (ii)  pursuant to the exercise of
options granted under the Company's stock option plans and (iii) upon conversion
of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and the Restricted Vote Common Stock
in accordance with their respective terms. In addition,  certain stockholders of
the Company  designated by the  Representative who beneficially own an aggregate
of  917,935  shares of  Common  Stock  and the  owners  of each of the  Founding
Companies  have  agreed,  subject to certain  exceptions,  not to,  directly  or
indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any Securities
for a period of 180 days  after the date of this  Prospectus  without  the prior
written consent of Cruttenden Roth Incorporated. After such periods, all of such
shares will be eligible for sale in accordance with Rule 144  promulgated  under
the Securities Act, subject to the volume,  holding period and other limitations
of Rule 144. See "Underwriting."

     Pursuant  to the  Company's  stock  option  plans,  the  Company has issued
options to acquire 90,000 shares of Common Stock,  which options are immediately
exercisable,  and concurrently with the consummation of the Offering, will issue
options to acquire  495,000  shares of Common  Stock,  which options will not be
exercisable until after the expiration of the Lockup Period. The Company intends
to register  the shares  issuable  upon  exercise of options  granted  under the
Company's  stock option plans and, upon such  registration,  such shares will be
eligible for resale in the public  market.  See  "Management  -- 1997  Long-Term
Incentive Plan," and "Management -- 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan."

     Upon  completion  of the  Offering,  the Company has agreed to issue to the
Representative and its designees,  for their own accounts,  warrants to purchase
an aggregate of 270,000 shares of Common Stock exercisable  during the five-year
period commencing on the date of this Prospectus,  at an exercise price equal to
120% of the  initial  public  

                                       16

<PAGE>
offering price. The Company has agreed to grant certain  registration  rights to
the holders of these warrants. The existence or exercise of these warrants could
materially  adversely affect the Company's ability to raise additional financing
at a time when it may be advantageous to do so. See "Underwriting."
    

     The  Company  plans to  register up to an  additional  2,500,000  shares of
Common Stock with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission")
under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after completion of the Offering
for use by the  Company as all or a portion of the  consideration  to be paid in
conjunction with future acquisitions. These shares may be freely tradeable after
their issuance, unless the sale of such shares is contractually restricted.  The
piggyback registration rights described above will not apply to the registration
statement  to be filed with  respect to these  additional  shares.  See  "Shares
Eligible for Future Sale."

NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

   

     Prior to the  Offering,  there has been no  public  market  for the  Common
Stock. Application has been made for quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National  Market.  However,  there  can  be no  assurance  that,  following  the
Offering,  a regular  trading  market  for the Common  Stock will  develop or be
sustained.  The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations
among the Company and the  Representative  of the  Underwriters  and may bear no
relationship  to the market  price of the Common Stock after the  Offering.  See
"Underwriting."  The  market  price of the  Common  Stock  could be  subject  to
significant  fluctuations  in  response to  variations  in  quarterly  operating
results and other  factors.  In  addition,  the stock market in recent years has
experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that often have been unrelated
or disproportionate to the operating  performance of companies.  Factors such as
actual or anticipated  operating results,  growth rates, changes in estimates by
analysts,  market  conditions in the  industry,  announcements  by  competitors,
regulatory  actions and  general  economic  conditions  will vary from period to
period.  As a result of the  foregoing,  the  Company's  operating  results  and
prospects  from time to time may be below  the  expectations  of  public  market
analysts and investors. Any such event would likely result in a material adverse
effect on the price of the Common Stock. 
    

DIVIDEND POLICY; RESTRICTIONS ON PAYMENT

   

     The  Company has never paid cash  dividends  and  anticipates  that for the
foreseeable  future,  its  earnings  will  be  retained  for the  operation  and
expansion of its business  and for general  corporate  purposes and that it will
not pay cash dividends.  In addition,  the Company  anticipates  that any credit
facility  to which it becomes a party will limit the  payment of cash  dividends
without the lender's consent. See "Dividend Policy." 
    

IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION

   

     The purchasers of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will experience
immediate  dilution in the net tangible  book value of their shares of $6.32 per
share. In the event the Company issues  additional shares of Common Stock in the
future,  including  shares  which  may  be  issued  in  connection  with  future
acquisitions,  purchasers  of the Common Stock in the  Offering  may  experience
further dilution in the net tangible book value per share of Common Stock of the
Company. See "Dilution." 
    

ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS

   

     The Board of Directors of the Company is empowered to issue preferred stock
in one or  more  series  without  stockholder  action.  The  existence  of  this
"blank-check"   preferred   stock  provision  could  render  more  difficult  or
discourage  an  attempt to obtain  control  of the  Company by means of a tender
offer,  merger,  proxy contest or otherwise.  Certain provisions of the Delaware
General Corporation Law may also discourage takeover attempts that have not been
approved by the Board of Directors. See "Description of Capital Stock." 
    

                                       17

<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
   

     Collectibles USA was founded to create a national  retailer of collectibles
merchandise and marketer of animation art products.  Concurrently with, and as a
condition  to, the closing of the  Offering,  Collectibles  USA will acquire the
seven Founding Companies.  A brief description of each of the Founding Companies
is set forth below.

COLLECTIBLES STORES

     DKG Enterprises,  Inc. d/b/a North Pole City Gifts & Collectibles and d/b/a
North Pole City ("North Pole City").  North Pole City is a retailer and marketer
of Christmas and other  contemporary  collectibles  such as  ornaments,  lighted
houses  and  figurines  from  vendors,  including  Enesco  (manufacturer  of the
Precious   Moments  and  Cherished   Teddies  product   lines),   Department  56
(manufacturer of The Original Snow Village and The Heirloom  Village  Collection
product  lines),  Giuseppe  Armani  and  Disney.  North  Pole  City  has been in
operation  since 1984. It has one  "superstore" of  approximately  15,000 square
feet of retail space and a free-standing  retail outlet of  approximately  1,500
square feet both  located in Oklahoma  City,  Oklahoma.  North Pole City carries
approximately 13,900 SKUs and generated sales of $4.8 million in the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1998.  Upon  consummation  of the Offering,  David K. Green,  an
owner of North Pole City,  will remain the President of North Pole City and will
serve as the Executive Vice President -- Corporate Development, as the President
- -- Collectibles Division and as a director of the Company.

     Elwell Stores,  Inc. d/b/a The Reef Hallmark Shop ("Reef  Hallmark").  Reef
Hallmark is a retailer  and  marketer of  contemporary  collectibles,  including
ornaments,  figurines,  lighthouses,  lighted  houses and crystals from vendors,
including Enesco,  Swarovski,  Disney, Department 56 and Hallmark. Reef Hallmark
has been in operation since 1959 and has one strip  mall-based  store located in
West Palm  Beach,  Florida.  Reef  Hallmark  carries  approximately  5,000  SKUs
(excluding  greetings cards), is approximately 4,000 square feet in size and, in
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, generated sales of $2.7 million. In the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1997,  approximately 17% of Reef Hallmark's sales
were from Hallmark products.  Upon consummation of the Offering,  Roy C. Elwell,
the sole owner of Reef Hallmark,  will remain the President of Reef Hallmark and
will serve as the Chief  Operating  Officer  and  Executive  Vice  President  --
Operations and as a director of the Company.  Reef Hallmark will continue to use
the "Hallmark" designation for the immediate future.

     St.  George,  Inc.  d/b/a  Little  Elegance  and d/b/a Under the  Mistletoe
("Little Elegance").  Little Elegance is a retailer of contemporary collectibles
such as figurines and lighted houses from vendors,  including Enesco, Department
56, Lladro and Swarovski.  Little  Elegance has been in operation since 1969 and
has two mall-based  stores, one of which is located in Wayne, New Jersey and one
of which is located in Woodbridge, New Jersey. Little Elegance's stores carry an
average of approximately 10,000 SKUs, average approximately 3,700 square feet in
size and, in the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1997,  generated  sales of $2.5
million.  Upon consummation of the Offering,  Keith Holt, the general manager of
Little Elegance, will become the President of Little Elegance.

     Stone's Shops, Inc. ("Stone's Hallmark"). Stone's Hallmark is a retailer of
contemporary collectibles,  ornaments, figurines, lighthouses and lighted houses
from vendors, including Enesco, Boyds, Cast Art, Disney, Department 56, Seraphim
Angels and Hallmark.  Stone's Hallmark has been in the contemporary collectibles
business  since  1979 and has stores  located  in  Rockford  (4),  Freeport  and
Rochelle,  Illinois.  Stone's Hallmark's stores carry approximately  10,000 SKUs
(excluding greeting cards), range from approximately 3,000 to 18,500 square feet
(15,750 of which is used as retail  space) in size and, in the fiscal year ended
November 30, 1997,  generated  sales of $5.7  million.  In the fiscal year ended
November  30,  1997,  approximately  33% of Stone's  Hallmark's  sales were from
Hallmark  products.  Upon  consummation  of the  Offering,  David J. Stone,  who
together  with his wife is the  owner  of  Stone's  Hallmark,  will  remain  the
President of Stone's  Hallmark and will serve as the Executive Vice President --
Retail Store  Development  and will serve as a director of the Company.  Stone's
Hallmark  will  continue to use the  "Hallmark"  designation  for the  immediate
future. 
    

ANIMATION ART GALLERIES

     American Royal Arts Corp. ("American Royal Arts"). American Royal Arts is a
retail  and  wholesale  marketer  specializing  in the  sale of  animation  art,
including limited editions,  production cels, sericels,  lithographs and vintage
animation.  American  Royal Arts produces  animation  art under various  license
arrangements, certain of which are exclusive to it. American Royal Arts has been
in operation since 1987 and has one gallery located in Westbury, New

                                       18

<PAGE>

   

York,  which also  houses its  telemarketing  operations.  American  Royal Arts'
gallery is approximately  11,000 square feet in size, includes its telemarketing
operations  and, in the year ended  January 31,  1998,  generated  sales of $4.1
million.  Upon  consummation  of the Offering,  Jerry  Gladstone,  sole owner of
American  Royal Arts,  will remain the President of American Royal Arts and will
serve  as the  Executive  Vice  President  of  Marketing,  as the  President  --
Animation Division and as a director of the Company.

     Animation U.S.A.,  Inc.  ("Animation  USA").  Animation USA is a retail and
wholesale  marketer of animation art such as vintage  original  production cels,
limited  edition cels and sericels.  Animation  USA has been in operation  since
1990 and has two  free-standing  galleries,  of which one is located in Seattle,
Washington  and one is located in San  Francisco,  California.  Animation  USA's
galleries  average  approximately  1,200  square feet in size and, in the fiscal
year ended December 31, 1997, generated sales of $1.3 million. Upon consummation
of the Offering,  David M. Vice and Laine Ross, the two owners of Animation USA,
will remain the President and Vice President, respectively, of Animation USA.

     Filmart  Productions Inc. d/b/a Cartoon World,  d/b/a Filmart Galleries and
d/b/a  Animation  Art  Resources  ("Filmart").  Filmart is a retail  marketer of
animation art such as vintage original production cels, limited edition cels and
sericels.  Filmart has been in  operation  since 1991 and has two  free-standing
galleries,  of which one is located  in  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  and one is
located in Huntington, New York. Filmart's galleries average approximately 2,225
square feet in size and, in the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1997,  generated
sales  of  $1.3  million.  In  January  1996,  Filmart  acquired  Animation  Art
Resources,  previously owned by Susan M. Spiegel, for a 50% interest in Filmart.
Upon  consummation  of the Offering,  Aron Laikin and Susan M. Spiegel,  the two
owners of  Filmart,  will  remain the Chief  Operating  Officer  and  President,
respectively, of Filmart. 
    

ACQUISITIONS CONSIDERATION

   

     The  aggregate  consideration  to  be  paid  by  Collectibles  USA  in  the
Acquisitions consists of approximately $7.8 million in cash and 1,761,354 shares
of Common  Stock.  The Company will also assume all of the  indebtedness  of the
Founding  Companies  (approximately  $3.5  million  as of May  31,  1998,  which
includes  $625,000 of indebtedness  incurred to fund  distributions in May 1997,
November  1997 and May 1998 to the sole  stockholder  of  American  Royal  Arts,
representing S corporation earnings previously taxed to such stockholder), which
indebtedness  will be repaid with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering.
The consideration to be paid by Collectibles USA for the Founding  Companies was
determined by negotiations  between  Collectibles USA and representatives of the
Founding Companies. See "Certain Transactions."
    

                                       19

<PAGE>

   

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds  from the sale by the Company of the  2,700,000  shares of
Common Stock offered  hereby,  are estimated to be  approximately  $____ million
($____ million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full),
based upon an assumed  initial public  offering price of $8.50 per share,  after
deducting the estimated  underwriting  discount and offering expenses payable by
the Company  including  (i)  approximately  $1.0  million to pay  required  cash
amounts in connection with the conversion of the Series A Convertible  Preferred
Stock  upon  consummation  of the  Offering  and (ii) $1.3  million to repay the
principal  amount  of  indebtedness   outstanding   under  the  CEFC  Notes.  As
approximately $1.5 million of notes payable are being converted to Common Stock,
no proceeds  from the Offering  will be used to redeem these notes.  The Company
intends to use approximately $7.8 million of the net proceeds of the Offering to
pay the cash portion of the purchase  price for the Founding  Companies,  all of
which  will  be  paid to  former  stockholders  of the  Founding  Companies.  An
additional  approximately  $3.5  million,  as of May 31,  1998  (which  includes
$625,000 of indebtedness  incurred to fund  distributions in May 1997,  November
1997  and May 1998 to the sole stockholder of American Royal Arts,  representing
S  corporation  earnings  previously  taxed  to  such  stockholder),  of the net
proceeds  of the  Offering  will be used to repay  estimated  other  outstanding
indebtedness  of the Founding  Companies.  The portion of this $3.5 million debt
that was incurred  during the last twelve months was $2.0 million and the use of
proceeds  for such  debt was to  provide  working  capital.  Approximately  $2.4
million of the $3.5 million has been  personally  guaranteed by  stockholders of
the Founding Companies who will become officers,  directors or beneficial owners
of 5% or more of the  Common  Stock  upon  consummation  of the  Offering.  Such
guaranteed  indebtedness  bore interest at a weighted average per annum interest
rate of 9.4% for the period  ending April 30, 1998 and matures at varying  dates
between August 1998 and May 2003. The remaining  indebtedness bore interest at a
weighted  average per annum  interest rate of 7.7% at April 30, 1998 and matures
at various dates from May 1998 through June 2002. See "Certain Transactions."

     The  approximately  $___ million of remaining net proceeds will be used for
working  capital  and for  general  corporate  purposes,  which are  expected to
include  future  acquisitions  of  companies  operating in the  collectibles  or
animation art industries. The Company currently has no agreements,  arrangements
or understandings, and is not currently engaged in negotiations, with respect to
other  acquisitions.  Pending such uses,  the Company  intends to invest the net
proceeds  of the  Offering  in  short-term,  investment-grade,  interest-bearing
instruments.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Combined." 
    

                                DIVIDEND POLICY
   

     The  Company has never paid cash  dividends  and  anticipates  that for the
foreseeable future its earnings will be retained for the operation and expansion
of its business and for general corporate purposes and that it will not pay cash
dividends.  In addition,  the Company  anticipates  that any credit  facility to
which the Company may become a party will include restrictions on the ability of
the Company to pay dividends without the lender's consent.
    

                                       20

<PAGE>

   

                                   DILUTION

     The  deficit in pro forma net  tangible  book value of the Company at April
30, 1998 was  approximately  $2.5  million,  or $0.74 per share of Common Stock,
after giving effect to the Acquisitions.  The deficit in net tangible book value
per share  represents the amount of total tangible assets of the Company reduced
by the amount of total liabilities and divided by the number of shares of Common
Stock issued and  outstanding  after giving effect to the  Acquisitions  and the
conversion of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock. Net tangible book value
dilution per share  represents the difference  between the amount per share paid
by  purchasers  of shares of Common  Stock in the Offering and the pro forma net
tangible book value per share of Common Stock  immediately  after  completion of
the  Offering.  After giving  effect to the sale of  2,700,000  shares of Common
Stock by the Company and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom
as described  under "Use of Proceeds,"  the pro forma net tangible book value of
the Company as of April 30, 1998 would have been approximately $13.1 million, or
$2.18 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible
book value of $2.92 per share at April 30, 1998 to stockholders and an immediate
dilution  in pro  forma  net  tangible  book  value  of $6.32  per  share to new
investors  purchasing  Common  Stock  in  the  Offering.   The  following  table
illustrates this dilution per share to new investors:
    

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>
   Assumed initial public offering price per share .........                 $ 8.50
   Pro forma deficit in net tangible book value per share
    before the Offering ....................................   $(0.74)
   Increase per share attributable to sale of Common Stock
    in the Offering ........................................     2.92
                                                               ------
   Pro forma net tangible book value per share
    after the Offering .....................................                   2.18
                                                                             ------
   Dilution per share to new investors .....................                 $ 6.32
                                                                             ======

</TABLE>
    

   

     The following  table sets forth, on a pro forma basis to give effect to the
Acquisitions,  the average price per share paid by the existing stockholders and
the new  investors  adjusted to give effect to the sale of  2,700,000  shares of
Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $8.50
per share, and before deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering
expenses payable by the Company: 
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            TOTAL
                                        SHARES PURCHASED              CONSIDERATION PAID
                                     -----------------------   --------------------------------    AVERAGE PRICE
                                        NUMBER      PERCENT         AMOUNT           PERCENT         PER SHARE
                                     -----------   ---------   ----------------   -------------   --------------
<S>                                  <C>           <C>         <C>                <C>             <C>
Existing stockholders(1) .........   3,306,094      55.0%        $ (2,454,388)    (12.0)%         $(0.74)
New investors ....................   2,700,000      45.0           22,950,000     112.0             8.50
                                     ---------     -----         ------------     -----
 Total ...........................   6,006,094     100.0%        $ 20,495,612     100.0%
                                     =========     =====         ============     =====
</TABLE>
    
- ----------
   

(1) Total consideration paid by existing  stockholders  represents the pro forma
    net  tangible  book  value  of  the  Company  after  giving  effect  to  the
    Acquisitions.

     The  foregoing  computations  assume no  exercise  of stock  options.  Upon
consummation of the Offering,  there will be outstanding options to purchase (i)
90,000  shares of Common  Stock at $4.00  per share and (ii)  495,000  shares of
Common Stock at the initial public  offering price. To the extent the holders of
these  options  exercise  such  options,  there will be further  dilution to new
investors. See "Capitalization." 
    

                                       21

<PAGE>


                                 CAPITALIZATION

   

     The   following   table   sets   forth  the  cash  and  cash   equivalents,
capitalization   and  line  of  credit  and  current   maturities  of  long-term
obligations  and notes  payable  to  stockholders  at April 30,  1998:  (i) on a
historical  basis for American Royal Arts (accounting  acquiror);  (ii) on a pro
forma  basis to give effect to the  Acquisitions;  and (iii) as adjusted to give
effect to both the Acquisitions  and the Offering.  This table should be read in
conjunction with  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and  Results of  Operations"  and the  Unaudited  Pro Forma  Combined  Financial
Statements of the Company and the related notes  thereto  included  elsewhere in
this Prospectus. 
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                          APRIL 30, 1998
                                                                             ----------------------------------------
                                                                               AMERICAN      PRO FORMA
                                                                              ROYAL ARTS     COMBINED     AS ADJUSTED
                                                                             ------------   ----------   ------------
                                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                                                                          <C>            <C>          <C>
Line of credit, current maturities of long-term obligations and notes
 payable to stockholders(1) ..............................................      $  586       $ 5,733        $    --
                                                                                ======       =======        =======
Long-term obligations and notes payable to stockholders, less current
 maturities(1) ...........................................................      $   --       $   321        $    --
Stockholders' equity:
 Preferred Stock: $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized;
   20,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma combined; and
   no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted .........................          --         1,000             --
 Common Stock: $.01 par value, 31,200,000 shares authorized;
   2,951,536(2) shares issued and outstanding, pro forma combined;
   and 6,006,094(2)(3) shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted ........           2            30             60
 Treasury Stock, at cost .................................................        (145)           --             --
 Additional paid-in capital ..............................................          --        11,042         27,569
 Retained earnings .......................................................          47            --             --
                                                                                ------       -------        -------
 Total stockholders' equity ..............................................         (96)       12,072         27,629
                                                                                ------       -------        -------
   Total capitalization ..................................................      $  (96)      $12,393        $27,629
                                                                                ======       =======        =======
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
(1) For a description of the Company's  outstanding  indebtedness,  see Notes to
    Unaudited  Pro  Forma  Combined  Financial  Statements  and the notes to the
    Founding Companies' financial statements.

   

(2) Includes  (i)  1,761,354  shares to be issued to the owners of the  Founding
    Companies and (ii) 971,602 shares of Restricted Vote Common Stock (pro forma
    combined); 638,847 shares of Restricted Vote Common Stock (as adjusted).

(3) Also includes  79,902 shares to be issued to holders of Series A Convertible
    Preferred  Stock and 364,705  shares to be issued to the holders of the CUSA
    Notes upon  consummation of the Offering.  Excludes 495,000 shares of Common
    Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options or options to be granted
    concurrently with the consummation of the Offering under the Company's stock
    option plans and 270,000  shares  reserved for issuance upon exercise of the
    Representative's  Warrants.  See  "Management  -- 1997  Long-Term  Incentive
    Plan,"   "Management  --  1997  Non-Employee   Directors'  Stock  Plan"  and
    "Underwriting."

    

                                       22
<PAGE>

                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

     Collectibles USA will acquire the Founding  Companies  simultaneously  with
and as a condition to the consummation of the Offering.  For financial statement
presentation  purposes,  however,  American  Royal  Arts,  one of  the  Founding
Companies,  has been  identified  as the  "accounting  acquiror."  The following
selected  historical  financial data for American Royal Arts at October 31, 1995
and 1996,  and January 31,  1997 and 1998,  and for the years ended  October 31,
1995 and 1996, and January 31, 1997 and 1998, have been derived from the audited
financial   statements  of  American  Royal  Arts  included  elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus.  The following selected historical financial data for American Royal
Arts at October  31,  1993 and 1994,  and April 30,  1997 and 1998,  and for the
years ended  October 31, 1993 and for the three  months ended April 30, 1997 and
1998 have been derived from  unaudited  financial  statements of American  Royal
Arts,  which  have been  prepared  on the same  basis as the  audited  financial
statements and, in the opinion of American Royal Arts,  reflect all adjustments,
consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of
such data.  The following  selected  unaudited pro forma  financial data present
certain  data  for  the  Company,  as  adjusted  for:  (i)  the  effects  of the
Acquisitions;  (ii)  the  effects  of  certain  pro  forma  adjustments  to  the
historical financial statements; and (iii) the consummation of the Offering. See
the  Unaudited Pro Forma  Financial  Combined  Statements  and the notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  YEAR ENDED JANUARY     THREE MONTHS
                                          FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,                 31,            ENDED APRIL 30,
                                     ------------------------------------------  -------------------   ------------------
                                        1993       1994       1995       1996       1997       1998      1997      1998
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  --------- ---------  -------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA

AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS:
 Net sales ........................   $2,840     $3,898     $4,051     $4,121     $4,289     $4,133    $1,100     $806
 Cost of sales ....................    1,119      1,715      1,560      1,571      1,506      1,516       346      292
                                      ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------    ------     ----
 Gross profit .....................    1,721      2,183      2,491      2,550      2,783      2,617       754      514
 Selling, general and
  administrative expenses .........    1,288      1,588      1,760      1,764      1,778      1,958       483      400
                                      ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------    ------     ----
 Income from operations ...........      433        595        731        786      1,005        659       271      114
 Interest income (expense), net ...        6          7         18         24         24        (14)        6        1
                                      ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------    ------     ----
 Net income .......................   $  439     $  602     $  749     $  810     $1,029     $  645    $  277     $115
                                      ======     ======     ======     ======     ======     ======    ======     ====

</TABLE>

   
<TABLE>

<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
PRO FORMA COMBINED(1)(2)
 Net sales ..........................................................  $   22,449   $    4,972
 Cost of sales ......................................................      10,664        2,384
                                                                       ----------   ----------
 Gross profit .......................................................      11,785        2,588
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(3) ....................       9,014        2,062
 Goodwill amortization(4) ...........................................         363           91
                                                                       ----------   ----------
 Operating income ...................................................       2,408          435
 Interest and other income (expense), net(5) ........................         147           42
                                                                       ----------   ----------
 Income before taxes ................................................       2,555          477
 Income taxes .......................................................       1,167          227
                                                                       ----------   ----------
 Net income .........................................................  $    1,388   $      250
                                                                       ==========   ==========
 Net income per share ...............................................  $     0.26   $     0.05
                                                                       ==========   ==========
 Shares used in computing pro forma net income per share(6) .........   5,370,100    5,370,100

</TABLE>
    

                                       23

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    OCTOBER 31,                JANUARY 31,
                                         --------------------------------- --------------------
                                          1993   1994     1995      1996      1997      1998
                                         ------ ------ --------- --------- --------- ----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA
<S>                                      <C>    <C>    <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS:
 Working capital .......................  $384   $297   $   703   $   567   $   686    $ (278)
 Total assets ..........................   860    875     1,430     1,439     1,482     1,125
 Long-term obligations
  net of current maturities
  and long-term notes
  payable to stockholders ..............    --    100        --        --        --       --
 Stockholders' equity (deficit) ........   416    475       867       696       807      (105)



<CAPTION>

                                                   APRIL 30, 1998
                                         ------------------------------------------
                                                         PRO FORMA          AS
                                           ACTUAL       COMBINED(7)     ADJUSTED(8)
                                         ---------- ------------------ ------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA

<S>                                      <C>        <C>                <C>
AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS:
 Working capital .......................   $ (251)      $  (8,377)(9)     $12,622
 Total assets ..........................    1,147          32,822          32,465
 Long-term obligations
  net of current maturities
  and long-term notes
  payable to stockholders ..............       --             321              --
 Stockholders' equity (deficit) ........      (96)         12,072          27,629
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
(1) The pro  forma  combined  statement  of  operations  data  assume  that  the
    Acquisitions  and the  Offering  were closed on February 1, 1997 and are not
    necessarily  indicative  of the results the Company  would have obtained had
    these events actually then occurred or of the Company's future results.  The
    year ended January 31, 1998 includes  American Royal Arts for the year ended
    January 31, 1998,  Stone's Hallmark for the year ended November 30, 1997 and
    North Pole City, Little Elegance,  Reef Hallmark,  Animation USA and Filmart
    for the year ended  December 31, 1997. The three months ended April 30, 1998
    presented  includes American Royal Arts for the three months ended April 30,
    1998,  Stone's  Hallmark for the three  months  ended  February 28, 1998 and
    North Pole City, Little Elegance,  Reef Hallmark,  Animation USA and Filmart
    for the three months ended March 31, 1998.

   

(2) The pro  forma  combined  statement  of  operations  data  assume  that  the
    Acquisitions  and the  Offering  were closed on February 1, 1997 and are not
    necessarily  indicative  of the results the Company  would have obtained had
    these events actually then occurred or of the Company's future results.

(3) The pro forma combined  statement of operations data reflect an aggregate of
    approximately  $334,000 and $120,000 for the year ended January 31, 1998 and
    the three months ended April 30, 1998, respectively, in pro forma reductions
    in salary and benefits to the owners of the Founding Companies to which they
    have agreed  prospectively  and certain  other  adjustments,  including  the
    effect  of  revisions  of a  lease  agreement  between  one of the  Founding
    Companies and its stockholder  and the reduction in compensation  expense of
    approximately  $673,000  relating to a non-recurring,  non-cash compensation
    charge for the year ended January 31, 1998.


(4) Reflects  amortization  of the  goodwill  to be  recorded as a result of the
    Acquisitions  over a 40-year  period and computed on the basis  described in
    the Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.

(5) Includes  the  reduction of pro forma  interest  expense  attributed  to the
    repayment of debt with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering.

(6) Includes (i) 1,191,182  shares issued to the sponsors and  management  which
    are outstanding prior to the Offering, (ii) 1,761,354 shares to be issued to
    the owners of the Founding  Companies,  (iii) 79,902  shares to be issued to
    the holders of the Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  of which 11,986
    will be  transferred  from the sponsor  shares listed in (i) above,  364,705
    shares to be issued to the holders of the CUSA Notes, of which 79,063 shares
    will be transferred from the sponsor shares listed in (i) above, and 241,706
    shares to be issued to the holders of the CEFC  Notes,  all of which will be
    transferred  from the sponsor shares listed in (i) above, and (iv) 2,076,794
    of the  2,700,000  shares to be sold in the Offering to pay the cash portion
    of the consideration for the Acquisitions,  repay indebtedness relating to S
    corporation   distributions,   repay  other  indebtedness  of  the  Founding
    Companies and pay expenses of the Offering.

(7) The pro forma combined balance sheet data assume that the Acquisitions  were
    closed on April 30,  1998.  The pro forma  combined  balance  sheet data are
    based  upon  preliminary   estimates,   available  information  and  certain
    assumptions  that  management  deems  appropriate  and  should  be  read  in
    conjunction  with the other financial  statements and notes thereto included
    elsewhere in this Prospectus.

(8) Reflects the consummation of the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."

(9) Includes  $7.8  million  payable  to  owners  of  the  Founding   Companies,
    representing the cash portion of the  consideration  for the Acquisitions to
    be paid with a portion of the net proceeds from the Offering.

    

                                       24

<PAGE>

               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

     The  Company  was  founded to create a national  retailer  of  collectibles
merchandise   and  marketer  of  animation   art.  The  Company's   collectibles
merchandise  includes figurines and sculptures made from porcelain,  ceramic and
resin,  and  a  wide  selection  of  crystal  items,  including  functional  and
decorative  products.  The Company also sells collectible cottages and villages,
collectible prints and lithographs,  collectible  Christmas  ornaments and other
holiday  collectibles.  The  Company's  animation  art  galleries  carry  a full
spectrum of animation  artwork,  including  original  production  cels,  limited
editions, sericels, model sheets and original drawings. In addition, the Company
has  licenses or rights,  some of which are  exclusive,  to design,  produce and
market animation art.
   

     The  Company's  net  sales  will be  derived  primarily  from  the  sale of
collectibles  and animation  art.  Costs of sales will consist  primarily of the
cost of merchandise  sold.  Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses will
consist  primarily  of salaries and  benefits,  advertising,  store,  office and
warehouse rent, utilities, communications and professional fees.

     The Founding  Companies have been managed  throughout the periods presented
as independent  private  companies,  and their results of operations reflect tax
structures (S corporations  and C corporations),  which have  influenced,  among
other things, their historical levels of owners' compensation.  Selling, general
and administrative  expenses for the periods presented are therefore affected by
the amount of  compensation  and  related  benefits  that the former  owners and
certain key employees  received from their  respective  businesses  during these
periods. These former owners and key employees have agreed to certain reductions
in salaries and benefits in connection with the acquisition of their  businesses
by the Company and certain other  adjustments,  including the effect of revision
of a lease agreement between one of the Founding  Companies and its stockholder,
of  approximately  $334,000 and $120,000 for the year ended January 31, 1998 and
the three months ended April 30, 1998 respectively .
    

     Collectibles  USA,  which has conducted no  operations to date,  intends to
integrate the Founding Companies,  their operations and administrative functions
over a period of time. This integration  process may present  opportunities  for
(i) enhanced vendor relationships  resulting in collective buying opportunities,
co-op advertising funds,  shipping allowances and exclusive merchandise and (ii)
obtaining additional sales through shared customer lists and expansion of direct
mail  programs,  advertising  campaigns,  in-store  artist  signing  events  and
Internet  promotions.  This  integration  may necessitate  additional  costs and
expenditures for corporate  management and  administration,  corporate  expenses
related to being a public company, systems integration and facilities expansion.
These various costs and potential cost savings may make comparison of historical
operating results not comparable to, or indicative of, future  performance.  The
Company believes that neither the anticipated  savings nor the anticipated costs
can be quantified  because the  Acquisitions  have not occurred,  and there have
been no combined  operating  results  upon which to base the  assumptions.  As a
result,  they  have not been  included  in the  unaudited  pro  forma  financial
information presented herein.

   

     Upon  completion  of  the  Acquisitions,   the  Company   anticipates  that
approximately  44.7%  of the pro  forma  total  assets  of the  Company  will be
goodwill  (approximately  $14.5  million) and will be  amortized  over a 40-year
period resulting in an annual  amortization  expense of approximately  $363,000.
The  amortization  of the  goodwill  over a  40-year  period  is based  upon the
following factors: (i) the Company's collectibles  merchandise has an indefinite
life and  generally  becomes more  valuable  with the passage of time,  (ii) the
collectibles  industry is well  established,  as evidenced  by the  collectibles
industry having  generated over $9 billion in primary sales (i.e.,  sales of new
merchandise)  in 1996 and by the  estimate  that 31 million  Americans  identify
themselves  as  collectors,   according  to  Unity  Marketing,  and  (iii)  many
collectibles companies,  including certain of the Founding Companies,  have been
in business several decades.  However,  the Company will  periodically  evaluate
whether events and circumstances  arising after the Acquisitions are consummated
indicate  that the  remaining  balance of  goodwill  may not be  recoverable  by
comparing the estimated  undiscounted cash flows from the related  operations to
the carrying amount of goodwill. If the carrying amount of goodwill were greater
than the undiscounted  future cash flow, an impairment loss would be recognized.
    

     The Company's  future  success is dependent  upon a number of factors which
include,  among  others,  the ability to integrate  operations,  reliance on the
identification and integration of satisfactory acquisitions candidates, reliance

                                       25

<PAGE>

on acquisition financing, the ability to manage growth and to attract and retain
qualified management,  dependence on licenses,  the need for additional capital,
dependence on key  collectibles  vendors and risks associated with dependence on
foreign  vendors,  competition and seasonality and quarterly  fluctuations.  See
"Risk Factors."

   

     Historically, the fourth quarter of the Company's fiscal year has accounted
for a greater  portion of the Company's  operating  income than have each of the
first three  quarters of the  Company's  fiscal year.  This is primarily  due to
increased activity as a result of the holiday season. In the future, the Company
expects that it will  experience  quarterly  variations  in  operating  results,
principally as a result of the seasonal  nature of the industry.  Numerous other
factors  also may cause  significant  fluctuations  in the  Company's  quarterly
sales, including the timing of new product introductions,  the amount and timing
of sales  contributed  by new  stores,  the timing of  personal  appearances  of
particular  artists  at  the  store  locations  when  a  customer  may  purchase
merchandise  to be  signed  by the  artist,  and  general  economic  conditions.
Additional  factors  may cause  fluctuations  in  expenses  including  the costs
associated  with the opening of new stores,  the  integration of acquired stores
into the  operations  of the  Company  and  corporate  expenses  to support  the
Company's expansion strategy.

     Due to the relatively  low levels of inflation  experienced in Fiscal 1996,
1997 and 1998,  inflation  did not have a  significant  effect on the  operating
results of the combined Founding Companies in those fiscal years.
    

COMBINED FOUNDING COMPANIES

   

     With  respect  to  the  financial  information  of  the  combined  Founding
Companies,  references to "Fiscal  1996," "Fiscal 1997" and "Fiscal 1998" mean a
combination of the fiscal years of each of the Founding Companies for such year.
References to April 30, 1997 and 1998 mean, respectively, the three months ended
April 30, 1997 and 1998 with  respect to American  Royal Arts;  the three months
ended February 28, 1997 and 1998 with respect to Stone's Hallmark; and the three
months  ended  March  31,  1997 and 1998  with  respect  to North  Pole,  Little
Elegance, Reef Hallmark, Animation USA and Filmart.
    

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- COMBINED

   

     The combined  Founding  Companies  statements of operations data for Fiscal
1996,  Fiscal  1997,  and Fiscal  1998 do not  purport to present  the  combined
Founding Companies in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles,
but represent merely a summation of the net sales,  cost of sales,  gross profit
and selling, general and administrative expenses for the applicable fiscal years
of the individual  Founding  Companies on an historical  basis,  and exclude the
effects of pro forma  adjustments.  This data will not be  comparable to and may
not be  indicative  of the  Company's  post-combination  results  of  operations
because (i) the Founding  Companies  were not under common control or management
and had different tax structures (S corporations and C corporations)  during the
periods presented and (ii) the Company will use the purchase method to establish
a new basis of accounting to record the Acquisitions.
    

     The following table sets forth certain combined selected financial data and
as a percentage of net sales of the Founding Companies on a historical basis and
excludes the effects of pro forma adjustments for the periods indicated (dollars
in thousands):

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 FISCAL
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1996                   1997                   1998
                                        ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
<S>                                     <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
Combined Founding Companies
 Statements of Operations Data:

  Net sales .............               $18,529   100.0%       $21,254   100.0%       $22,449   100.0%
  Cost of sales .........                 9,302    50.2%         9,721    45.7%        10,664    47.5%
                                        -------   -----        -------   -----        -------   -----
  Gross profit ..........               $ 9,227    49.8%       $11,533    54.3%       $11,785    52.4%
                                        =======   =====        =======   =====        =======   =====
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED 
                                                            APRIL 30,
                                             -------------------------------------------
                                                    1997                  1998
                                             --------------------- ---------------------
<S>                                          <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>

Combined Founding Companies
 Statements of Operations Data:

  Net sales .............                     $5,058   100.0%       $4,972   100.0%
  Cost of sales .........                      2,352    46.5%        2,385    48.0%
                                              ------   -----        ------   -----
  Gross profit ..........                     $2,706    53.5%       $2,587    52.0%
                                              ======   =====        ======   =====
</TABLE>
    

UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS

   

     Net Sales. Net sales were $5.0 million for the three months ended April 30,
1998 as compared to $5.1 million for the prior comparable  period.  The decrease
in sales of $0.1  million,  or 2%, was  primarily due to a decrease in animation
art sales  resulting  from the  postponement  until the fall of a major in-store
artist signing event and the  relocation of a gallery,  offset by an increase in
demand for certain contemporary collectibles.

    

                                       26

<PAGE>
   

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales was  relatively  constant  during  both three
month  periods at $2.4  million.  As a  percentage  of net sales,  cost of sales
increased  from 46.5% of net sales in the three  months  ended April 30, 1997 to
48.0% of net sales in the three months ended April 30, 1998.  Cost of sales as a
percentage of net sales increased primarily due to certain inventory adjustments
for contemporary  collectibles items, which were partially offset by the sale of
animation  art  produced   in-house  under  license   arrangements  and  vintage
production cels with higher margins.

FISCAL 1998 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1997

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $22.5  million  for Fiscal  1998 as  compared to
$21.3 million for Fiscal 1997.  The increase in sales of $1.2 million,  or 5.6%,
was primarily due to an increased  demand for contemporary  collectibles  items,
expanded telemarketing and direct mail advertising programs. Such increases were
offset  principally  by decreases  resulting from the timing of an animation art
trade-show for a Founding Company, lower revenues generated from in-store artist
signing events and lower gallery sales.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $10.7 million,  or 47.5% of net
sales, in Fiscal 1998 from $9.7 million,  or 45.7% of net sales, in Fiscal 1997.
Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales increased primarily due to changes in
the  product  mix  of  contemporary   collectibles  and  inventory  adjustments,
partially offset by animation art sales that have higher product  margins,  such
as vintage production cels, and art sold through licenses.

FISCAL 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1996

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $21.3  million  for Fiscal  1997 as  compared to
$18.5 million for Fiscal 1996. The increase in sales of $2.8 million,  or 15.1%,
was primarily due to an increase in contemporary  collectibles sales as a result
of Stone's  Hallmark  remodeling and expansion of one store,  and an increase in
animation art sales as a result of in-store artist signing events, growth of the
customer  database  and  continued  marketing  efforts  focused  on direct  mail
advertising, telemarketing and Internet marketing.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $9.7  million,  or 45.7% of net
sales, in Fiscal 1997 from $9.3 million,  or 50.2% of net sales, in Fiscal 1996.
Cost of  sales  as a  percentage  of net  sales  decreased  primarily  due to an
increase  in  animation  art sales that have  higher  product  margins,  such as
vintage  production  cels, art sold through  licenses and higher retail sales as
compared to wholesale sales. 
    

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- COMBINED

   

     On a combined basis, the Founding  Companies used $523,000 during the three
months  ended  April  30,  1998 and  generated  $1.1  million  of net cash  from
operating activities during Fiscal 1998 and $1.5 million during Fiscal 1997. Net
cash used in investing  activities by the Founding Companies on a combined basis
was  $0.2  million  and  $0.8  million  during  Fiscal  1998  and  Fiscal  1997,
respectively. Most of the cash used in investing activities during these periods
was used for  purchases  of property and  equipment.  Net cash used in financing
activities by the Founding Companies on a combined basis was $140,000 during the
three months ended April 30, 1998 and $1.9 million  during Fiscal 1998,  whereas
net cash provided by financing  activities was $1.1 million in Fiscal 1997. Most
of the cash used in financing  activities  during these periods was used for net
payments on long-term debt and distributions to stockholders.  The combined cash
position of the Founding  Companies  decreased by $497,000  from $1.4 million in
Fiscal 1997 to $892,000  in Fiscal 1998 and  decreased  to $737,000 in the three
months ended April 30, 1998.

     The Company  anticipates  that its cash flow from  operations  will provide
cash in excess of the  Company's  normal  working  capital  needs,  debt service
requirements and planned capital  expenditures for property and equipment.  On a
combined basis, the Founding Companies made capital expenditures of $224,000 and
$708,000 in Fiscal 1998 and Fiscal 1997, respectively. The Company currently has
no capital  commitments  although it anticipates making capital  expenditures of
approximately $1.0 million in Fiscal 1999 primarily for information  systems and
leasehold  improvements.  The Company intends to continue  pursuing  acquisition
opportunities.  The timing,  size or success of any acquisition  efforts and the
associated potential capital commitments are unpredictable.  The Company expects
to fund future  acquisitions  primarily  through a combination of borrowings and
issuances of additional equity.

     The Company is negotiating a $15.0 million  credit  facility to be used for
acquisitions, working capital and other corporate purposes. See "Risk Factors."

    

                                       27

<PAGE>

   

     Assuming  the  Company  obtains  the $15.0  million  credit  facility it is
seeking,  the Company  believes that funds generated from  operations,  together
with the net  proceeds  from the  Offering,  will be  sufficient  to finance its
current  operations,  planned  acquisitions and planned capital  expenditures at
least  through the second  quarter of Fiscal 2000. In the event the Company does
not obtain a credit facility or does not otherwise  obtain an acceptable line of
credit or additional financing, the Company's current acquisition strategy could
be  affected  because  the ratio of cash to stock  consideration  offered by the
Company to acquisition candidates would need to be adjusted.
    

AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS

   

     American  Royal Arts has been  identified  as the  accounting  acquiror for
financial statement presentation purposes. American Royal Arts has an October 31
year end. To coincide  with the  Company's  adoption of a 52/53 week fiscal year
ending on the last Sunday in January,  American Royal Arts has been presented on
a fiscal  years  ended on January  31,  1997 and 1998 in  addition to the fiscal
years  ended  October  31,  1995 and 1996.  American  Royal Arts is a retail and
wholesale marketer  specializing in the sale of animation art, including limited
editions, production cels, sericels, lithographs and vintage art. 
    

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS

     The following table sets forth certain selected financial data for American
Royal  Arts on a  historical  basis  and as a  percentage  of net  sales for the
periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      
                                FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,         YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,        
                         ------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
                                 1995                  1996                  1997                 1998      
                         ------------------    --------------------- ------------------  -------------------
<S>                      <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>     
Net sales ..............  $4,051    100.0%      $4,121    100.0%      $ 4,289   100.0%     $4,133    100.0% 
Cost of sales ..........   1,560     38.5        1,571     38.1         1,506    35.1       1,516     36.7  
                          ------    -----       ------    -----       -------   -----      ------    -----  
Gross profit ...........   2,491     61.5        2,550     61.9         2,783    64.9       2,617     63.3  
Selling, general and                                                                                        
 administrative                                                                                             
 expenses ..............   1,760     43.4        1,764     42.8         1,778    41.5       1,958     47.4  
                          ------    -----       ------    -----       -------   -----      ------    -----  
Income from                                                                                                 
 operations ............     731     18.1          786     19.1       $ 1,005    23.4         659     15.9  
Interest income                                                                                             
 (expense), net ........      18      0.4           24      0.6            24     0.6         (14)   ( 0.3) 
                          ------    -----       ------    -----       -------   -----      ------    -----  
Net income .............  $  749     18.5%      $  810     19.7%      $ 1,029    24.0%     $  645     15.6% 
                          ======    =====       ======    =====       =======   =====      ======    =====  
                                                                                           


<CAPTION>

                              THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30,
                         ------------------------------------------
                                  1997                 1998
                          --------------------- -------------------
<S>                       <C>       <C>         <C>     <C>
Net sales ..............   $1,100       100.0%   $806       100.0%
Cost of sales ..........      346        31.5     292        36.2
                           ------       -----    ----       -----
Gross profit ...........      754        68.5     514        63.8
Selling, general and
 administrative
 expenses ..............      483        43.9     400        49.6
                           ------       -----    ----       -----
Income from
 operations ............      271        24.6     114        14.2
Interest income
 (expense), net ........        6         0.5       1         0.1
                           ------       -----    ----       -----
Net income .............   $  277        25.1%   $115        14.3%
                           ======       =====    ====       =====
</TABLE>
    

UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS
   

     Net Sales.  Net sales were  $806,000  for the three  months ended April 30,
1998 as compared to $1.1 million for the three months ended April 30, 1997.  The
decrease in sales of $294,000,  or 26.7%,  was primarily due to the postponement
until the fall of a major artist signing event and the relocation of the gallery
to a new, larger location.

     Cost of Sales. Cost of sales decreased to $292,000,  or 36.2% of net sales,
in the three months ended April 30, 1998 from  $346,000,  or 31.5% of net sales,
in the three months ended April 30, 1997.  Cost of sales as a percentage  of net
sales increased primarily due to an increase in the sale of art with lower gross
profit margins.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  were  $400,000,  or 49.6% of net  sales,  in the three
months ended April 30, 1998 as compared to $483,000,  or 43.9% of net sales,  in
the three  months  ended  April 30,  1997,  a  decrease  of  $83,000,  or 17.2%,
primarily due to a decrease in  advertising  expense and postage and labor costs
associated with the direct mail program.

YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 1998 COMPARED TO JANUARY 31, 1997

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $4.1 million for the year ended January 31, 1998
as compared to $4.3  million for the year ended  January 31, 1997, a decrease of
$156,000, or 3.6%. The decrease was primarily due to lower revenues generated by
in-store  artist signing events and lower gallery sales  resulting from the loss
of the gallery  director.  The decrease was  partially  offset by an increase in
wholesale sales resulting from the development of several new product lines.

    

                                       28

<PAGE>
   

     Cost of Sales. Cost of sales remained  relatively constant at $1.5 million.
As a percentage of sales, cost of sales increased from 35.1% in 1997 to 36.7% in
1998. Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales  increased  primarily due to an
increase in 1998 in  wholesale  sales which  generally  have lower gross  profit
margins.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses increased by $180,000 to $2.0 million,  or 47.4% of net
sales,  for the year ended  January 31, 1998 from $1.8  million or, 41.5% of net
sales,  for the year ended January 31, 1997. The increase as a percentage of net
sales was  primarily  due to an increase in  advertising  expenses and the costs
associated with the direct mail program and, to a lesser extent,  an increase in
trade show expenses.

YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1995

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $4.3 million for the year ended January 31, 1997
as compared  to $4.1  million for the fiscal  year ended  October 31,  1995,  an
increase of $238,000,  or 5.8%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in
telemarketing sales as a result of the growth of the customer database and, to a
lesser  extent,  due to an increase  in special  event  sales,  such as in-store
artist  signing  events.  The  increase  was  offset  in part by a  decrease  in
wholesale  sales,  which was a result of a  management  decision  to place  less
emphasis on  wholesale  sales and more  emphasis  on retail  sales which carry a
higher gross profit margins.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  decreased to $1.5  million,  or 35.1% of net
sales,  for the year ended January 31, 1997 from $1.6  million,  or 38.5% of net
sales, for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995. Cost of sales as a percentage
of net sales  decreased  primarily due to increased  sales of animation art with
higher product margins such as vintage  production art sold through licenses and
higher retail sales as compared to wholesale sales.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses remained consistent at $1.8 million, but decreased as a
percentage  of net sales to 41.5% for the year ended January 31, 1997 from 43.4%
for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995,  primarily due to economies of scale
associated with increased telemarketing sales

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS

     American Royal Arts had a working  capital deficit of $251,000 at April 30,
1998 and a working  capital deficit of $278,000 at January 31, 1998. The primary
source of the deficit for the three months ended April 30, 1998 and for the year
ended  January 31, 1998 was cash  distributions  to the sole  stockholder  of an
aggregate of $105,804 and $1,557,090,  respectively.  Cash provided by operating
activities   was  used   primarily  to  finance  the  purchase  of   merchandise
inventories,   reduce  accounts   payable  and  accrued   liabilities  and  fund
distributions to the stockholder. Cash used for investing activities was $74,000
for the year ended  January 31,  1998,  representing  purchases  of property and
equipment. 
    

INDIVIDUAL FOUNDING COMPANIES

   
     The selected historical financial information presented in the tables below
for the fiscal years of the individual  Founding Companies  (excluding  American
Royal Arts,  which is presented  above) is derived from the  respective  audited
financial  statements  of  the  individual  Founding  Companies.  The  following
discussion should be read in conjunction with the "Summary  Individual  Founding
Company  Financial  Data" and the  separate  company  financial  statements  and
related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

STONE'S HALLMARK

     Stone's  Hallmark is a retailer of  contemporary  collectibles,  ornaments,
figurines, lighthouses and lighted houses from vendors, including Enesco, Boyds,
Cast Art, Disney, Department 56, Seraphim Angels and Hallmark.
    

                                       29
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- STONE'S HALLMARK

     The following table sets forth certain selected  financial data for Stone's
Hallmark on a historical  basis and as a percentage of net sales for the periods
indicated (dollars in thousands):

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       FISCAL YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30,
                                    --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            1995                    1996                   1997
                                    --------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------
<S>                                 <C>       <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>
Net sales .........................  $4,281       100.0%     $4,986        100.0%   $5,745       100.0%
Cost of sales .....................   2,269        53.0       2,497         50.1     2,763        48.1
                                     ------       -----      ------        -----    ------       -----
Gross profit ......................   2,012        47.0       2,489         49.9     2,982        51.9
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses ..........   1,787        41.7       2,117         42.4     1,818        31.6
                                     ------       -----       ------        -----    ------       -----
Income from operations ............     225         5.3         372          7.5     1,164        20.3
Interest income (expense), net          (11)      ( 0.3)         (3)       ( 0.1)        3         0.1
                                     ------       -----      --------      -----    ------       -----
Income before income
 taxes ............................     214         5.0        369           7.4     1,167        20.4
Provision for income taxes ........     128         3.0        194           3.9       465         8.1
                                     ------       -----      -------       -----    ------       -----
Net income ........................  $   86         2.0%     $ 175           3.5%   $  702        12.3%
                                     ======       =====      =======       =====    ======       =====



<CAPTION>

                                          THREE MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY 28,
                                    -------------------------------------------
                                            1997                  1998
                                    --------------------- ---------------------
<S>                                 <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>
Net sales .........................  $1,845       100.0%   $1,869       100.0%
Cost of sales .....................     947        51.3       941        50.3
                                     ------       -----    ------       -----
Gross profit ......................     898        48.7       928        49.7
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses ..........     442        24.0       411        22.0
                                     ------       -----    ------       -----
Income from operations ............     456        24.7       517        27.7
Interest income (expense), net           --         0.0         2         0.1
                                     ------       -----    ------       -----
Income before income
 taxes ............................     456        24.7       519        27.8
Provision for income taxes ........     170         9.2       193        10.3
                                     ------       -----    ------       -----
Net income ........................  $  286        15.5%   $  326        17.5%
                                     ======       =====    ======       =====
</TABLE>
    

UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS

   

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $1.9 million for the three months ended February
28, 1998 as compared to $1.8  million for the three  months  ended  February 28,
1997.

     Cost of Sales. Costs of sales were $941,000,  or 50.3% of net sales, in the
three  months ended  February 28, 1998 as compared to $947,000,  or 51.3% of net
sales,  in the  three  months  ended  February  28,  1997.  Cost of  sales  as a
percentage  of net sales  decreased  1.0% due to  continued  demand for  certain
collectibles product lines with higher gross profit margins.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  were  $411,000,  or 22.0% of net  sales,  in the three
months ended  February 28, 1998 as compared to $442,000,  or 24.0% of net sales,
in the three  months ended  February  28, 1997, a decrease of $31,000,  or 7.0%,
primarily due to a decrease in owners' compensation and other expenses.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30,
1996

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $5.7 million for the fiscal year ended  November
30,  1997 as compared to $5.0  million  for the fiscal year ended  November  30,
1996.  The  increase  in sales of  $759,000,  or  15.2%,  was  primarily  due to
continued demand for certain collectibles product lines, in-store artist signing
events and the expansion of the direct mail program during the current year.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $2.8  million,  or 48.1% of net
sales, in the fiscal year ended November 30, 1997 from $2.5 million, or 50.1% of
net  sales,  in the fiscal  year ended  November  30,  1996.  Cost of sales as a
percentage of net sales decreased due to an increase in sales of several product
lines that have higher profit margins.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses were $1.8 million, or 31.6% of net sales, in the fiscal
year ended November 30, 1997 as compared to $2.1 million, or 42.4% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended  November 30,  1996, a decrease of $299,000,  or 14.1%,
primarily due to a reduction in owners' compensation.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30,
1995

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $5.0 million for the fiscal year ended  November
30,  1996 as compared to $4.3  million  for the fiscal year ended  November  30,
1995.  The  increase in sales of  $705,000,  or 16.5%,  was  primarily  due to a
remodeling of a store and, to a lesser  extent,  to an increase in the number of
in-store artist signing events in the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996.

    

                                       30
<PAGE>
   

     Cost of  Sales.  Cost of sales  decreased  to 50.1% of net  sales,  or $2.5
million,  in the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996 from 53.0% of net sales, or
$2.3  million in the fiscal year ended  November  30,  1995.  Cost of sales as a
percentage  of  net  sales   decreased  due  to  an  increase  in   contemporary
collectibles sales that have higher profit margins.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses were $2.1 million, or 42.4% of net sales, in the fiscal
year ended November 30, 1996 as compared to $1.8 million, or 41.7% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended  November 30, 1995, an increase of $330,000,  or 18.5%,
primarily due to an increase in owners' compensation.

    

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- STONE'S HALLMARK

   

     Stone's  Hallmark  had working  capital of $2.3 million and $1.9 million at
February 28, 1998 and November 30,  1997,  respectively.  The primary  source of
this working capital was cash flows from operations.

     Cash provided by operating activities was $50,000 and $355,900 in the three
months  ended  February  28, 1998 and the fiscal year ended  November  30, 1997,
respectively.  The  increases  in cash each period were due to higher net income
before  depreciation  and  amortization.  The  working  capital  increases  were
primarily related to the cash from the growth in sales.

     Cash used for  investing  activities  was $16,800 for the fiscal year ended
November  30,  1997,  and was  principally  related to purchases of property and
equipment.

NORTH POLE CITY

     North  Pole  City  is a  retailer  and  marketer  of  Christmas  and  other
contemporary  collectibles such as ornaments,  lighted houses and figurines from
vendors, including Department 56, Enesco, Giuseppe Armani and Disney.

    

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- NORTH POLE CITY

     The following  table sets forth certain  selected  financial data for North
Pole City on a historical basis and as a percentage of net sales for the periods
indicated (dollars in thousands):

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                1996                      1997                        1998
                                       -----------------------   -----------------------   --------------------------
<S>                                    <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>            <C>
Net sales ..........................    $2,865         100.0%     $3,726         100.0%      $4,752          100.0%
Cost of sales ......................     1,492          52.1       1,733          46.5        2,622           55.2
                                        ------         -----      ------         -----        -----          -----
Gross profit .......................     1,373          47.9       1,993          53.5        2,130           44.8
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses ...........     1,077          37.6       1,522          40.8        2,045           43.0
                                        ------         -----      ------         -----        -----          -----
Income from operations .............       296          10.3         471          12.7           85            1.8
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense ..................       (57)        ( 2.0)        (82)        ( 2.2)         (99)          (2.1)
 Other, net ........................        10            .4          38           1.0            7            0.1
                                        ------         -----      ------         -----        -----          -----
Income before income taxes .........       249           8.7         427          11.5           (7)          (0.2)
Provision (benefit) for income
 taxes .............................        96           3.4         168           4.5           --             --
                                        ------         -----      ------         -----        -----          -----
Net income (loss) ..................    $  153           5.3%     $  259           7.0%       $  (7)          (0.2)%
                                        ======         =====      ======         =====        =====          =====
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1997

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $4.8 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1998 as compared to $3.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,  1997.  The
increase in sales of $1.1  million,  or 27.5%,  was  primarily  due to increased
marketing  efforts,  including special  promotions,  expanded  telemarketing and
direct mail.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $2.6  million,  or 55.2% of net
sales,  for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998 from $1.7 million,  or 46.5% of
net  sales,  for the  fiscal  year  ended  March  31,  1997.  Cost of sales as a
percentage  of net sales  increased  due to an  increase  of sales of items with
lower gross profit margins and certain adjustments to inventory.

    

                                       31

<PAGE>
   

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the  fiscal  year  ended  March 31,  1998 were $2.0
million,  or 43% of net sales,  as  compared  to $1.5  million,  or 40.8% of net
sales,  in the fiscal year ended March 31,  1997,  an increase of  $523,000,  or
34.4%  primarily  due to increased  salaries  for  additional  sales  personnel,
advertising  expense related to special promotions and costs associated with the
direct mail program.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1996

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $3.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1997 as compared to $2.9 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,  1996.  The
increase  in sales  of  $861,000,  or  30.1%,  was  primarily  due to  continued
marketing efforts focused on telemarketing, advertising in national publications
and Internet  marketing of collectibles  merchandise.  To a lesser extent,  this
increase was also due to the remodeling and expansion of the store.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $1.7  million,  or 46.5% of net
sales,  for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997 from $1.5 million,  or 52.1% of
net  sales,  for the  fiscal  year  ended  March  31,  1996.  Cost of sales as a
percentage  of  net  sales  decreased  due  to  the  change  in  product  mix to
collectibles with higher margins.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the  fiscal  year  ended  March 31,  1997 were $1.5
million,  or 40.8% of net sales,  as compared to $1.1  million,  or 37.6% of net
sales,  in the fiscal year ended March 31,  1996,  an increase of  $445,000,  or
41.3%,  primarily  due to increased  advertising  and  salaries  for  additional
personnel. 
    

     Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased to $82,000 in the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1997 from $57,000 in the fiscal year ended March 31,  1996.  The
increase was the result of  borrowings  used to finance  store  expansion and to
purchase inventory.

   

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- NORTH POLE CITY

     The primary  source of working  capital for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1998 was net cash provided by financing  activities of $294,000.  For the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1997,  the primary  source of working  capital was net cash
provided by operating activities of $167,000.  Cash used in operating activities
was primarily related to the purchase of merchandise inventory.

     Cash used for investing  activities was $72,300 and $142,500 for the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1998 and 1997,  respectively,  representing the purchase of
property and equipment.

REEF HALLMARK

     Reef  Hallmark is a retailer  and  marketer of  contemporary  collectibles,
including ornaments,  figurines,  lighthouses,  lighted houses and crystals from
vendors, including Enesco, Swarovski, Disney, Department 56 and Hallmark.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- REEF HALLMARK
    

     The following  table sets forth certain  selected  financial  data for Reef
Hallmark on a historical  basis and as a percentage of net sales for the periods
indicated (dollars in thousands):

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                    -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                            1995                  1996                  1997
                                    --------------------- --------------------- ---------------------
<S>                                 <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>
Net sales .........................  $1,839       100.0%   $2,493       100.0%   $2,725       100.0%
Cost of sales .....................   1,102        59.9     1,301        52.2     1,464        53.7
                                     ------       -----    ------       -----    ------       -----
Gross profit ......................     737        40.1     1,192        47.8     1,261        46.3
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses .........................     629        34.2       935        37.5       944        34.7
                                     ------       -----    ------       -----    ------       -----
Income from operations ............     108         5.9       257        10.3       317        11.6
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense .................     (41)       (2.2)      (49)       (2.0)      (52)       (1.9)
 Other, net .......................      --          --       (12)       (0.5)
                                     ------       -----    ------       -----    ------       -----
Net income ........................  $   67         3.7%   $  196         7.8%   $  265         9.7%
                                     ======       =====    ======       =====    ======       =====



<CAPTION>

                                            THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                              1997                  1998
                                    ------------------------ -------------------
<S>                                 <C>          <C>         <C>     <C>
Net sales .........................    $ 581        100.0%    $ 623      100.0%
Cost of sales .....................      323         55.6       340       54.6
                                       -----        -----     -----      -----
Gross profit ......................      258         44.4       283       45.4
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses .........................      262         45.1       238       38.2
                                       -----        -----     -----      -----
Income from operations ............       (4)        (0.7)       45        7.2
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense .................      (11)        (1.9)      (15)      (2.4)
 Other, net .......................
Net income ........................    $ (15)        (2.6)%   $  30        4.8%
                                       =====        =====     =====      =====
</TABLE>
    

                                       32

<PAGE>

UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS

   

     Net Sales.  Net sales were  $623,000  for the three  months ended March 31,
1998 as compared to $581,000  for the three  months  ended March 31,  1997.  The
increase  in sales of $42,000,  or 7.2%,  was  primarily  a result of  increased
demand for certain  contemporary  collectibles  products during the three months
ended March 31, 1998.

     Cost of Sales. Cost of sales increased to $340,000,  or 54.6% of net sales,
in the three months ended March 31, 1998 from  $323,000,  or 55.6% of net sales,
for the three months ended March 31, 1997.  Cost of sales as a percentage of net
sales  decreased  due to the change in product mix to  collectibles  with higher
gross profit margins.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses in the three months ended March 31, 1998 were $238,000,
or 38.2% of net sales,  as compared to $262,000,  or 45.1% of net sales,  in the
three months ended March 31, 1997, a decrease of $24,000, or 9.2%, primarily due
to reduced advertising costs and professional fees.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1996

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $2.7 million for the fiscal year ended  December
31,  1997 as compared to $2.5  million  for the fiscal year ended  December  31,
1996.  The increase in sales of  $232,000,  or 9.3%,  was  primarily a result of
increased  telemarketing and direct mail advertising and, to a lesser extent, an
increase in in-store artist signing events.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $1.5  million,  or 53.7% of net
sales, in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 from $1.3 million, or 52.2% of
net  sales,  in the fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1996.  Cost of sales as a
percentage  of  net  sales  increased  due  to  the  change  in  product  mix to
collectible items with lower gross profit margins.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1997  were
$944,000, or 34.7% of net sales, as compared to $935,000, or 37.5% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended  December  31,  1996,  an  increase of $9,000,  or 1.0%
primarily  due to increases in  advertising  expenses,  salaries for  additional
sales personnel and costs related to its direct mail program,  partially  offset
by reduced professional fees.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1995

    

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $2.5 million for the fiscal year ended  December
31,  1996 as compared to $1.8  million  for the fiscal year ended  December  31,
1995.  The increase in sales of $654,000,  or 35.6%,  was  primarily a result of
increased  telemarketing and direct mail advertising and, to a lesser extent, an
increase in in-store artist signing events.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $1.3  million,  or 52.2% of net
sales, in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 from $1.1 million, or 59.9% of
net  sales,  in the fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1995.  Cost of sales as a
percentage  of  net  sales  decreased  due  to  the  change  in  product  mix to
collectible items with higher margins.

   

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1996  were
$935,000, or 37.5% of net sales, as compared to $629,000, or 34.2% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1995, an increase of $306,000,  or 48.6%,
primarily due to an increase in advertising  and lease expense  associated  with
the significant expansion of retail square footage in July 1995 and, to a lesser
extent, due to salaries for additional sales personnel.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- REEF HALLMARK

     Reef Hallmark had working  capital of $37,000 and $83,000 at March 31, 1998
and December 31, 1997, respectively.  The primary source of this working capital
was net cash  provided by  operations,  which was  $160,000  for the fiscal year
ended  December 31, 1997.  The primary  source of working  capital for the three
months  ended March 31, 1998 was net cash  provided by financing  activities  of
$99,000.

     Cash used for investing  activities was $15,000 for the year ended December
31, 1997.  These  expenditures  represent  purchases of property and  equipment.
There were no capital expenditures during the three months ended March 31, 1998.
    

                                       33

<PAGE>

   
FILMART

     Filmart is a retail  marketer  of  animation  art such as vintage  original
production cels, limited edition cels and sericels.

    

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- FILMART

     The following table sets forth certain selected  financial data for Filmart
on a historical basis and as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated
(dollars in thousands):

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1995                     1996                     1997
                                   ------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------------
<S>                                <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
Net sales ........................    $1,053        100.0%     $1,446        100.0%     $1,323        100.0%
Cost of sales ....................       511         48.5         498         34.4         432         32.7
                                      ------        -----      ------        -----      ------        -----
Gross profit .....................       542         51.5         948         65.6         891         67.3
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses .........       493         46.8         539         37.3         541         40.9
                                      ------        -----      ------        -----      ------        -----
Income from operations ...........        49          4.7         409         28.3         350         26.4
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense ................       (4)         (0.4)         (1)        (0.1)         (5)        (0.4)
 Other, net ......................       74           7.0         279         19.3         115          8.7
                                      -------       -----      -------       -----      -------       -----
Net income .......................    $ 119          11.3%     $  687         47.5%     $  460         34.7%
                                      =======       =====      =======       =====      =======       =====



<CAPTION>

                                          THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                   ------------------------------------------
                                          1997                  1998
                                   ------------------- ----------------------
<S>                                <C>     <C>         <C>        <C>
Net sales ........................  $ 232      100.0%     $209        100.0%
Cost of sales ....................    114       49.1        80         38.3
                                    -----      -----      ----        -----
Gross profit .....................    118       50.9       129         61.7
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses .........    164       70.7       118         56.5
                                    -----      -----      ----        -----
Income from operations ...........    (46)     (19.8)       11          5.2
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense ................     --        0.0        (1)        (0.5)
 Other, net ......................     57       24.6        31         14.8
                                    -----      -----      ----        -----
Net income .......................  $  11        4.8%      $41         19.5%
                                    =====      =====      ====        =====
</TABLE>
    

UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS

   

     Net Sales.  Net sales were  $209,000  for the three  months ended March 31,
1998 as compared to $232,000  for the three  months  ended March 31,  1997.  The
decrease  in sales of  $23,000,  or 9.9%,  was  primarily  the  result  of fewer
in-store  artist signing  events,  lower  telemarketing  sales and a decrease in
gallery sales, partially offset by sales of certain pieces of vintage art during
the three  months ended March 31,  1998.  Filmart is a member of several  barter
companies,  within which Filmart  trades  artwork for various goods and services
from other barter company members.  Barter  transactions  involving  artwork for
various  goods  and  services  are  valued at the  market  value of the goods or
services received.  Filmart recognized $57,000 and $86,000 of sales through such
barter  companies  in each of the three  months  ended  March 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales decreased to $80,000,  or 38.3% of net sales,
for the three months ended March 31, 1998 from $114,000,  or 49.1% of net sales,
for the three months ended March 31, 1997.  Cost of sales as a percentage of net
sales decreased  primarily due to the sale of animation art with higher margins,
primarily vintage production cels.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses in the three months ended March 31, 1998 were $118,000,
or 56.5% of net sales,  as compared to $164,000,  or 70.7% of net sales,  in the
three  months  ended  March 31,  1997,  a decrease of  $46,000,  or 28.0%.  This
decrease was primarily due to a decrease in advertising expense and salaries.

     Other Income.  Other income decreased to $31,000, or 14.8% of net sales, in
the three months ended March 31, 1998 from  $57,000,  or 24.6% of net sales,  in
the three  months  ended  March 31,  1997.  Certain  barter  assets  earned from
providing  consulting services will begin to expire in the year 2000, if unused.
Other  income was  partially  reduced by $25,000 in the three months ended March
31, 1998 to reduce the amount of barter assets to their estimated net realizable
value.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1996

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $1.3 million for the fiscal year ended  December
31,  1997 as compared to $1.4  million  for the fiscal year ended  December  31,
1996.  The decrease in sales of  $123,000,  or 8.5%,  was  primarily a result of
lower sales of certain  animation art and fewer in-store  artist signing events,
partially offset by increased sales of animation art such as vintage  production
cels. Filmart recognized $250,000 and $248,000 of sales through barter companies
in the fiscal years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

     Cost of Sales. Cost of sales decreased to $432,000,  or 32.7% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 from $498,000, or 34.4% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. Cost of sales as a percentage of net
sales  decreased  primarily due to sales of animation  art with higher  margins,
primarily vintage production cels.     

                                       34

<PAGE>

   

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1997  were
$541,000, or 40.9% of net sales, as compared to $539,000, or 37.3% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1996.  The  increase  was  primarily  the
result of higher salaries and  advertising  costs,  partially  offset by reduced
professional fees.

     Other income.  Other income decreased to $115,000 for the fiscal year ended
December  31, 1997 from  $279,000  for the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1996.
Certain  barter assets earned from providing  consulting  services will begin to
expire in the year  2000,  if unused.  Other  income  was  partially  reduced by
$125,000  in the fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1997 to reduce the amount of
barter assets to their estimated net realizable value.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1995

    

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $1.4 million for the fiscal year ended  December
31,  1996 as compared to $1.1  million  for the fiscal year ended  December  31,
1995.  The increase in sales of $393,000,  or 37.3%,  was  primarily a result of
increased  special events such as in-store artist signing events,  growth of the
customer  database,  increased  advertising  and,  to a  lesser  extent,  to the
addition of sales  representatives  with  enhanced  product  knowledge.  Filmart
recognized  $248,000 and $32,000 of sales through barter companies in the fiscal
years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

   

     Cost of Sales. Cost of sales decreased to $498,000,  or 34.4% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 from $511,000, or 48.5% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995. Cost of sales as a percentage of net
sales  decreased  primarily due to sales of animation  art with higher  margins,
primarily vintage production cels.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1996  were
$539,000, or 37.3% of net sales, as compared to $493,000, or 46.8% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended  December  31, 1995,  an increase of $46,000,  or 9.3%,
primarily  due to an increase  in  commissions.  The  decrease in this cost as a
percentage of net sales was primarily due to economies of scale  associated with
increased sales. 
    

     Other Income.  Other income  increased to $279,000 in the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1996 from $74,000 in the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1995.  The
increase of $205,000 is a result of increased  consulting fees and proceeds from
an insurance claim reimbursement.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- FILMART

   

     Filmart had working  capital of $1.2 million at March 31, 1998 and December
31,  1997,  respectively.  The primary  sources of working  capital was net cash
provided by operations during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.

    
                                       35


<PAGE>

   

ANIMATION USA

     Animation USA is a retail and  wholesale  marketer of animation art such as
vintage original production cels, limited edition cels and sericels.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- ANIMATION USA

     The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  selected  financial  data  for
Animation  USA on a historical  basis and data as a percentage  of net sales for
the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):     

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                        ----------------------------------------------
                                                  1996                   1997
                                        ------------------------ ---------------------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>
Net sales .............................    $1,716        100.0%   $1,319      100.0%
Cost of sales .........................       840         49.0       596       45.2
                                           ------        -----    ------      -----
Gross profit ..........................       876         51.0       723       54.8
Selling, general and administra-
 tive expenses ........................       845         49.2       762       57.8
                                           ------        -----    ------      -----
Income (loss) from operations .........        31          1.8       (39)      (3.0)
Other income (expense) ................        (9)        (0.5)      (14)      (1.1)
                                           ------        -----    ------      -----
Income (loss) before income taxes .....        22          1.3       (53)      (4.1)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes...         9          0.5       (18)      (1.4)
                                           ------         ----    ------      -----
Net income (loss) .....................    $   13          0.8%   $  (35)      (2.7)%
                                           ======         ====    ======      =====



<CAPTION>

                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                        ---------------------------------------------
                                                 1997                   1998
                                        ---------------------- ----------------------
<S>                                     <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
Net sales .............................    $341        100.0%     $344        100.0%
Cost of sales .........................     137         40.2       129         37.5
                                           ----        -----      ----        -----
Gross profit ..........................     204         59.8       215         62.5
Selling, general and administra-
 tive expenses ........................     187         54.8       149         43.3
                                           ----        -----      ----        -----
Income (loss) from operations .........      17          5.0        66         19.2
Other income (expense) ................      (3)        (0.9)       (3)        (0.9)
                                           ----        -----      ----        -----
Income (loss) before income taxes .....      14          4.1        63         18.3
Provision (benefit) for income taxes...       5          1.5        24          7.0
                                           ----        -----      ----        -----
Net income (loss) .....................    $  9          2.6%     $ 39         11.3%
                                           ====        =====      ====        =====
</TABLE>
    

   

UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS

     Net Sales.  Net sales were  $344,000  for the three  months ended March 31,
1998 as compared to $341,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1997.

     Cost of Sales. Cost of sales decreased to $129,000,  or 37.5% of net sales,
for the three months ended March 31, 1998 from $137,000,  or 40.2% of net sales,
for the three months ended March 31, 1997.  Cost of sales as a percentage of net
sales  decreased  2.7% due to higher  sales of animation  art produced  in-house
under license arrangements, which generally has higher gross margins.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  were  $149,000,  or 43.3% of net sales,  for the three
months ended March 31, 1998 as compared to $187,000,  or 54.8% of net sales, for
the three  months  ended March 31,  1997,  a decrease of $38,000 or 20.3%.  This
decrease was primarily due to a decrease in salaries and professional fees.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1996

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $1.3 million for the fiscal year ended  December
31,  1997 as compared to $1.7  million  for the fiscal year ended  December  31,
1996.  The  decrease in sales of  $397,000,  or 23.1%,  was  primarily  due to a
decrease  in the number of in-store  artist  signing  events,  the timing of the
Company's trade show and lower gallery sales at one location.

     Cost of Sales. Cost of sales decreased to $596,000,  or 45.2% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 from $840,000, or 49.0% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. Cost of sales as a percentage of net
sales  decreased  due to higher sales of animation art produced  in-house  under
license arrangements which generally has higher gross margins.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative expenses were $762,000, or 57.8% of net sales, in the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1997 as compared to $845,000,  or 49.2% of net sales,  in the
fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1996,  a decrease of  $83,000,  or 9.8%.  The
decrease in such expenses was primarily due to a decrease in salaries.
    

                                       36

<PAGE>

   

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- ANIMATION USA

     Animation  USA had a working  capital  deficit of $27,000 at March 31, 1998
and $66,000 at December 31, 1997. Cash used in operating  activities was $59,000
for the  three  months  ended  March 31,  1998 and cash  provided  by  operating
activities was $82,000 in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.

     No cash was used for investing  activities for the three months ended March
31, 1998 and in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.
    

                                       37

<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

   
     Collectibles USA was founded to create a national  retailer of collectibles
merchandise  and marketer of animation  art.  Collectibles  USA has entered into
agreements  to acquire four  retailers of  contemporary  collectibles  and three
marketers of animation art simultaneously with the closing of the Offering. Upon
the consummation of these  Acquisitions,  the Company believes that it will be a
leading  retailer  of  contemporary  collectibles  and  a  leading  marketer  of
animation art in the United States. The Company sells its collectibles  products
through two superstores,  one  free-standing  retail  location,  five mall-based
stores and three upscale strip-mall stores. The Company's 11 collectibles stores
are  located in  Florida,  Illinois  (6),  New Jersey (2) and  Oklahoma  (2). In
addition,  certain  stores  sell  collectibles  through  database  direct  mail,
telemarketing  and the  Internet.  The Company  sells  animation  art  primarily
through database direct mail,  telemarketing and the Internet to both retail and
wholesale  customers,  and operates  five  animation  art  galleries  located in
California, New York (2), Pennsylvania and Washington.

     The Company's  collectibles  merchandise  includes figurines and sculptures
made from  porcelain,  ceramic  and resin,  and a  selection  of  crystal  items
including functional and decorative products. The Company also sells collectible
cottages and villages, collectible prints and lithographs, collectible Christmas
ornaments and other holiday collectibles.  The Company's merchandise is produced
by leading vendors such as Lladro,  Department 56  (manufacturer of The Original
Snow  Village and The  Heirloom  Village  Collection  product  lines),  Giuseppe
Armani,  Goebel U.S.A.  (manufacturer  of the Hummel product  line),  Swarovski,
Disney and Enesco  (manufacturer of the Precious  Moments and Cherished  Teddies
product  lines).  See "--  Collectibles  Stores." The  Company's  animation  art
galleries  carry  a full  spectrum  of  animation  artwork,  including  original
production cels, limited editions, sericels, model sheets and original drawings.
In addition, the Company has licenses or rights, some of which are exclusive, to
design,  produce and market animation art featuring a wide variety of well known
characters,  including  Garfield(Reg.  TM), and is also an authorized  dealer of
limited editions and sericels created by Disney and Warner Brothers.     

     The Company's  target  retail  customer is between 45 and 64 years old, and
encompasses  a broad  range of income  levels.  The  Company  believes  that the
typical  collector makes more than one  collectibles  purchase per year, and the
typical  collecting  household  maintains  more than one  collection.  Moreover,
collectibles  also are purchased as gifts and as decorative items. The Company's
animation art galleries  also target a wide range of customers  from entry level
collectors with relatively small collections to high-end, experienced collectors
of vintage pieces.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     According to Unity  Marketing's The Collectibles  Industry Report 1997, the
collectibles  industry  grew  approximately  11.9% in 1996,  generating  over $9
billion  in  primary  sales  (i.e.,   sales  of  new   merchandise),   of  which
approximately  79% were  generated by retail sales  (including  TV shopping) and
approximately 21% were generated by direct response marketing.  The contemporary
collectibles  industry is  serviced by  approximately  10,000  specialty  retail
collectibles  stores  nationwide.  Collectibles are also sold by  mid-to-upscale
department stores,  home furnishing stores,  small specialty import stores, gift
stores,  card shops, TV shopping,  collectors  clubs and other gallery and print
stores.   The  industry  includes  sales  of  a  wide  variety  of  manufactured
collectible items, including figurines and sculptures, dolls, crystal, collector
plates,   cottages,   lighthouses,   Christmas   ornaments   and  other  holiday
collectibles  and  art  such as  lithographs  and  prints.  According  to  Unity
Marketing, an estimated 31 million Americans identify themselves as collectors.

     The animation art industry  includes sales of vintage  original  production
cels,  limited  editions  produced by studios,  sericels and original  animation
produced by  licensees  such as the Company  bearing the  likenesses  of popular
animated  characters  through art galleries,  gift shops and auction houses,  as
well  as  database  direct  mail,  telemarketing  and  the  Internet.   Although
statistical  information  on the animation art industry is limited and marketing
tools such as "collectors clubs" are not yet common in the industry, the Company
believes that the industry is growing. In recognition of the industry's emerging
importance  and  profitability,  auction houses such as Sotheby's and Christie's
are active in the secondary market of animation through their public auctions.

     The Company's  target consumer base represents a growing part of the United
States  population.  According to the U.S.  Department of Commerce Bureau of the
Census,  the 45 to 64 year old population  reached  approximately  45 million in
1996 and is expected  to grow to  approximately  66 million  during the next ten
years, representing a

                                       38
<PAGE>

projected  growth  rate of  close  to  three  times  the  rate  for the  overall
population.  The Company  believes  that  collecting  will  become  increasingly
popular among  consumers ages 45 to 64 because this generation of collectors has
high   levels  of   discretionary   income   and  has   demonstrated   nostalgic
characteristics.

     The Company believes that the highly  fragmented nature of the collectibles
and animation art industries creates  significant  consolidation  opportunities.
The retail  collectibles  market is highly  fragmented  with over 10,000  retail
stores, most of which have less than a 1% market share. In addition, most of the
participants  in these  industries  lack the  capital to expand or a viable exit
strategy.  The  Company  believes  that the  favorable  growth  outlook  for the
collectibles and animation art industries resulting from the growing demographic
base, coupled with the fragmented nature of these industries,  will make it well
positioned to pursue its growth strategies. The Company estimates that there are
over 200 collectibles retailers in the United States with retail sales in excess
of $2 million annually.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

     The  Company's  goal  is  to  become  the  leading  specialty  retailer  of
contemporary  collectibles  and the  leading  marketer of  animation  art in the
United States.  The Company will seek to achieve this goal by emphasizing growth
through  acquisitions  and  implementing  a  national  operating  strategy  that
enhances internal revenue growth and profitability.

GROWTH STRATEGY

     Key elements of the Company's growth strategy include:

   
         Grow Through  Acquisitions.  The Company believes that the collectibles
     industry  is  highly   fragmented  with   significant   opportunities   for
     consolidation.  The  Company  intends to acquire  profitable,  well-managed
     collectibles  retailers and  animation  art marketers  that may provide new
     categories of merchandise that may be cross-sold to the Company's  existing
     customer base. The Company believes that it will be an attractive  acquiror
     due to its (i)  strategy of  retaining  owners and  management  of acquired
     companies,  (ii)  access to  capital  and (iii)  ability  to offer  sellers
     immediate  liquidity for their  business as well as an ongoing equity stake
     in the  Company.  The  Company  has  developed  an  extensive  database  of
     acquisition candidates within the collectibles and animation art industries
     and  believes  it will be well  positioned  to  implement  its  acquisition
     program promptly following the Offering.  Within the past year, the Company
     has  contacted  the  owners  of a  number  of  collectibles  retailers  and
     animation art marketers,  several of whom have expressed interest in having
     their  businesses  acquired by the Company.  The Company's  Chief Executive
     Officer,  Shonnie D. Bilin,  has over 17 years  experience  in the industry
     with extensive  relationships  with wholesalers,  retailers,  importers and
     collectibles manufacturers. The Company currently has no binding agreements
     to effect any  acquisition  and is not now engaged in any  negotiations  to
     acquire  any  company.  The  Company,  however,  expects  that  its  future
     acquisitions  will be based  on  criteria  such as  anticipated  return  on
     capital,  and the  acquisition  candidate's  opportunities  for  growth and
     ability to meet other  strategic  objectives.  Although  the  Company  will
     consider  opportunities to make larger  acquisitions,  the Company's target
     candidate  for  acquisition  is expected to have $2 to $5 million in annual
     sales,  demonstrated  profitability,  and one to four retail locations. The
     Company's  research  indicates that there are more  collectibles  retailers
     meeting its criteria  than there are animation  art  marketers.  To help it
     identify  prospective  targets,  the Company has retained  consultants with
     knowledge of the  collectibles  and animation art industries.  See "Certain
     Transactions  -- Transactions  Involving  Certain  Officers,  Directors and
     Stockholders."  There can be no assurance  that the  Company's  acquisition
     program will be  successful,  and the Company cannot predict when, if ever,
     it will make its first acquisition after the Offering.

    

         As consideration  for future  acquisitions,  the Company intends to use
     various  combinations  of Common  Stock and cash or,  possibly,  notes.  To
     facilitate  its  acquisition  strategy,  the  Company  intends to  register
     2,500,000 additional shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act within
     90 days after the closing of this Offering.  These shares will be available
     for use by the Company as consideration for future acquisitions.

         Develop Prototype Store Formats.  Although the Company intends to focus
     initially on acquiring  other  retailers of  collectibles  and marketers of
     animation  art, the Company  expects to complement its  acquisition  growth
     with new store  openings.  Over the next 12 months,  the  Company  plans to
     develop two prototype store formats: a "superstore" format of approximately
     18,000  square  feet,  designed  for  either  free-standing  or strip  mall
     locations, and a mall-based format, of approximately 1,500 square feet. The
     Company does not intend to open new stores over the next 12 months.

                                       39

<PAGE>

NATIONAL OPERATING STRATEGY

     Key elements of the Company's national operating strategy include:

         Strengthen and Expand Vendor Relationships. Vendors in the collectibles
     industry  often  recognize  retailers  based on certain  volume  levels and
     reputation.  At the  discretion  of vendors,  preferred  gallery  status is
     awarded  to  collectibles  stores  based  on  factors  such as (i) a proven
     ability  to  market  and  sell  large   quantities  of  merchandise,   (ii)
     exceptional  customer  service  and  (iii)  creditworthiness.  Many  of the
     Founding  Companies have achieved preferred gallery status with key vendors
     which entitles them to volume discounts,  co-op advertising funds, shipping
     allowances  and other  benefits.  The  Company  believes  that as a leading
     retailer of collectibles  merchandise  and a leading  marketer of animation
     art  in  the  United  States,  it  will  have a  competitive  advantage  in
     leveraging its vendor  relationships.  In addition,  as an industry leader,
     the  Company  believes  that  it  will  be  able  to  establish   exclusive
     relationships  with  vendors  for  certain  product  lines and items  which
     generally lead to increased sales. Certain vendors already have expressed a
     willingness  to  develop  products,  such  as  porcelain  figurines,  resin
     figurines and cels, on an exclusive  basis for the Company.  As a result of
     the  Acquisitions,  the  Company  believes  that  certain  of the  Founding
     Companies  will be able to benefit from the vendor  relationships  that the
     other Founding  Companies have  established  with each of their  individual
     vendors.

   

         To ensure that the Company  maximizes its  relationships  with vendors,
     the Company has appointed one of the current  owners of a Founding  Company
     to oversee and  coordinate,  among other things,  merchandising  and vendor
     relationships.  It  is  anticipated  that  this  executive  and  the  other
     executive officers of the Company will use the Company's  reputation in the
     collectibles   and  animation   art   industries  to  leverage  its  vendor
     relationships.

         Expand and Improve  Database  Direct Mail,  Telemarketing  and Internet
     Marketing  Programs.   The  Founding  Companies  have  developed  databases
     aggregating  approximately 225,000 customers.  These databases often detail
     the buying patterns and  merchandise  preferences of existing and potential
     customers and enable the Founding  Companies to conduct  targeted  database
     direct mail,  telemarketing and Internet  marketing  programs.  In order to
     develop a comprehensive  marketing program for use on a Company-wide basis,
     the Company intends to combine and enhance the existing customer  databases
     of  its  Founding   Companies  and  to  introduce   database  direct  mail,
     telemarketing  and Internet  marketing  programs at Founding  Companies and
     future companies to be acquired which are not utilizing such programs.  The
     Company  anticipates  that it will  consolidate  the receiving of telephone
     orders from its direct mail marketing  efforts.  The central call center is
     expected to be equipped  with  technology to place orders for shipment with
     the Founding Companies and release inventory. The Company intends to create
     an Internet  electronic  ordering site through which customers can purchase
     collectibles items and animation art. The site is expected to be integrated
     with  the  point of sale  and  inventory  management  system.  The  Company
     anticipates that such programs will be implemented by mid-1999.  All of the
     Founding  Companies which market animation art generate a majority of their
     sales from  database  direct mail and  telemarketing  efforts.  The Company
     believes there are significant  opportunities to expand the database direct
     mail and telemarketing  expertise  developed by the animation art galleries
     to its  collectibles  business.  The Company also plans to incorporate on a
     Company-wide  basis  the use of  certain  marketing  programs,  advertising
     campaigns,  artist signing events and other  promotions,  which have proved
     successful at individual Founding Companies.

         Improve Operating  Procedures.  The Company is negotiating an agreement
     with  SourceNet,  Inc.  ("SourceNet"),  a leading  developer of  integrated
     business processes and systems, pursuant to which SourceNet will assist the
     Company in designing and  implementing  operating  systems that will enable
     the  Company  to  enhance  its   infrastructure   in  order  to  centralize
     operations.  Through its relationship with SourceNet the Company intends to
     (i) implement a centralized  financial  management  system,  (ii) develop a
     Company-wide    communications    network   and   Internet    merchandising
     capabilities, (iii) centralize purchasing, accounts payable processing, and
     inventory   management  and  (iv)   centralize  the  database   information
     maintained by each Founding  Company.  The Company's  inventory  management
     system will be  complimented  by the common point of sale system which will
     be developed by SourceNet.

         The  Company  has  entered   into  a   partnering   relationship   with
     Administaff,   Inc.   ("Administaff")  a  leading   professional   employer
     organization.  Pursuant  to the terms of the  agreement,  Administaff  will
     serve as an off-site human resources department and will be responsible for
     providing benefits and payroll administration, 
    

                                       40

<PAGE>

   

     medical and workers'  insurance  programs,  personnel  records  management,
     liability  management,  employee  recruiting  and  selection,   performance
     management,  and  training and  development.  Although in the near term the
     Company expects to incur higher operating expenses, the Company anticipates
     that in the  future  it will  achieve  long-term  economies  of  scale  and
     enhanced store-level  performance as a result of these efforts. The Company
     also  expects to  experience  benefits  of  consolidation  with  respect to
     improved  training  practices,  its ability to attract and retain qualified
     personnel and customer service.
    

         Capitalize on Local  Strengths.  Notwithstanding  the strengths  that a
     national  organization can provide,  the Company believes that an important
     factor for success in the collectibles industry is local relationships.  By
     maintaining  significant operating autonomy at the local level, the Company
     intends  to  capitalize  on  local  strengths,  such as  name  recognition,
     customer  loyalty and service.  In addition,  the Company  anticipates that
     certain of the  principals  of the  Founding  Companies  will  assist it in
     establishing and refining practices for Company-wide operations.

COLLECTIBLES STORES

   

     The Company will sell collectibles merchandise through two superstores, one
free-standing  retail  location,   five  mall-based  stores  and  three  upscale
strip-mall  stores which are located in seven  states.  The stores range in size
from  approximately  1,000 to 15,000  square feet of retail space and carry from
1,500 to 13,800 SKUs.  Additionally,  the Company utilizes database direct mail,
telemarketing  and  the  Internet  to sell  its  collectibles  merchandise.  The
Company's  porcelain  figurines and  sculptures  are produced by vendors such as
Lladro,  Goebel U.S.A.  (manufacturer  of the Hummel  product line) and Giuseppe
Armani.  The resin  figurines  which the Company sells are obtained from vendors
such as Enesco  (manufacturer  of the  Precious  Moments and  Cherished  Teddies
product lines).  The Company's  collectibles  stores also sell crystal figurines
and  functional  items,  such as crystal  vases,  produced  by  vendors  such as
Swarovski.  In addition,  the Company  sells  collectible  cottages and villages
produced by  Department  56  (manufacturer  of The Original Snow Village and The
Heirloom Village Collections product lines).     

     Merchandising.  Each of the Company's collectibles stores carries a product
assortment  that is merchandised by product line and vendor and that is selected
to provide items that are distinctive and  specifically  suited to the tastes of
its customers.  The stores  generally carry  different but overlapping  lines of
collectibles merchandise because each store selects merchandise which appeals to
the preferences of customers within its area. Although the general categories of
the collectibles merchandise stay the same from store to store, individual items
within each general product group change to respond to the interests and demands
of customers of each store.
   

     While the price of collectibles ranges from $5 to $25,000,  Unity Marketing
reported  in 1995 that the average  collector  household  spends $500  annually.
Stores that target middle income customers carry collectibles  merchandise which
generally  ranges in price from $25 to $250,  while  stores that  target  higher
income customers carry  merchandise which generally ranges in price from $125 to
$4,000. 
    

     In selecting a product, the Company considers customer demand for the lines
and, in the case of new lines,  quality,  dependability  of  delivery  and cost.
Currently,  each Founding  Company  individually  determines  which  products to
purchase.  Such  purchasing  decisions  primarily  are made by  attending  shows
sponsored by manufacturers,  communicating with representatives of manufacturers
and  participating  in  test  sales  of  collectibles  merchandise.  Some of the
collectibles  stores  vary  their  inventory  on a  seasonal  basis  in order to
generate  more sales  related to Christmas  and other  holidays  and  occasions.
Manufacturers  seeking to  increase  consumer  interest  occasionally  expand or
retire certain  collectibles within their product lines and produce event pieces
such as bridal and Easter pieces, which are occasionally  marketed in connection
with artist  signings to generate  excitement  about their  introduction  to the
market.  Two of the Founding  Companies  are  affiliated  with Hallmark and sell
greeting cards and Hallmark  novelties in addition to collectibles  merchandise.
To ensure that the Company maximizes its relationships with vendors, the Company
has  hired  an  executive  to  oversee  and  coordinate,   among  other  things,
merchandising and vendor relationships.
   

     Most of the Company's contemporary collectibles merchandise is manufactured
overseas;   however,   it  is  purchased   directly   from  the   manufacturer's
representatives  in  the  United  States.  The  Company  purchases  collectibles
merchandise from over 50 vendors,  including Hallmark,  sales of which accounted
for  approximately  11% of the  Company's  pro forma  net sales in Fiscal  1998.
Certain suppliers of collectibles merchandise to the Founding Companies, such as
Enesco or Department 56, provide in their agreements with such Founding     

                                       41

<PAGE>

Companies that the vendor will furnish an ongoing supply of products  within the
vendor's  particular  production  limitations and obligate the vendor to develop
point-of-sale  material to support the Founding Companies' advertising programs.
Pursuant to such agreements, it is the responsibility of the Founding Company to
operate at least five days a week or  throughout  the calendar  year, to promote
and foster the collectibility  status of the vendor's  merchandise,  to organize
promotional  events  such as  "open  houses,"  to  purchase  certain  levels  of
merchandise  or  display  certain  pieces in a series,  to adhere to a  vendor's
pricing  schedule and to maintain a  satisfactory  creditworthiness.  A Founding
Company's  failure to fulfill its obligations to a vendor may entitle the vendor
to  suspend  its supply of  collectibles  merchandise.  Several of the  Founding
Companies have achieved  standards of quality and reputation  which qualify them
for the preferred  gallery status  recognized by their important  vendors.  Such
status   typically   confers   benefits  such  as  greater   co-op   advertising
contributions,  preferred access to specialized merchandise and increased access
to artists for signings and other  in-store and  off-site  special  events.  The
Company makes decisions about purchases of inventory well in advance of the time
at which such  products are  intended to be sold.  Significant  deviations  from
projected  demand for  collectibles  merchandise  could have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's  financial  condition and results of operations.  Higher
priced collectibles  generally are sold on a consignment basis which permits the
Company  to expand its array of  collectibles  merchandise  without  encumbering
working capital.

     In order to attract and retain the loyalty of collectibles customers and to
position its stores as  destination  retail  locations,  certain of the Founding
Companies utilize innovative  merchandising and display  techniques.  One of the
stores has built a reputation based on entertaining in-store displays which have
included a model  train,  a grind organ and unique  displays  which  highlight a
particular vendor's merchandise. Other of the Company's collectibles stores have
gained recognition based on their promotional practices, including producing and
distributing  videotapes of the store's business  operations and employing games
of chance with prizes corresponding to a vendor's particular collectibles theme.

   
     Marketing.  Currently,  the Founding Companies  advertise  independently of
each other,  primarily  through  print  advertising  and direct  mail  contacts.
Certain of the Founding Companies, namely North Pole City, Little Elegance, Reef
Hallmark and Stone's Hallmark,  advertise their merchandise in catalogs that are
produced by a national  collectibles catalog publishing syndicate such as Parade
of  Gifts,  Gift  Creations  Concepts  and  Park  West  (NALED).   Such  catalog
consortiums  allow members to use the  published  catalog for  individual  sales
purposes.  Membership  in such  catalog  consortiums  entitles  the  Company  to
exclusive  pieces  produced by Enesco and  Department  56. The Company  plans to
evaluate its use of catalog consortiums in the future,  including  opportunities
for preparing such catalogs itself. 
    

     The Company also participates in loyalty-based  marketing  programs such as
"collector  clubs"  which  reward  members  with  privileges  such as  access to
exclusive member pieces,  detailed information about collections and invitations
to special events.

   
     The Company's  collectibles stores' databases contain approximately 200,000
customers,  often detailing the buying patterns and merchandising preferences of
current and potential customers.  This extensive database assists the Company in
database  direct  mail  and  telemarketing  programs.  Three  of  the  Company's
collectibles  stores have home pages on the  Internet  which they use to educate
consumers,  display samples of their collectibles merchandise,  inform customers
of upcoming product availability dates and special events and allow customers to
place orders. Customers can contact Little Elegance at  www.little-elegance.com,
North   Pole   City  at   www.northpolecity.com,   and   Stone's   Hallmark   at
www.stoneshallmark.com.   Sales  over  the  Internet  have  not   constituted  a
significant portion of the Company's sales to date.

    
     Following  the  Offering,   the  Company  intends  to  increase  its  print
advertising efforts,  including advertising in specialty  collectibles magazines
and inserting promotional and seasonal sales circulars in local newspapers,  and
increase its efforts in other media, including radio and television. The Company
also intends to initiate  programs  utilizing its customer database to stimulate
additional  sales around  birthdays  and  anniversaries,  and  holidays  such as
Mother's Day. In addition,  the Company also plans to expand  promotional events
such as artist signings and sponsored charitable  activities,  which have proven
successful at individual Founding Companies.

   
     Customer  Service.  The Company's goal is to provide  exceptional  customer
service.  The Company generally ships orders within 24 to 72 hours. In addition,
the Company places special orders on behalf of its customers with  manufacturers
for  hard-to-find  items and notifies its customers of limited edition pieces in
advance of their availability 
    

                                       42

<PAGE>

   

in stores. The Company generally accepts returns on its merchandise within 14 to
30 days of sale.  All of the  Company's  stores are open  seven days a week.  In
recognition of the Founding  Companies'  dedication to customer service and from
their  commitment  and  experience  in   merchandising  a  particular   vendor's
collectibles  merchandise,  the Founding Companies have received numerous titles
of  distinction  such as Boyds Bears Gold Paw  (Stone's  Hallmark and North Pole
City), Cherished Teddies Adoption Center (North Pole City and Stone's Hallmark),
Department 56 Gold Key Dealer (Little  Elegance,  North Pole City, Reef Hallmark
and Stone's Hallmark), Fenton Glass Showcase Dealer (Stone's Hallmark), Giuseppe
Armani Art  Headquarter  Store  (North  Pole  City),  Hallmark  Gold Crown (Reef
Hallmark and Stone's  Hallmark),  and Roman Premiere Dealer (Little Elegance and
North  Pole  City).  Three of the  Founding  Companies  (Little  Elegance,  Reef
Hallmark and Stone's  Hallmark) are among the approximately 40 stores nationwide
designated as Precious  Moments  Century Circle Dealers by Enesco which entitles
them to exclusive Precious Moments collectibles pieces.
    

ANIMATION ART GALLERIES

     The  Company's  five  animation  art  galleries are each located in or near
suburbs of metropolitan  areas.  These galleries are located in California,  New
York  (2),  Pennsylvania  and  Washington.  The  Company  generates  most of its
animation art sales through database direct mail and telemarketing operations.

     Merchandising.   The  Company's   animation  art  galleries  carry  a  wide
assortment of animation  artwork,  including  original  production cels, limited
editions, sericels, model sheets and original drawings. A "cel" is a painting of
a character  or object on a  transparent  acetate  sheet.  An  original  vintage
production cel, which is created by an original drawing,  is hand painted and is
the final result of the artistic  process  that  creates  animation  used in the
actual film  production,  whereas limited  edition cels although  created in the
same manner, generally recreate animation scenes from popular animated films for
which original  production  cels are no longer  available.  Sericels are limited
editions  that are created by hand  painting an image onto a master cel and then
produced in large  quantities  through a printing  process.  Model  sheets are a
group of original pencil  drawings of animated  characters in a variety of poses
and  expressions.  Prices  for  animation  art are  typically  higher  than  for
contemporary  collectibles,  beginning at  approximately  $100 and ranging up to
$100,000,  with an average sale price of approximately $750. Animation art sales
generally are less seasonal than sales of collectibles.

   

     The Company designs and  manufactures  limited  editions and sericels under
license from the owners of popular characters, and purchases original production
cels from the studio that created the art, another dealer or a private collector
for  sale  to  both  retail  and  wholesale  customers.  The  Company  sells  on
consignment limited edition animation cels created by Virgil Ross, under license
from Warner Brothers, featuring classic Warner Brothers' characters such as Bugs
Bunny, Elmer Fudd, Yosemite Sam, and Tweety and Sylvester in classic scenes. The
Company  also  holds  licenses  or  rights to  design,  produce  and  distribute
animation  art bearing the  likeness of  Garfield,  both alone and with  certain
Norman Rockwell  images.  The Company's  designs for art featuring such licensed
characters are generally subject to prior approval by the licensor.  Pursuant to
an oral understanding,  the Company also distributes limited edition comic strip
art from Jeff MacNelly (Shoe), Johnny Hart (B.C. and Wizard of Id), Chris Browne
(Hagar the  Horrible),  Bryant  Parker  (Wizard  of Id),  Roger  Bollen  (Animal
Crackers),  Myron Woldman (Popeye and Betty Boop) and Sidney Harris. The Company
has a similar oral understanding  with Don Oriolo (Felix the Cat(Reg.  TM)). The
Company  acquires  this limited  edition  comic strip art at discount  wholesale
prices and in turn distributes it through wholesale and retail sales.  There are
no written agreements governing these distribution  arrangements and, therefore,
there can be no  assurance  that one or more of these  distributor  arrangements
will not be  terminated.  One of the  Founding  Companies  has been  granted  an
exclusive  license by HBO(Reg.  TM)  Animation to  manufacture  and sell artwork
using  material from the first season of Spawn and Spicy City. The Company is an
authorized dealer of art produced by Warner  Brothers/Hanna-Barbera,  Disney and
artist Chuck Jones. The Company's  authorized dealer agreements can generally be
terminated by the other party with or without cause on short notice.  Certain of
the  authorized   dealer   agreements   require  the  vendor's  consent  to  the
Acquisitions.
    

     The  animation  art sold by the Company is  produced  by the Company  under
certain  licenses or rights with a majority of the art being  obtained  from the
studios  or  artists   that  create  the  art,   including   Disney  and  Warner
Brothers/Hanna-Barbera. The art is either bought from the artist or studio or is
sold by the Company on a consignment basis.

     The Company  generates its design ideas by closely  collaborating  with the
studio that licenses the  character to be included in the artwork.  It generally
takes an average of six weeks to create a new piece of original  animation  art.
During this period,  the Company's  artists,  or artists  working as independent
contractors,  generate a prototype  design which is thereafter  submitted to the
artist or animation studio for its approval.

                                       43


<PAGE>
   

     Marketing.  A significant  portion of the Company's animation art marketing
efforts is conducted  through database direct mail,  telemarketing  and Internet
marketing programs,  which utilize databases  aggregating  approximately  26,000
customers.   These   databases   detail  the  buying  patterns  and  merchandise
preferences of current and potential customers and enable the Founding Companies
to conduct targeted database direct mail,  telemarketing and Internet  marketing
programs. The Company's animation art marketing efforts also include advertising
in newspapers and animation art magazines.  While each of the Founding Companies
will continue to advertise locally,  the Company will evaluate  opportunities to
consolidate its advertising  functions on a national basis. Two of the Company's
animation  art  marketers  have home  pages on the  Internet  which  they use to
educate  customers about their  animation art and special events.  Customers can
contact  American  Royal Arts and  Animation  USA at  www.ara-animation.com  and
www.animationusa.com, respectively. Sales resulting from Internet marketing have
not constituted a significant portion of the Company's sales to date. 
    

     All of the  Founding  Companies  which  market  animation  art  generate  a
majority of their sales from database direct mail and telemarketing efforts. One
of  the  Company's   significant   strategies  for  improved  marketing  is  the
consolidation   of  the  databases  of  the  various   Founding   Companies  for
comprehensive  database direct mail and  telemarketing  efforts along lines that
have proved successful at the Founding Companies where these operations generate
significant  amounts  of sales.  The  Company  believes  one of the  significant
opportunities  presented by the  consolidation of the Founding  Companies is the
cross-marketing possibilities to the combined customer databases of the Founding
Companies.

     One of the Founding Companies,  Filmart, has an agreement with Vista Media,
Inc. ("Vista"),  a non-affiliated,  third party, whereby Filmart receives print,
radio and television  advertising  services from Vista in exchange for providing
to Vista consulting services  consisting of designing  animation  characters and
business logos,  providing art direction for Vista's  publications and providing
business advice in the animation  industry.  The agreement expires on August 31,
1998.

     Customer Service. The Company's animation art customer orders generally are
shipped within two to four weeks. Once an order is received, the gallery frames,
mats  and,  in some  cases,  arranges  for the  artist  to  personally  sign the
purchased art. The Company's animation art galleries generally are open six days
a week and by  appointment.  Outbound  telemarketing  efforts and inbound  calls
generally occur during store hours.

TRAINING PROGRAMS

   

     The Company's goal is to provide exceptional  customer service.  The owners
of the Founding  Companies  either serve as store or gallery managers or seek to
hire  entrepreneurial  managers who are  energetic and  knowledgeable  about the
collectibles  and animation art industries.  Each of the Founding  Companies has
developed  varying levels of training  programs.  Some of the training  programs
involve video  presentations,  utilize material prepared by vendors,  consist of
vendor-sponsored  training conducted by representatives or consist of one-on-one
training  conducted  by  managers.  The  Company  has  entered  into a  business
relationship   with   Administaff  to  serve  as  an  off-site  human  resources
department.  Employees  will be offered  professional  training  courses to meet
employee needs and enhance industry specific skills. 
    

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS

   

     The Founding  Companies  currently have a variety of accounting,  inventory
and financial  reporting systems at varying degrees of  sophistication,  none of
which  have  previously  operated  on a  combined  basis.  In order  to  improve
operating  procedures,  the Company  initially  will focus on developing  common
policies and procedures  related to its financial and operating  practices.  The
Company  intends to develop  common  reporting of daily sales and cash receipts,
inventory purchases receipts and on-hand quantities,  physical inventory taking,
inventory product line analysis, capital expenditures and payroll administration
data.  The Company  expects to implement  an  integrated,  financial  management
system that will enable  consolidated  financial  reporting and cash management.
The Company also intends to implement a consolidated inventory management system
which will be a common point of sale system.

     The Company  further  intends to enhance  operations  at the store level by
implementing  improved  training  programs and incentive systems for experienced
managers.  It is  anticipated  that the  appointment of a manager to oversee the
Company's  merchandising  will enable the Company to more effectively manage its
merchandising  decisions,  product  displays and product  assortment.  See "Risk
Factors -- Absence of  Combined  Financial  and  Operating  History;  Ability to
Integrate  Operations,"  and "-- Management of Growth;  Inexperience  Managing a
Consolidated Company." 
    

                                       44

<PAGE>

COMPETITION

     The  collectibles  and animation art industries  are highly  fragmented and
competitive.  In addition to other  collectibles  retailers  and  animation  art
marketers,  the Company competes with  mid-to-upscale  department  stores,  home
furnishing stores,  small specialty import stores,  gift stores,  card shops, TV
shopping,  collectors  clubs and other gallery and print  stores.  The Company's
animation  art  galleries  compete,  in  certain  cases,  with the owners of the
licensed  characters,  including Disney and Warner  Brothers,  who sell products
through their own stores and other marketing channels.  Management believes that
its  stores  and  galleries  compete  on the  basis  of  depth  and  breadth  of
merchandise  assortment and customer service in addition to name recognition and
established vendor relationships.  In order to maintain the goodwill inherent in
the names and  reputations of each of the Founding  Companies,  the Company does
not expect to rename the existing stores and galleries;  however,  over time the
Company expects to integrate the  Collectibles USA name into existing stores and
galleries.

     Many of the Company's competitors are larger and have substantially greater
financial, marketing and other resources than the Company. In addition, although
the  primary  points of  competition  are service  and  availability  of desired
merchandise,  there  can be no  assurance  that  pricing  competition  will  not
develop.  Other retailing companies with significantly greater capital and other
resources  than  the  Company  may  enter  or  expand  their  operations  in the
collectibles  industry,  which  could  change the  competitive  dynamics  of the
industry.  In  addition,  as the  Company's  animation  art  licenses and rights
expire,  it will compete with other  marketers of animation art for the right to
design,  produce and market artistic creations based on the applicable  licensed
character.  Because  retailers of  collectibles  and  marketers of animation art
products  generally do not own the proprietary  rights to the products that they
sell, the barriers to entry to these industries are not significant.  Therefore,
there can be no assurance that additional participants will not enter the market
or that the Company will be able to compete effectively with such entrants.

     In  addition,  it is  possible  that there will be  competition  to acquire
additional  businesses if the  collectibles or animation art industries  undergo
broader  consolidation.  Such competition could lead to higher prices being paid
for such  companies.  The Company  believes  that its  decentralized  management
strategy and other operating  strategies make it an attractive acquiror of other
collectibles  retailers and animation art marketers.  There can be no assurance,
however, that the Company's acquisition program will be successful.

LICENSES

   
     The Company  produces  some of its  animation  art under  agreements  which
generally  permit the Company to market original  production  animation cels and
original canvas acrylic paintings, and to manufacture and market limited edition
cels,  lithographs  and sericels  featuring  characters  such as  Garfield.  The
Company's  designs for art  featuring  such  licensed  characters  are generally
subject to prior approval by the licensor.

     The   Company's   license   arrangements   often  require  the  payment  of
non-refundable  advances  and  guaranteed  minimum  royalties.  Royalties to the
Company's  licensors  typically  range from 30% to 50% of the price at which the
art is sold.  Current minimum  guaranteed  payments required under the Company's
license agreements aggregate approximately $300,000 through 1999. As a result of
increased competition for licenses,  the Company may, in the future, be required
to pay licensors  higher  royalties and higher  minimum  guaranteed  payments in
order to obtain  attractive  properties for the  development of existing and new
product lines.

     The  Company's  licensing  arrangements  are limited in scope and duration,
authorizing  the sale of specified  licensed  products  for a defined  period of
time,  generally two to four years.  In connection  with the  Acquisitions,  the
Company has extended  the term of certain of its licenses  such that they expire
at various times through March 2000. Pursuant to most of the license agreements,
the  licensor  has agreed to  negotiate  renewal of the  license 90 days  before
expiration, provided the Company is in compliance with the terms of the license.
The  license  agreements  provide  that  they may be  terminated  prior to their
expiration date under certain circumstances,  including the Company's failure to
comply with the product approval  provisions.  The termination,  cancellation or
inability  to  renew  any  existing  licensing  arrangement,  coupled  with  the
inability  to develop and enter into new  licensing  arrangements,  could have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  condition and results of
operations.  The Company believes that it maintains excellent relationships with
its licensors.

     The Company's  authorized  dealer agreements can generally be terminated by
the other party with or without cause or on short notice.  Termination of any of
the Company's  authorized dealer agreements could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial  condition and results of operations.  Certain of the
authorized dealer  agreements  require the vendor's consent to the Acquisitions.
The Company  believes it maintains  excellent  relations with the companies with
which it has authorized dealer agreements. 
    

                                       45

<PAGE>


FACILITIES

   
     The Company  maintains  22  facilities  consisting  of 16 retail  locations
(which in some cases also  contain  offices) and six  warehouse or  distribution
facilities  (which in some cases also  contain  offices).  All of the  Company's
facilities  are leased.  The  facilities  range in size from  approximately  850
square feet to 23,000 square feet and are located in eight  states.  The Company
believes that its facilities are adequate to meet its needs for the  foreseeable
future.  The  Company's   corporate   headquarters   currently  are  located  in
approximately  1,000 square feet of a leased office space in New York City,  New
York.  Following  the  consummation  of the  Offering,  the  Company  intends to
relocate its executive offices to Houston, Texas.

     The Company  maintains a  significant  amount of  inventory  in order to be
assured a  sufficient  supply  of  products  to its  customers.  Certain  of the
Founding  Companies  currently  operate  their  own  warehouses  at or near  the
location of its store or stores to warehouse overflow  merchandise.  The largest
off-site storage facility is approximately  13,500 square feet. As the Company's
sales reach  certain  levels,  it may consider  combining  its off-site  storage
facilities into a single facility. 
    

EMPLOYEES

   
     At April 30, 1998,  the Company  employed  207  persons,  of which two were
full-time employees at the Company's  headquarters,  83 were part-time employees
in its retail stores and distribution  centers, and 122 were full-time employees
in the stores,  offices and distribution  centers.  Of the Company's  employees,
approximately  30 are  dedicated  to  database  direct  mail  and  telemarketing
operations.  Many other employees are partially  engaged in database direct mail
and telemarketing activities.  During the Company's peak holiday selling season,
the Company typically hires additional part-time employees. The employees of the
Company  are not covered by any  collective  bargaining  agreement.  The Company
considers its relationship with its employees to be good.
    

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The  Company  is not a party to any legal  proceeding  which  could  have a
material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.

                                       46

<PAGE>


                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND CONSULTANT

     The  following  table  sets  forth  information  concerning  the  Company's
directors,  executive officers and consultants and those persons who will become
directors upon consummation of the Offering:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               NAME                  AGE                               POSITION
               ----                  ---                               --------
<S>                                 <C>     <C>
Ronald P. Rafaloff(1) ...........    49     Chairman of the Board

Shonnie D. Bilin ................    43     President and Chief Executive Officer

Neil J. DePascal, Jr. ...........    48     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Roy C. Elwell ...................    42     Executive Vice President -- Operations and Chief Operating
                                            Officer; President -- Reef Hallmark; Director(3)

Jerry Gladstone .................    38     Executive Vice President -- Marketing; President --
                                            Animation Division; President -- American Royal Arts;
                                            Director(3)

David K. Green ..................    40     Executive Vice President -- Corporate Development; President
                                            -- Collectibles Division; President -- North Pole City;
                                            Director(3)

David J. Stone ..................    65     Executive Vice President -- Retail Store Development;
                                            President -- Stone's Hallmark; Director(3)

Paul T. Shirley(1)(2) ...........    58     Director(3)

Michael A. Baker(1)(2) ..........    51     Director(3)
</TABLE>
    
- ----------
(1) Member of compensation committee.

(2) Member of audit committee.

(3) Director  nominees will become directors of the Company upon consummation of
    the Offering.

     Ronald P. Rafaloff has served as the Chairman of the Board since June 1996.
Ronald P. Rafaloff has been the Chief Executive Officer and a principal owner of
RGR Financial Corp., a securities broker-dealer providing investment services to
retail,  corporate and pension plan clients,  since its inception in March 1996.
Prior to forming  RGR  Financial  Corp.,  Ronald P.  Rafaloff  was a senior vice
president at Smith Barney, Inc., a leading investment bank, from October 1992 to
June 1996.

   
     Shonnie D. Bilin has served as President and Chief Executive  Officer since
February 1998 and as Executive Vice President -- Planning and  Development  from
August 1997 until  February  1998.  From November 1981 until July 1997,  she was
employed by Enesco  Corporation  ("Enesco") and has served as  Collector's  Club
Coordinator,  as Club Executive Director,  from January 1990 to December 1996 as
Vice  President  of  Collectibles,  and from January 1997 to July 1997 as Senior
Vice President of Marketing. While Vice President of Collectibles at Enesco, she
was  responsible  for all the  marketing,  budgeting  and  promotion of Enesco's
collectibles  lines which  generated  revenues of over $200 million.  During her
employment with Enesco,  Ms. Bilin was instrumental in establishing and managing
the  Precious  Moments  Collectors  Club  which  is  recognized  as a large  and
successful  collectors  club.  Ms.  Bilin  served on the  advisory  committee of
International  Collectibles  Expositions  which holds  exhibits to introduce new
collectibles  products. Ms. Bilin has been awarded numerous industry awards such
as the John Cornell Award and the Leader of the Year Award from Stanhome,  Inc.,
and has been a three time  recipient  of the Enesco  Outstanding  Sales  Support
Award.  She has  been  featured  in  publications  such as Gift  and  Decorative
Accessories and Gift and Stationary Business.
    
     Neil J.  DePascal,  Jr. has served as Executive  Vice  President  and Chief
Financial Officer of the Company since August 1997. From 1992 to 1997, he served
as Treasurer of Owen  Healthcare,  Inc.,  a Houston  based  provider of hospital
pharmacy management services.  From March 1992 until September 1992, he provided
financial consulting 


                                       47

<PAGE>


services to American  Medical  Response,  Inc.  ("AMR"),  a Boston based company
engaged in the provision of a national  ambulance  service  network,  during and
immediately following such company's initial public offering.  Mr. DePascal is a
Certified  Public  Accountant  and is a  member  of the  American  Institute  of
Certified  Public   Accountants  and  the  Texas  Society  of  Certified  Public
Accountants.

   

     Roy C. Elwell will become the Executive  Vice  President -- Operations  and
Chief Operations  Officer and a director of the Company upon consummation of the
Offering.  He is the President and a director of Reef Hallmark and has served in
such  capacities  since its  incorporation  in 1984. He currently  serves on the
Florida  District  Advisory  Board for Hallmark Cards  Incorporated.  Mr. Elwell
served as a member of the Enesco  Corporation Retail Advisory Board from January
1990 to December 1990. 
    

     Jerry Gladstone will become the Executive Vice President -- Marketing,  the
President -- Animation  Division and a director of the Company upon consummation
of the  Offering.  He has served in the capacity of President of American  Royal
Arts since 1984 and is currently a director of American  Royal Arts. He recently
has been  selected  by  Disney to be a member  of its  first  Preferred  Gallery
Advisory Board.

   

     David K. Green will  become  the  Executive  Vice  President  --  Corporate
Development,  President --  Collectibles  Division and a director of the Company
upon  consummation of the Offering.  He is the President and a director of North
Pole City and has served in such capacities since its  incorporation in 1984. He
was a member of the advisory  board of Gift Creations  Concepts,  a collectibles
catalog publisher, in 1995.

     David  J.  Stone  will  become  the  Executive  Vice  President  --  Retail
Development and a director of the Company upon consummation of the Offering.  He
is the  President  and a  director  of Stone's  Hallmark  and has served in that
capacity since its incorporation in 1981.

     Paul T. Shirley will become a director of the Company upon  consummation of
the  Offering.  He served as Chief  Executive  Officer and President of American
Medical  Response,  Inc.  from  August  1995 to  September  1997  and has been a
director of AMR since  August 1992.  From May 1993 to August 1995,  he served as
Chief  Operating  Officer of AMR. He also served as Executive  Vice President of
AMR from August 1992 to August 1995 and as Chief  Executive  Officer of American
Medical  Response  West from March 1989 until August 1992.  From June 1963 until
March 1989, he was President of Santa Cruz Ambulance Service.

     Michael A. Baker will become a director of the Company upon consummation of
the  Offering.  He has served as a consultant to the Company since the Company's
inception.  In such  capacity,  he consults  with  officers and directors of the
Company,  attends  meetings  of the Board of  Directors  and  provides  guidance
concerning  management  and  operation  of  the  Company's  business,  including
potential  acquisitions.  Mr. Baker was a founder of  Allwaste,  Inc., a Houston
based industrial services company, and has served as director from November 1984
until July 1997.  Mr.  Baker was a founder  and  director  of  American  Medical
Response,  Inc. from February 1992 until February 1997. He served from June 1989
to October 1991 as an officer and director of  Sanifill,  Inc., a Houston  based
landfill  development  company  founded  by Mr.  Baker  and  others.  Mr.  Baker
currently serves as an outside  consultant to various private companies and as a
director of Innovative Valve Technologies, Inc. Mr. Baker has been involved in a
number of successful  acquisition  programs such as Browning Ferris  Industries,
Inc., Sanifill, Inc. and American Medical Response, Inc.
    

     The Company intends to appoint an additional independent director within 90
days  following  consummation  of the Offering and it is  anticipated  that such
director will serve on the Company's audit  committee.  Directors are elected at
each annual meeting of stockholders. All officers serve at the discretion of the
Board of Directors, subject to terms of their employment agreements, if any. See
"-- Employment Agreements."

DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION

     Directors  who are  employees  of the  Company  do not  receive  additional
compensation  for serving as directors.  Each director who is not an employee of
the Company  receives a fee of $2,000 for  attendance at each Board of Directors
meeting and $1,000 for each committee  meeting (unless held on the same day as a
Board of  Directors  meeting).  Directors  of the  Company  are  reimbursed  for
out-of-pocket  expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of Directors
or committees  thereof,  and for other  expenses  incurred in their  capacity as
directors of the

                                       48


<PAGE>

Company. Each non-employee director receives an option to purchase 40,000 shares
of Common Stock upon  election to the Board of Directors  and an annual grant of
an option to purchase  5,000 shares of Common  Stock.  See  "Management  -- 1997
Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan."

   
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     Collectibles USA did not pay any compensation prior to January 1997, and in
Fiscal  1997 its  officers  received  compensation  in an  aggregate  amount  of
$2,903.The individual who served as the Company's chief executive officer during
Fiscal 1998 received compensation of $51,500 during such fiscal year. Shonnie D.
Bilin was promoted to the position of Chief Executive Officer in February 1998.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

     Shonnie D. Bilin and Neil J. DePascal, Jr.

     In August 1997,  Collectibles USA entered into an employment agreement,  as
amended in May 1998,  with each of Shonnie  D. Bilin and Neil J.  DePascal,  Jr.
(each individually,  an "Executive"),  pursuant to which Shonnie D. Bilin serves
as President and Chief  Executive  Officer and Mr.  DePascal serves as Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial  Officer of the Company.  The initial term of
each agreement is for three years.  With respect to each such agreement,  in the
event that either party does not notify the other of his,  her or its  intention
not to renew the employment  agreement at least one year prior to the expiration
of the initial term, each agreement will  automatically  be extended  thereafter
for  successive  one-year  periods.  In addition to providing for an annual base
salary of $175,000 and a one-time $17,500 bonus for Ms. Bilin and an annual base
salary of  $150,000  and a one-time  bonus of  $25,000  for Mr.  DePascal,  each
employment  agreement  provides that it is the intention of the Company to allow
participation  by the  Executive in a  to-be-established  incentive  bonus plan,
pursuant to which it is  contemplated  that officers and key  employees  will be
eligible  to  receive  year-end  bonus  awards.  Pursuant  to  their  respective
employment  agreements,  Ms. Bilin and Mr.  DePascal (i) have been granted stock
options (the "$4 Options") to acquire,  respectively 50,000 and 40,000 shares of
Common Stock at a $4.00 exercise price per share and (ii)  concurrently with the
consummation of the Offering will be granted additional options (the "Additional
Options") to acquire, respectively 125,000 and 100,000 shares of Common Stock at
the  initial  public  offering  price.  The $4  Options  are fully  vested.  The
Additional  Options  vest  over a three  year  period  in  one-third  increments
annually. 
    

     Each  employment   agreement  provides  that  the  Executive  is  generally
prohibited,  during the term of employment  with the Company and for a period of
two years thereafter (subject to decrease under certain circumstances), from (i)
engaging  in  activities   which  are  competitive   with  the  Company  or  its
subsidiaries,  (ii) soliciting employees of the Company or its subsidiaries away
from their employment, (iii) soliciting sales to customers of the Company or its
subsidiaries, (iv) soliciting acquisition candidates of the Company on behalf of
himself or herself or any  competitor  for the purpose of acquiring  such entity
and (v) disclosing information regarding customers of the Company.

   

     Each employment agreement may be terminated by the Company by reason of the
Executive's death or permanent disability, for "cause" with ten days' notice, or
without  "cause"  with 30 days'  notice.  "Cause"  is  generally  defined as the
Executive's  (i) willful,  material  and  irreparable  breach of the  employment
agreement,  (ii) gross negligence in the performance of material  duties,  (iii)
willful dishonesty or fraud, (iv) conviction of a felony, or (v) chronic alcohol
or illegal drug abuse.  In the event of a termination  for cause or in the event
of the Executive's voluntary resignation (except resignations due to a Change of
Control as described below) without cause, no severance will be payable, and all
of the Executive's  unvested stock options will be forfeited to the Company.  If
the Executive is terminated  without  cause,  (i) the Executive will receive for
the remainder of the initial term (which  remainder  shall not exceed two years)
or for one year,  whichever is greater,  such Executive's base salary,  and (ii)
all such Executive's  granted but unvested stock options will immediately  vest.
    

     In the event of a pending "Change in Control" of the Company and either (i)
the Company and the Executive have not received, at least five days prior to the
anticipated Change in Control,  notice from the successor that such successor is
willing to assume the Company's  obligations  under the  Executive's  employment
agreement, or (ii) the Executive elects to terminate the employment agreement at
least five days prior to the anticipated  Change in Control,  then the Change in
Control will be deemed to be a termination  of the  employment  agreement by the
Company

                                       49


<PAGE>

   

without cause.  Each Executive's  employment  agreement  contains a tax gross-up
provision,  such that the  Executive  will be  reimbursed  by the Company or its
successor in the event that he or she incurs any excise taxes under Section 4999
of the Internal Revenue Code as a result of the Change in Control.
    

     A "Change in Control" under the agreements shall be deemed to have occurred
if: (i) any person, other than the Company or an employee benefit plan, acquires
directly or indirectly  Beneficial Ownership (as defined in Section 13(d) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended) of any voting  securities  of the
Company which immediately after such acquisition  represents at least 50% of the
total voting power of the  then-outstanding  voting  securities  of the Company,
unless the transaction pursuant to which such acquisition is made is approved by
at least  two-thirds  of the Board of  Directors;  (ii) certain  individuals  no
longer constitute a majority of the members of the Board; (iii) the stockholders
of the  Company  shall  approve a merger,  consolidation,  recapitalization,  or
reorganization  of the  Company,  a reverse  stock split of  outstanding  voting
securities,  or consummation of any such transaction if stockholder  approval is
not obtained, other than any such transaction which has been either (x) approved
by at least 66% of the  members  of the Board of  Directors  or (y) which  would
result in at least 50% of the  total  voting  power  represented  by the  voting
securities  of  the  surviving  entity   outstanding   immediately   after  such
transaction  being  beneficially  owned  by at  least  50%  of  the  holders  of
outstanding   voting  securities  of  the  Company   immediately  prior  to  the
transaction,  with the voting power of each such  continuing  holder relative to
other such continuing holders not substantially  altered in the transaction;  or
(iv)  stockholders  approve a plan of complete  liquidation of the Company or an
agreement  for the sale or  disposition  by the Company of all or a  substantial
portion of the Company's assets.

     Other Key Executives and Employees of the Founding Companies

   
     The Company has entered into  employment  agreements with 12 key executives
and  employees  of the  Founding  Companies  which will  become  effective  upon
consummation of the Offering.  Each of the agreements with the 12 key executives
are identical  differing  only with respect to the position of  employment,  the
compensation  level  and  the  term  of  employment.  Set  forth  below  are the
identities of the key executives and their position of employment.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

            EMPLOYEE                                          POSITION OF EMPLOYMENT
            --------                                          ----------------------
<S>                               <C>

   Roy C. Elwell ..............   President of Reef Hallmark; Executive Vice President--Operations and Chief
                                  Operating Officer of the Company
   Kim A. Elwell ..............   Secretary and Treasurer of Reef Hallmark
   Jerry Gladstone ............   President of American Royal Arts; Executive Vice President--Marketing and
                                  President--Animation Division of the Company

   David K. Green .............   President of North Pole City; Executive Vice President--Corporate Development
                                  and President--Collectibles Division of the Company

   Keith N. Holt ..............   President of Little Elegance
   Aron Laikin ................   Chief Operating Officer of Filmart
   Laine Ross .................   Vice President of Animation USA
   Susan M. Spiegel ...........   President of Filmart
   Robert St. George ..........   President of Little Elegance
   David J. Stone .............   President of Stone's Hallmark; Executive Vice President--Retail Store
                                  Development
   Michael Stone ..............   General Manager of Stone's Hallmark
   David M. Vice ..............   President of Animation USA

</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   

     The  initial  term  of  each  agreement   commences  on  the  date  of  the
consummation  of the  Offering and ends on the third  anniversary  except in the
case of Susan M. Spiegel and Aron Laikin,  in which case the  agreement  ends on
the fifth anniversary thereof. With respect to each such agreement, in the event
that either party does not notify the other of his, her or its  intention not to
renew such agreement,  the agreement will  automatically be extended  thereafter
for successive one year periods.  In addition to the base salaries  ranging from
$25,000 to $50,000 per annum, the employment  agreements  provide that it is the
intention  of  the  Company  to  allow  participation  of  the  executives  in a
to-be-established  incentive  bonus plan,  pursuant to which it is  contemplated
that  officers  and key  employees  will be  eligible  to receive  annual  bonus
amounts, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, in amounts up to a maximum
of one hundred percent of the respective employee's base salary.

     The 12 key  executives  have  accepted  certain  reductions in salaries and
benefits  such as travel  expenses  and access to Company cars as a condition of
the consummation of the Acquisitions and of such executives' employment with the
Company.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
Results of Operation 
    

                                       50

<PAGE>


- -- Overview." As consideration for such compensation and benefit reductions, the
owners and key executives of the Founding Companies have entered into Employment
Agreements  with the Company and will  receive,  in the case of the owners,  the
acquisition  consideration  consisting  of  Common  Stock  and cash and have the
opportunity  to qualify for incentive  options  pursuant to one of the Company's
stock option plans.

     The  employment  agreements  provide  that  the  executives  are  generally
prohibited,  during  the term of their  employment  with the  Company  and for a
period  of two years  thereafter,  from (i)  engaging  in  activities  which are
competitive with the Company or its subsidiaries,  (ii) soliciting  employees of
the Company or its  subsidiaries  away from their  employment,  (iii) soliciting
customers of the Company or its  subsidiaries  and (iv)  soliciting  acquisition
candidates of the Company on behalf of the executive or any  competitor  for the
purpose of acquiring such entity.

     The employment agreements may be terminated by the Company by reason of the
death or permanent  disability of the  executive,  for good cause upon ten days'
notice,  or without cause upon 30 days' notice.  Good cause is generally defined
as the executive's (i) willful and material breach of the employment  agreement,
(ii) gross neglect of material duties,  (iii) willful  dishonesty or fraud, (iv)
conviction  of a felony or (v) chronic  alcohol or illegal  drug  abuse.  In the
event of a termination  for good cause or in the event of executive's  voluntary
resignation  without cause,  no severance  will be payable.  In the event of the
Company's  termination  of an  executive's  employment  without  cause  (i) such
executive will be entitled to receive a lump-sum  severance payment equal to (a)
in the event termination occurs during the initial employment term, $100,000 per
year for the greater of the time period  remaining under the initial term of the
agreement (not to exceed two years) or one year or (b) $100,000 in the event the
termination  occurs after the initial  employment term, and (ii) the time period
during which such  executive is restricted  from competing with the Company will
be shortened to one year.

     In the event of a pending  "Change in Control" of the  Company,  and either
(i) the Company and the executive have not received written notice at least five
days prior to the anticipated closing date of the transaction giving rise to the
Change in Control from the  successor  that such  successor is willing to assume
the Company's obligations under the employment agreement,  or (ii) the employee,
at his or her sole discretion,  elects to terminate the employment  agreement at
least five days prior to the anticipated  closing of such transaction,  then the
Change in Control will be deemed to be a termination of the employment agreement
by the  Company  without  cause,  except that (x) if such  termination  has been
effectuated  pursuant to clause (i) above,  the amount of  severance  due to the
employee  would be three times the amount  that  otherwise  would be  calculated
under such circumstances (as described above), and the restrictive  covenants in
the employment  agreement will not apply,  or (y) if such  termination  has been
effectuated  pursuant  to  clause  (ii)  above,  the  amount  of the  employee's
severance  payment would be two times the amount otherwise  calculated,  and the
restrictive covenants of the employment agreement will all apply for a period of
two years from the effective  date of  termination.  Each  employment  agreement
contains a tax gross-up provision,  such that the employee will be reimbursed by
the Company or its  successor in the event that the  employee  incurs any excise
taxes under Section 4999 of the Internal  Revenue Code as a result of the Change
in Control.

     Each employment  agreement deems a "Change in Control" to have occurred if:
(i) any person,  other than the Company or an employee  benefit  plan,  acquires
directly or indirectly  Beneficial Ownership (as defined in Section 13(d) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended) of any voting  securities  of the
Company which immediately after such acquisition represents at least 50% or more
of the total  voting  power of the  then-outstanding  voting  securities  of the
Company,  unless the transaction  pursuant to which such  acquisition is made is
approved  by at  least  two-thirds  of the  Board  of  Directors;  (ii)  certain
designated  individuals  no longer  constitute  a majority of the members of the
Board of  Directors;  (iii) the  stockholders  of the  Company  shall  approve a
merger,  consolidation,  recapitalization,  or reorganization of the Company,  a
reverse stock split of outstanding  voting  securities,  or  consummation of any
such  transaction if stockholder  approval is not obtained,  other than any such
transaction  which  would  result  in at least  75% of the  total  voting  power
represented  by the  voting  securities  of  the  surviving  entity  outstanding
immediately after such transaction being  Beneficially  Owned by at least 75% of
the holders of outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to
the transaction,  with the voting power of each such continuing  holder relative
to other such continuing  holders not substantially  altered in the transaction;
or (iv)  the  stockholders  of the  Company  shall  approve  a plan of  complete
liquidation  or an agreement for the sale or disposition of all or a substantial
portion of the Company's  assets  (i.e.,  50% or more of the total assets of the
Company).  None of the transactions  that occurs in connection with the Offering
constitutes a Change in Control.

                                       51

<PAGE>


COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

   

     Ronald P. Rafaloff,  the Company's  Chairman of the Board of Directors,  is
currently the sole member of the Company's  compensation  committee and, in such
capacity,  he participated in deliberations  concerning the Company's  executive
compensation  policy  during the fiscal year ended  January 25, 1998.  After the
Offering,  Paul Shirley and Michael Baker will become additional  members of the
Company's compensation committee and the Company's executive compensation policy
will be established. 
    

1997 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

   

     As of May  1997,  the Board of  Directors  and the  Company's  stockholders
approved the Company's 1997 Long-Term  Incentive Plan (the "Plan").  The maximum
number of shares of Common  Stock that may be awarded  pursuant  to the Plan may
not exceed 15% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding at
the  time  of   determination   (which  maximum  will  be  900,914  shares  upon
consummation  of the  Offering).  Awards may be settled in cash,  shares,  other
awards or other  property,  as determined by the  compensation  committee of the
Board of Directors.  The number of shares reserved or deliverable under the Plan
(as well as the  annual  per-participant  limit  discussed  below) is subject to
adjustment in the event of stock splits, stock dividends and other extraordinary
corporate events. 
    

     The  purpose  of the  Plan  is to  provide  executive  officers  (including
directors who also serve as executive officers), key employees,  consultants and
other service  providers with  additional  incentive by enabling such persons to
acquire or increase their ownership interest in the Company, thereby promoting a
closer   identity  of  interests   between   such  persons  and  the   Company's
stockholders.  Individual awards under the Plan may take the form of one or more
of: (i) either incentive stock options  ("ISOs") or non-qualified  stock options
("NQSOs"); (ii) stock appreciation rights ("SARs"); (iii) restricted or deferred
stock; (iv) dividend equivalents; (v) bonus shares and awards in lieu of Company
obligations to pay cash  compensation;  and (vi) other awards the value of which
is based in whole or in part upon the value of the Common  Stock.  Upon a change
of control of the  Company  (as  defined in the Plan),  certain  conditions  and
restrictions  relating  to an  award  with  respect  to  the  exercisability  or
settlement of such award will lapse.

     The  compensation  committee has the authority under the Plan,  among other
things,  to: (i) select the officers  and other key  employees  and  consultants
entitled to receive awards under the Plan; (ii) determine the form of awards, or
combinations  thereof,  and whether such awards are to operate on a tandem basis
or in  conjunction  with other awards;  (iii)  determine the number of shares of
Common  Stock or units or rights  covered by an award;  and (iv)  determine  the
terms and  conditions  of any  awards  granted  under the  Plan,  including  any
restrictions  or  limitations  on  transfer,   any  vesting   schedules  or  the
acceleration  thereof,  any  forfeiture or  termination  provisions  (or waivers
thereof),  and the  exercise  price at  which  shares  of  Common  Stock  may be
purchased  pursuant  to the  grant of  stock  options  under  the  Plan,  in its
discretion,  which discretion includes the ability to set an exercise price that
is below the fair  market  value of the shares of Common  Stock  covered by such
grant at the time of  grant.  In  addition,  unless  otherwise  provided  by the
compensation  committee,  all restrictions relating to the continued performance
of services  and/or the achievement of performance  objectives will  immediately
lapse upon a "change in control" of the Company (as defined in the Plan).

     The number of shares of Common Stock that may be delivered upon exercise of
ISOs is limited to 300,000.  Shares subject to ISOs will not be deemed delivered
if such ISOs are forfeited,  expire or otherwise  terminate  without delivery of
the Common Stock to the Plan participant. In addition, no individual may receive
awards in any one calendar year  relating to more than 150,000  shares of Common
Stock.

     The grant of an option or SAR (including a stock-based  award in the nature
of a purchase  right)  will  create no tax  consequences  for the grantee or the
Company.  A grantee will not have taxable income upon  exercising an ISO (except
that the  alternative  minimum  tax may apply) and the Company  will  receive no
deduction at that time. Upon exercising an option other than an ISO (including a
stock-based  award in the  nature of a purchase  right),  the  participant  must
generally recognize ordinary income equal to the difference between the exercise
price and fair market value of the freely transferable and nonforfeitable  stock
received. In each case, the Company will be entitled to a deduction equal to the
amount recognized as ordinary income by the participant.

     A  participant's  disposition  of shares  acquired  upon the exercise of an
option,  SAR or  other  stock-based  award in the  nature  of a  purchase  right
generally  will  result  in  short-term  capital  gain or loss  measured  by the
difference between the sale price and the participant's tax basis in such shares
(or the exercise price of the option in the case

                                       52


<PAGE>

of shares acquired by exercise of an ISO and held for the applicable ISO holding
periods).  Generally,  there  will  be no tax  consequences  to the  Company  in
connection with a disposition of shares acquired under an option or other award,
except that the Company  will be  entitled to a deduction  (and the  participant
will recognize  ordinary  taxable income) if shares acquired upon exercise of an
ISO are  disposed  of  before  the  applicable  ISO  holding  periods  have been
satisfied.

     With respect to awards granted under the Plan that may be settled either in
cash  or in  stock  or  other  property  that is  either  not  restricted  as to
transferability  or  not  subject  to a  substantial  risk  of  forfeiture,  the
participant  must generally  recognize  ordinary income equal to the cash or the
fair market  value of stock or other  property  received.  The  Company  will be
entitled to a deduction  for the same amount.  With respect to awards  involving
stock or other property that is restricted as to transferability  and subject to
a substantial  risk of forfeiture,  the  participant  must  generally  recognize
ordinary  income equal to the fair market value of the shares or other  property
received at the first time the shares or other property  become  transferable or
not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. The Company will be entitled to
a  deduction  in an  amount  equal  to the  ordinary  income  recognized  by the
participant. A participant may elect under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue
Code to be taxed at the time of receipt of shares or other property  rather than
upon  lapse  of  restrictions  on  transferability  or the  substantial  risk of
forfeiture, but if the participant subsequently forfeits such shares or property
he would not be entitled to any tax deduction, including a capital loss, for the
value of the shares or property on which he previously paid tax.

     Section 162(m) of the Internal  Revenue Code  generally  disallows a public
company's tax deduction for compensation to the chief executive  officer and the
four other most highly  compensated  executive officers in excess of $1 million.
Compensation that qualifies as "performance-based compensation" is excluded from
the $1 million  deductibility cap, and therefore remains fully deductible by the
corporation  that pays it. The Company  intends  that  options  granted  with an
exercise  price  equal to at least 100% of fair market  value of the  underlying
stock  at the  date of  grant,  and  other  awards  the  settlement  of which is
conditioned  upon  achieving  certain  performance  goals (based on  performance
criteria   described   above),   will   qualify   as   such   "performance-based
compensation," although other awards under the Plan may not so qualify.

     The Plan will remain in effect until  terminated by the Board of Directors.
The Plan may be amended by the Board of  Directors  without  the  consent of the
stockholders of the Company, except that any amendment,  although effective when
made,  will be subject to  stockholder  approval  if  required by any Federal or
state  law or  regulation  or by the rules of any stock  exchange  or  automated
quotation system on which the Common Stock may then be listed or quoted.

   

     Options to purchase an  aggregate  of 90,000  shares have been issued under
the  Plan at an  exercise  price  of  $4.00  per  share.  Concurrently  with the
consummation of the Offering, the Company will grant options to purchase 495,000
shares of Common Stock, under the Plan at an exercise price equal to the initial
public offering price. 
    

1997 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS' STOCK PLAN

     The Company's  1997  Non-Employee  Directors'  Stock Plan (the  "Directors'
Plan"),  which  was  adopted  by the  Board of  Directors  and  approved  by the
Company's  stockholders as of May 1997,  provides for an automatic grant to each
non-employee  director of an initial option to purchase  40,000 shares of Common
Stock upon  commencement  of the Offering or such  person's  subsequent  initial
election to the Board of Directors.  In addition,  the Directors'  Plan provides
for an  automatic  annual  grant,  after each  annual  meeting  of  stockholders
following the Offering,  to each non-employee  director of an option to purchase
5,000 shares of Common Stock;  provided,  however,  that a non-employee director
will not be granted an annual option if he or she was granted an initial  option
during the preceding three months.

     The number of shares to be subject to initial or annual option grants after
the first annual meeting of  stockholders  following the Offering may be changed
by the  Board of  Directors.  A total of  250,000  shares  of  Common  Stock are
reserved for issuance under the Directors'  Plan. The number of shares reserved,
as well as the number to be subject to automatically  granted  options,  will be
adjusted in the event of stock splits,  stock dividends and other  extraordinary
corporate events.

     Options  granted under the Directors'  Plan will have an exercise price per
share  equal to the fair market  value of a share at the date of grant.  Options
will  expire at the  earlier  of ten  years  after the date of grant or one year
after termination of service as a director.  Options will become exercisable one
year after the date of grant, subject to

                                       53

<PAGE>

acceleration by the Board of Directors,  and will be forfeited upon  termination
of service as a director for reasons other than death or  disability  unless the
director served for at least 11 months after the date of grant or the option was
otherwise  exercisable at the date of termination.  In addition,  the Directors'
Plan  permits  non-employee  directors  to  elect  to  receive,  in lieu of cash
directors' fees, shares or credits representing  "deferred shares" to be settled
at future dates,  as elected by the  director.  The number of shares or deferred
shares  received  will be equal to the number of shares  which,  at the date the
fees would otherwise be payable,  will have an aggregate fair market value equal
to the amount of such fees. Each "deferred share" will be settled by delivery of
a share of Common Stock at such time may have been elected by the director prior
to the  deferral.  In  addition,  unless  otherwise  provided by the Board,  all
restrictions  relating to the continued performance of services of the directors
will immediately lapse upon a (i) "change in control" of the Company (as defined
in the Plan),  or (ii) with  respect to any  particular  director,  the death or
permanent disability of such director.

     The  grant  of  options  under  the  Director's  Plan  will  create  no tax
consequences  for the director or the Company.  Upon exercising the option,  the
director  must  generally  recognize  ordinary  income  equal to the  difference
between the exercise price and the fair market value of the freely  transferable
and nonforfeitable  stock received.  The Company will be entitled to a deduction
equal to the amount recognized as ordinary income by the director.  A director's
disposition  of shares  acquired upon the exercise of an option  generally  will
result in capital gain or loss measured by the difference between the sale price
and the director's tax basis in such shares,  and there generally will be no tax
consequences  to the  Company in  connection  with such  disposition  of shares.
Deferred fees received in the form of the freely  transferable  shares of Common
Stock under the Director's  Plan will generally  result in taxable income to the
director  in the year or years in which they are paid to the  director  based on
the fair  market  value of the  shares in the year they are  paid.  The  Company
generally  will be  entitled  to a tax  deduction  at the  same  time and in the
corresponding amount.

                                       54


<PAGE>

                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

   

     Collectibles USA was initially capitalized on June 16, 1996 by the issuance
of 1,016,602  shares,  of which 711,622 were issued to RGR  Financial  Group LLC
("RGR")  and  152,490  shares  were  issued to Michael  A. Baker and  152,490 to
another entity.  Each paid  consideration  of $.10 per share (prior to the Stock
Split) and was issued the shares on June 16, 1996.  On November  20,  1997,  the
Company  repurchased  127,490  shares,  at par  value of $0.01 per  share,  from
Michael A. Baker and reissued such shares to RGR.  Ronald P. Rafaloff,  Chairman
of the Board of Directors of the Company,  is a partner and a principal owner of
RGR.

     In August  1996,  Collectibles  USA issued the CEFC Note-1 to  Collectibles
Enterprises Funding Corp., a Delaware  corporation  ("CEFC"),  which is owned by
RGR. Upon consummation of the Offering,  the principal amount of the CEFC Note-1
will  become due and  payable  immediately.  No  interest is payable on the CEFC
Note-1 in the event the Offering is  consummated.  The Company  intends to repay
the CEFC Note-1 with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.
    

     In August 1996,  Collectibles USA also issued the CEFC Note-2 to CEFC. Upon
consummation  of the  Offering,  the  principal  amount of the CEFC  Note-2 will
become due and payable immediately. No interest is payable on the CEFC Note-2 in
the event the  Offering is  consummated.  The Company  intends to repay the CEFC
Note-2 with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.

     In June  1997,  Collectibles  USA  issued  the CEFC  Note-3  to CEFC.  Upon
consummation  of the  Offering,  the  principal  amount of the CEFC  Note-3 will
become due and payable immediately. No interest is payable on the CEFC Note-3 in
the event the  Offering is  consummated.  The Company  intends to repay the CEFC
Note-3 with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.

   

     In December  1997,  Collectibles  USA issued the CEFC Note-4 to CEFC.  Upon
consummation  of the  Offering,  the  principal  amount of the CEFC  Note-4 will
become due and payable immediately. No interest is payable on the CEFC Note-4 in
the event the  Offering is  consummated.  The Company  intends to repay the CEFC
Note-4 with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.

     Effective  December  31, 1997,  the CEFC  Note-1,  CEFC Note-2 and the CEFC
Note-3 were amended to extend the maturity  date of such notes from December 31,
1997 to December 31, 1998.

     In February 1998,  Collectibles  USA issued the CUSA Notes.  The CUSA Notes
become due and  payable on  February  28,  1999.  In the event the  Offering  is
consummated,  the CUSA Notes  automatically will convert into a number of shares
of Common  Stock,  which number shall be  determined  by dividing the  aggregate
amount  of the  CUSA  Notes by an  amount  equal  to 50% of the  initial  public
offering  price.  $700,000 of the CUSA Notes were issued to entities  affiliated
with Michael A. Baker and Paul T. Shirley, both of whom will become directors of
the Company upon consummation of the Offering.

     The  proceeds  of the CEFC  Notes and the CUSA  Notes,  which  the  Company
believes  were issued on terms that were as  favorable  as those that could have
been obtained from a disinterested or an unaffiliated  third party, were used by
Collectibles USA to pay various expenses incurred in connection with its efforts
to complete the Acquisitions and effect the Offering.

     On May 12, 1997,  Collectibles  USA issued to 22  unaffiliated,  accredited
investors 20,000 shares of its Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, liquidation
value  $50 per  share,  for an  aggregate  consideration  of $1.0  million,  the
proceeds of which were used by the Company to pay various  expenses  incurred in
connection  with its  efforts  to  complete  the  Acquisitions  and  effect  the
Offering.  Pursuant to the terms of the Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,
upon the  consummation  of the Offering,  each share of the Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock will automatically convert either (i) into that number of shares
of Common  Stock,  determined  by dividing (X) the  liquidation  value by (Y) an
amount equal to 60% of the initial  public  offering  price or, at the option of
the holder of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, (ii) into that number of
shares of Common Stock  determined by dividing (X) the liquidation  value by (Y)
an amount  equal to 150% of the  initial  public  offering  price and cash in an
amount equal to the liquidation  value. All but one of the holders of the Series
A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  have  elected  conversion  option  (ii) in the
preceding sentence. As a result, upon consummation of the Offering, the Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock will convert into approximately $1.0 million in cash
and 79,902 shares of Common Stock.  The Company intends to pay the required cash
amounts in 
    

                                       55


<PAGE>

connection with the conversion of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock with
a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.  The Series A  Convertible  Preferred
Stock was issued in  reliance  on the  exemption  from  registration  afforded a
private offering made under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. See "Description
of Capital Stock -- Series A Convertible Preferred Stock."

   

     On June 11, 1997,  the Company  issued 711,622 shares and 152,490 shares of
Restricted  Vote  Common  Stock to RGR and Michael A.  Baker,  respectively,  in
exchange  for an  identical  number of shares of Common Stock issued and sold on
June 1996. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Common Stock and Restricted Vote
Common Stock."

     The Company has entered  into an  agreement  with RGR pursuant to which RGR
shall  transfer,  for the benefit of the  Company,  79,063 and 11,986  shares of
Common  Stock  (assuming  an $8.50  initial  public  offering  price per share),
respectively, to holders of certain CUSA Notes and Preferred Stock as designated
by the Company upon the consummation of the Offering. The number of shares to be
transferred by RGR shall be appropriately adjusted based upon the actual initial
public offering price.

     Simultaneously with the consummation of the Offering, Collectibles USA will
acquire by merger all the issued and  outstanding  capital stock of the Founding
Companies,  at which  time each  Founding  Company  will  become a wholly  owned
subsidiary  of the Company.  The  aggregate  consideration  that will be paid by
Collectibles  USA to acquire the Founding  Companies  consists of  approximately
$7.8 million in cash and 1,761,354 shares of Common Stock. The  consideration to
be  paid  for  each  Founding  Company  was  determined   through   arm's-length
negotiations  between the Company and  representatives of each Founding Company.
The factors  considered by the parties in determining  the  consideration  to be
paid include, among others, the historical operating results, the net worth, the
levels  and types of  indebtedness  and the  future  prospects  of the  Founding
Company.  Each Founding  Company was  represented by independent  counsel in the
negotiation of the terms and conditions of the Acquisitions. The Company intends
to repay  approximately  $3.5 million of the outstanding  indebtedness as of May
31, 1998 of the Founding  Companies  (which  includes  $625,000 of  indebtedness
incurred to fund  distributions in May 1997,  November 1997 and May 1998, to the
sole  stockholder  of American Royal Arts  representing  S corporation  earnings
previously  taxed  to  such  stockholder),  which  has  been  either  personally
guaranteed  by, or is owed  directly to,  certain  stockholders  of the Founding
Companies or their affiliates.

     The following table sets forth the approximate  consideration to be paid to
the  stockholders  of the Founding  Companies (i) in cash,  (ii) in repayment of
debt and (iii) in shares of Common  Stock,  in each case subject to  adjustments
through  the date of the  consummation  of the  Acquisition  for  changes in the
amount of debt outstanding: 
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   CASH       DEBT        SHARES
                                 --------   --------   ------------
                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                              <C>        <C>        <C>
Collectibles Stores
- -------------------
 Little Elegance .............    $  400     $  738        50,397
 North Pole City .............     1,730      1,098       385,845
 Reef Hallmark ...............       850        902       186,346
 Stone's Hallmark ............     1,148         22       373,766

Animation Art Galleries
- -----------------------
 American Royal Arts .........     2,592        625       540,000
 Animation USA ...............       350        104        75,000
 Filmart .....................       700         --       150,000
                                  ------     ------       -------
   TOTAL .....................    $7,770     $3,489     1,761,354
                                  ======     ======     =========
</TABLE>
    

   
     The Founding  Companies will also distribute  approximately  $31,000 in net
book  value  of  certain   non-operating  assets  less  related  obligations  of
approximately $23,000 prior to consummation of the Acquisitions.
    

     The  consummation of each  Acquisition is subject to customary  conditions.
These conditions include,  among others, the accuracy on the closing date of the
Acquisitions of the  representations  and warranties of the Founding  Companies,
their stockholders and of the Company, the performance by each of the parties of
their respective covenants, the nonexistence of a material adverse change in the
results of operations and the absence of material litigation.

                                       56
<PAGE>

   
     The agreements,  as amended, relating to the Acquisitions may be terminated
under  certain   circumstances  prior  to  the  consummation  of  the  Offering.
Specifically,  the agreements,  as amended,  may be terminated (i) by the mutual
consent of the Board of Directors of the Company and each Founding Company; (ii)
if the Offering and the  Acquisitions  are not  consummated by July 28, 1998; or
(iii) if a material  breach or default under the  agreements  shall exist and is
not cured or waived. 
    

     Pursuant to the agreements  relating to the Acquisitions,  all stockholders
of each of the  Founding  Companies  have agreed not to compete with the Company
for a  period  of  three  years  commencing  on  the  date  of  closing  of  the
Acquisitions.

   
     Three of the Founding  Companies have incurred  indebtedness which has been
personally guaranteed by its stockholders. At May 31, 1998, the aggregate amount
of indebtedness of these Founding  Companies that was personally  guaranteed was
approximately   $2.4  million.   The  Company  intends  to  repay  all  of  such
indebtedness upon the consummation of the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."

    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     COMPANY            AMOUNT OF DEBT GUARANTEED      GUARANTOR
     -------            -------------------------      ---------
                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
                          ---------------------
<S>                    <C>                         <C>
     North Pole City              $1,098           David K. Green
     Little Elegance                 300           Jean Holt
                                                   Keith N. Holt
                                                   Carmella Pugliese
                                                   Robert St. George
     Reef Hallmark                   881           Roy C. Elwell
                                                   Kim A. Elwell
     Animation USA                   104           David M. Vice
                                                   Laine Ross
                                  ------
  Total                           $2,383
                                  ======

</TABLE>
    

     In connection with the Acquisitions,  individuals who will become directors
of the Company together with their spouses, will receive consideration for their
interests in the Founding Companies,  subject to adjustments as described above,
as follows:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     REPAYMENT OF
                                     CASH      DEBT AS OF MAY 31, 1998     SHARES
                                   --------   -------------------------   --------
                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                <C>        <C>                         <C>

       Roy C. Elwell ...........    $  850               $ --             186,346
       David K. Green ..........     1,730                 --             385,845
       Jerry Gladstone .........     2,592                625             540,000
       David J. Stone ..........     1,148                 --             373,766

</TABLE>
    

TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING CERTAIN OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS

   

     Consulting  Arrangements.   The  Company  has  entered  into  a  consulting
agreement with each of RGR and Wasatch Capital Corporation ("Wasatch"), of which
Michael  A. Baker is the  Chairman  of the Board,  pursuant  to which,  upon the
consummation of the Offering, RGR and Wasatch will act as merger and acquisition
advisory  consultants  to assist the  Company in  implementing  its  strategy to
acquire additional  retailers of collectibles and marketers of animation art and
other  related  consulting  services  for an initial  term of one year and three
years,  respectively.  Pursuant to the terms of each consulting agreement, which
terms the Company  believes are as favorable as could have been  obtained from a
disinterested  third  party,  RGR and  Wasatch  will (i) assist  the  Company in
implementing  its strategy to acquire  additional  retailers of collectibles and
marketers of animation  art,  (ii) assist the Company in designing the Company's
acquisition program and identifying and evaluating potential acquisition     

                                       57

<PAGE>

   
candidates,  their operations,  historical  performance and future prospects and
(iii)  advise the  Company in  discussions  and  negotiations  with  acquisition
candidates.  Additionally,  pursuant to its consulting  agreement,  Wasatch will
provide the Company with advice  regarding  management and business  operations.
For all services  rendered by RGR and Wasatch to the  Company,  the Company will
compensate  RGR or  Wasatch,  as the case may be,  based  upon each  acquisition
candidate with which an acquisition is consummated. The consideration to be paid
to RGR or Wasatch, as the case may be, upon consummation of a future acquisition
will be 3.2% of the  acquisition  candidate's  pre-tax  net  income for its most
recent  fiscal year.  RGR is a  stockholder  of the Company and will,  after the
Offering,  beneficially own 10.1% of the Company's  outstanding Common Stock. In
addition,  Mr. Ronald P. Rafaloff,  who is Chairman of the Board of the Company,
is a partner  and a  principal  owner of RGR.  Michael A.  Baker  will  become a
director  of the Company  upon  consummation  of the  Offering.  Mr.  Baker is a
stockholder of the Company and will,  after the Offering,  beneficially own 2.8%
of the Company's outstanding Common Stock. 
    

     Michael  A.  Baker  has  served  as  consultant  to the  Company  since the
Company's inception.  In such capacity,  he consults with officers and directors
of the Company, attends meetings of the Board of Directors and provides guidance
concerning  management  and  operation  of  the  Company's  business,  including
potential acquisitions.

   
     Real Property  Leases.  In connection  with the  Acquisitions,  four of the
Founding  Companies  will  renegotiate  leases  currently  in place with  former
stockholders of the Founding Companies and/or their affiliates.  North Pole City
leases both of its  facilities  from David K. Green,  the current owner of North
Pole City. The combined  current monthly rent under such leases is approximately
$13,500. Prior to consummation of the Offering, the Company anticipates entering
into new leases covering these  facilities at a combined monthly rent of $10,300
for a term of five years.  Three other  facilities of the Company will be leased
from former  stockholders of the Founding  Companies  and/or their affiliates at
monthly rates ranging from $500 to $1,200. The Company believes that the monthly
rental amounts represent the fair market value of the leases.

     Agreement  and  Release.  The  Company has entered  into an  Agreement  and
Release, dated as of August 8, 1997, with David L. Yankey, a former director and
executive  officer (the "Officer"),  whose  employment  terminated in June 1997.
Prior to the  consummation  of the Offering,  the  agreement  will be amended to
provide that the Officer (i) will receive within three days of the  consummation
of the Offering  $250,000  and a six-month  convertible  note for the  principal
amount  of  $100,000  (convertible  at the  initial  public  offering  price) as
severance  payment,  (ii) will transfer  95,000 shares of the 174,580  shares of
Common Stock  previously  owned by him, (iii) will enter into a 180-day  lock-up
arrangement  with the  Underwriters  and (iv) will agree to release  the Company
(including  its  current  and  former  officers,  directors,   shareholders  and
representatives)  and its  successors  and  assigns  from any and all claims and
demands.  The Company  also has agreed to release  the Officer  from any and all
claims (other than acts constituting material fraud, theft or a felony) relating
to such  Officer's  employment.  To permit the  Officer to resell  promptly  his
shares of Common  Stock after  expiration  of the 180-day  lock-up  period,  the
Company has agreed to prepare and file, at its cost, a registration statement to
effect the registration of such shares. 
    

COMPANY POLICY
     In the future,  any  transactions  with directors,  officers,  employees or
affiliates of the Company are  anticipated  to be minimal and will, in any case,
be  approved by a majority  of the Board of  Directors,  including a majority of
disinterested members of the Board of Directors.

                                       58

<PAGE>

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

   

     The  following  table sets forth  information  with  respect to  beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock as of June 1, 1998, and after giving effect to the
Acquisitions and the Offering, by (i) all persons known to the Company to be the
beneficial  owner of 5% or more  thereof,  (ii) each  director  and  nominee for
director,  (iii) each  executive  officer and (iv) all  officers,  directors and
director nominees as a group. All persons listed have sole voting and investment
power with respect to their shares unless otherwise indicated.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED       SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                                BEFORE OFFERING                 AFTER OFFERING
                                                          ----------------------------   -----------------------------
                    NAME AND ADDRESS                           NUMBER         PERCENT         NUMBER          PERCENT
                    ----------------                           ------         -------         ------          -------

<S>                                                       <C>                <C>         <C>                <C>
Ronald P. Rafaloff(1)                                          946,602          73.9%         613,847(2)        10.1%
 One Battery Park Plaza, 24th Floor
 New York, NY 10004-1405
Shonnie D. Bilin                                               100,000(3)        7.8%         100,000(3)         1.6%
 744 Clover Hill Court
 Elk Grove Village, IL 60007
Neil J. DePascal, Jr.                                           90,000(4)        7.0%          90,000(4)         1.5%
 6402 Rippling Hollow Drive
 Spring, TX 77379
Roy C. Elwell                                                       --            --          186,346            3.1%
 1694 South Congress Avenue
 Palm Springs, FL 33461
Jerry Gladstone                                                     --            --          540,000            8.9%
 473 Old Country Road
 Westbury, NY 11590
David K. Green                                                      --            --          385,845            6.3%
 4201 South I-44
 Oklahoma City, OK 73119
David J. Stone                                                      --            --          373,766            6.1%
 2508 South Alpine Road
 Rockford, IL 61108
Michael A. Baker                                                25,000           2.0%         167,647(5)         2.8%
 3322 Albans
 Houston, TX 77005
Paul T. Shirley                                                     --            --           56,861(6)         0.9%
 875 Lakeshore Boulevard
 Incline Village, NV 89451
RGR Financial Group LLC                                        946,602          73.9%         613,847(2)        10.1%
 One Battery Park Plaza, 24th Floor
 New York, NY 10004-1405
David L. Yankey                                                 79,580           6.2%          79,580            1.3%
 13500 Country Way
 Los Altos Hills, CA 94022

All officers and directors and director nominees as a        1,161,602          90.7%       2,514,312           41.3%
 group (9 persons)
</TABLE>
    

   
- ----------
(1) Represents  all  the shares  owned by RGR.  Mr.  Rafaloff is a partner and a
    principal owner of RGR.

(2) Reflects  shares  transferred  upon  consummation of the Offering to certain
    holders of notes issued by CEFC and certain holders of convertible Preferred
    Stock.

(3) Includes  50,000 shares  issuable  upon the exercise of the $4 Options.  

(4) Includes  40,000  shares  issuable  upon the  exercise  of the $4  Options. 

(5) Includes an  aggregate of 142,647  shares to be issued to an affiliate  that
    holds a  convertible  note  issued  by CEFC and an  affiliate  that  holds a
    convertible note issued by Collectibles USA.

(6) Reflects  shares to be issued to an affiliate that holds a convertible  note
    issued by CEFC and an  affiliate  that holds a  convertible  note  issued by
    Collectibles USA.
    

                                       59

<PAGE>


                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

GENERAL

   

     The Company's  authorized  capital stock  consists of 31,200,000  shares of
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of which 1,200,000 shares are designated
as Restricted Vote Common Stock,  par value $.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares
of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred  Stock"). As of the
date of this Prospectus, 219,580 shares of Common Stock are outstanding and held
of record by four persons,  971,602  shares of Restricted  Vote Common Stock are
outstanding  and held of record by two  persons  and  20,000  shares of Series A
Convertible  Preferred  Stock are  outstanding and held of record by 22 persons.
After  giving  effect  to the  Acquisitions  and  the  Offering,  there  will be
6,006,094  shares of Common Stock  outstanding,  of which 638,847 shares will be
Restricted Vote Common Stock. The following  summary of the terms and provisions
of the Company's  capital stock does not purport to be complete and is qualified
in its entirety by reference to the Company's  Amended and Restated  Certificate
of Incorporation (the "Charter") and By-laws,  which have been filed as exhibits
to the Company's registration statement, of which this Prospectus is a part, and
applicable law. 
    

COMMON STOCK AND RESTRICTED VOTE COMMON STOCK

   

     The holders of Common  Stock are entitled to one vote for each share on all
matters voted upon by  stockholders,  including  the election of directors.  The
holders of Restricted  Vote Common Stock are entitled to elect one member of the
Company's  Board of Directors  and to one-tenth of a vote for each share held on
all other  matters  on which  stockholders  are  entitled  to vote.  Holders  of
Restricted  Vote Common  Stock are not  entitled to vote on the  election of any
other directors.  Any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed
at any time,  with cause,  by a majority of the aggregate  number of votes which
may be cast by the holders of outstanding  shares of Common Stock and Restricted
Vote Common Stock entitled to vote for the election of directors. Subject to the
rights of any then outstanding  shares of Preferred Stock, the holders of Common
Stock and Restricted  Vote Common Stock are entitled to such dividends as may be
declared  in the  discretion  of the  Board of  Directors  out of funds  legally
available  therefor.  See "Dividend Policy." Holders of Common Stock and holders
of Restricted  Vote Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in the net assets
of the Company upon  liquidation  after payment or provision for all liabilities
and any preferential liquidation rights of any Preferred Stock then outstanding.
The holders of Common Stock and holders of Restricted  Vote Common Stock have no
preemptive rights to purchase shares of capital stock of the Company.  Shares of
Common Stock and Restricted  Vote Common Stock are not subject to any redemption
provisions  and are not  convertible  into any other  securities of the Company,
except as provided in the following paragraph.

    

     Each share of Restricted  Vote Common Stock will  automatically  convert to
Common Stock on a  share-for-share  basis (i) in the event of a  disposition  of
such share of Restricted  Vote Common Stock by the holder  thereof (other than a
distribution  which is a distribution  by a holder to its partners or beneficial
owners,  or a transfer to a related party of such holder (as defined in Sections
267,  707, 318 and/or 4946 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986)),  (ii) in the
event any person acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock of the Company,  (iii) in the event any person  offers to
acquire 15% or more of the outstanding  shares of Common Stock of the Company or
(iv) earlier, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the aggregate number of
votes which may be cast by the holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock and
Restricted  Vote Common  Stock.  After July 1, 1999,  the Board of Directors may
elect to convert any  outstanding  shares of  Restricted  Vote Common Stock into
shares of Common  Stock in the event 80% or more of the  originally  outstanding
shares of  Restricted  Vote Common  Stock have been  previously  converted  into
shares of Common Stock.  All  outstanding  shares of Common Stock and Restricted
Vote  Common  Stock  are,  and the  shares  of Common  Stock to be  issued  upon
consummation of the Offering and the Acquisitions will be upon payment therefor,
fully paid and non-assessable.

     The Company has applied  for  quotation  of the Common  Stock on the Nasdaq
National  Market under the symbol "CUSA." The Restricted  Vote Common Stock will
not be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market.

PREFERRED STOCK

     The  Preferred  Stock  may be  issued  from  time to time by the  Board  of
Directors as shares of one or more classes or series.  Subject to the provisions
of the  Company's  Charter  and  limitations  prescribed  by law,  the  Board of
Directors is expressly  authorized to adopt  resolutions to issue the shares, to
fix the number of shares and to change

                                       60


<PAGE>

the number of shares  constituting any series,  and to provide for or change the
voting powers, designations,  preferences and relative, participating,  optional
or other special rights,  qualifications,  limitations or restrictions  thereof,
including dividend rights (including whether dividends are cumulative), dividend
rates,  terms of  redemption  (including  sinking fund  provisions),  redemption
prices, conversion rights and liquidation preferences of the shares constituting
any class or series of the  Preferred  Stock,  in each case  without any further
action  or  vote  by the  stockholders.  Except  for its  Series  A  Convertible
Preferred Stock described below, the Company has not issued,  and has no current
plans to issue, any shares of Preferred Stock of any class or series.

     One of the  effects of  undesignated  Preferred  Stock may be to enable the
Board of  Directors  to render more  difficult  or to  discourage  an attempt to
obtain control of the Company by means of a tender offer, proxy contest,  merger
or otherwise, and thereby to protect the continuity of the Company's management.
The issuance of shares of Preferred  Stock  pursuant to the Board of  Directors'
authority  described above may adversely affect the rights of the holders of the
Common Stock. For example,  Preferred Stock issued by the Company may rank prior
to the Common Stock as to dividend rights,  liquidation  preference or both, may
have full or limited voting rights and may be convertible  into shares of Common
Stock.  Accordingly,  the issuance of shares of Preferred  Stock may  discourage
bids for the Common  Stock at a premium or may  otherwise  adversely  affect the
market price of the Common Stock.

SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

   

     In May 1997,  the Company  sold 20,000  shares of its Series A  Convertible
Preferred Stock, liquidation value $50 per share, for aggregate consideration of
$1.0  million,  the  proceeds  of which were used by the  Company to pay various
expenses  incurred in connection  with its efforts to complete the  Acquisitions
and  effect the  Offering.  Pursuant  to the terms of the  Series A  Convertible
Preferred Stock, upon the consummation of the Offering, each share of the Series
A Convertible  Preferred Stock will  automatically  convert either (i) into that
number of shares of Common  Stock,  determined  by dividing (X) the  liquidation
value by (Y) an amount equal to 60% of the initial public  offering price or, at
the option of the holder of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock, (ii) into
that number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing (X) the liquidation
value by (Y) an amount equal to 150% of the initial  public  offering  price and
cash in an amount equal to the liquidation  value. All but one of the holders of
the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock have elected conversion option (ii) in
the preceding  sentence.  As a result,  upon  consummation of the Offering,  the
Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock will  convert  into  approximately  $1.0
million in cash and 79,902  shares of Common Stock.  The Company  intends to pay
the required  cash amounts in  connection  with the  conversion  of the Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering. 
    

STATUTORY BUSINESS COMBINATION PROVISION

     The Company is subject to the  provisions  of Section  203 of the  Delaware
General  Corporation  Law ("Section  203").  Section 203 provides,  with certain
exceptions,  that a Delaware  corporation may not engage in any of a broad range
of business  combinations  with a person or an  affiliate,  or associate of such
person, who is an "interested  stockholder" for a period of three years from the
date  that  such  person  became  an  interested  stockholder  unless:  (i)  the
transaction  resulting in a person  becoming an interested  stockholder,  or the
business  combination,  is approved by the Board of Directors of the corporation
before  the  person  becomes  an  interested  stockholder,  (ii) the  interested
stockholder  acquired  85%  or  more  of the  outstanding  voting  stock  of the
corporation  in the same  transaction  that  makes  such  person  an  interested
stockholder  (excluding  shares  owned  by  persons  who are both  officers  and
directors  of the  corporation,  and  shares  held  by  certain  employee  stock
ownership plans), or (iii) on or after the date the person becomes an interested
stockholder,  the business combination is approved by the corporation's Board of
Directors  and by the holders of at least 66% of the  corporation's  outstanding
voting  stock at an annual or special  meeting,  excluding  shares  owned by the
interested  stockholder.  Under  Section  203, an  "interested  stockholder"  is
defined  as any  person  who is (i) the owner of 15% or more of the  outstanding
voting  stock  of the  corporation  or (ii) an  affiliate  or  associate  of the
corporation and who was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock
of the corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to
the date on which it is  sought  to be  determined  whether  such  person  is an
interested stockholder.

     A  corporation  may, at its  option,  exclude  itself from the  coverage of
Section 203 by  including  in its  certificate  of  incorporation  or by-laws by
action of its  stockholders to exempt itself from coverage.  The Company has not
adopted such an amendment to the Charter or By-laws.

                                       61


<PAGE>


LIMITATION ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITIES

     Pursuant to the Charter and under  Delaware  law,  directors of the Company
are not liable to the  Company or its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages  for
breach of fiduciary  duty,  except for liability in connection  with a breach of
the duty of loyalty,  for acts or omissions  not in good faith or which  involve
intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law, for dividend payments or
stock  repurchases  illegal  under  Delaware law or any  transaction  in which a
director has derived an improper personal benefit. The Company intends to obtain
directors'  and  officers'  liability  insurance  prior to  consummation  of the
Offering.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is The Bank of New
York.

                                       62


<PAGE>

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

   

     The market  price of the Common  Stock could be  adversely  affected by the
sale  of  substantial  amounts  of  Common  Stock  in the  public  market.  Upon
consummation  of the Offering,  6,006,094  shares of Common Stock and Restricted
Vote Common Stock will be issued and  outstanding.  All of the 2,700,000  shares
sold in the Offering,  except for shares  acquired by affiliates of the Company,
will be freely tradeable.  None of the remaining 3,306,094 shares were issued in
a transaction registered under the Securities Act, and, accordingly, such shares
may not be sold except in  transactions  registered  under the Securities Act or
pursuant to an exemption from registration, including the exemption contained in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act. 
    

     In general,  under Rule 144 as currently in effect, if one year has elapsed
since the later of the date of the  acquisition  of restricted  shares of Common
Stock from the Company or from any  affiliate  of the  Company,  the acquiror or
subsequent holder thereof may sell, within any three-month  period commencing as
of the date of this  Prospectus,  a number of shares  that does not  exceed  the
greater of 1% of the then  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock,  or the average
weekly trading volume of Common Stock on the Nasdaq  National  Market during the
four calendar  weeks  preceding the date on which notice of the proposed sale is
sent to the Commission.  Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner
of sale provisions,  notice  requirements and the availability of current public
information about the Company.  If two years have elapsed since the later of the
date of the acquisition of restricted shares of Common Stock from the Company or
any  affiliate  of the  Company,  a person  who is not  deemed  to have  been an
affiliate  of the  Company  at any time for 90 days  preceding  a sale  would be
entitled  to sell such  shares  under  Rule 144  without  regard  to the  volume
limitations, manner of sale provisions or notice requirements.

   

     The Company and its officers and directors have agreed not to,  directly or
indirectly,  offer,  issue,  sell,  contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares of Common  Stock or any  securities  exercisable  for or  convertible  or
exchangeable into Common Stock (the "Securities") for a period of 180 days after
the date of this  Prospectus  (the "Lockup  Period")  without the prior  written
consent of Cruttenden Roth Incorporated,  except for the grant of employee stock
options by the Company  and except  that the Company may issue  shares of Common
Stock (i) in  connection  with  acquisitions,  (ii)  pursuant to the exercise of
options granted under the Company's stock option plans and (iii) upon conversion
of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and the Restricted Vote Common Stock
in accordance with their terms. In addition certain  stockholders of the Company
designated  by the  Representative  who upon  consummation  of the Offering will
beneficially  own an aggregate of 917,935  shares of Common Stock and the owners
of each of the Founding  Companies have agreed,  subject to certain  exceptions,
not to,  directly or  indirectly,  offer,  sell,  contract to sell or  otherwise
dispose  of any  Securities  for a  period  of 180 days  after  the date of this
Prospectus  without the prior written consent of Cruttenden  Roth  Incorporated.
After such  periods,  all of such shares will be eligible for sale in accordance
with Rule 144  promulgated  under the  Securities  Act,  subject to the  volume,
holding period and other limitations of Rule 144." See "Underwriting."

     The  Company  has  authorized  the  issuance  of shares of Common  Stock in
accordance  with the  terms of the Plan and the  Directors'  Plan.  The  maximum
number of shares of Common  Stock that may be awarded  pursuant  to the Plan may
not exceed 15% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding at
the  time  of   determination   (which  maximum  will  be  900,914  shares  upon
consummation  of the  Offering).  Options to  purchase an  aggregate  of 495,000
shares of Common Stock will be granted upon  consummation  of the Offering under
the Company's  stock option plans.  The Company  intends to file a  registration
statement  on Form S-8 under the  Securities  Act  registering  the  issuance of
shares upon exercise of options granted under the Plan and the Directors'  Plan.
As a result, such shares will be eligible for resale in the public market.

     The Company has reserved  270,000  shares of Common Stock for issuance upon
exercise of the Representative's  Warrants.  The holders of the Representative's
Warrants have certain registration rights. See "Underwriting."
    

     The Company  currently  intends to file a registration  statement  covering
2,500,000 additional shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act for its use
in connection with future  acquisitions.  These shares  generally will be freely
tradeable after their issuance by persons not affiliated with the Company unless
the Company contractually restricts their resale.

   

     The former  stockholders  of the  Founding  Companies  who will hold in the
aggregate 1,761,354 shares of Common Stock upon consummation of the Offering are
entitled to certain rights with respect to the  registration  of their shares of
Common  Stock  under the  Securities  Act.  None of such  persons  has rights to
include shares of 
    

                                       63


<PAGE>


   

Common Stock for sale in the Offering.  If the Company  proposes to register any
of its securities  under the Securities Act, such  stockholders  are entitled to
notice of such  registration  and are  entitled  to  include,  at the  Company's
expense, all or a portion of their shares therein, subject to certain conditions
and subject to the right of any  managing  underwriter  of any such  offering to
include some or all of the shares for marketing reasons. In addition, certain of
such stockholders have certain limited demand registration rights to require the
Company to register shares held by them following the second  anniversary of the
Offering. The Company is also obligated, at its cost, to effect the registration
of  79,580  shares of  Common  Stock  held by a former  officer  of the  Company
immediately upon expiration of the Lockup Period.  See "Certain  Transactions --
Transactions Involving Certain Officers, Directors and Stockholders." 
    

     Prior to the Offering,  there has been no  established  trading  market for
Common  Stock,  and no  predictions  can be made as to the effect  that sales of
Common Stock under Rule 144, pursuant to a registration statement, or otherwise,
or the  availability of shares of Common Stock for sale, will have on the market
price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock
in the public  market,  or the  perception  that such sales could  occur,  could
depress the prevailing  market price. Such sales may also make it more difficult
for the Company to issue or sell equity securities or equity-related  securities
in the future at a time and price that it deems  appropriate.  See "Risk Factors
- --  Potential  Effect of Shares  Eligible  for  Future  Sale on the Price of the
Common Stock."

                                       64


<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING

   
     Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting  Agreement,  a copy
of which has been  filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement  of which
this  Prospectus is a part, the  Underwriters  named below (the  "Underwriters")
have, severally and not jointly,  agreed,  through Cruttenden Roth Incorporated,
the Representative of the Underwriters (the "Representative"),  to purchase from
the  Company,  and the  Company  has  agreed  to sell to the  Underwriters,  the
aggregate  number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite their  respective
names: 
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NUMBER
NAME OF UNDERWRITERS                                        OF SHARES
- --------------------                                        ---------
<S>                                                        <C>
 Cruttenden Roth Incorporated .........................



                                                             ---------
          Total .......................................      2,700,000
                                                             =========

</TABLE>
    
     The  Underwriters  are  committed  to take and pay for all of the shares of
Common Stock  offered  hereby  (other than those  covered by the  over-allotment
option described below), if any are purchased.

     The Underwriters have advised the Company that they propose to offer all or
part of the Common Stock offered hereby directly to the public  initially at the
price to the public set forth on the cover  page of this  Prospectus,  that they
may offer shares to certain dealers at a price which  represents a concession of
not more than $ per share,  and the Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may
reallow,  a concession  of not more than $ per share to certain  other  dealers.
After  the  commencement  of this  offering,  the  price to the  public  and the
concessions may be changed.

   

     The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option,  exercisable  within
45 days  after the date of this  Prospectus,  to  purchase  up to an  additional
405,000  shares of  Common  Stock at the same  price  per  share as the  initial
2,700,000  shares to be  purchased by the  Underwriters.  The  Underwriters  may
exercise  this option only to cover  over-allotments,  if any. To the extent the
Underwriters  exercise this option,  each of the  Underwriters  will have a firm
commitment,  subject to certain  conditions,  to  purchase  the same  percentage
thereof as the  percentage  of the initial  2,700,000  shares to be purchased by
that Underwriter. 
    

     The  Company  has agreed to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
liabilities,  including  certain  liabilities  under the Securities  Act, and to
contribute  to  payments  the  Underwriters  may be  required to make in respect
thereof.

   
     The Company has agreed to issue to the  Representative  and its  designees,
for their own accounts,  warrants to purchase an aggregate of 270,000  shares of
Common Stock,  exercisable during the five-year period commencing on the date of
this Prospectus,  at a price equal to 120% of the public offering price, subject
to adjustment in certain events. The  Representative's  Warrants contain certain
registration rights relating to the shares issuable thereunder.  For the life of
the Representative's  Warrants,  the Representative will have the opportunity to
profit from a rise in the market price for the Common Stock.

     The Company has agreed to pay the  Representative a financial  advisory fee
of $450,000,  of which $225,000 will be paid by the Company upon consummation of
the Offering and $225,000 will be paid by the Company 90 days after consummation
of the Offering.

     The Company and its officers and directors have agreed not to,  directly or
indirectly,  offer,  issue,  sell,  contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares of Common Stock or any securities  exercisable for or convertible into or
exchangeable  into  Common  Stock (the  "Securities"),  for a period of 180 days
after  the date of this  Prospectus  (the  "Lockup  Period")  without  the prior
written  consent  of  Cruttenden  Roth  Incorporated,  except  for the  grant of
employee stock options by the 
    

                                       65
<PAGE>

   
Company  and except that the  Company  may issue  shares of Common  Stock (i) in
connection with  acquisitions,  (ii) pursuant to the exercise of options granted
under the Plan and the Directors' Plan and (iii) upon conversion of the Series A
Convertible  Preferred  Stock and the Restricted Vote Common Stock in accordance
with their  respective  terms. In addition  certain  stockholders of the Company
designated  by the  Representative  who upon  consummation  of the Offering will
beneficially  own an aggregate of 917,935  shares of Common Stock and the owners
of each of the Founding  Companies have agreed,  subject to certain  exceptions,
not to,  directly or  indirectly,  offer,  sell,  contract to sell or  otherwise
dispose  of any  Securities  for a  period  of 180 days  after  the date of this
Prospectus  without the prior written consent of Cruttenden  Roth  Incorporated.
After such  periods,  all of such shares will be eligible for sale in accordance
with Rule 144  promulgated  under the  Securities  Act,  subject to the  volume,
holding period and other limitations of Rule 144.

     Prior to the  Offering,  there has been no  public  market  for the  Common
Stock.  The  proposed  initial  public  offering  price has been  determined  by
negotiations  between  the Company  and the  Representatives.  Among the factors
considered in such  negotiations  were the Company's  results of operations  and
financial condition, prospects for the Company and for the industry in which the
Company  operates,  the Company's capital structure and the general condition of
the securities  market.  The estimated  offering price set forth on the cover of
this Prospectus is subject to change as a result of market  conditions and other
factors.  See "Risk Factors -- No Prior Public  Market;  Possible  Volatility of
Stock Price."

     RGR Financial Corp., which may be deemed to be affiliated with the Company,
may be participating as a member of the selling group in the Offering. Under the
Conduct  Rules of the National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc. (the
"NASD"), the participation as members of the selling group by entities which are
affiliated  with the Company  requires that the public  offering price can be no
higher  than the price  recommended  by a  "qualified  independent  underwriter"
meeting certain standards. In accordance with this requirement,  Cruttenden Roth
Incorporated  is serving in such role and will  recommend a price in  compliance
with the requirements of the NASD's Conduct Rules. Cruttenden Roth Incorporated,
in its role as qualified independent underwriter,  has performed a due diligence
investigation  and has  reviewed and  participated  in the  preparation  of this
Prospectus and the registration  statement of which this Prospectus forms a part
and, for its services as qualified independent  underwriter,  will receive a fee
of $25,000 from the Company.

     The  Representative  has informed the Company that the  Underwriters do not
expect  sales to  discretionary  accounts  to exceed  5% of the total  number of
shares offered hereby and that the  Underwriters  do not intend to confirm sales
of shares to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority.

     The Underwriters may engage in  over-allotment,  stabilizing  transactions,
syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M
under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  Over-allotment  involves  syndicate
sales of Common Stock in excess of the offering size,  which creates a syndicate
short  position.  Stabilizing  transactions  permit bids to purchase  the Common
Stock  so long  as the  stabilizing  bids do not  exceed  a  specified  maximum.
Syndicate  covering  transactions  involve purchases of Common Stock in the open
market after the  distribution  has been  completed in order to cover  syndicate
short  positions.  Penalty bids permit the  Representative  to reclaim a selling
concession from a syndicate member when the Common Stock originally sold by such
syndicate  member are  purchased in a syndicate  covering  transaction  to cover
syndicate short positions.  Such stabilizing  transactions,  syndicate  covering
transactions  and  penalty  bids may cause the price of the  Common  Stock to be
higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of such  transactions.  None of
the  transactions  described in this  paragraph  is  required,  and, if they are
undertaken, they may be discontinued at any time. 
    

                                       66
<PAGE>

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain  legal  matters in  connection  with the Common Stock being offered
hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Morgan,  Lewis & Bockius  LLP, New
York, New York.  Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the  Underwriters
by Fulbright & Jaworksi L.L.P., New York, New York.

                                     EXPERTS

     The audited  financial  statements  included in this  Prospectus  have been
audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants,  as indicated in
their reports with respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the
authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration  Statement on Form
S-1  (together  with  all  amendments,   schedules  and  exhibits   thereto  the
"Registration  Statement")  under the  Securities Act with respect to the Common
Stock  offered  hereby.  This  Prospectus,  which  is  included  as  part of the
Registration  Statement,  does not contain all the information  contained in the
Registration  Statement,   certain  portions  of  which  have  been  omitted  in
accordance  with the  rules  and  regulations  of the  Commission.  For  further
information  with  respect to the Company and the Common Stock  offered  hereby,
reference is made to the  Registration  Statement and the exhibits and schedules
thereto.  Statements  made in the Prospectus as to the contents of any contract,
agreement or other document are not necessarily  complete;  with respect to each
such  contract,  agreement  or  other  document  filed  as  an  exhibit  to  the
Registration  Statement,  reference  is made to the exhibit for a more  complete
description  of the matter  involved,  and each such  statement  shall be deemed
qualified in its entirety by such reference.  The Registration Statement and the
exhibits  thereto may be  inspected,  without  charge,  at the public  reference
facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's regional offices
at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Room 1400, Chicago, IL 60661, and 7
World  Trade  Center,  Suite  1300,  New York,  NY 10048 or on the  Internet  at
http://www.sec.gov. Copies of such material also can be obtained from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C.
20549, at prescribed rates.

     The  Company  intends  to  furnish  to  its  stockholders   annual  reports
containing audited consolidated  financial statements audited by Arthur Andersen
LLP, independent public accountants,  and quarterly reports containing unaudited
consolidated  financial  statements for each of the first three quarters of each
fiscal year.

                                       67


<PAGE>


                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             PAGE
                                                                            -----
<S>                                                                         <C>

Collectibles  USA,  Inc.,  and Founding  Companies  Unaudited  Pro Forma
Combined Financial Statements
   Basis of Presentation ................................................    F-3
   Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet -- April 30, 1998 (unaudited) .......    F-4
    Pro  Forma  Combined  Statement  of  Operations  for the Year  Ended
    January 31, 1998 (unaudited) ........................................    F-5
    Pro Form Combined Statement of Operations for the Three Months Ended
    April 30, 1998 (unaudited) ..........................................    F-6
   Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements ...........    F-7
 
Collectibles USA, Inc.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants .............................   F-12
   Balance Sheets .......................................................   F-13
   Statements of Operations .............................................   F-14
   Statements of Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity..........................   F-15
   Statements of Cash Flows .............................................   F-16
   Notes to Financial Statements ........................................   F-17
 
Founding Companies
 American Royal Arts Corp.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants .............................   F-22
   Balance Sheets .......................................................   F-23
   Statements of Operations .............................................   F-24
   Statements of Stockholder's Equity (Deficit)..........................   F-25
   Statements of Cash Flows .............................................   F-26
   Notes to Financial Statements ........................................   F-27
 
 Stone's Shops, Inc.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants .............................   F-31
   Balance Sheets .......................................................   F-32
   Statements of Operations .............................................   F-33
   Statements of Shareholders' Equity ...................................   F-34
   Statements of Cash Flows .............................................   F-35
   Notes to Financial Statements ........................................   F-36
 
 DKG Enterprises, Inc.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants .............................   F-41
   Balance Sheets .......................................................   F-42
   Statements of Operations .............................................   F-43
   Statements of Shareholders' Equity ...................................   F-44
   Statements of Cash Flows .............................................   F-45
   Notes to Financial Statements ........................................   F-46
 
 Elwell Stores, Inc.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants .............................   F-50
   Balance Sheets .......................................................   F-51
   Statements of Operations .............................................   F-52
   Statements of Shareholders' (Deficit) ................................   F-53
   Statements of Cash Flows .............................................   F-54
   Notes to Financial Statements ........................................   F-55
</TABLE>
    


                                      F-1

<PAGE>


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             PAGE
                                                                            -----
<S>                                                                         <C>
 Animation U.S.A., Inc.                                              
   Report of Independent Public Accountants .............................   F-59
   Balance Sheets .......................................................   F-60
   Statements of Operations .............................................   F-61
   Statements of Shareholders' Equity ...................................   F-62
   Statements of Cash Flows .............................................   F-63
   Notes to Financial Statements ........................................   F-64
 Filmart Productions, Inc.                                           
   Report of Independent Public Accountants .............................   F-68
   Balance Sheets .......................................................   F-69
   Statements of Operations .............................................   F-70
   Statements of Shareholders' Equity ...................................   F-71
   Statements of Cash Flows .............................................   F-72
   Notes to Financial Statements ........................................   F-73
                                               
</TABLE>
    


                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                 COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

               UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                              BASIS OF PRESENTATION

   
The following  unaudited pro forma combined financial  statements give effect to
the acquisitions by Collectibles  USA, Inc.  (Collectibles USA or Collectibles),
of the  outstanding  capital stock of American Royal Arts Corp.  (American Royal
Arts or ARA),  Stone's Shops, Inc.  (Stone's  Hallmark),  DKG Enterprises,  Inc.
(North Pole City), St. George, Inc. (Little Elegance), Elwell Stores, Inc. (Reef
Hallmark), Animation U.S.A., Inc. (Animation USA), and Filmart Productions, Inc.
(Filmart) (together, the Founding Companies).  Collectibles USA and the Founding
Companies are hereinafter  referred to as the Company.  These  acquisitions (the
Acquisitions) will occur  simultaneously  with the closing of Collectibles USA's
initial  public  offering  (the  Offering)  and will be accounted  for using the
purchase  method  of  accounting.  American  Royal  Arts,  one of  the  Founding
Companies,  has been  designated  the  accounting  acquiror in  accordance  with
Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 97 which states
that the combining  company which receives the largest  portion of voting rights
in the  combined  corporation  is presumed  to be the  acquiror  for  accounting
purposes.

To the extent the owners of the Founding Companies have agreed  prospectively to
reductions in salary and benefits,  and lease rental expense,  these  reductions
have  been  reflected  in  the  unaudited  pro  forma  combined   statements  of
operations.  With respect to other potential cost savings,  Collectibles has not
and cannot  quantify these savings until  completion of the  acquisitions of the
Founding  Companies.  It is  anticipated  that these  savings  will be offset by
additional costs and expenditures for corporate  management and  administration,
corporate  expenses related to being a public company,  systems  integration and
facilities   expansion.   However  because  these  costs  cannot  be  accurately
quantified at this time,  they have not been included in the pro forma financial
information of Collectibles.

The unaudited pro forma combined  balance sheet gives effect to the Acquisitions
and the Offering as if they had occurred on April 30, 1998.  The  unaudited  pro
forma combined statements of operations gives effect to these transactions as if
they had occurred on February 1, 1997. 
    

The  pro  forma  adjustments  are  based  on  preliminary  estimates,  available
information and certain assumptions and may be revised as additional information
becomes available. The pro forma financial data do not purport to represent what
the Company's  financial  position or results of operations  would actually have
been if such  transactions  in fact  had  occurred  on those  dates  and are not
necessarily  representative  of the Company's  financial  position or results of
operations  for any future period.  Since the Founding  Companies were not under
common control or management,  historical combined results may not be comparable
to, or indicative  of,  future  performance.  The  unaudited pro forma  combined
financial  statements  should be read in  conjunction  with the other  financial
statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
See "Risk Factors" included elsewhere herein.

                                       F-3

<PAGE>

   

                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

              PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET -- APRIL 30, 1998

    
                                  (UNAUDITED)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      STONE'S       NORTH
                                                      COLLECTIBLES        ARA        HALLMARK     POLE CITY
                                                    --------------- -------------- ------------ -------------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>
                        ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents .........................  $      21,573    $  146,543    $  426,284   $    8,136
Accounts receivable ...............................             --        84,241            --        8,711
Merchandise inventories ...........................             --       636,936     3,264,608    2,390,654
Prepaid expenses and other current assets .........          9,700       124,773        36,387       34,763
                                                     -------------    ----------    ----------   ----------
 Total current assets .............................         31,273       992,493     3,727,279    2,442,264
Property and equipment, net .......................          5,960        87,186       207,121      226,923
Other assets, net .................................      5,375,168        67,434        81,288        3,225
Goodwill, net .....................................             --            --            --           --
                                                     -------------    ----------    ----------   ----------
 Total assets .....................................  $   5,412,401    $1,147,113    $4,015,688   $2,672,412
                                                     =============    ==========    ==========   ==========
                   LIABILITIES AND
           STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..........  $   2,090,415    $  346,102    $1,302,488   $  537,849
Customer deposits .................................             --       311,330       122,575      173,392
Federal income taxes payable ......................             --            --            --           --
Pro forma cash consideration
 due to Founding Companies ........................             --            --            --           --
Line of credit ....................................             --            --            --    1,084,414
Payable to related party ..........................      2,784,000       586,000         6,000           --
Current maturities of long-term obligations .......             --            --        14,400           --
                                                     -------------    ----------    ----------   ----------
 Total current liabilities ........................      4,874,415     1,243,432     1,445,463    1,795,655

Deferred income taxes .............................             --            --       501,941       14,746
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities ..             --            --        10,800           --
                                                     -------------    ----------    ----------   ----------
 Total liabilities ................................      4,874,415     1,243,432     1,958,204    1,810,401
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
 Preferred stock ..................................      1,000,000            --            --           --
 Common stock .....................................         11,912         1,584         1,000          500
 Treasury stock ...................................             --      (145,000)           --           --
 Additional paid-in capital .......................      1,996,475            --        39,000           --
 Retained (deficit) earnings ......................     (2,470,401)       47,097     2,017,484      861,511
                                                     -------------    ----------    ----------   ----------
 Total stockholders' (deficit) equity .............        537,986       (96,319)    2,057,484      862,011
                                                     -------------    ----------    ----------   ----------

 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .......  $   5,412,401    $1,147,113    $4,015,688   $2,672,412
                                                     =============    ==========    ==========   ==========
</TABLE>




<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       LITTLE         REEF        ANIMATION
                                                      ELEGANCE      HALLMARK         USA         FILMART        TOTAL
                                                    ------------ -------------- ------------- ------------ ---------------
                        ASSETS
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>
Cash and cash equivalents .........................  $   42,472    $   47,510    $    12,696   $    2,096    $   707,310
Accounts receivable ...............................          54            --             --      538,860        631,866
Merchandise inventories ...........................   1,276,144     1,111,117        299,612      441,821      9,420,892
Prepaid expenses and other current assets .........       6,252        12,835        104,753      446,677        776,140
                                                     ----------    ----------    -----------   ----------    -----------
 Total current assets .............................   1,324,922     1,171,462        417,061    1,429,454     11,536,208
Property and equipment, net .......................     192,275       101,428         62,129       17,900        900,922
Other assets, net .................................      92,949        81,200             --      135,608      5,836,872
Goodwill, net .....................................          --            --             --           --             --
                                                     ----------    ----------    -----------   ----------    -----------
 Total assets .....................................  $1,610,146    $1,354,090    $   479,190   $1,582,962    $18,274,002
                                                     ==========    ==========    ===========   ==========    ===========
                   LIABILITIES AND
           STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..........  $  295,024    $  687,344    $   264,211   $  186,211    $ 5,709,644
Customer deposits .................................       6,000         9,819         59,994        3,513        686,623
Federal income taxes payable ......................          --            --         13,948           --         13,948
Pro forma cash consideration
 due to Founding Companies ........................          --            --             --           --             --
Line of credit ....................................          --       350,724        105,624           --      1,540,762
Payable to related party ..........................     438,038            --             --           --      3,814,038
Current maturities of long-term obligations .......     300,000        86,445             --           --        400,845
                                                     ----------    ----------    -----------   ----------    -----------
 Total current liabilities ........................   1,039,062     1,134,332        443,777      189,724     12,165,860

Deferred income taxes .............................          --            --             --           --        516,687
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities ..          --       310,052             --           --        320,852
                                                     ----------    ----------    -----------   ----------    -----------
 Total liabilities ................................   1,039,062     1,444,384        443,777      189,724     13,003,399
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
 Preferred stock ..................................          --            --             --           --      1,000,000
 Common stock .....................................      27,000           500        192,700           --        235,196
 Treasury stock ...................................          --            --             --           --       (145,000)
 Additional paid-in capital .......................          --        99,275             --           --      2,134,750
 Retained (deficit) earnings ......................     544,084      (190,069)      (157,287)   1,393,238      2,045,657
                                                     ----------    ----------    -----------   ----------    -----------
 Total stockholders' (deficit) equity .............     571,084       (90,294)        35,413    1,393,238      5,270,603
                                                     ----------    ----------    -----------   ----------    -----------

 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .......  $1,610,146    $1,354,090    $   479,190   $1,582,962    $18,274,002
                                                     ==========    ==========    ===========   ==========    ===========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                       PRO FORMA      PRO FORMA    POST ACQUISITIONS        AS
                                                      ADJUSTMENTS      COMBINED       ADJUSTMENTS        ADJUSTED
                                                    --------------- ------------- ------------------- -------------

                        ASSETS
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>           <C>                 <C>
Cash and cash equivalents .........................  $         --    $   707,310     $   5,405,953     $ 6,113,623
Accounts receivable ...............................            --        631,866                --         631,866
Merchandise inventories ...........................            --      9,420,892                --       9,420,892
Prepaid expenses and other current assets .........            --        776,140                --         776,140
                                                     ------------    -----------     -------------     -----------
 Total current assets .............................            --     11,536,208         5,405,953      16,942,161
Property and equipment, net .......................       (31,183)       869,739                --         869,739
Other assets, net .................................        53,577      5,890,449        (5,763,130)        127,319
Goodwill, net .....................................    14,526,025     14,526,025                --      14,526,025
                                                     ------------    -----------     -------------     -----------
 Total assets .....................................  $ 14,548,419    $32,822,421     $    (357,177)    $32,465,244
                                                     ============    ===========     =============     ===========
                   LIABILITIES AND
           STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..........  $         --    $ 5,709,644     $  (2,090,415)    $ 3,619,229
Customer deposits .................................            --        686,623                --         686,623
Federal income taxes payable ......................            --         13,948                --          13,948
Pro forma cash consideration
 due to Founding Companies ........................     7,770,000      7,770,000        (7,770,000)             --
Line of credit ....................................            --      1,540,762        (1,540,762)             --
Payable to related party ..........................            --      3,814,038        (3,814,038)             --
Current maturities of long-term obligations .......       (22,615)       378,230          (378,230)             --
                                                     ------------    -----------     -------------     -----------
 Total current liabilities ........................     7,747,385     19,913,245       (15,593,445)      4,319,800

Deferred income taxes .............................            --        516,687                --         516,687
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities ..            --        320,852          (320,852)             --
                                                     ------------    -----------     -------------     -----------
 Total liabilities ................................     7,747,385     20,750,784       (15,914,297)      4,836,487
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
 Preferred stock ..................................            --      1,000,000        (1,000,000)             --
 Common stock .....................................      (205,671)        29,525            30,536          60,061
 Treasury stock ...................................       145,000             --                --              --
 Additional paid-in capital .......................     8,907,362     11,042,112        16,526,584      27,568,696
 Retained (deficit) earnings ......................    (2,045,657)            --                --              --
                                                     ------------    -----------     -------------     -----------
 Total stockholders' (deficit) equity .............     6,801,034     12,071,637        15,557,120      27,628,757
                                                     ------------    -----------     -------------     -----------

 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .......  $ 14,548,419    $32,822,421     $    (357,177)    $32,465,244
                                                     ============    ===========     =============     ===========

</TABLE>
    
  See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                 PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
   
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 1998
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  
                                                   AMERICAN      STONE'S        NORTH         LITTLE
                                  COLLECTIBLES    ROYAL ARTS     HALLMARK     POLE CITY      ELEGANCE
                                 -------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
<S>                              <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Net sales ......................   $       --    $4,133,318    $5,744,826    $4,693,104    $2,509,667
Cost of sales ..................           --     1,516,516     2,762,629     2,561,478     1,329,994
                                   ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
 Gross profit ..................           --     2,616,802     2,982,197     2,131,626     1,179,673
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses .......      907,451     1,957,708     1,818,203     1,992,902     1,097,089
Goodwill amortization ..........           --            --            --            --            --
                                   ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
 Income (loss) from
   operations ..................     (907,451)      659,094     1,163,994       138,724        82,584
Other (income) expense:
 Interest (income)
   expense .....................       57,474        14,037            24        76,557        78,859
 Other, net ....................           --            --        (3,162)       (6,352)         (651)
                                   ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes ..................     (964,925)      645,057     1,167,132        68,519         4,376
Provision for income taxes .....           --            --       465,555       (65,039)      (14,112)
                                   ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
Net income (loss) ..............   $ (964,925)   $  645,057    $  701,577    $  133,558    $   18,488
                                   ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========
Net income per share ...........
Shares used in computing net
 income per share(1) ...........
<CAPTION>
                                      REEF       ANIMATION                                      PRO FORMA       PRO FORMA
                                    HALLMARK        USA         FILMART         TOTAL          ADJUSTMENTS      COMBINED
                                 ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------- ------------------ --------------
<S>                              <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>                <C>
Net sales ......................  $2,725,129    $1,319,162    $1,323,867    $22,449,073      $           --     $22,449,073
Cost of sales ..................   1,464,580       595,974       432,403     10,663,574                  --      10,663,574
                                  ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------      --------------   -----------
 Gross profit ..................   1,260,549       723,188       891,464     11,785,499                  --      11,785,499
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses .......     943,686       762,330       541,459     10,020,828          (1,006,692)    9,014,136
Goodwill amortization ..........          --            --            --             --             363,151       363,151
                                  ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------      --------------   -----------
 Income (loss) from
  operations ...................     316,863       (39,142)      350,005      1,764,671             643,541     2,408,212
Other (income) expense:
 Interest (income)
  expense ......................      51,400        13,903         4,638        296,892            (318,487)      (21,595)
 Other, net ....................          --            --      (114,675)      (124,840)                 --      (124,840)
                                  ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------      --------------   -----------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes ..................     265,463       (53,045)      460,042      1,592,619             962,028     2,554,647
Provision for income taxes .....          --       (18,143)           --        368,261             798,858     1,167,119
                                  ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------      --------------   -----------
Net income (loss) ..............  $  265,463    $  (34,902)   $  460,042    $ 1,224,358      $      163,170   $ 1,387,528
                                  ==========    ==========    ==========    ===========      ==============   ===========
Net income per share ...........                                                                              $      0.26
                                                                                                              ===========
Shares used in computing net
 income per share(1) ...........                                                                                5,370,100
                                                                                                              ===========
</TABLE>
    
   
- ------

(1)  Includes (i) 1,191,182  shares issued to the sponsors and management  which
     are outstanding  prior to the Offering,  (ii) 1,761,354 shares to be issued
     to the owners of the Founding  Companies,  (iii) 79,902 shares to be issued
     to the holders of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, of which 11,986
     shares will be  transferred  from the sponsor  shares  listed in (i) above,
     364,705  shares to be issued to the  holders  of the CUSA  Notes,  of which
     79,063  shares will be  transferred  from the sponsor  shares listed in (i)
     above,  and  241,706  shares to be issued to the holders of the CEFC Notes,
     all of which will be  transferred  from the  sponsor  shares  listed in (i)
     above,  and  (iv)  2,076,794  of the  2,700,000  shares  to be  sold in the
     Offering to pay the cash portion of the consideration for the Acquisitions,
     repay  indebtedness  of the  Founding  Companies  and  pay  expenses of the
     Offering.  Basic and  diluted  income per share were the same for the three
     months ended April 30, 1998.

  See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.
    
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
   
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                   PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                    FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998

                                   (UNAUDITED)
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 
                                                 AMERICAN      STONE'S        NORTH        LITTLE
                                  COLLECTIBLES  ROYALS ARTS    HALLMARK     POLE CITY     ELEGANCE
                                 -------------- ----------- ------------- ------------- ------------
<S>                              <C>            <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
Net sales ......................   $       --    $806,489    $1,868,674    $  640,496    $ 480,081
Cost of sales ..................           --     291,916       941,041       350,066      252,812
                                   ----------    --------    ----------    ----------    ---------
 Gross profit ..................           --     514,573       927,633       290,430      227,269
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses .......      101,946     400,530       411,124       498,818      264,689
Goodwill amortization ..........           --          --            --            --           --
                                   ----------    --------    ----------    ----------    ---------
 Income (loss) from
   operations ..................     (101,946)    114,043       516,509      (208,388)     (37,420)
Other (income) expense:
 Interest, net..................       53,972        (710)       (1,914)       41,352       20,524
 Other, net ....................           --          --            --          (809)          --
                                   ----------    --------    ----------    ----------    ---------
Income (loss) before
  income taxes .................     (155,468)    114,753       518,423      (248,931)     (57,944)
Provision for income taxes .....           --          --       192,770          (512)          --
                                   ----------    --------    ----------    ----------    ---------
Net income (loss) ..............   $ (155,468)   $114,753    $  325,653    $ (248,419)   $ (57,944)
                                   ==========    ========    ==========    ==========    =========
Net income per share ...........
Shares used in computing net
  income per share (1) .........
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    REEF     ANIMATION                                 PRO FORMA        PRO FORMA
                                  HALLMARK      USA       FILMART       TOTAL         ADJUSTMENTS        COMBINED
                                 ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------- ------------------- -------------
<S>                              <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>                 <C>
Net sales ......................  $623,011   $344,236    $ 209,059   $4,972,046      $         --      $4,972,046
Cost of sales ..................   340,234    128,554       79,879    2,384,502                --       2,384,502
                                  --------   --------    ---------   ----------      ------------      ----------
 Gross profit ..................   282,777    215,682      129,180    2,587,544                         2,587,544
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses .......   237,695    149,792      118,074    2,182,668          (120,036)      2,062,632
Goodwill amortization ..........        --         --           --           --            90,787          90,787
                                  --------   --------    ---------   ----------      ------------      ----------
 Income (loss) from
   operations ..................    45,082     65,890       11,106      404,876            29,249         434,125
Other (income) expense:
 Interest, net..................    15,040      2,913        1,124      132,301          (142,423)        (10,122)
 Other, net ....................        --         --      (31,250)     (32,059)               --         (32,059)
                                  --------   --------    ---------   ----------      ------------      ----------
Income (loss) before
  income taxes .................    30,042     62,977       41,232      304,634           171,672         476,300
Provision for income taxes .....        --     23,931           --      216,189            10,648         226,837
                                  --------   --------    ---------   ----------      ------------      ----------
Net income (loss) ..............  $ 30,042   $ 39,046    $  41,232   $   88,445      $    161,024      $  249,469
                                  ========   ========    =========   ==========      ============      ==========
Net income per share ...........                                                                       $     0.05
                                                                                                       ==========
Shares used in computing net
  income per share (1) .........                                                                        5,370,100
                                                                                                       ==========
</TABLE>
    

   
 ------

(1)  Includes (i) 1,191,182  shares issued to the sponsors and management  which
     are outstanding  prior to the Offering,  (ii) 1,761,354 shares to be issued
     to the owners of the Founding  Companies,  (iii) 79,902 shares to be issued
     to the holders of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, of which 11,986
     shares will be  transferred  from the sponsor  shares  listed in (i) above,
     364,705  shares to be issued to the  holders  of the CUSA  Notes,  of which
     79,063  shares will be  transferred  from the sponsor  shares listed in (i)
     above,  and  241,706  shares to be issued to the holders of the CEFC Notes,
     all of which will be  transferred  from the  sponsor  shares  listed in (i)
     above,  and  (iv)  2,076,794  of the  2,700,000  shares  to be  sold in the
     Offering to pay the cash portion of the consideration for the Acquisitions,
     repay  indebtedness  of the  Founding  Companies  and pay  expenses  of the
     Offering.  Basic and  diluted  income per share were the same for the three
     months ended April 30, 1998.

  See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.
    
                                      F-6

<PAGE>
                COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

          NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                  (UNAUDITED)

1. GENERAL:

Collectibles  USA,  Inc.  (Collectibles  USA) was  founded  to create a national
retailer  of   contemporary   collectibles   and  marketer  of  animation   art.
Collectibles  USA has  conducted  no  operations  to date and will  acquire  the
Founding  Companies  concurrently with and as a condition to the closing of this
Offering.

   
The historical  financial  statements reflect the financial position and results
of  operations of the Founding  Companies  and were derived from the  respective
Founding  Companies'  financial  statements.   The  periods  included  in  these
financial  statements  for the  individual  Founding  Companies  are as follows:
Collectibles USA as of April 30, 1998, and for the fifty-two weeks ended January
25, 1998 and for the thirteen weeks ended April 26, 1998; American Royal Arts as
of April 30,  1998 and for the year  ended  January  31,  1998 and for the three
months  ended April 30, 1998;  Stone's  Hallmark as of February 28, 1998 and for
the year ended  November 30, 1997 and for the three  months  ended  February 28,
1998; and North Pole City,  Little  Elegance,  Reef Hallmark,  Animation USA and
Filmart as of March 31,  1998 and for the year ended  December  31, 1997 and for
the three  months  ended  March  31,  1998.  The  audited  historical  financial
statements   included  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus  have  been  included  in
accordance  with  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (SEC) Staff  Accounting
Bulletin No. 80. 
    

2. ACQUISITION OF FOUNDING COMPANIES:
   
Concurrently  and as a condition with the closing of the Offering,  Collectibles
USA will acquire all of the outstanding capital stock of the Founding Companies.
The  Acquisitions  will be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting
with American Royal Arts being treated as the accounting acquiror. The following
table sets forth the  consideration  to be paid (a) in cash and (b) in shares of
common stock of Collectibles  USA (Common Stock) to the  stockholders of each of
the Founding  Companies.  For purposes of computing the estimated purchase price
for  accounting  purposes,  the  value  of the  shares  is  determined  using an
estimated  fair value of $7.65 per share,  which  represents  a discount  of ten
percent from the assumed  initial public  offering price due to  restrictions on
the sale and  transferability of the shares issued. The estimated purchase price
for the  acquisitions  is based  upon  preliminary  estimates  and is subject to
certain purchase price adjustments at and following  closing.  In the opinion of
management,  the final  allocation  of the  purchase  price will not  materially
differ from these preliminary estimates.  Adjustments to the purchase price will
be based upon the actual Offering Price.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               COMMON STOCK
                                                      ------------------------------
                                         CASH            SHARES           VALUE
                                   ----------------   ------------   ---------------
                                    (IN THOUSANDS)                    (IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                                <C>                <C>            <C>
   American Royal Arts .........        $2,592           540,000         $ 4,131
   Stone's Hallmark ............         1,148           373,766           2,859
   North Pole City .............         1,730           385,845           2,952
   Little Elegance .............           400            50,397             386
   Reef Hallmark ...............           850           186,346           1,426
   Animation USA ...............           350            75,000             574
   Filmart .....................           700           150,000           1,148
                                        ------           -------         -------
    Total ......................        $7,770         1,761,354         $13,476
                                        ======         =========         =======
</TABLE>
    
                                      F-7

<PAGE>
                 COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

3. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET ADJUSTMENTS:

The  following  tables  summarize  unaudited  pro forma  combined  balance sheet
adjustments:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             ADJUSTMENT
                                                                   ------------------------------      PRO FORMA
                                                                        (A)             (B)           ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                   ------------   ---------------   --------------
<S>                                                                <C>            <C>               <C>
                           ASSETS
Deferred tax asset .............................................    $  53,577      $         --      $     53,577
Property and equipment net .....................................      (31,183)               --           (31,183)
Goodwill, net ..................................................           --        14,526,025        14,526,025
                                                                    ---------      ------------      ------------
 Total assets ..................................................    $  22,394      $ 14,526,025      $ 14,548,419
                                                                    =========      ============      ============
 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
  (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Current maturities of long-term obligations ....................    $ (22,615)     $         --      $    (22,615)
Pro forma cash consideration due to Founding Companies .........           --         7,770,000         7,770,000
                                                                    ---------      ------------      ------------
 Total liabilities .............................................      (22,615)        7,770,000         7,747,385
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
Common stock ...................................................           --          (205,671)         (205,671)
Additional paid-in capital .....................................                      8,907,362         8,907,362
Retained (deficit) earnings ....................................       45,009        (2,090,666)       (2,045,657)
Treasury stock .................................................           --           145,000           145,000
                                                                    ---------      ------------      ------------
  Total stockholders' (deficit) equity .........................       45,009         6,756,025         6,801,034
                                                                    ---------      ------------      ------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' (deficit) equity ...........    $  22,394      $ 14,526,025      $ 14,548,419
                                                                    =========      ============      ============
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     ADJUSTMENT
                                                                 --------------------------------------------------
                                                                        (C)              (D)              (E)
                                                                 ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S>                                                              <C>              <C>              <C>
                           ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents ......................................   $ 16,445,835     $ (3,269,882)    $ (7,770,000)
Other assets, net ..............................................     (5,763,130)              --               --
                                                                   ------------     ------------     ------------
 Total assets ..................................................   $ 10,682,705     $ (3,269,882)    $ (7,770,000)
                                                                   ============     ============     ============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)
 EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .......................   $ (2,090,415)    $         --     $         --
Pro forma cash consideration due to founding companies .........             --               --       (7,770,000)
Line of credit .................................................             --       (1,540,762)              --
Payable to related parties .....................................             --       (1,030,038)              --
Current maturities of long-term obligations ....................     (2,784,000)        (378,230)              --
                                                                   ------------     ------------     ------------
 Total current liabilities .....................................     (4,784,415)      (2,949,030)
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities ...............             --         (320,852)              --
 Total liabilities .............................................     (4,784,415)      (3,269,882)      (7,770,000)
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
 Series A preferred stock ......................................     (1,000,000)              --               --
 Common stock ..................................................         30,536               --               --
 Additional paid-in capital ....................................     16,526,584               --               --
                                                                   ------------     ------------     ------------
  Total stockholders' (deficit) equity .........................     15,557,120               --               --
                                                                   ------------     ------------     ------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' (deficit) equity ...........   $ 10,682,705     $ (3,269,882)    $ (7,770,000)
                                                                   ============     ============     ============
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  POST ACQUISITION
                                                                    ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                 -----------------
                           ASSETS
<S>                                                              <C>
Cash and cash equivalents ......................................   $   5,405,953
Other assets, net ..............................................      (5,763,130)
                                                                   -------------
 Total assets ..................................................   $    (357,177)
                                                                   =============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)
 EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .......................   $  (2,090,415)
Pro forma cash consideration due to founding companies .........      (7,770,000)
Line of credit .................................................      (1,540,762)
Payable to related parties .....................................      (3,814,038)
Current maturities of long-term obligations ....................        (378,230)
                                                                   -------------
 Total current liabilities .....................................     (15,593,445)
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities ...............        (320,852)
 Total liabilities .............................................     (15,914,297)
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
 Series A preferred stock ......................................      (1,000,000)
 Common stock ..................................................          30,536
 Additional paid-in capital ....................................      16,526,584
                                                                   -------------
  Total stockholders' (deficit) equity .........................      15,557,120
                                                                   -------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' (deficit) equity ...........   $    (357,177)
                                                                   =============
</TABLE>
    

   

    
                                      F-8
<PAGE>


                 COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

   
(a)  Records  the   distribution  of  certain  assets,   $31,183,   and  related
     obligations, $22,615, to certain stockholders of the Founding Companies and
     to record  deferred  tax  assets on the S  Corporations  as if these were C
     Corporations.

(b)  Records the purchase of the Founding  Companies for a total  purchase price
     of $21.2  million,  including $6.7 million (cash of $2.6 million and shares
     with an aggregate value of $4.1 million  determined using an estimated fair
     value of $7.65 per share) attributed to ARA as the accounting acquiror. The
     entry  includes  the  liability of $7.8 million for the cash portion of the
     consideration  paid  to the  stockholders  of  the  Founding  Companies  in
     connection  with the  Mergers and the  issuance  of 1.8  million  shares of
     Common  Stock to the Founding  Companies  resulting in the creation of $9.6
     million of goodwill  after  allocating  the purchase price to the aggregate
     assets  acquired and  liabilities  assumed,  excluding ARA, as shown below.
     Based on its initial  assessment,  management  believes that the historical
     carrying  value of the  Founding  Companies'  assets and  liabilities  will
     approximate fair value and that there are no other identifiable  intangible
     assets  to which any  material  purchase  can be  allocated.  In  addition,
     goodwill  of $4.9  million,  determined  using the fair  value of $7.65 per
     share has been recorded  attributable to the 638,847 shares of Common Stock
     issued to RGR Financial Group,  LLC and a consultant to  Collectibles.  The
     Company will record a non-recurring,  non-cash charge upon the consummation
     of the initial public offering of $1.7 million for the estimated fair value
     of $7.65 per share  for the  219,580  shares  issued to  management  of the
     Company.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               ASSETS                                   (In thousands)
<S>                                                                    <C>
         Cash and cash equivalents .................................       $   539
         Accounts receivable .......................................           548
         Merchandise inventories ...................................         8,784
         Prepaid expenses and other current assets .................           642
                                                                           -------
          Total current assets .....................................        10,513
         Property and equipment, net ...............................           808
         Other assets, net .........................................           394
                                                                           -------
          Total assets .............................................       $11,715
                                                                           =======
                         LIABILITIES

         Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..................       $ 3,227
         Customer deposits .........................................           375
         Federal income taxes payable ..............................            14
         Line of credit ............................................         1,541
         Notes payable to related party ............................           444
         Current maturities of long-term obligations ...............           401
                                                                           -------
          Total current liabilities ................................         6,002
         Deferred income taxes .....................................           517
         Long-term obligations, net of current maturities ..........           321
                                                                           -------
          Total liabilities ........................................       $ 6,840
                                                                           -------
          Net book value ...........................................       $ 4,875
                                                                           =======

</TABLE>
    

   
                                      F-9
    


<PAGE>


                 COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

   

     The following reconciles the combined historical net assets of the Founding
     Companies to the net assets acquired (in thousands):

    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           ACQUIRED
                                                   TOTAL       LESS:         LESS:         FOUNDING
                                                 COMBINED       ARA      COLLECTIBLES      COMPANIES
                                               ------------   -------   --------------   ------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>       <C>              <C>
   Historical net assets ...................      $5,271        $96         $ (538)         $4,829
   Distribution of assets and liabilities to
     Founding Companies ....................           (8)       --             --               (8)
   Tax adjustments .........................         54          --             --             54
                                                  -------       ---         ------          -------
                                                  $5,317        $96         $ (538)         $4,875
                                                  =======       ===         ======          =======

</TABLE>
    

   

(c)  Records the cash proceeds  from the issuance of 2,700,000  shares of Common
     Stock (based on an assumed IPO price of $8.50 per share),  net of estimated
     offerings costs of $6.2 million,  including the conversion  Preferred Stock
     into Common  Stock and payment of $1.0 million cash and the payment of $1.3
     million of notes payable.  Offering costs consist primarily of underwriting
     commissions, accounting fees, legal fees, and printing expenses.

(d)  Reflects the repayment of debt with proceeds from the Offering.

(e)  Records  the  cash  portion  of  the   consideration  to  be  paid  to  the
     stockholders of the Founding Companies in connection with the Acquisitions.
    

4. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

   
     ADJUSTMENTS:

     Year Ended January 31, 1998

(a)  Reflects the debt  financing  charges in connection  with the CEFC and CUSA
     notes  conversion  recorded at the date of the Offering on the books of the
     accounting acquiror. The costs are calculated based on the number of shares
     to be  issued  at an  estimated  fair  value of $7.65  per  share  less the
     principal amount of the notes.

(b)  Reflects  the  reductions  in  salaries  and  benefits to the owners of the
     Founding  Companies  to which they have  agreed  prospectively  and certain
     other  adjustments,  including  the effect of  revisions  to certain  lease
     agreements between certain owners of the Founding Companies

(c)  Reflects  the   reduction   in   compensation   expense   relating  to  the
     non-recurring,  non-cash compensation charge for the year ended January 31,
     1998 for the issuance of 219,580  shares of Common Stock and 90,000 options
     to management directors of and consultants to the Company.

(d)  Reflects  the  amortization  of  goodwill to be recorded as a result of the
     Acquisitions over a 40 year period.

(e)  Reflects the elimination of interest expense attributed to the repayment of
     debt with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering and the elimination
     of the non-cash,  non-recurring debt financing charges for the excess value
     of Common Stock issued in connection with the notes payable conversion.

(f)  Reflects  the  incremental  provision  for federal and state  income  taxes
     relating to the statements of operations  adjustments and to reflect income
     taxes on each S  Corporation  as if these  entities had been taxable as a C
     Corporation during the periods presented.

                                      F-10
    

<PAGE>


                 COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

   
     The following table summarizes the unaudited pro forma combined  statements
     of operations adjustments:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                (A)         (B)        (C)       (D)        (E)         (F)     ADJUSTMENTS
                                            ----------- ---------- ---------- --------- ----------- ---------- ------------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses .................................  $     --     $ (334)    $ (673)   $   --    $     --     $   --     $ (1,007)
Goodwill amortization .....................        --         --         --       363          --         --          363
                                             --------     ------     ------    ------    --------     ------     --------
 Income (loss) from operation .............        --        334        673      (363)         --         --          644
Other (income) expense:
 Interest (income) expense, net ...........     2,900         --         --        --      (3,218)        --         (318)
 Other, net ...............................        --         --         --        --          --         --           --
                                             --------     ------     ------    ------    --------     ------     --------
Income (loss) before income taxes .........    (2,900)       334        673      (363)      3,218         --          962
Provision for income taxes ................        --         --         --        --          --        799          799
                                             --------     ------     ------    ------    --------     ------     --------
Net income (loss) .........................  $ (2,900)    $  334     $  673    $ (363)   $  3,218     $ (799)    $    163
                                             ========     ======     ======    ======    ========     ======     ========
</TABLE>
    

   
5.   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS ADJUSTMENTS:

     Three Months Ended April 30, 1998

(a)  Reflects  the  reductions  in  salaries  and  benefits to the owners of the
     Founding  Companies  to which they have  agreed  prospectively  and certain
     other  adjustments,  including  the effect of  revisions  to certain  lease
     agreements between certain owners of the Founding Companies

(b)  Reflects  the  amortization  of  goodwill to be recorded as a result of the
     Acquisitions over a 40 year period.

(c)  Reflects the elimination of interest expense attributed to the repayment of
     debt with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering

(d)  Reflects  the  incremental  provision  for federal and state  income  taxes
     relating to the statements of operations  adjustments and to reflect income
     taxes on each S  Corporation  as if these  entities had been taxable as a C
     Corporation during the periods presented.

     The following table summarizes the unaudited pro forma combined  statements
     of operations adjustments:

    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              (A)         (B)        (C)         (D)       ADJUSTMENTS
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
Selling, general and administrative expenses ..........     $ (120)     $  --      $   --       $  --        $ (120)
Goodwill amortization .................................         --         91          --          --            91
                                                            ------      -----      ------       -----        ------
 Income (loss) from operation .........................        120        (91)         --          --            29
Other (income) expense:
 Interest (income) expense, net .......................         --         --        (143)         --          (143)
 Other, net ...........................................         --         --          --          --            --
                                                            ------      -----      ------       -----        ------
Income (loss) before income taxes .....................        120        (91)        143          --           172
Provision for income taxes ............................         --         --          --          11            11
                                                            ------      -----      ------       -----        ------
Net income (loss) .....................................     $  120      $ (91)     $  143       $ (11)       $  161
                                                            ======      =====      ======       =====        ======
</TABLE>
    

   

                                      F-11

    


<PAGE>



                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Collectibles USA, Inc.:

   
We have audited the  accompanying  balance  sheet of  Collectibles  USA, Inc. (a
Delaware  corporation),  as of January  25,  1998 and  January  26, 1997 and the
related statements of operations,  stockholders' (deficit) equity and cash flows
for the  fifty-two  week period  ended  January 25, 1998 and for the period from
inception  (January 18, 1996)  through  January 26,  1997,  respectively.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audit.
    

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

   
In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the financial position of Collectibles USA, Inc., as of
January 25, 1998 and January 26, 1997 and the results of its  operations and its
cash flows for the  fifty-two  week  period  ended  January 25, 1998 and for the
period from inception (January 18, 1996) through January 26, 1997, respectively,
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
    

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

   
Houston, Texas
May 19, 1998
    

                                      F-12

<PAGE>

   
                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                                BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      JANUARY 26,       JANUARY 25,        APRIL 26,
                                                                          1997              1998              1998
                                                                    ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)

<S>                                                                 <C>               <C>               <C>

                           ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ...........................................................    $    425,681      $     60,153      $     21,573
 Receivable from affiliate ......................................         100,000            39,000                --
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ......................           7,500             9,700             9,700
                                                                     ------------      ------------      ------------
   Total current assets .........................................         533,181           108,853            31,273
 Property and equipment, net ....................................              --             6,335             5,960
 Deferred offering costs ........................................         894,096         4,860,699         5,375,168
                                                                     ------------      ------------      ------------
   Total assets .................................................    $  1,427,277      $  4,975,887      $  5,412,401
                                                                     ============      ============      ============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)
 EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accrued liabilities ............................................    $    586,198      $  2,747,983      $  2,090,415
 Notes payable-related party ....................................         855,000         1,534,000         2,784,000
                                                                     ------------      ------------      ------------
   Total current liabilities ....................................       1,441,198         4,281,983         4,874,415
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY:
 Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock, $.01 par, 
 5,000,000 authorized, none, 20,000, and 20,000
   shares issued and outstanding, respectively. .................              --         1,000,000         1,000,000
 Common Stock, $.01 par, 31,200,000 shares
   authorized, 1,191,182 shares issued and outstanding.                    11,912            11,912            11,912
 Additional paid-in capital .....................................       1,323,725         1,966,475         1,966,475
 Deficit ........................................................      (1,349,558)       (2,314,483)       (2,470,401)
                                                                     ------------      ------------      ------------
   Total stockholders' (deficit) equity .........................         (13,921)          693,904           537,986
                                                                     ------------      ------------      ------------
   Total liabilities and stockholders' (deficit) equity .........    $  1,427,277      $  4,975,887      $  5,412,401
                                                                     ============      ============      ============

</TABLE>
    
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

   
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             INCEPTION          FIFTY-
                                                           (JANUARY 18,          TWO           
                                                               1996)            WEEKS      
                                                              THROUGH           ENDED       THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED
                                                            JANUARY 26,      JANUARY 25,    APRIL 27,    APRIL 26,
                                                               1997              1998         1997         1998
                                                         ----------------   -------------     ----         -----
                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>                <C>             <C>
NET SALES ............................................     $         --      $       --      $     --   $      -- 
COST OF SALES ........................................               --              --            --          -- 
                                                           ------------      ----------      --------   --------- 
   Gross profit ......................................               --              --            --          -- 
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES .........        1,337,744         907,451        50,236     101,946 
                                                           ------------      ----------      --------   --------- 
Operating loss .......................................       (1,337,744)       (907,451)      (50,236)   (101,946)
OTHER EXPENSE:                                                                                                    
 Interest expense ....................................           11,814          57,474        10,077      53,972 
                                                           ------------      ----------      --------   --------- 
NET LOSS .............................................     $ (1,349,558)     $ (964,925)     $(60,313)  $(155,918)
                                                           ============      ==========      ========    ======== 
</TABLE>                                                            
    
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-14

<PAGE>

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
   
                  STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            COMMON STOCK          PREFERRED STOCK
                                       ----------------------- ---------------------
                                          SHARES      AMOUNT    SHARES     AMOUNT
                                       ------------ ---------- -------- ------------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>        <C>      <C>
BALANCE AT INCEPTION
 (JANUARY 18 , 1996) .................         --    $    --        --   $       --
 Initial capitalization ..............  1,016,602     10,166        --           --
 Issuance of management shares .......    174,580      1,746        --           --
 Net loss ............................         --         --        --           --
                                        ---------    -------        --   ----------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 26, 1997...........  1,191,182     11,912        --           --
 Net loss ............................         --         --        --           --
 Issuance of convertible preferred
 stock ...............................         --         --    20,000    1,000,000
 Issuance of stock options ...........         --         --        --           --
 Purchase of treasury stock ..........         --         --        --           --
 Distribution of treasury stock ......         --         --        --           --
 Sponsor shares transferred to
  management shares ..................         --         --        --           --
                                        ---------    -------    ------   ----------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 25, 1998 ..........  1,191,182     11,912    20,000    1,000,000
                                        ---------    -------    ------   ----------
 Net loss (unaudited) ................         --         --        --           --
                                        ---------    -------    ------   ----------
BALANCE AT APRIL 26, 1998
 (unaudited) .........................  1,191,182    $11,912    20,000   $1,000,000
                                        =========    =======    ======   ==========

<CAPTION>
                                         ADDITIONAL                                     TOTAL
                                           PAID-IN                      TREASURY    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                           CAPITAL        DEFICIT        STOCK     (DEFICIT) EQUITY
                                       -------------- --------------- ----------- -----------------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>             <C>         <C>
BALANCE AT INCEPTION
 (JANUARY 18 , 1996) .................   $       --    $         --    $      --    $          --
 Initial capitalization ..............      (10,066)             --           --              100
 Issuance of management shares .......    1,333,791              --           --        1,335,537
 Net loss ............................           --      (1,349,558)          --       (1,349,558)
                                         ----------    ------------    ---------    -------------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 26, 1997...........    1,323,725      (1,349,558)          --          (13,921)
 Net loss ............................           --        (964,925)          --         (964,925)
 Issuance of convertible preferred
 stock ...............................           --              --           --        1,000,000
 Issuance of stock options ...........      328,500              --           --          328,500
 Purchase of treasury stock ..........           --              --       (2,800)          (2,800)
 Distribution of treasury stock ......           --              --        2,800            2,800
 Sponsor shares transferred to
  management shares ..................      344,250              --           --          344,250
                                         ----------    ------------    ---------    -------------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 25, 1998 ..........    1,996,475      (2,314,483)          --          693,904
 Net loss (unaudited) ................           --        (155,918)          --         (159,918)
                                         ----------    ------------    ---------    -------------
BALANCE AT APRIL 26, 1998
 (unaudited) .........................   $1,996,475    $ (2,470,401)   $      --    $     537,986
                                         ==========    ============    =========    =============
</TABLE>
    
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-15

<PAGE>

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
   
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          FIFTY-TWO
                                                          FROM              WEEKS             THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED
                                                      INCEPTION TO          ENDED       ----------------------------------
                                                       JANUARY 26,       JANUARY 25,       APRIL 27,            APRIL 26,
                                                          1997              1998             1997                 1998
                                                    ----------------   --------------   --------------     ---------------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>                <C>                 <C>              <C>           
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                                                                                     
 Net loss .......................................     $ (1,349,558)     $   (964,925)       $    (60,313)    $   (155,918)
 Non-cash compensation charge on issuance of                                                                              
   management shares and options ................        1,335,537           672,750                  --               -- 
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash                                                                            
   used in operating activities-                                                                                          
 Depreciation ...................................               --             1,118                  --              375 
  Operating assets and liabilities-                                                                           
    Receivable from affiliate ...................         (100,000)           61,000             100,000           39,000 
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...           (7,500)           (2,200)              7,500               -- 
    Deferred offering costs .....................         (894,096)       (3,966,603)         (1,557,869)        (514,469)
    Accrued liabilities .........................          586,198         2,161,785           1,149,571         (657,568)
                                                      ------------      ------------        ------------     ------------ 
      Net cash used in operating activities......         (429,419)       (2,037,075)           (361,111)      (1,288,580)
                                                      ------------      ------------        ------------     ------------ 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                                                                                     
 Purchases of property and equipment ............               --            (7,453)             (7,453)              -- 
                                                      ------------      ------------        ------------     ------------ 
      Net cash used in investing activities .....               --            (7,453)             (7,453)              -- 
                                                      ------------      ------------        ------------     ------------ 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                                                                                     
 Proceeds from issuance of notes payable-
  related party .................................          855,000           679,000                  --        1,250,000 
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock .........              100                --                  --               -- 
 Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock ......               --         1,000,000                  --               -- 
 Purchase of treasury stock .....................               --            (2,800)                 --               -- 
 Distribution of treasury stock .................               --             2,800                  --               -- 
      Net cash provided by financing                                                                                      
       activities ...............................          855,100         1,679,000                  --        1,250,000 
                                                      ------------      ------------        ------------     ------------ 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH .................          425,681          (365,528)           (368,564)         (38,580)
CASH, beginning of period .......................               --           425,681             425,681           60,153 
                                                      ------------      ------------        ------------     ------------ 
CASH, end of period .............................     $    425,681      $     60,153        $     57,117     $     21,573 
                                                      ============      ============        ============     ============ 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW                                                                                      
 INFORMATION:                                                                                                             
Cash paid for interest ..........................     $         --      $     15,316        $         --     $     33,779 
</TABLE>                                                                      
    
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-16

<PAGE>
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
   
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
1.   BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

   
Collectibles  USA,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (Collectibles  USA  or  the
Company),   was  founded  in  January  1996  to  form  a  national  retailer  of
collectibles  merchandise  and marketer of animation art.  Collectibles  USA has
entered  into   definitive   agreements   to  acquire  seven   businesses   (the
Acquisitions),  complete an initial public offering (the Offering) of its common
stock and,  subsequent to the Offering,  continue to acquire,  through merger or
purchase, similar companies to expand its national operations.

Collectibles  USA has not conducted any  operations,  and all activities to date
have  related to the  Offering and the  Acquisitions.  Collectibles  USA did not
commence activities related to the Offering until June 1996. All expenditures to
date have been funded by the issuance of Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock
(See Note 6),  promissory  notes from  Collectibles  Enterprises  Funding  Corp.
(CEFC),  an entity under common control founded to obtain and provide  financing
for the Offering costs  incurred by the Company and  promissory  notes issued by
the  Company.  Collectibles  USA is  dependent  upon the Offering to execute the
pending  Acquisitions  and to repay the  promissory  notes to CEFC.  There is no
assurance that the pending  Acquisitions  will be completed or that Collectibles
USA will be able to generate future operating revenues.

    
The  Company's  future  success  is  dependent  upon a number of  factors  which
include,  among  others,  the ability to integrate  operations,  reliance on the
identification and integration of satisfactory acquisition candidates,  reliance
on  acquisition  financing,  the ability to manage growth and attract and retain
qualified management,  dependence on licenses,  the need for additional capital,
dependence on key  collectibles  vendors and risks associated with dependence on
foreign vendors, competition, and seasonality and quarterly fluctuations.

   
2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

     Interim Financial Information

The interim  financial  statements  as of April 26,  1998,  and for the thirteen
weeks ended April 26, 1998, are unaudited,  and certain information and footnote
disclosures,  normally included in financial  statements  prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, have been omitted. In the opinion
of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments,
necessary to fairly  present the financial  position,  results of operations and
cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have been included.
The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative
of the results of the entire fiscal year.

    
     Income Taxes

   
The Company follows the liability  method of accounting for income taxes.  Under
this method,  deferred income taxes are recorded based upon differences  between
the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured
using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the  underlying
assets or liabilities are received or settled.

    
The Company has  recorded a full  valuation  allowance  against all deferred tax
assets due to the uncertainty of ultimate realizability.  Accordingly, no income
tax benefit has been recorded for current-year losses.

     Use of Estimates
   

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting   principles  requires  the  use  of  estimates  and  assumptions  by
management in determining  the reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company's financial instruments consist primarily of cash and notes payable.
The  carrying  amounts of those  instruments  reported in the balance  sheet are
considered to be  representative  of their  respective  fair values,  due to the
short-term  nature of such financial  instruments and the current  interest rate
environment.
    
                                      F-17

<PAGE>
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

   
     Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist of accounting,  legal and consulting fees. These
costs will be treated as a reduction of the Offering proceeds.

     Reclassifications and Adjustments

Certain  reclassifications  and adjustments  have been made to the  prior-period
amounts to conform to current-period presentations.

     New Accounting Pronouncements

In June 1997,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued SFAS No. 131,
"Disclosures  About  Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information,"  which
requires that a public business  enterprise to report  financial and descriptive
information about its reportable  operating segments.  SFAS No. 131 is effective
for financial  statements  for periods  beginning  after  December 15, 1997. The
Company will adopt SFAS No. 131 in fiscal 1999.
    

3.   ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES:

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                JANUARY 26,     JANUARY 25,
                                                    1997           1998
                                               -------------   ------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>
     Accrued professional expenses .........      $556,992     $1,683,605
     Other accrued liabilities .............        29,206      1,064,378
                                                  --------     ----------
                                                  $586,198     $2,747,983
                                                  ========     ==========
</TABLE>
    

   
4.   NOTES PAYABLE-RELATED PARTY:

CEFC,  which is currently owned by RGR Financial Group, LLC (RGR) was founded to
obtain and provide financing for the Offering costs incurred by the Company.  In
August 1996,  the Company  issued 5% notes of $300,000 and $555,000 to CEFC, due
December 31, 1998. Upon consummation of the Offering, a portion of the principal
amounts  will become due and  payable  immediately.  Interest is being  accrued,
however,  no  interest  is due on such  amounts  in the  event the  Offering  is
consummated.

In June 1997,  the Company  issued to CEFC a $400,000 5% note due  December  31,
1998. Upon consumation of the Offering, the principal amount will become due and
payable immediately.  Interest is being accrued,  however, no interest is due on
such amount in the event the Offering is consummated.

In December 1997, the Company issued to CEFC a $279,000 5% note due December 31,
1998. Upon Consummation of the Offering,  the principal amount will be converted
into shares of the Company's common stock.  Interest is being accrued,  however,
no interest is due on such amount in the event the Offering is consummated.

In February 1998, the Company issued  $1,250,000  aggregate  principal amount of
its 12% note due February 28,  1999.  Upon  consummation  of the  Offering,  the
aggregate  principal amount of the notes will convert into a number of shares of
common stock at a price equal to 50% of the initial public offering price.

    
5.   RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTION:

   
The Company has entered into a consulting agreement with each of RGR and Wasatch
Capital  Corporation  ("Wasatch") whereby RGR and Wasatch will act as merger and
acquisition  advisory  consultants  to assist the  Company in  implementing  its
strategy to acquire  additional  retailers  of  collectibles  and  marketers  of
animation art and other related  consulting  services for an initial term of one
year and three years, respectively. The Company will
    

                                      F-18

<PAGE>
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

   
compensate  RGR and  Wasatch,  as the case may be,  based upon each  acquisition
candidate with which an acquisition is consummated. The consideration to be paid
to RGR  and  Wasatch,  as  the  case  may  be,  upon  consummation  of a  future
acquisition will be 3.2% of the acquisition  candidate's  pre-tax net income for
its most recent fiscal year.
    

6.   STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

     Common Stock and Restricted Common Stock

In May 1997,  Collectibles USA effected a  1,016.604-for-one  stock dividend for
each share of common stock  (Common  Stock) then  outstanding  and in June 1997,
increased the number of authorized shares of Common Stock to 31,200,000 of which
1,200,000 was  designated  Restricted  Common  Stock.  The effects of the Common
Stock dividend have been retroactively reflected in the financial statements and
the accompanying notes.

   
In connection with the organization and initial  capitalization  of Collectibles
USA in June 1996, the Company issued  1,016,602  shares of Common Stock (at $.10
per share  prior to the stock  split) to RGR, an  individual  who is to become a
director upon consummation of the Offering and another entity.

In November  1996,  the Company issued a total of 174,580 shares of Common Stock
(at $.01 per share prior to the stock split) to certain officers of the Company.
As a result, the Company recorded a non-recurring,  non-cash compensation charge
of $1.3  million  representing  the  difference  between the amount paid for the
shares and the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of sale, as if the
Founding Companies had been combined.

In June 1997,  RGR, an individual who is to become a director upon  consummation
of the Offering and another entity exchanged  959,616 shares of Common Stock for
an equal number of shares of restricted voting common stock  (Restricted  Common
Stock).  The holders of the Restricted Common Stock are entitled to one-tenth of
one vote for each share held on all other  matters on which they are entitled to
vote.
    
Each share of Restricted Common Stock will automatically convert to Common Stock
on a  share-for-share  basis (i) in the event of a disposition  of such share of
Restricted  Common Stock by the holder thereof (other than a distribution  which
is a  distribution  by a holder  to its  partners  or  beneficial  owners,  or a
transfer to a related party of such holder (as  defined),  (ii) in the event any
person acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding shares of
Common stock of the Company, (iii) in the event any person offers to acquire 15%
or more of the  outstanding  shares  of  Common  stock of the  Company,  or (iv)
earlier,  upon the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the  aggregate  number of
votes which may be cast by the holder of outstanding  shares of Common Stock and
Restricted Common Stock.
   
After July 1, 1999, the Board of Directors may elect to convert any  outstanding
shares of  Restricted  Common Stock into shares of Common Stock in the event 80%
or more of the  originally  outstanding  shares of Restricted  Common Stock have
been previously converted into shares of Common Stock.
    

   
In November  1997, RGR  transferred to management  70,000 shares of Common Stock
and as of June 1998 received from a former management member 25,000 shares as to
which the Company  recorded a  non-recurring,  non-cash  compensation  charge of
$344,250 representing the estimated fair value of the shares, as if the Founding
Companies had been combined.

     Preferred Stock

In May  1997,  the  Company  sold  20,000  shares  of its  Series A  Convertible
Preferred  Stock,  liquidation  value $50 per share  (the  Series A  Convertible
Preferred Stock), for an aggregate consideration of $1.0 million the proceeds of
which were used by the Company to pay various  expenses  incurred in  connection
with its efforts to complete the Acquisitions and effect the Offering.  Pursuant
to the terms of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock, upon the consummation
of the  Offering,  each share of the Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock will
automatically  convert  either (i) into that  number of shares of Common  Stock,
determined by dividing (X) the  liquidation  value by (Y) an amount equal to 60%
of the  initial  public  offering  price or, at the  option of the holder of the
Series A Convertible
    

                                      F-19

<PAGE>
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

   
Preferred  Stock,  (ii) into that number of shares of Common Stock determined by
dividing (X) the liquidation value by (Y) an amount equal to 150% of the initial
public offering price and cash in an amount equal to the liquidation  value. All
but one of the holders of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock have elected
conversion option (ii) in the preceding sentence. As a result, upon consummation
of the Offering,  the Series A Preferred  Stock will convert into  approximately
$987,500  in cash and  79,902  shares of Common  Stock  (based  upon an  assumed
initial public  offering  price of $8.50 per share).  Upon  consummation  of the
Offering,  the Company will record the  issuance of the 79,902  shares of Common
Stock as a preferred  stock  dividend at the  estimated  fair value of $7.65 per
share.  The Company  intends to pay the required cash amounts in connection with
the conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock with a portion of the
net proceeds of the Offering.

     Treasury Stock

In November 1997, the Company  purchased  279,980 shares at the stated par value
of $0.01 per share and sold the shares to RGR at par value.

    
     Stock Based Compensation

SFAS No. 123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation,"  allows entities to
choose between fair value-based  method of accounting for employee stock options
or similar equity instruments and the current  intrinsic,  value-based method of
accounting  prescribed  by  Accounting  Principles  Board (APB)  Opinion No. 25.
Companies electing to remain with the accounting in APB Opinion No. 25 must make
pro forma  disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the fair value
method of  accounting  had been  applied.  The  Company  will  provide pro forma
disclosure of net income and earnings per share, as applicable,  in the notes to
future consolidated financial statements.

     1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan

   
During May 1997, the Board of Directors and the Company's  stockholders approved
the Company's  1997 Long-Term  Incentive Plan (the Plan).  The maximum number of
shares of Common  Stock that may be awarded  pursuant to the Plan may not exceed
15% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the time of
determination  which  maximum will be 900,914  shares upon  consummation  of the
Offering. Awards may be settled in cash, shares, other awards or other property,
as determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors.     

     1997 Non-employee Directors' Stock Plan

   
The Company's 1997  Non-Employee  Director's  Stock Plan (the Directors'  Plan),
which was  adopted  by the Board of  Directors  and  approved  by the  Company's
stockholders in May 1997,  provides for the automatic grant to each non-employee
director  of an  initial  option to  purchase  40,000  shares  or such  person's
subsequent  initial election as a director and an automatic annual grant to each
non-employee  director  of an option to  purchase  5,000  shares at each  annual
meeting of  stockholders  thereafter  at which such  director is  re-elected  or
remains a director,  unless such annual  meeting is held within  three months of
such person's  initial option  granted.  All options will have an exercise price
per share  equal to the fair  market  value of the  Common  Stock on the date of
grant and expire on the  earlier of ten years from the date of grant or one year
after termination of service as a director.  Options will become exercisable one
year after the date of grant, subject to acceleration by the Board of Directors,
and will be  forfeited  upon  termination  of service as a director  for reasons
other than death or disability unless the director served for at least 11 months
after the date of grant or the option was otherwise  exercisable  at the date of
termination. The Directors' Plan also permits non-employee directors to elect to
receive,  in  lieu of cash  directors'  fees,  shares  or  credits  representing
"deferred shares" at future  settlement dates, as selected by the director.  The
number of shares or deferred  shares received will equal the number of shares of
Common Stock which, at the date the fees would  otherwise be payable,  will have
an aggregate fair market value equal to the amount of such fees.
    

                                      F-20

<PAGE>
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )
   

     Employment Contracts

The Company has entered into employment  agreements with certain officers of the
Company.  If an officer's  employment is terminated after the first year without
cause,  the  officer  would  be  entitled  to one  year's  compensation  and the
immediate vesting of all stock options.

In August 1997, the Company  entered into an Agreement and Release with a former
director and executive officer (the "Officer"),  whose employment  terminated in
June 1997,  pursuant to which the Officer will receive  within three days of the
consummation of the Offering $350,000 as a severance payment.

     Common Stock Options

In August 1997, pursuant to their employment agreements, certain officers of the
Company were granted stock  options (the "$4 Options") to acquire  90,000 shares
of Common Stock at a $4.00 per share  exercise  price.  The $4 Options are fully
vested.

Concurrent  with the  consummation of the Offering,  certain  officers and three
directors will be granted additional options to acquire 495,000 shares of Common
Stock at the initial public offering price. The additional options to management
vest over a three year period in one-third increments  annually.  The additional
options to the three directors become fully vested one year after the Offering.

7.   ACQUISITION OF COMPANIES:

Wholly owned subsidiaries of Collectibles USA have signed definitive  agreements
to acquire by merger or share exchange seven companies (the Founding  Companies)
to be effective with the Offering.  The companies to be acquired are St. George,
Inc.; DKG Enterprises,  Inc.; Elwell Stores, Inc.; Stone's Shops, Inc.; American
Royal Arts Corp.;  Animation  U.S.A.,  Inc.;  and Filmart  Productions  Inc. The
aggregate  consideration  that will be paid by  Collectibles  USA to acquire the
Founding Companies is approximately $7.8 million in cash and 1,761,354 shares of
Common Stock. In addition,  the Company will repay $3.3 million of indebtedness,
as of April 30, 1998, of the Founding Companies.

In June 1998,  Collectibles  USA filed a registration  statement on Form S-1 for
the sale of 2,700,000  shares of its Common Stock.  See "Risk Factors"  included
elsewhere  herein for a discussion of certain  factors that should be considered
by prospective  purchasers of the Common Stock offered  hereby.  The Company has
agreed to issue to the  representatives  of the  underwriters and its designees,
upon  completion  of the  Offering,  warrants  covering an  aggregate of 270,000
shares of Common  Stock.  Such  warrants are  exercisable  during the  five-year
period  commencing on the date of the prospectus  relating to the Offering at an
exercise price equal to 120% of the initial public offering  price.  The Company
has  agreed  to  grant  certain  registration  rights  to the  holders  of these
warrants.

8.   SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED):

In May 1998,  the Company  issued  $300,000  notes due February  28, 1999.  Upon
consummation of the Offering, the aggregate principal amount will convert into a
number of shares of Common  Stock at a price equal to 50% of the initial  public
offering price. 



    

                                      F-21

<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To American Royal Arts Corp.:

   
We have audited the accompanying  balance sheets of American Royal Arts Corp. (a
Delaware  corporation)  as of  January  31,  1997  and  1998,  and  the  related
statements of operations,  stockholder's equity (deficit) and cash flows for the
years ended October 31, 1995 and 1996,  and for the years ended January 31, 1997
and 1998.  These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits.
    
We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

   
In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of American Royal Arts Corp. as of
January 31, 1997 and 1998,  and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for the years ended October 31 1995 and1996, and for the years ended January 31,
1997 and 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

    
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
   

Houston, Texas
May 8, 1998

                                      F-22

    
<PAGE>
                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                                BALANCE SHEETS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    JANUARY 31,
                                                                           ------------------------------      APRIL 30,
                                                                                1997             1998            1998
                                                                           --------------   -------------   --------------
                                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
                                   ASSETS
<S>                                                                        <C>              <C>             <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ..................................................................     $  609,523      $   70,866       $  146,543
 Accounts receivable ...................................................         33,712          63,106           84,241
 Merchandise inventories ...............................................        611,943         624,778          636,936
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets .............................        105,914         193,198          124,773
                                                                             ----------      ----------       ----------
   Total current assets ................................................      1,361,092         951,948          992,493
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net ............................................         38,173          99,960           87,186
OTHER ASSETS, net ......................................................         82,885          73,184           67,434
                                                                             ----------      ----------       ----------
   Total assets ........................................................     $1,482,150      $1,125,092       $1,147,113
                                                                             ==========      ==========       ==========
               LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S (DEFICIT) EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Customer deposits ......................................................     $  334,131      $  334,733       $  311,330
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...............................        341,254         309,627          346,102
Payable to stockholder .................................................             --         586,000          586,000
                                                                             ----------      ----------       ----------
   Total current liabilities ...........................................        675,385       1,230,360        1,243,432
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES ..........................................
STOCKHOLDER'S (DEFICIT) EQUITY:
 Convertible preferred stock, $100 par, 5,000 shares authorized, none
   outstanding .........................................................             --              --               --
 Common stock, $.01 par, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 158,333.336 shares
   issued, 79,166.668 shares outstanding ...............................          1,584           1,584            1,584
 Less- Treasury stock, at cost (79,166.668 shares) .....................       (145,000)       (145,000)        (145,000)
 Retained earnings .....................................................        950,181          38,148           47,097
                                                                             ----------      ----------       ----------
   Total stockholder's (deficit) equity ................................        806,765        (105,268)         (96,319)
                                                                             ----------      ----------       ----------
   Total liabilities and stockholder's (deficit) equity ................     $1,482,150      $1,125,092       $1,147,113
                                                                             ==========      ==========       ==========

</TABLE>
    
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-23

<PAGE>
                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,          YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,       THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30,
                                    -----------------------------   -----------------------------   ----------------------------
                                         1995            1996            1997            1998            1997           1998
                                    -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -----------
                                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                 <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
NET SALES .......................    $4,051,072      $4,121,181      $4,288,612      $4,133,318      $1,100,477      $806,489
COST OF SALES ...................     1,559,918       1,571,068       1,505,784       1,516,516         346,442       291,916
                                     ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------      --------
 Gross profit ...................     2,491,154       2,550,113       2,782,828       2,616,802         754,035       514,573
SELLING, GENERAL AND
 ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES .......................     1,759,886       1,763,860       1,778,138       1,957,708         482,519       400,530
                                     ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------      --------
 Income from operations .........       731,268         786,253       1,004,690         659,094         271,516       114,043
INTEREST INCOME
 (EXPENSE), net .................        18,200          24,184          24,027         (14,037)          5,858           710
                                     ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------      --------
NET INCOME ......................    $  749,468      $  810,437      $1,028,717      $  645,057      $  277,374      $114,753
                                     ==========      ==========      ==========      ==========      ==========      ========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-24


<PAGE>
   

                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                 STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY (DEFICIT)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      COMMON STOCK                                                TOTAL
                                                  --------------------      TREASURY          RETAINED        STOCKHOLDER'S
                                                    SHARES     AMOUNT         STOCK           EARNINGS       EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                                                  ---------   --------   --------------   ---------------   -----------------
<S>                                               <C>         <C>        <C>              <C>               <C>
BALANCE AT OCTOBER 31, 1994 ...................   158,333     $1,584     $(145,000)       $  710,197        $  566,781
 Net income ...................................        --         --            --           749,468           749,468
 Distributions ................................        --         --            --          (449,629)         (449,629)
                                                  -------     ------     ---------        ----------        ----------
BALANCE AT OCTOBER 31, 1995 ...................   158,333      1,584      (145,000)        1,010,036           866,620
 Net income ...................................        --         --            --           810,437           810,437
 Distributions ................................        --         --            --          (980,861)         (980,861)
                                                  -------     ------     ---------        ----------        ----------
BALANCE AT OCTOBER 31, 1996 ...................   158,333      1,584      (145,000)          839,612           696,196
 Net income ...................................        --         --            --           431,065           431,065
 Distributions ................................        --         --            --          (320,496)         (320,496)
                                                  -------     ------     ---------        ----------        ----------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 31, 1997 ...................   158,333      1,584      (145,000)          950,181           806,765
 Net income ...................................        --         --            --           645,057           645,057
 Distributions ................................        --         --            --        (1,557,090)       (1,557,090)
                                                  -------     ------     ---------        ----------        ----------

BALANCE AT JANUARY 31, 1998 ...................   158,333      1,584      (145,000)           38,148          (105,268)
 Net income (unaudited) .......................        --         --            --           114,753           114,753
 Distributions (unaudited) ....................        --         --            --          (105,804)         (105,804)
                                                  -------     ------     ---------        ----------        ----------

BALANCE AT APRIL 30, 1998 (unaudited) .........   158,333     $1,584     $(145,000)       $   47,097        $  (96,319)
                                                  =======     ======     =========        ==========        ==========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-25

<PAGE>
                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEAR ENDED                   YEAR ENDED
                                                      OCTOBER 31,                   JANUARY 31,
                                               -------------------------- -------------------------------
                                                    1995         1996           1997            1998
                                               ------------- ------------ --------------- ---------------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>          <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Net income ..................................  $   749,468   $  810,437   $   1,028,717   $     645,057
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
  cash provided by operating activities--
  Depreciation and amortization ..............       36,743       58,470          39,346          36,790
  Changes in operating assets and
   liabilities--
   Accounts receivable .......................       76,105       10,738          34,150         (29,394)
   Merchandise inventories ...................     (164,940)    (107,448)         19,409         (12,835)
   Prepaid expenses and other current
     assets ..................................      (10,109)     (52,432)        (47,213)        (87,284)
   Customer deposits .........................       62,097      239,813         178,569             602
   Accounts payable and accrued
     liabilities .............................      143,610      (52,882)         13,852         (31,627)
   Other assets ..............................           --        2,500           2,500         (15,299)
                                                -----------   ----------   -------------   -------------
     Net cash provided by operating
      activities .............................      892,974      909,196       1,269,330         506,010
                                                -----------   ----------   -------------   -------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and
  equipment ..................................       (8,930)     (26,693)        (22,403)        (73,577)
 Proceeds from sale of property and
  equipment ..................................        1,195                           --              --
                                                -----------                -------------   -------------
   Net cash used in investing
     activities ..............................       (7,735)     (26,693)        (22,403)        (73,577)
                                                -----------   ----------   -------------   -------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
 ACTIVITIES:
   Proceeds from issuance of obligations to
     stockholder .............................           --           --              --         586,000
   Principal payments on long-term
     obligations .............................      (92,732)      (7,268)             --              --
   Distributions to stockholder ..............     (449,629)    (980,861)     (1,249,986)     (1,557,090)
                                                -----------   ----------   -------------   -------------
   Net cash used in financing activities......     (542,361)    (988,129)     (1,249,986)       (971,090)
                                                -----------   ----------   -------------   -------------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH...............      342,878     (105,626)         (3,059)       (538,657)
CASH, beginning of period ....................      205,112      547,990         612,582         609,523
                                                -----------   ----------   -------------   -------------
CASH, end of period ..........................  $   547,990   $  442,364   $     609,523   $      70,866
                                                ===========   ==========   =============   =============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF
 CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for interest ....  $     4,602   $       --   $          --   $       7,289
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                        APRIL 30,
                                               ---------------------------
                                                    1997          1998
                                               ------------- -------------
                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Net income ..................................  $   277,374   $   114,753
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
  cash provided by operating activities--
  Depreciation and amortization ..............        9,273        12,774
  Changes in operating assets and
   liabilities--
   Accounts receivable .......................      (41,168)      (21,135)
   Merchandise inventories ...................       14,153       (12,158)
   Prepaid expenses and other current
     assets ..................................       25,525        68,425
   Customer deposits .........................       13,982       (23,403)
   Accounts payable and accrued
     liabilities .............................      (22,148)       36,475
   Other assets ..............................           --         5,750
                                                -----------   -----------
     Net cash provided by operating
      activities .............................      276,991       181,481
                                                -----------   -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and
  equipment ..................................         (950)           --
 Proceeds from sale of property and
  equipment ..................................           --            --
                                                -----------   -----------
   Net cash used in investing
     activities ..............................         (950)           --
                                                -----------   -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
 ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of obligations to
 stockholder .................................           --            --
Principal payments on long-term
 obligations .................................           --            --
Distributions to stockholder .................     (299,862)     (105,804)
                                                -----------   -----------
   Net cash used in financing activities......     (299,862)     (105,804)
                                                -----------   -----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH...............      (23,821)       75,677
CASH, beginning of period ....................      609,523        70,866
                                                -----------   -----------
CASH, end of period ..........................  $   585,702   $   146,543
                                                ===========   ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF
 CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for interest ....  $        --   $     8,977

</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                            AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.
   
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    

1.   BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:
   
American  Royal Arts Corp.  (the  Company)  is a retail and  wholesale  marketer
specializing  in  the  sale  of  animation  art,   including  limited  editions,
production cels,  sericels,  lithographs and vintage  animation.  American Royal
Arts produces animation art under various license  arrangements certain of which
are exclusive to it.  American  Royal Arts has been in operation  since 1987 and
has  one  gallery  located  in  Westbury,   New  York,  which  also  houses  its
telemarketing operations. 
    
Although the Company's  business is not  seasonal,  sales  fluctuations  between
quarters  do occur and are  largely  the result of the timing and  frequency  of
in-store artists signings and other promotional events.

   
The Company and its  stockholder  have entered into a definitive  agreement with
Collectibles USA, Inc. (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding shares
of the  Company's  common  stock  will be  exchanged  for  cash  and  shares  of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.

2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

     Fiscal Year End

The  Company's  fiscal year end is October 31. To  coincide  with the  Company's
potential acquisition by an acquiror with a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the
last Sunday in January, the Company has been presented on a fiscal year ended on
January 31, 1997 and 1998 in addition to October 31, 1995 and 1996.

    
     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the average cost method.

     Property and Equipment

   
Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  is determined  using
the  straight-line  method based on the estimated  useful life of the respective
asset.  Leasehold  improvements  are amortized over the shorter of the estimated
useful life or the remaining  lease term.  Expenditures  for major  renewals and
betterments are  capitalized  while  maintenance and repairs are expensed.  When
property is retired or otherwise  disposed of, the related cost and  accumulated
depreciation  are removed from the accounts  and any  resulting  gain or loss is
reflected in the statements of operations. 
    

     Other Assets

   
On October 31, 1994, the Company purchased the stock of a 50 percent stockholder
for  $45,000  in cash  and a note of  $100,000  to the  former  stockholder.  In
addition,  as part of the  repurchase  of stock,  the Company  entered into four
noncompete  agreements  with the former  stockholder  and related parties of the
stockholder. The total amount paid under the noncompete agreements was $150,000,
which is being amortized over the five-year lives of the agreements.     

     Revenue Recognition

The Company  recognizes  revenue from sales upon delivery of the  merchandise to
the customer and receipt of payment. Customer deposits consist of collections on
layaway  sales.  Upon  receipt of final  payment,  the item is  delivered to the
customer and the sale is recorded as revenue.

     Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes costs of merchandise sold, framing and shipping costs.

     Advertising Expenses

   
Advertising  expenses are expensed in the month incurred.  Advertising  expenses
were approximately $258,000, $141,000, $139,000 and $278,000 for the years ended
October  31,  1995 and 1996 and for the years  ended  January 31, 1997 and 1998,
respectively.
    
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

     Income Taxes

   
For income tax  purposes,  the Company and its  stockholder  have  elected to be
treated  as an S  Corporation  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code and a similar
section in the state code. In accordance  with the provisions of such elections,
the  Company's  income  and  losses  were  passed  through  to its  stockholder;
accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been recorded.
    
     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company's  financial  instruments  consist  of cash,  accounts  receivable,
accounts  payable and debt. The carrying amount of these  financial  instruments
approximates  fair  value  due  either to length of  maturity  or  existence  of
interest rates that approximate prevailing market rates.

     Use of Estimates
   
The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     Interim Financial Information

The interim financial  statements as of April 30, 1998, and for the three months
ended April 30,  1997 and 1998,  are  unaudited,  and  certain  information  and
footnote  disclosures,  normally  included in financial  statements  prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  have been omitted. In
the opinion of management, all adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary to fairly  present the  financial  position,  results of
operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have
been  included.  The  results of  operations  for the  interim  periods  are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.

     Reclassification and Adjustments

Certain  reclassifications  and adjustments  have been made to the  prior-period
amounts to conform to current-period presentations.

     New Accounting Pronouncements

In  June  1997,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued  SFAS  No.
131"Disclosures  About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," which
requires that a public  business  enterprise  report  financial and  descriptive
information about its reportable  operating segments.  SFAS No. 131 is effective
for financial  statements  for periods  beginning  after  December 15, 1997. The
Company will adopt SFAS No. 131 in fiscal 1999.
    

3.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                ESTIMATED              JANUARY 31,
                                               USEFUL LIVES   ----------------------------
                                                  (YEAR)          1997          1998
                                              -------------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                           <C>             <C>           <C>
Furniture, fixtures and equipment .........        5-7         $  62,332     $ 130,264
Leasehold improvements ....................        3-5            28,516        34,161
                                                                             ---------
                                                                  90,848       164,425
Less- Accumulated depreciation ............                      (52,675)      (64,465)
                                                               ---------     ---------
                                                               $  38,173     $  99,960
                                                               =========     =========
</TABLE>

    

                                      F-28

<PAGE>
                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )
   
4.   DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                JANUARY 31,
                                         --------------------------
                                             1997           1998
                                         ------------   -----------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>
Accounts payable, trade ..............    $ 137,716      $162,341
Accrued vacation and payroll .........       22,623        22,051
Accrued royalties ....................       77,618        35,006
Other ................................      103,297        90,229
                                          ---------      --------
                                          $ 341,254      $309,627
                                          =========      ========
</TABLE>

5.   PAYABLE TO STOCKHOLDER:

During the year ended January 31, 1998, the Company made a cash  distribution of
approximately  $586,000 which  represents the Company's  estimated S Corporation
accumulated  adjustment  account.  The Company funded this distribution  through
borrowings from the Company's sole stockholder.  The borrowings bear interest at
an annual rate of six percent and is payable upon the earlier of  acquisition of
the Company by Collectibles or December 31, 1998.

6.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

     Lease Obligations

The Company  leases its retail  facility  and other  equipment  under  operating
leases  expiring at various dates through  December  2004.  Rent expense for the
years ended October 31, 1995 and 1996,  and for the years ended January 31, 1997
and  1998,  was  approximately  $170,000,   $181,000,  $181,000,  and  $156,000,
respectively. Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases
are as follows:
    

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
            Year ending January 31,
            1999 ........................    $  171,825
            2000 ........................       176,635
            2001 ........................       175,951
            2002 and thereafter .........       743,898
                                             ----------
                                             $1,268,309
                                             ==========
</TABLE>
     Litigation

The Company is subject to various legal actions  arising in the ordinary  course
of  business.  Management  does not  believe  that the outcome of any such legal
action would have a material adverse effect on the Company's  financial position
or results of operations.

     Consignments

The Company has various consignment arrangements with certain artists to produce
and sell  certain  pieces of art.  The  consigned  inventory  is  insured by the
Company. Under these arrangements,  the Company is obligated to pay the artist a
royalty on the art sold.

     Distribution Agreements

The  Company  maintains  various  distribution   agreements  with  major  studio
suppliers to purchase and  distribute  animation  art. Some  agreements  contain
minimum  annual  purchase  requirements  which the Company had  fulfilled  as of
October 31, 1995 and 1996,  and  January  31,  1997 and 1998,  respectively.  On
February 1, 1997, the Company entered into a 15-month distribution  agreement to
purchase and distribute animated art products with a major studio supplier.  The
Company is currently negotiating a renewal of this agreement.
    

                                      F-29

<PAGE>
                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

   

7.   SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

During the year ended October 31, 1995, three suppliers accounted for 56 percent
of total inventory  purchases.  For the year ended October 31, 1996, and for the
year ended January 31, 1997,  four  suppliers  accounted for 52 percent of total
inventory  purchases.  For the year  ended  January  31,  1998,  four  suppliers
accounted for 36 percent of total inventory purchases.

8.   SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED):

In May 1998, the Company borrowed $39,000 from its sole shareholder to fund an S
corporation  distribution of $39,000.  The borrowings bear interest at an annual
rate of six percent and is payable  upon the earlier of the  acquisition  of the
Company by Collectibles or December 31, 1998.
    

                                      F-30
<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Stone's Shops, Inc.:

   

We have  audited the  accompanying  balance  sheets of Stone's  Shops,  Inc. (an
Illinois  corporation),  as of  November  30,  1996 and  1997,  and the  related
statements of  operations,  shareholders'  equity and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended November 30, 1997.  These  financial  statements
are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our  responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

    
We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

   

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the financial  position of Stone's  Shops,  Inc., as of
November 30, 1996 and 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 1997, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

    

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

   
Houston, Texas
April 24, 1998

                                      F-31
    


<PAGE>
                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                                BALANCE SHEETS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      NOVEMBER 30,             FEBRUARY 28,
                                                             ------------------------------   -------------
                                                                  1996             1997            1998
                                                             --------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)

<S>                                                          <C>              <C>             <C>
                          ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents ...............................    $    82,610      $  383,289      $  426,284
 Merchandise inventories .................................      2,673,712       3,427,982       3,264,608
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...............         86,681          36,387          36,387
                                                              -----------      ----------      ----------
   Total current assets ..................................      2,843,003       3,847,658       3,727,279
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net ..............................        286,837         222,621         207,121
OTHER ASSETS, net ........................................             --          81,288          81,288
                                                              -----------      ----------      ----------
   Total assets ..........................................    $ 3,129,840      $4,151,567      $4,015,688
                                                              ===========      ==========      ==========
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits .......................................    $    25,946      $   36,852      $  122,575
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ................      1,499,985       1,846,143       1,302,488
 Current maturities of long-term obligations .............         14,400          14,400          14,400
 Payable to shareholder ..................................         30,000           6,000           6,000
                                                              -----------      ----------      ----------
   Total current liabilities .............................      1,570,331       1,903,395       1,445,463

LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS, net of current maturities .........         28,800          14,400          10,800

DEFERRED INCOME TAXES ....................................        500,455         501,941         501,941
                                                              -----------      ----------      ----------
   Total liabilities .....................................      2,099,586       2,419,736       1,958,204

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Common stock, no par value, 10,000 shares authorized,
   1,000 shares outstanding ..............................          1,000           1,000           1,000
 Additional paid-in capital ..............................         39,000          39,000          39,000
 Retained earnings .......................................        990,254       1,691,831       2,017,484
                                                              -----------      ----------      ----------
   Total shareholders' equity ............................      1,030,254       1,731,831       2,057,484
                                                              -----------      ----------      ----------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity ............    $ 3,129,840      $4,151,567      $4,015,688
                                                              ===========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          THREE MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY
                                                   YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30,                            28,
                                       -----------------------------------------------   -----------------------------
                                            1995             1996             1997            1997            1998
                                       --------------   --------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                    <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>             <C>
NET SALES ..........................    $ 4,281,040      $ 4,985,549      $5,744,826      $1,845,501      $1,868,674
COST OF SALES ......................      2,268,690        2,496,574       2,762,629         947,401         941,041
                                        -----------      -----------      ----------      ----------      ----------
   Gross profit ....................      2,012,350        2,488,975       2,982,197         898,100         927,633

SELLING, GENERAL AND
 ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES ...........      1,787,457        2,117,010       1,818,203         441,996         411,124
                                        -----------      -----------      ----------      ----------      ----------
   Income from operations ..........        224,893          371,965       1,163,994         456,104         516,509

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest (net) .....................        (10,438)          (2,891)            (24)           (354)          1,914
Other, (net) .......................             --               --           3,162              --              --
                                        -----------      -----------      ----------      ----------      ----------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES .........        214,455          369,074       1,167,132         455,750         518,423
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES .........        128,101          193,941         465,555         169,642         192,770
                                        -----------      -----------      ----------      ----------      ----------
NET INCOME .........................    $    86,354      $   175,133      $  701,577      $  286,108      $  325,653
                                        ===========      ===========      ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-33


<PAGE>
                               STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                       STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             COMMON STOCK        ADDITIONAL                        TOTAL
                                         --------------------      PAID-IN       RETAINED      SHAREHOLDERS'
                                          SHARES     AMOUNTS       CAPITAL       EARNINGS        EARNINGS
                                         --------   ---------   ------------   ------------   --------------
<S>                                      <C>        <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 1994 .........    1,000      $1,000        $39,000     $  728,767       $  768,767
 Net income ..........................       --          --             --         86,354           86,354
                                          -----      ------        -------     ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 1995 .........    1,000       1,000         39,000        815,121          855,121
 Net income ..........................       --          --             --        175,133          175,133
                                          -----      ------        -------     ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 1996 .........    1,000       1,000         39,000        990,254        1,030,254
 Net income ..........................       --          --             --        701,577          701,577
                                          -----      ------        -------     ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 1997 .........    1,000       1,000         39,000      1,691,831        1,731,831
 Net income (unaudited) ..............       --          --             --        325,653          325,653
                                          -----      ------        -------     ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT FEBRUARY 28, 1998

 (unaudited) .........................    1,000      $1,000        $39,000     $2,017,484       $2,057,484
                                          =====      ======        =======     ==========       ==========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-34

<PAGE>
                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY
                                                                        NOVEMBER 30,                           28,
                                                          ---------------------------------------- ---------------------------
                                                               1995         1996          1997          1997          1998
                                                          ------------- ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
                                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income .............................................  $   86,354    $  175,133   $  701,577    $  286,108    $  325,653
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
  cash provided by operating activities-- ...............
  Depreciation and amortization .........................      55,800        63,467       81,071        15,749        19,188
  Deferred income taxes .................................     109,366       178,534        1,486        82,537            --
  Loss on sale of assets ................................          --         9,765           --            --            --
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities-- .........
  Merchandise inventories ...............................    (540,902)     (483,307)    (754,270)     (207,711)      163,374
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets .............      (7,726)      (43,943)      50,294        34,953            --
  Other Assets ..........................................          --            --      (81,288)           --            --
  Customer deposits .....................................       5,291         7,428       10,906       (25,946)       85,723
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..............     443,413       182,259      346,158       (16,445)     (543,655)
                                                           ----------    ----------   ----------    ----------    ----------
   Net cash provided by operating activities ............     151,596        89,336      355,934       169,245        50,283
                                                           ----------    ----------   ----------    ----------    ----------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ....................    (113,260)      (98,816)     (16,855)      (28,595)       (3,688)
 Proceeds from sales of property and equipment ..........           -        12,575           --            --            --
                                                           ----------    ----------   ----------    ----------    ----------
   Net cash used in investing activities ................    (113,260)      (86,241)     (16,855)      (28,595)       (3,688)
                                                           ----------    ----------   ----------    ----------    ----------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Principal payments on long-term obligations and note
  payable to shareholder ................................           -       (25,400)     (38,400)       (3,600)       (3,600)
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations and
  loan payable to shareholder ...........................      68,600        30,000           --            --            --
                                                           ----------    ----------   ----------    ----------    ----------
   Net cash provided (used in) by financing
     activities .........................................      68,600         4,600      (38,400)       (3,600)       (3,600)
                                                           ----------    ----------   ----------    ----------    ----------

NET  INCREASE IN CASH ...................................     106,936         7,695      300,679       137,050        42,995
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of
 period .................................................     (32,021)       74,915       82,610        82,610       383,289
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period ................  $   74,915    $   82,610   $  383,289    $  219,660    $  426,284
                                                           ==========    ==========   ==========    ==========    ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for-
  Interest ..............................................  $   10,438    $    2,891   $    3,246    $      354    $      761
  Income taxes ..........................................           -        (1,238)      10,225            --       359,553

</TABLE>
    

   
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-35
    
<PAGE>

                               STONE'S SHOPS, INC.
   
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    

1.   BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

Stone's  Shops,  Inc.  (the  Company)  d/b/a  Stone's  Hallmark is a retailer of
contemporary collectibles, ornaments, figurines, lighthouses and lighted ceramic
houses  from  vendors,  including  Enesco,  Boyds,  Cast Art,  Disney  Classics,
Department 56,  Seraphim Angels and Hallmark.  Stone's  Hallmark has been in the
contemporary collectibles business since 1979 and has stores located in Rockford
(4), Freeport and Rochelle, Illinois.

   

The Company's  business is seasonal,  with its highest  levels  occurring in its
first fiscal quarter.  This period, which includes the Christmas selling season,
accounted for approximately  33.3 percent,  29.6 percent and 32.1 percent of the
Company's  net  sales  for  years  ended  November  30,  1995,  1996  and  1997,
respectively.

The Company and its shareholders  have entered into a definitive  agreement with
Collectibles USA, Inc. (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding shares
of the  Company's  common  stock  will be  exchanged  for  cash  and  shares  of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.
    

2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

     Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the  statement of cash flows,  the Company  considers all highly
liquid debt instruments  purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be
cash equivalents.

     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the weighted average cost method.

     Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  and amortization are
determined using the straight-line  method based on the estimated useful life of
the respective asset.  Leasehold  improvements are amortized over the shorter of
the estimated  useful life or the remaining lease term.  Expenditures  for major
renewals and  betterments  are  capitalized  while  maintenance  and repairs are
expensed.  When  property is retired or otherwise  disposed of, the related cost
and  accumulated  depreciation  are removed from the accounts and any  resulting
gain or loss is reflected in the statements of operations.

     Revenue Recognition

The Company  recognizes revenue from in-store sales upon delivery of merchandise
to the  customer  and  receipt of  payment.  Revenues  from mail order sales are
recognized  upon  shipment to the  customer  and  receipt of  payment.  Customer
deposits  consist of  collections  on layaway  sales.  Layaways  are recorded as
revenue upon receipt of final  payment and  delivery of the  merchandise  to the
customer.

     Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are cost of merchandise sold and shipping costs.

     Advertising Expenses

   
Advertising expenses are expensed in the month incurred. Advertising expenses
were $145,000, $205,000, and $229,800 during the years ended November 30, 1995,
1996 and 1997, respectively.
    

     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company's  financial  instruments  consist of cash,  investments,  accounts
payable  and  debt.  The  carrying   amount  of  these   financial   instruments
approximates  fair  value  due  either to length of  maturity  or  existence  of
interest  rates  that  approximate  prevailing  market  rates  unless  otherwise
disclosed in these financial statements.

                                      F-36


<PAGE>
                               STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

     Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     Interim Financial Information

   

The interim  financial  statements  as of February 28,  1998,  and for the three
months ended February 28, 1997 and 1998, are unaudited,  and certain information
and footnote disclosures,  normally included in financial statements prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  have been omitted. In
the opinion of management, all adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary to fairly  present the  financial  position,  results of
operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have
been  included.  The  results of  operations  for the  interim  periods  are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.

     Reclassifications and Adjustments

Certain  reclassifications  and adjustments  have been made to the  prior-period
amounts to conform to current-period presentations.

    

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                ESTIMATED             NOVEMBER 30,
                                               USEFUL LIVES   ----------------------------
                                                  (YEAR)          1996            1997
                                              -------------   ------------   -------------
<S>                                           <C>             <C>            <C>
Furniture, fixtures and equipment .........        5-7         $  635,770     $  637,637
Leasehold improvements ....................        5-7            165,719        180,707
Signs .....................................          5             15,477         15,477
Vehicles ..................................        3-5             72,073         72,073
                                                               ----------     ----------
                                                                  889,039        905,894
Less- Accumulated depreciation ............                      (602,202)      (683,273)
                                                               ----------     ----------
                                                               $  286,837     $  222,621
                                                               ==========     ==========
</TABLE>
4.   DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    NOVEMBER 30,
                                           ------------------------------
                                                1996             1997
                                           --------------   -------------
<S>                                        <C>              <C>
       Accounts payable, trade .........    $ 1,044,519      $  912,614
       Accrued liabilities .............        419,254         475,581
       Taxes payable ...................         36,212         489,948
                                            -----------      ----------
                                            $ 1,499,985      $1,878,143
                                            ===========      ==========
</TABLE>
    

                                      F-37
<PAGE>
                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

   

5. PAYABLE TO SHAREHOLDER AND LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:

     Payable to Shareholder

The Company had  borrowings  from a shareholder  totaling  $30,000 and $6,000 at
November 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively.  The borrowings are unsecured, bear no
interest and are payable upon demand.
    

     Long-Term Obligations

The Company has an unsecured noninterest-bearing obligation to a landlord, which
is payable in monthly installments of $1,200 through November 1999.

Scheduled principal maturities of long-term obligations are as follows:

   
<TABLE>
                    <S>                                    <C>
                    Year ending November 30,
                    1998 .............................    $14,400
                    1999 .............................     14,400
                                                          -------
                                                          $28,800
                                                          =======
</TABLE>
    
6.   INCOME TAXES:

The Company provides for income taxes under the asset and liability method which
provides the method for  determining  the  appropriate  asset and  liability for
deferred taxes which are computed by applying  applicable tax rates to temporary
(timing)  differences.  Therefore,  expenses  recorded for  financial  statement
purposes before they are deducted for tax purposes create temporary  differences
which give rise to deferred  tax assets.  Expenses  deductible  for tax purposes
before  they  are  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  create  temporary
differences which give rise to deferred tax liabilities.

Deferred  income taxes are provided in recognition  of temporary  differences in
reporting certain  transactions for financial reporting and income tax reporting
purposes.

   

The provision for income taxes for the years ended  November 30, 1995,  1996 and
1997, is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       NOVEMBER 30,
                          ---------------------------------------
                              1995          1996          1997
                          -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                       <C>           <C>           <C>
     Current ..........    $  18,735     $  15,407     $464,069
     Deferred .........      109,366       178,534        1,486
                           ---------     ---------     --------
                           $ 128,101     $ 193,941     $465,555
                           =========     =========     ========
</TABLE>
    
   

Actual income tax expense  differs from income tax expense  computed by applying
the U.S.  federal  statutory  corporate  tax rate of 34 percent to income before
income taxes as follows:
    


<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       NOVEMBER 30,
                                                          ---------------------------------------
                                                              1995          1996          1997
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
     Statutory federal rate ...........................   34.00%        34.00%        34.00%
     Expenses not deductible for tax purposes .........   22.55         15.38          2.50
     State income taxes ...............................    3.18          3.17          3.40
                                                          ------        ------        ------
                                                          59.73%        52.55%        39.90%
                                                          ======        ======        ======

</TABLE>
    

                                      F-38
<PAGE>
                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

   

The  significant  components  of the  deferred  tax  assets and  liabilities  at
November 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      NOVEMBER 30,
                                                     -----------------------------------------------
                                                          1995             1996             1997
                                                     --------------   --------------   -------------
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>              <C>
     Deferred tax assets-
       Property and equipment ....................     $  (12,868)      $  (16,369)     $  (17,194)
       State taxes ...............................         14,135           21,974          25,754
                                                       ----------       ----------      ----------
          Total deferred tax asset ...............          1,267            5,605           8,560
                                                       ==========       ==========      ==========
     Deferred tax liabilities-
        Inventory ................................       (296,703)        (468,284)       (468,284)
        Accruals .................................        (26,485)         (37,776)        (42,217)
                                                       ----------       ----------      ----------
          Total deferred tax liabilities .........       (323,188)        (506,060)       (510,501)
                                                       ----------       ----------      ----------
     Net deferred tax liabilities ................     $ (321,921)      $ (500,455)     $ (501,941)
                                                       ==========       ==========      ==========
</TABLE>
    

   
A  valuation  allowance  is  provided  when it is more likely than not that some
portion of the  deferred  tax assets  will not be  realized.  Management  of the
Company  believes  the net deferred tax assets will be utilized in full based on
the nature of the assets, the Company's  estimates of the timing of reversals of
temporary   differences  and  the  generation  of  taxable  income  before  such
reversals.

7.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

     Lease Obligation

The Company leases its retail space under  non-cancelable  leases that expire at
various dates through  February  2004. The following  represents  future minimum
rental payments under these operating leases:
    

   
<TABLE>

          <S>                                    <C>
          Year ending November 30,
          1998 .............................    $  299,946
          1999 .............................       246,696
          2000 .............................       228,946
          2001 .............................       232,696
          Thereafter .......................       369,650
                                                  ----------
                                                  $1,377,934
                                                  ==========
</TABLE>
    

   
Concurrent with the acquisition discussed in Note 1, the Company will enter into
agreements with the shareholders to lease retail and warehouse space used in the
Company's operations for a negotiated amount and term.

     Litigation

The Company is subject to various legal actions  arising in the ordinary  course
of  business.  Management  does not  believe  that the outcome of any such legal
action would have a material adverse effect on the Company's  financial position
or results of operations.
     

                                      F-39

<PAGE>
                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

   
8.   RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

The Company leases certain of its retail space from a shareholder. Monthly lease
payments are approximately  $2,000,  which management believes  approximates the
fair market value of the lease.

9.   SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

During  the years  ended  November  30,  1995,  1996 and 1997,  three  suppliers
accounted for 61% percent of total inventory purchases.

    

                                      F-40
<PAGE>
                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To DKG Enterprises, Inc.:

   

We have audited the  accompanying  balance sheets of DKG  Enterprises,  Inc. (an
Oklahoma corporation), as of March 31, 1997 and 1998, and the related statements
of operations,  shareholders'  equity and cash flows for each of the three years
in the  period  ended  March  31,  1998.  These  financial  statements  are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

    
We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

   

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial  position of DKG Enterprises,  Inc., as of
March 31, 1997 and 1998,  and the results of its  operations  and its cash flows
for each of the three years in the period  ended March 31, 1998,  in  conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.
    

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

   
Houston, Texas
May 1, 1998

                                      F-41
    


<PAGE>
   

                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                                BALANCE SHEETS
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      MARCH 31,
                                                                             ----------------------------
                                                                                  1997           1998
                                                                             -------------   ------------
<S>                                                                          <C>             <C>
                                    ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ....................................................................    $   11,274     $    8,136
 Accounts receivable .....................................................        11,593          8,711
 Merchandise inventories .................................................     2,200,281      2,390,654
 Receivable from shareholder .............................................        21,504         29,933
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...............................        15,833          4,830
                                                                              ----------     ----------
   Total current assets ..................................................     2,260,485      2,442,264
                                                                              ----------     ----------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net ..............................................       212,417        226,923
OTHER ASSETS .............................................................         3,225          3,225
                                                                              ----------     ----------
   Total assets ..........................................................    $2,476,127     $2,672,412
                                                                              ==========     ==========
                       LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits .......................................................    $  127,800     $  173,392
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ................................       561,634        537,849
 Federal income taxes payable ............................................       119,939             --
 Line of credit ..........................................................       410,000      1,084,414
 Current maturities of long-term obligations .............................        32,989             --
 Deferred income taxes ...................................................         8,103         14,746
                                                                              ----------     ----------
   Total current liabilities .............................................     1,260,465      1,810,401

LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS, net of current maturities .........................       346,989             --
                                                                              ----------     ----------
   Total liabilities .....................................................     1,607,454      1,810,401

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Common stock, $1.00 par, 25,000 shares authorized, 500 shares outstanding           500            500
 Retained earnings .......................................................       868,173        861,511
                                                                              ----------     ----------
   Total shareholders' equity ............................................       868,673        862,011
                                                                              ----------     ----------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity ............................    $2,476,127     $2,672,412
                                                                              ==========     ==========

</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-42
<PAGE>
   

                              DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                 ---------------------------------------------
                                                      1996            1997            1998
                                                 -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>             <C>
NET SALES ....................................    $2,865,249      $3,726,332      $4,752,176
COST OF SALES ................................     1,491,639       1,732,631       2,622,227
                                                  ----------      ----------      ----------
    Gross profit .............................     1,373,610       1,993,701       2,129,949
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES ....................................     1,077,684       1,521,669       2,044,521
                                                  ----------      ----------      ----------
    Income from operations ...................       295,926         472,032          85,428
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 Interest expense ............................       (57,511)        (82,311)        (99,022)
 Other, net ..................................        10,367          37,703           6,420
                                                  ----------      ----------      ----------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES ............       248,782         427,424          (7,174)
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES .........        96,139         168,044            (512)
                                                  ----------      ----------      ----------
NET INCOME (LOSS) ............................    $  152,643      $  259,380      $   (6,662)
                                                  ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>
    
   

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-43
    
<PAGE>

   

                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                      STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         COMMON STOCK                           TOTAL
                                      -------------------     RETAINED      SHAREHOLDERS'
                                       SHARES     AMOUNT      EARNINGS         EQUITY
                                      --------   --------   ------------   --------------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1995 .........      500       $500       $456,150        $456,650
 Net income .......................       --         --        152,643         152,643
                                         ---       ----       --------        --------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1996 .........      500        500        608,793         609,293
 Net income .......................       --         --        259,380         259,380
                                         ---       ----       --------        --------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1997 .........      500        500        868,173         868,673
 Net loss .........................       --         --         (6,662)         (6,662)
                                         ---       ----       --------        --------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1998 .........      500       $500       $861,511        $862,011
                                         ===       ====       ========        ========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-44


<PAGE>

                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                                        ----------------------------
                                                                                            1996           1997
                                                                                        ------------ ---------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) ....................................................................  $  152,643   $     259,380
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating
  activities-
  Depreciation ........................................................................      41,330          48,284
  Gain on sale of assets ..............................................................          --          (5,684)
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities-
   Accounts receivable ................................................................          --         (33,097)
   Merchandise inventories ............................................................    (326,323)       (450,805)
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........................................      (6,632)         (6,700)
   Customer deposits ..................................................................     (40,103)        113,047
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...........................................     (88,133)        311,440
   Deferred income taxes ..............................................................      32,880         (68,436)
                                                                                         ----------   -------------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ..............................    (234,338)        167,429
                                                                                         ----------   -------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ..................................................     (67,012)       (164,438)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment .........................................          --          21,933
                                                                                         ----------   -------------
     Net cash used in investing activities ............................................     (67,012)       (142,505)
                                                                                         ----------   -------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Principal payments on long-term obligations ..........................................    (507,450)     (1,447,810)
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations and borrowings on line of credit.          809,000       1,431,000
                                                                                         ----------   -------------
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ..............................     301,550         (16,810)
                                                                                         ----------   -------------

NET INCREASE/DECREASE IN CASH .........................................................         200           8,114
CASH, beginning of period .............................................................       2,960           3,160
                                                                                         ----------   -------------
CASH, end of period ...................................................................  $    3,160   $      11,274
                                                                                         ==========   =============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during the period for-
   Interest ...........................................................................  $   51,511   $      82,311
   Income taxes .......................................................................      50,084          47,325
  Non cash transactions:
   Transfer of long-term obligations into line of credit ..............................  $       --   $          --
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          YEAR ENDED
                                                                                           MARCH 31,
                                                                                        --------------
                                                                                             1998
                                                                                        --------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) ....................................................................   $   (6,662)
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating
  activities-
  Depreciation ........................................................................       57,822
  Gain on sale of assets ..............................................................           --
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities-
   Accounts receivable ................................................................       (5,547)
   Merchandise inventories ............................................................     (190,373)
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........................................       11,003
   Customer deposits ..................................................................       45,592
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...........................................     (143,724)
   Deferred income taxes ..............................................................        6,643
                                                                                          ----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ..............................     (225,246)
                                                                                          ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ..................................................      (72,328)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment .........................................           --
                                                                                          ----------
     Net cash used in investing activities ............................................      (72,328)
                                                                                          ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Principal payments on long-term obligations ..........................................     (735,564)
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations and borrowings on line of credit.         1,030,000
                                                                                          ----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ..............................      294,436
                                                                                          ----------
NET INCREASE/DECREASE IN CASH .........................................................       (3,138)
CASH, beginning of period .............................................................       11,274
                                                                                          ----------
CASH, end of period ...................................................................   $    8,136
                                                                                          ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during the period for-
   Interest ...........................................................................   $   99,022
   Income taxes .......................................................................      112,784
  Non cash transactions:
   Transfer of long-term obligations into line of credit ..............................   $1,114,246

</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-45

<PAGE>
                              DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.
   
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    

1.   BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

DKG  Enterprises,  Inc. (the  Company),  d/b/a North Pole City is a retailer and
marketer of Christmas  and other  contemporary  collectibles  such as ornaments,
lighted  houses and figurines  from vendors,  including  Department  56, Enesco,
Giuseppe Armani and Disney. North Pole City has been in operation since 1984. It
has one "superstore" of  approximately  15,000 square feet of retail space and a
free-standing  retail outlet of approximately  1,500 square feet both located in
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.

   

The Company's  business is seasonal,  with its highest  levels  occurring in its
third fiscal quarter.  This period, which includes the Christmas selling season,
accounted  for  approximately  63  percent,  49  percent  and 55  percent of the
Company's net sales for years ended March 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

The Company and its shareholders  have entered into a definitive  agreement with
Collectibles USA, Inc. (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding shares
of the  Company's  common  stock  will be  exchanged  for  cash  and  shares  of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.     

2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the weighted average cost method.

     Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  and amortization are
determined using the straight-line  method based on the estimated useful life of
the respective asset.  Leasehold  improvements are amortized over the shorter of
the estimated  useful life or the remaining lease term.  Expenditures  for major
renewals and  betterments  are  capitalized  while  maintenance  and repairs are
expensed.  When  property is retired or otherwise  disposed of, the related cost
and  accumulated  depreciation  are removed from the accounts and any  resulting
gain or loss is reflected in the statements of operations.

     Revenue Recognition

The Company  recognizes revenue from in-store sales upon delivery of merchandise
to the  customer  and  receipt of  payment.  Revenues  from mail order sales are
recognized  upon  shipment to the  customer  and  receipt of  payment.  Customer
deposits  consist of  collections  on layaway  sales.  Layaways  are recorded as
revenue upon receipt of final  payment and  delivery of the  merchandise  to the
customer.

     Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are cost of merchandise sold and shipping costs.

     Advertising Expenses

   
Advertising expenses are expensed in the month incurred, subject to reduction by
reimbursement from vendors.  Advertising expenses, net of vendor reimbursements,
were approximately $112,000,  $180,000 and $307,000 during the years ended March
31, 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

    
     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company's  financial  instruments  consist  of cash,  accounts  receivable,
accounts  payable and debt. The carrying amount of these  financial  instruments
approximates  fair  value  due  either to length of  maturity  or  existence  of
interest  rates  that  approximate  prevailing  market  rates  unless  otherwise
disclosed in these financial statements.

                                      F-46


<PAGE>
                              DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

     Use of Estimates

   
The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     Reclassifications and Adjustments

Certain  reclassifications  and adjustments  have been made to the  prior-period
amounts to conform to current-period presentations.
    

3.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  ESTIMATED
                                                   USEFUL
                                                    LIVES
                                                   (YEARS)             MARCH 31,
                                                 ----------   ----------------------------
                                                                  1997            1998
                                                              ------------   -------------
<S>                                              <C>          <C>            <C>
   Furniture, fixtures and equipment .........       5         $  348,001     $  414,726
   Leasehold improvements ....................       5            150,222        155,825
   Vehicles ..................................       5             24,290         24,290
                                                                              ----------
                                                                  522,513        594,841

   Less- Accumulated depreciation ............                   (310,096)      (367,918)
                                                               ----------     ----------
                                                               $  212,417     $  226,923
                                                               ==========     ==========
</TABLE>

4.   DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        MARCH 31,
                                                --------------------------
                                                    1997           1998
                                                ------------   -----------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>
     Accounts payable, trade ................    $ 248,502      $192,776
     Accrued liabilities ....................      132,000       201,750
     Sales taxes and other payables .........      181,132       143,323
                                                 ---------      --------
                                                 $ 561,634      $537,849
                                                 =========      ========
</TABLE>
    

   
5.   LINE OF CREDIT:

     Line of Credit

In February 1998 the Company refinanced existing borrowings under a bank line of
credit and long-term note of $1,114,246 into a revolving line of credit facility
with a bank.  The  revolving  line of credit  facility  allows  borrowings up to
$1,250,000  and bears  interest  at the prime  rate plus 1 percent (9 percent at
March 31, 1998). The revolving line of credit is secured by the Company's assets
and the  personal  guarantee  of a  shareholder  and  matures  on July 1,  1998.
Borrowings under the revolving line of credit were $1,084,414 at March 31, 1998.
    

6.   INCOME TAXES:

The Company provides for income taxes under the asset and liability method which
provides the method for  determining  the  appropriate  asset and  liability for
deferred taxes which are computed by applying  applicable tax rates to temporary
(timing)  differences.  Therefore,  expenses  recorded for  financial  statement
purposes before they

                                      F-47

<PAGE>

                              DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

are deducted for tax purposes create  temporary  differences  which give rise to
deferred  tax  assets.  Expenses  deductible  for tax  purposes  before they are
recognized in the financial  statements create temporary  differences which give
rise to deferred tax liabilities.

Deferred  income taxes are provided in recognition  of temporary  differences in
reporting certain  transactions for financial reporting and income tax reporting
purposes.

   

The provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows:
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                          ----------------------------------------
                              1996          1997          1998
                          -----------   -----------   ------------
<S>                       <C>           <C>           <C>
     Current ..........    $ 63,259      $ 236,480      $ (7,155)
     Deferred .........      32,880        (68,436)        6,643
                           --------      ---------      --------
                           $ 96,139      $ 168,044      $   (512)
                           ========      =========      ========

</TABLE>

Actual income tax expense  differs from income tax expense  computed by applying
the U.S.  federal  statutory  corporate  tax rate of 34 percent to income before
income taxes as follows:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                          ---------------------------------------
                                                              1996          1997          1998
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
     Statutory federal rate ...........................   34.00%        34.00%         34.00%
     Expenses not deductible for tax purposes .........     .61          1.21         (27.61)
     State income taxes ...............................    4.03          4.10            .75
                                                          ------        ------        -------
                                                          38.64%        39.31%          7.14%
                                                          ======        ======        =======
</TABLE>
    

   

The  significant  components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at March
31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 are as follows:

    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                   ------------------------------------------
                                                       1996           1997           1998
                                                   ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>            <C>
     Deferred tax assets-
       Accruals ................................    $  16,206      $  32,157      $  31,999
       State taxes .............................        4,113            435            333
                                                    ---------      ---------      ---------
          Total deferred tax assets ............       20,319         32,592         32,332
                                                    ---------      ---------      ---------
     Deferred tax liabilities-
       Inventory ...............................      (87,198)       (22,814)       (22,554)
       Property and equipment ..................       (9,660)       (17,881)       (24,524)
                                                    ---------      ---------      ---------
        Total deferred tax liabilities .........      (96,858)       (40,695)       (47,078)
                                                    ---------      ---------      ---------
     Net deferred tax liabilities ..............    $ (76,539)     $  (8,103)     $ (14,746)
                                                    =========      =========      =========

</TABLE>
    

   

A  valuation  allowance  is  provided  when it is more likely than not that some
portion of the  deferred  tax assets  will not be  realized.  Management  of the
Company  believes  the net deferred tax assets will be utilized in full based on
the nature of the assets, the Company's  estimates of the timing of reversals of
temporary   differences  and  the  generation  of  taxable  income  before  such
reversals.
    

                                      F-48


<PAGE>
                              DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

   

7.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

     Lease Obligation

The Company leases its rental space and warehouse from a shareholder  and leased
an automobile  under operating  leases that expire in December 1998, and January
1999, respectively.  Rental expense for the years ended March 31, 1996, 1997 and
1998 was  approximately  $125,000,  $134,000,  and $173,000,  respectively.  The
following   represents  future  minimum  rental  payments  under   noncancelable
operating leases: 
    

   
<TABLE>
                    <S>                                 <C>
                     Year ending March 31,
                     1999 ..........................    $121,000
                                                        ========

</TABLE>
Concurrent with the acquisition discussed in Note 1, the Company will enter into
agreements with the shareholders to lease retail and warehouse space used in the
Company's operations for a negotiated amount and term.

     Litigation

The Company is subject to various legal actions  arising in the ordinary  course
of  business.  Management  does not  believe  that the outcome of any such legal
action would have a material adverse effect on the Company's  financial position
or results of operations.

8.   RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

The Company leases its rental space from a  shareholder.  Monthly lease payments
are  approximately  $13,500,  which  approximates  the fair market  value of the
lease.

9.   SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

During the years ended March 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 one supplier  accounted for
26  percent  and  two  suppliers  accounted  for  32  percent  and  35  percent,
respectively, of total inventory purchases. 
    

                                      F-49

<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Elwell Stores, Inc.:

   

We have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheets of Elwell  Stores,  Inc. (a
Florida  corporation),  as of  December  31,  1996  and  1997,  and the  related
statements of operations,  shareholders'  deficit and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1997.  These  financial  statements
are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our  responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

    

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

   

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the financial  position of Elwell  Stores,  Inc., as of
December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended  December 31, 1997 in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

    

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

   

Houston, Texas
May 7, 1998

                                      F-50

    


<PAGE>
                               ELWELL STORES, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,                MARCH 31,
                                                                        -------------------------------   --------------
                                                                             1996             1997             1998
                                                                        --------------   --------------   --------------
                                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
                             ASSETS
<S>                                                                     <C>              <C>              <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ...............................................................     $  113,084       $   66,942       $   47,510
 Merchandise inventories ............................................        853,733        1,094,557        1,111,117
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........................          2,064           14,742           12,835
                                                                          ----------       ----------       ----------
   Total current assets .............................................        968,881        1,176,241        1,171,462

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net .........................................        122,756          107,260          101,428

OTHER ASSETS ........................................................          5,375           62,902           81,200
                                                                          ----------       ----------       ----------
   Total assets .....................................................     $1,097,012       $1,346,403       $1,354,090
                                                                          ==========       ==========       ==========
                LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits ..................................................     $   10,021       $    5,719       $    9,819
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...........................        634,367          813,019          687,344
 Line of credit .....................................................             --          180,000          350,724
 Current maturities of long-term obligations ........................        153,303           94,749           86,445
                                                                          ----------       ----------       ----------
   Total current liabilities ........................................        797,691        1,093,487        1,134,332

LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS, net of current maturities ....................        368,333          307,749          310,052
                                                                          ----------       ----------       ----------
   Total liabilities ................................................      1,166,024        1,401,236        1,444,384

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT:
 Common stock, $5 par, 100 shares authorized and outstanding.........            500              500              500
 Additional paid-in capital .........................................         99,275           99,275           99,275
 Deficit ............................................................       (168,787)        (154,608)        (190,069)
                                                                          ----------       ----------       ----------
   Total shareholders' deficit ......................................        (69,012)         (54,833)         (90,294)
                                                                          ----------       ----------       ----------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' deficit ......................     $1,097,012       $1,346,403       $1,354,090
                                                                          ==========       ==========       ==========

</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-51
<PAGE>
   
                               ELWELL STORES, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  MARCH 31,
                                           ----------------------------------------- -------------------------
                                                1995          1996          1997          1997         1998
                                           ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -----------
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)

<S>                                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
NET SALES ................................  $1,838,788    $2,492,809    $2,725,129     $ 581,159    $ 623,011
COST OF SALES ............................   1,101,758     1,301,468     1,464,580       322,780      340,234
                                            ----------    ----------    ----------     ---------    ---------
   Gross profit ..........................     737,030     1,191,341     1,260,549       258,379      282,777

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES ................................     628,543       934,764       943,686       262,120      237,695
                                            ----------    ----------    ----------     ---------    ---------
   Income (loss) from operations .........     108,487       256,577       316,863        (3,741)      45,082

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 Interest expense ........................     (41,058)      (48,826)      (51,574)      (10,921)     (15,040)
 Other, net ..............................         (95)      (11,520)          174            90           --
                                            ----------    ----------    ----------     ---------    ---------

NET INCOME (LOSS) ........................  $   67,334    $  196,231    $  265,463     $ (14,572)   $  30,042
                                            ==========    ==========    ==========     =========    =========
</TABLE>
    
   

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-52

    

<PAGE>
   

                               ELWELL STORES, INC.

                       STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      COMMON STOCK        ADDITIONAL                          TOTAL
                                                  --------------------      PAID-IN                       SHAREHOLDERS'
                                                   SHARES     AMOUNTS       CAPITAL         DEFICIT          DEFICIT
                                                  --------   ---------   ------------   --------------   --------------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>         <C>            <C>              <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994 ..................      100        $500        $99,275       $ (174,805)      $  (75,030)
 Net income ...................................       --          --             --           67,334           67,334
 Distributions ................................       --          --             --          (99,476)         (99,476)
                                                     ---        ----        -------       ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 ..................      100         500         99,275         (206,947)        (107,172)
 Net income ...................................       --          --             --          196,231          196,231
 Distributions ................................       --          --             --         (158,071)        (158,071)
                                                     ---        ----        -------       ----------       ----------

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996 ..................      100         500         99,275         (168,787)         (69,012)
 Net income ...................................       --          --             --          265,463          265,463
 Distributions ................................       --          --             --         (251,284)        (251,284)
                                                     ---        ----        -------       ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997 ..................      100         500         99,275         (154,608)         (54,833)
 Net income (unaudited) .......................       --          --             --           30,042           30,042
 Distributions (unaudited) ....................       --          --             --          (65,503)         (65,503)
                                                     ---        ----        -------       ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1998 (unaudited) .........      100        $500        $99,275       $ (190,069)      $  (90,294)
                                                     ===        ====        =======       ==========       ==========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-53


<PAGE>
                               ELWELL STORES, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   ----------------------------------------
                                                                        1995         1996          1997
                                                                   ------------- ------------ -------------
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) ...............................................  $    67,334   $  196,231   $   265,463
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
   by operating activities-
   Depreciation and amortization .................................       31,283       39,168        30,823
   Loss on sale of assets ........................................           --       11,880            --
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities- ..................
    Merchandise inventories ......................................     (113,546)    (343,379)     (240,824)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets ....................       (1,541)       1,893       (12,678)
    Customer deposits ............................................           --       10,021        (4,302)
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .....................      120,475      217,504       178,652
    Other assets .................................................       (1,707)       1,822       (57,527)
                                                                    -----------   ----------   -----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.               102,298      135,140       159,607
                                                                    -----------   ----------   -----------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment .............................     (120,475)     (63,420)      (15,327)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment ....................       15,884       34,500            --
                                                                    -----------   ----------   -----------
     Net cash used in investing activities .......................     (104,591)     (28,920)      (15,327)
                                                                    -----------   ----------   -----------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations .................      453,666      590,009            --
 Principal payments on long-term obligations .....................     (314,834)    (494,480)     (119,138)
 Borrowings (payments on line-of-credit), net ....................           --           --       180,000
 Distributions to shareholders ...................................      (99,476)    (158,071)     (251,284)
                                                                    -----------   ----------   -----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.                39,356      (62,542)     (190,422)
                                                                    -----------   ----------   -----------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH ..................................       37,063       43,678       (46,142)
CASH, beginning of period ........................................       32,343       69,406       113,084
                                                                    -----------   ----------   -----------
CASH, end of period ..............................................  $    69,406   $  113,084   $    66,942
                                                                    ===========   ==========   ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for interest ........................  $    41,058   $   48,826   $    53,830
 Non cash transactions:
   Transfer of long-term obligations into line of credit .........  $        --   $       --   $   180,000
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                            MARCH 31,
                                                                   ---------------------------
                                                                        1997          1998
                                                                   ------------- -------------
                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) ...............................................   $ (14,572)   $    30,042
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
   by operating activities-
   Depreciation and amortization .................................       5,403          5,832
   Loss on sale of assets ........................................          --             --
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities- ..................
    Merchandise inventories ......................................     (17,414)       (16,560)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets ....................         552          1,907
    Customer deposits ............................................       2,471          4,100
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .....................     (46,760)      (125,675)
    Other assets .................................................      (2,967)       (18,298)
                                                                     ---------    -----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.              (73,287)      (118,652)
                                                                     ---------    -----------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment .............................          --             --
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment ....................          --             --
                                                                     ---------    -----------
     Net cash used in investing activities .......................          --             --
                                                                     ---------    -----------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations .................     150,000             --
 Principal payments on long-term obligations .....................     (13,899)        (6,001)
 Borrowings (payments on line-of-credit), net ....................          --        170,724
 Distributions to shareholders ...................................     (69,599)       (65,503)
                                                                     ---------    -----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.               66,502         99,220
                                                                     ---------    -----------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH ..................................      (6,785)       (19,432)
CASH, beginning of period ........................................     113,084         66,942
                                                                     ---------    -----------
CASH, end of period ..............................................   $ 106,299    $    47,510
                                                                     =========    ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for interest ........................   $  10,921    $    12,483
 Non cash transactions:
   Transfer of long-term obligations into line of credit .........   $      --    $        --

</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-54
<PAGE>
                               ELWELL STORES, INC.
   
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

Elwell Stores,  Inc. (the  Company),  d/b/a The Reef Hallmark Shop is a retailer
and  marketer of  contemporary  collectibles,  including  ornaments,  figurines,
lighthouses, lighted ceramic houses and crystals from vendors, including Enesco,
Swarovski, Disney, Department 56 and Hallmark. The Company has been in operation
since  1959 and has one strip  mall-based  store  located  in West  Palm  Beach,
Florida.

   
The Company's  business is seasonal,  with its highest levels of sales occurring
in its fourth fiscal quarter.  This period, which includes the Christmas selling
season, accounted for approximately 34 percent, 31 percent and 32 percent of the
Company's  net sales for the  years  ended  December  31,  1995,  1996 and 1997,
respectively.

The Company and its shareholders  have entered into a definitive  agreement with
Collectibles USA, Inc. (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding shares
of the  Company's  common  stock  will be  exchanged  for  cash  and  shares  of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.

Prior to the  acquisition,  the Company will  distribute  certain  assets to the
shareholders,  consisting  of  automobiles  with a total net  carrying  value of
approximately  $19,100 as of December  31,  1997.  Had these  transactions  been
recorded at December  31, 1997,  the effect on the  accompanying  balance  sheet
would be a decrease in assets of approximately  $19,100,  liabilities of $12,900
and shareholders' equity of $6,200.     

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the weighted average cost method.

     Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is determined using an
accelerated  method based on the estimated useful life of the respective  asset.
Leasehold  improvements  are amortized over the shorter of the estimated  useful
life  or  the  remaining  lease  term.   Expenditures  for  major  renewals  and
betterments are  capitalized  while  maintenance and repairs are expensed.  When
property is retired or otherwise  disposed of, the related cost and  accumulated
depreciation  are removed from the accounts  and any  resulting  gain or loss is
reflected in the statements of operations.

     Revenue Recognition

The Company  recognizes revenue from in-store sales upon delivery of merchandise
to the  customer  and  receipt of  payment.  Revenues  from mail order sales are
recognized  upon  shipment to the  customer  and  receipt of  payment.  Customer
deposits are  collections on layaway sales.  Upon receipt of final payment,  the
item is delivered to the customer and the sale is recorded as revenue.

     Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are costs of merchandise sold and shipping costs.

     Advertising Expenses

   
Advertising expenses are expensed in the month incurred, subject to reduction by
reimbursement from vendors.  Advertising expenses, net of vendor reimbursements,
were  approximately  $71,000,  $113,000,  and  $179,000  during the years  ended
December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
    

                                      F-55
<PAGE>
                              ELWELL STORES, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

     Income Taxes

For income tax  purposes,  the Company and its  shareholders  have elected to be
treated  as an S  Corporation  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code and a similar
section in the state code. In accordance  with the provisions of such elections,
the  Company's  income  and losses  were  passed  through  to its  shareholders;
accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been recorded.

     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company's financial  instruments consist of cash, accounts payable and debt.
The carrying amount of these financial  instruments  approximates fair value due
either to length of maturity or  existence  of interest  rates that  approximate
prevailing market rates.

     Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     Interim Financial Information

   
The interim financial  statements as of March 31, 1998, and for the three months
ended March 31,  1997 and 1998,  are  unaudited,  and  certain  information  and
footnote  disclosures,  normally  included in financial  statements  prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  have been omitted. In
the opinion of management, all adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary to fairly  present the  financial  position,  results of
operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have
been  included.  The  results of  operations  for the  interim  periods  are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.

     Reclassifications and Adjustments

Certain  reclassifications  and adjustments  have been made to the  prior-period
amounts to conform to current-period presentations.

    
3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     ESTIMATED
                                                    USEFUL LIVES
                                                      (YEARS)           1996            1997
                                                   -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                <C>             <C>             <C>
     Furniture, fixtures and equipment .........          7         $  116,046      $  128,244
     Leasehold improvements ....................         14             60,442          63,572
     Vehicles ..................................          5             47,832          47,831
                                                                    ----------      ----------
                                                                       224,320         239,647
     Less- Accumulated depreciation ............                      (101,564)       (132,387)
                                                                    ----------      ----------
                                                                    $  122,756      $  107,260
                                                                    ==========      ==========
</TABLE>
    
4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1996          1997
                                                 -----------   -----------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>
            Accounts payable, trade ..........    $512,982      $687,547
            Accrued liabilities ..............      99,000       125,472
            Other ............................      22,385            --
                                                  --------      --------
                                                  $634,367      $813,019
                                                  =========     =========
</TABLE>
    
                                      F-56
<PAGE>
                              ELWELL STORES, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

5. LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:

Long-term obligations consist of the following:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1996         1997
                                                                                   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                                                <C>          <C>
Bank term loans due in monthly installments through November 2000, including
 interest ranging from 7.5% to 10% .............................................    $ 39,027     $ 22,545
Note payable to bank, interest at 10.5%, principal and interest due May 1998 ...      99,650       37,700
Bank term loan due in monthly installments, including interest at 8.25%, through
 April 2004 ....................................................................     382,959      342,253
                                                                                    --------     --------
                                                                                     521,636      402,498
Less- Current maturities .......................................................     153,303       94,749
   Long-term obligations, net of current maturities ............................    $368,333     $307,749
                                                                                    ========     ========
</TABLE>
The  bank  term  loans  are   collateralized  by  personal   guarantees  of  the
shareholders as well as the Company's property and equipment, and inventory. The
note payable due May 1998 is unsecured.

The Company  maintained a $180,000 line of credit expiring in August 1998. There
were no borrowings on the line of credit as of December 31, 1996 and $180,000 of
borrowings as of December 31, 1997. In February  1998,  the Company paid off the
existing line and  established a $500,000 line of credit with the same bank. The
Company  had  borrowings  of  $351,000  as of March 31,  1998  (unaudited).  The
borrowings  are  collateralized  by the  personal  guarantees  of the  Company's
shareholders.

Scheduled principal maturities of long-term obligations as of December 31, 1997,
are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
  Year ending December 31,
  1998 .............................    $ 94,749
  1999 .............................      53,188
  2000 .............................      52,760
  2001 .............................      55,061
  Thereafter .......................     146,740
                                        --------
                                        $402,498
                                        ========
</TABLE>
6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

     Lease Obligations

The Company leases retail facilities under an operating lease,  expiring on July
31,  2002.  Additionally,  the  Company  maintains  an  operating  lease  on  an
automobile for an officer and  shareholder of the Company.  Rent expense for the
years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, was approximately $72,000, $94,000
and $108,000,  respectively.  Future minimum lease payments under  noncancelable
operating leases are as follows.     

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
  Year ending December 31,
  1998 .............................    $109,183
  1999 .............................     109,926
  2000 .............................      80,010
  2001 .............................      79,803
  Thereafter .......................      82,995
                                        --------
                                        $461,917
                                        ========
</TABLE>
Concurrent with the acquisition discussed in Note 1, the Company will enter into
agreements with the  shareholders to lease warehouse space used in the Company's
operations for a negotiated amount and term.

     Litigation

The Company is subject to various legal actions  arising in the ordinary  course
of  business.  Management  does not  believe  that the outcome of any such legal
action would have a material adverse effect on the Company's  financial position
or results of operations.     

                                      F-57

<PAGE>
                              ELWELL STORES, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

7. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

The Company leases  warehouse space from a partnership  made up of the Company's
shareholders  and third parties.  There are two warehouse spaces currently being
leased from the  partnership,  and both are on a month-to-month  lease.  Monthly
lease payments are approximately $1,300, which approximates fair market value.

   

8. SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

During  the years  ended  December  31,  1995,  1996 and 1997,  three  suppliers
accounted for 68, 68 and 49 percent respectively of total inventory purchases.

    
                                      F-58
<PAGE>
                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Animation U.S.A., Inc.:

   
We have audited the  accompanying  balance sheets of Animation  U.S.A.,  Inc. (a
Washington  corporation),  as of  December  31,  1996 and  1997 and the  related
statements of operations,  shareholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for the
years then ended.  These  financial  statements  are the  responsibility  of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial position of Animation U.S.A.,  Inc., as of
December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for the two years then ended, in conformity with generally  accepted  accounting
principles.     

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

   
Houston, Texas
May 1, 1998
                                      F-59

    
<PAGE>
                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                                BALANCE SHEETS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    -----------------------------     MARCH 31,
                                                                         1996            1997           1998
                                                                    -------------   -------------   ------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                 <C>             <C>             <C>
                             ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ...........................................................    $    4,824      $   76,510      $   12,696
 Merchandise inventories ........................................       321,653         312,899         299,612
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ......................         6,994          97,438          90,812
 Deferred tax asset .............................................        25,319          13,941          13,941
                                                                     ----------      ----------      ----------
   Total current assets .........................................       358,790         500,788         417,061
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net .....................................        72,176          63,954          62,129
                                                                     ----------      ----------      ----------
   Total assets .................................................    $  430,966      $  564,742      $  479,190
                                                                     ==========      ==========      ==========
             LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits ..............................................    $   13,775      $  170,869      $   59,994
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .......................       231,714         272,942         264,211
 Federal income taxes payable ...................................        32,835          13,948          13,948
 Line of credit .................................................        72,494         109,226         105,624
 Current maturities of long-term obligations ....................        38,454              --              --
                                                                     ----------      ----------      ----------
   Total current liabilities ....................................       389,272         566,985         443,777
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT):
 Class A common stock, no par, 1,000,000 shares authorized,
   196,840 shares outstanding ...................................        85,200         192,700         192,700
 Class B common stock, no par, 500,000 shares authorized
   and outstanding ..............................................       107,500              --              --
 Deficit ........................................................      (151,006)       (194,943)       (157,287)
                                                                     ----------      ----------      ----------
   Total shareholders' equity (deficit) .........................        41,694          (2,243)         35,413
                                                                     ----------      ----------      ----------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity (deficit) .........    $  430,966      $  564,742      $  479,190
                                                                     ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>
    
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-60

<PAGE>
                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEAR ENDED               THREE MONTHS
                                                      DECEMBER 31,             ENDED MARCH 31,
                                               --------------------------- -----------------------
                                                    1996          1997         1997        1998
                                               ------------- ------------- ----------- -----------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>
NET SALES ....................................  $1,716,410    $1,319,162    $340,760    $344,236
COST OF SALES ................................     840,283       595,974     136,622     128,554
                                                ----------    ----------    --------    --------
 Gross profit ................................     876,127       723,188     204,138     215,682
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES ....................................     845,100       762,330     187,556     149,792
                                                ----------    ----------    --------    --------
 Income (loss) from operations ...............      31,027       (39,142)     16,582      65,890
INTEREST EXPENSE .............................       9,349        13,903       2,685       2,913
                                                ----------    ----------    --------    --------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES ............      21,678       (53,045)     13,897      62,977
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES .........       8,944       (18,143)      5,268      23,931
                                                ----------    ----------    --------    --------
NET INCOME (LOSS) ............................  $   12,734    $  (34,902)   $  8,629    $ 39,046
                                                ==========    ==========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
    
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-61

<PAGE>
                             ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                       STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 CLASS A                  CLASS B
                                               COMMON STOCK            COMMON STOCK                             TOTAL
                                           -------------------- ---------------------------                 SHAREHOLDERS'
                                             SHARES    AMOUNT       SHARES        AMOUNT        DEFICIT        EQUITY
                                           --------- ---------- ------------- ------------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                        <C>       <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 .............  190,000   $ 51,000      500,000    $  107,500     $ (154,776)    $   3,724
 Conversion of shareholder loan to Class A
   common stock ..........................    6,840     34,200           --            --             --        34,200
 Net income ..............................       --         --           --            --         12,734        12,734
 Distributions ...........................       --         --           --            --         (8,964)       (8,964)
                                            -------   --------      -------    ----------     ----------     ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996 .............  196,840     85,200      500,000       107,500       (151,006)       41,694
 Conversion of Class B common stock to
   Class A common stock ..................             107,500     (500,000)     (107,500)            --            --
 Net loss ................................       --         --           --            --        (34,902)      (34,902)
 Distributions ...........................       --         --           --            --         (9,035)       (9,035)
                                            -------   --------     --------    ----------     ----------     ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997 .............  196,840    192,700           --            --       (194,943)       (2,243)
                                            -------   --------     --------    ----------     ----------     ---------
 Net income (unaudited ...................       --         --           --            --         39,046        39,046
 Distributions (unaudited) ...............       --         --           --            --         (1,390)       (1,390)
                                            -------   --------     --------    ----------     ----------     ---------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1998
 (unaudited) .............................  196,840   $192,700           --    $       --     $ (157,287)    $  35,413
                                            =======   ========     ========    ==========     ==========     =========
</TABLE>
    
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-62

<PAGE>
                             ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        YEAR ENDED                 THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,                    MARCH 31,
                                                               ----------------------------   ----------------------------
                                                                   1996            1997           1997            1998
                                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) .........................................    $  12,734       $ (34,902)     $   8,629      $   39,046
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
   used in operating activities-
   Depreciation ............................................       12,057           8,222          3,014           1,825
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities-
    Accounts receivable ....................................           --              --        (16,360)             --
    Merchandise inventories ................................      (19,765)          8,754         38,772          13,287
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..............           --         (90,444)            --           6,626
    Deferred tax asset .....................................       (6,932)         11,378         (4,894)             --
    Customer deposits ......................................      (19,754)        157,094          8,609        (110,875)
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...............      (55,882)         41,228           (188)         (8,731)
    Federal income taxes payable ...........................        6,691         (18,887)         1,887              --
                                                                ---------       ---------      ---------      ----------
     Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities.         (70,851)         82,443         39,469         (58,822)
                                                                ---------       ---------      ---------      ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment .......................      (28,862)             --             --              --
                                                                ---------       ---------      ---------      ----------
    Net cash used in investing activities ..................      (28,862)             --             --              --
                                                                ---------       ---------      ---------      ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Principal payments on long-term obligations ...............      (18,860)        (38,454)            --              --
 Borrowings (repayments) on line of credit, net ............       46,454          36,732         14,520          (3,602)
 Distributions to shareholders .............................       (8,964)         (9,035)        (2,086)         (1,390)
                                                                ---------       ---------      ---------      ----------
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.....       18,630         (10,757)        12,434          (4,992)
                                                                ---------       ---------      ---------      ----------
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH ............................      (81,083)         71,686         51,903         (63,814)
CASH, beginning of period ..................................       85,907           4,824          4,824          76,510
                                                                ---------       ---------      ---------      ----------
CASH, end of period ........................................    $   4,824          76,510         56,727      $   12,696
                                                                =========       =========      =========      ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Conversion of shareholder loan to Class A common stock.        $  34,200              --      $      --      $       --
                                                                ---------       ---------      ---------      ----------
 Cash paid during the period for-
   Interest ................................................        9,349          13,909          1,888           2,913
                                                                                ---------
   Income taxes ............................................        2,253           6,900             --              --
                                                                ---------       ---------      ---------      ----------

</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-63


<PAGE>
                             ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

Animation  U.S.A.,  Inc. (the  Company),  is a retail and wholesale  marketer of
animation art such as vintage original production cels, limited edition cels and
sericels.   Animation  USA  has  been  in  operation  since  1990  and  has  two
free-standing galleries, of which one is located in Seattle,  Washington and one
is located in San Francisco, California.

Although the Company's  business is not  seasonal,  sales  fluctuations  between
quarters  do occur and are  largely  the result of the timing and  frequency  of
in-store artists signings and other promotional events.

   
The Company and its shareholders  have entered into a definitive  agreement with
Collectibles USA, Inc. (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding shares
of the  Company's  common  stock  will be  exchanged  for  cash  and  shares  of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.

Prior to the  acquisition,  the Company will  distribute  certain  assets to the
shareholders,  consisting of automobiles net of distributed liabilities,  with a
total net carrying value of  approximately  $17,000 as of December 31, 1997. Had
these  transactions  been  recorded  at  December  31,  1997,  the effect on the
accompanying  balance  sheet would be a decrease in  liabilities  of $13,000 and
shareholders' equity of $4,000.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
    

     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the specific identification method.

     Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  is determined  using
the  straight-line  method based on the estimated  useful life of the respective
asset.  Expenditures  for major renewals and betterments  are capitalized  while
maintenance  and repairs are  expensed.  When  property is retired or  otherwise
disposed of, the related cost and accumulated  depreciation are removed from the
accounts  and any  resulting  gain or loss is  reflected  in the  statements  of
operations.

     Revenue Recognition

The Company  recognizes  revenue from sales upon delivery of  merchandise to the
customer and receipt of payment.  Customer  deposits  consist of  collections on
layaway  sales.  Upon  receipt of final  payment,  the item is  delivered to the
customer and the sale is recorded as revenue.

     Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are cost of  merchandise  sold,  framing and  shipping
costs.

     Advertising Expenses

   

Advertising expenses are expensed in the month incurred and were approximately
$23,000 and $13,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997,
respectively.
    

     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company's financial  instruments consist of cash, accounts payable and debt.
The carrying amount of these financial  instruments  approximates fair value due
either to length of maturity or  existence  of interest  rates that  approximate
prevailing   market  rates  unless   otherwise   disclosed  in  these  financial
statements.

                                      F-64
<PAGE>
                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

     Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     Interim Financial Information

The Interim financial  statements as of March 31, 1998, and for the three months
ended March 31,  1997 and 1998,  are  unaudited,  and  certain  information  and
footnote  disclosures,  normally  included in financial  statements  prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  have been omitted. In
the opinion of management, all adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary to fairly  present the  financial  position,  results of
operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have
been  included.  The  results of  operations  for the  interim  periods  are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.

   
     Reclassifications and Adjustments

Certain  reclassifications  and adjustments  have been made to the  prior-period
amounts to conform to current-period presentations.

    
3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment at December 31, 1996 and 1997, consist of the following:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 ESTIMATED          DECEMBER 31,
                                                USEFUL LIVES --------------------------
                                                  (YEARS)        1996         1997
                                               ------------- ------------ ------------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>          <C>
       Vehicle ...............................         7      $  25,707    $  25,707
       Furniture, fixtures and equipment .....      5-10         74,158       74,158
       Leasehold improvements ................        10         18,935       18,935
                                                              ---------    ---------
                                                                118,800      118,800
       Less-Accumulated depreciation .........                  (46,624)     (54,846)
                                                              ---------    ---------
                                                              $  72,176    $  63,954
                                                              =========    =========
</TABLE>
    
4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued  liabilities at December 31, 1996 and 1997, consist
of the following:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                           -----------------------
                                              1996         1997
                                           ----------   ----------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>
       Accounts payable, trade .........    $ 69,482     $ 85,633
       Accrued compensation ............     150,000      165,105
       Other ...........................      12,232       22,204
                                            --------     --------
                                            $231,714     $272,942
                                            ========     ========
</TABLE>
    
5. LINE OF CREDIT AND CURRENT MATURITIES OF LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:

     Line of Credit
   
The Company  has a line of credit  with a bank,  under which it may borrow up to
$180,000.  The line of credit bears interest at 10.75 percent.  Borrowings under
the line of credit  were  $72,000 and  $109,000  at December  31, 1996 and 1997,
respectively. The line of credit is secured by the Company's inventory.
    
                                      F-65
<PAGE>
                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

6. INCOME TAXES:

The Company provides for income taxes under the asset and liability method which
provides the method for  determining  the  appropriate  asset and  liability for
deferred taxes which are computed by applying  applicable tax rates to temporary
(timing)  differences.  Therefore,  expenses  recorded for  financial  statement
purposes before they are deducted for tax purposes create temporary  differences
which give rise to deferred  tax assets.  Expenses  deductible  for tax purposes
before  they  are  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  create  temporary
differences which give rise to deferred tax liabilities.

Deferred  income taxes are provided in recognition  of temporary  differences in
reporting certain  transactions for financial reporting and income tax reporting
purposes.
   
The provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     DECEMBER 31,
                               ------------------------
                                  1996         1997
                               ---------   ------------
<S>                            <C>         <C>
  Current ..................    $8,944      $  (6,765)
  Deferred .................        --        (11,378)
                                ------      ---------
                                $8,944      $ (18,143)
                                ======      =========

</TABLE>
    
Actual income tax expense  differs from income tax expense  computed by applying
the U.S.  federal  statutory  corporate  tax rate of 34 percent to income before
income taxes as follows:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                               -----------------------
                                                                  1996         1997
                                                               ----------   ----------
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>
          Statutory federal rate ...........................       34.0%        34.0%
          Expenses not deductible for tax purposes .........        5.0         (1.7)
          State income taxes ...............................        2.3          1.8
                                                                   ----         ----
                                                                   41.3%        34.1%
                                                                   ====         ====

</TABLE>
    

The significant components of the deferred tax asset are as follows:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                ----------------------
                                                   1996         1997
                                                ----------   ---------
<S>                                             <C>          <C>
          Deferred tax asset--
           Accrued liabilities ..............    $14,421      $ 3,043
           Other ............................     10,898       10,898
                                                 -------      -------
           Total deferred tax asset .........    $25,319      $13,941
                                                 =======      =======

</TABLE>
    
   

A  valuation  allowance  is  provided  when it is more likely than not that some
portion  of the  deferred  tax asset  will not be  realized.  Management  of the
Company  believes  the net  deferred tax asset will be utilized in full based on
the nature of the asset,  the Company's  estimates of the timing of reversals of
temporary   differences  and  the  generation  of  taxable  income  before  such
reversals.     

                                      F-66


<PAGE>
                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

     Lease Obligations

   
The Company leases retail  facilities  and computer  equipment  under  operating
leases that  expire  through  December  1999.  Rent  expense for the years ended
December  31,  1996  and  1997  was   approximately   $133,000   and   $154,000,
respectively. Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases
are as follows:     

   
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
  Year ending December 31,
  1998 .....................    $46,000
  1999 .....................      7,000
                                -------
                                $53,000
                                =======
</TABLE>
    
     Litigation

The  Company is  subject to legal  actions  arising  in the  ordinary  course of
business.  Management does not believe that the outcome of any such legal action
would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  position or
results of operations.

   

     Distribution Agreement

On February 1, 1997, the Company entered into a 15-month distribution  agreement
to purchase and  distribute  animated art products with a major studio  supplier
which expired May 1, 1998.

     Stock Option Plan

Effective  January 1, 1992,  the Company  adopted the  Animation,  U.S.A.,  Inc.
Employee  Incentive  Stock  Option  Plan (the Plan)  providing  for the grant of
options to officers and directors of the Company to purchase up to 50,000 shares
of its common  stock.  The Plan  provides  that  options be granted at  exercise
prices  greater  than or equal to the  market  value on the date the  option  is
granted as  determined  by the board of  directors.  As of December 31, 1997, no
options have been  granted  under the Plan.  The Plan is subject to  termination
upon the occurrence of certain  events  including a change in control as defined
by the Plan.     

8. SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

   
During the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, four suppliers  accounted for
58 percent of total inventory purchases.

    

                                      F-67
<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Filmart Productions Inc.:

   
We have audited the accompanying  balance sheets of Filmart  Productions Inc. (a
New York  corporation)  as of  December  31,  1996  and  1997,  and the  related
statements of  operations,  shareholders'  equity and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1997.  These  financial  statements
are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our  responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

    

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

   
In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial position of Filmart Productions Inc. as of
December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

    
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

   
Houston, Texas
May 15, 1998

                                      F-68
    
<PAGE>
                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                                BALANCE SHEETS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        -----------------------------     MARCH 31,
                                                                             1996            1997           1998
                                                                        --------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                     <C>              <C>            <C>
                                  ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ...............................................................    $    76,758      $   27,408     $    2,096
 Accounts receivable ................................................         13,116          26,224         76,223
 Barter receivables .................................................        199,930         363,590        347,260
 Merchandise inventories ............................................        375,258         451,967        441,821
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........................         37,153             250            927
 Prepaid advertising from barter transactions .......................        285,000         420,000        445,750
 Advances to shareholder ............................................        176,722         123,881        115,377
                                                                         -----------      ----------     ----------
   Total current assets .............................................      1,163,937       1,413,320      1,429,454
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net .........................................         36,521          21,607         17,900
OTHER ASSETS ........................................................          7,172         135,608        135,608
                                                                         -----------      ----------     ----------
   Total assets .....................................................    $ 1,207,630      $1,570,535     $1,582,962
                                                                         ===========      ==========     ==========
                    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits ..................................................    $    32,778      $    1,345     $    3,513
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...........................        129,747         194,168        186,211
 Payable to shareholder .............................................         25,444              --             --
                                                                         -----------      ----------     ----------
   Total current liabilities ........................................        187,969         195,513        189,724

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Common stock, no par, 200 shares authorized, 100 shares outstanding.             --              --             --
 Retained earnings ..................................................      1,019,661       1,375,022      1,393,238
                                                                         -----------      ----------     ----------
   Total shareholders' equity .......................................      1,019,661       1,375,022      1,393,238
                                                                         -----------      ----------     ----------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity .......................    $ 1,207,630      $1,570,535     $1,582,962
                                                                         ===========      ==========     ==========
</TABLE>
    
   
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-69
    
<PAGE>
                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                      -----------------------------------------------  ---------------------------
                                           1995             1996             1997           1997          1998
                                      --------------   --------------   -------------  -----------   -------------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)

<S>                                   <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>           <C>
NET SALES .........................   $ 1,053,089      $ 1,445,848      $1,323,867      $231,456      $209,059
COST OF SALES .....................      511,369          497,920         432,403       113,731        79,879
                                      -----------      -----------      ----------      --------      --------
   Gross profit ...................      541,720          947,928         891,464       117,725       129,180
SELLING, GENERAL AND
 ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES ..........      492,577          539,178         541,459       163,604       118,074
                                      -----------      -----------      ----------      --------      --------
   Income from operations .........       49,143          408,750         350,005       (45,879)       11,106
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 Interest, net ....................       (4,619)          (1,056)         (4,638)          374        (1,124)
 Other, net .......................       74,350          278,866         114,675        56,250        31,250
                                      -----------      -----------      ----------      --------      --------

NET INCOME ........................   $  118,874       $  686,560       $ 460,042       $10,745       $41,232
                                      ===========      ===========      ==========      ========      ========
</TABLE>
    
   
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-70

    
<PAGE>
   
                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                      STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      COMMON STOCK
                                                  --------------------      RETAINED      SHAREHOLDERS'
                                                   SHARES     AMOUNTS       EARNINGS         EQUITY
                                                  --------   ---------   -------------   --------------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>         <C>             <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994 ..................      100        $ --      $  222,080       $  222,080
 Capital contribution from forgiveness of loan
   obligation by related party ................       --          --          43,000           43,000
 Net income ...................................       --          --         118,874          118,874
 Distributions ................................       --          --         (50,853)         (50,853)
                                                     ---        ----      ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 ..................      100          --         333,101          333,101
 Net income ...................................       --          --         686,560          686,560
                                                     ---        ----      ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996 ..................      100          --       1,019,661        1,019,661
 Net income ...................................       --          --         460,042          460,042
                                                     ---        ----
 Distributions ................................       --          --        (104,681)        (104,681)
                                                     ---        ----      ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997 ..................      100                   1,375,022        1,375,022
                                                     ---
 Net income (unaudited) .......................       --          --          41,232           41,232
 Distributions (unaudited) ....................       --          --         (23,016)         (23,016)
                                                     ---        ----      ----------       ----------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1988 (unaudited) .........      100        $ --      $1,393,238       $1,393,238
                                                     ===        ====      ==========       ==========
</TABLE>
    
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-71

<PAGE>
                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  ---------------------------------------
                                                                      1995         1996          1997
                                                                  ------------ ------------ -------------
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income .....................................................  $ 118,874    $  686,560   $   460,042
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
  (used in) operating activities-
  Depreciation and amortization .................................     17,919        16,226        15,625
  Barter receivables ............................................     (8,788)     (191,142)     (163,660)
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities-
   Accounts receivable ..........................................    (17,073)        3,957       (13,108)
   Merchandise inventories ......................................    (18,935)       21,040       (76,709)
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets ....................     (1,412)      (35,741)       36,903
   Prepaid advertising from barter transactions .................    (60,000)     (225,000)     (135,000)
   Other assets .................................................     (5,350)       (1,422)     (128,436)
   Advances to shareholder ......................................         --      (176,722)       52,841
   Customer deposits ............................................     53,619       (20,841)      (31,433)
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .....................    (30,947)       54,244        64,421
                                                                   ---------    ----------   -----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ........     47,907       131,159        81,486
                                                                   ---------    ----------   -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ............................    (15,989)         (150)         (711)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment ...................         --           300            --
                                                                   ---------    ----------   -----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities ........    (15,989)          150          (711)
                                                                   ---------    ----------   -----------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of payable to shareholder ................     40,625            --            --
Principal payments on payable to shareholder ....................    (20,624)      (84,532)      (25,444)
Distributions to shareholders ...................................    (50,853)           --      (104,681)
                                                                   ---------    ----------   -----------
     Net cash used in financing activities ......................    (30,852)      (84,532)     (130,125)
                                                                   ---------    ----------   -----------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH .................................      1,066        46,777       (49,350)
CASH, beginning of period .......................................     28,915        29,981        76,758
                                                                   ---------    ----------   -----------
CASH, end of period .............................................  $  29,981    $   76,758   $    27,408
                                                                   =========    ==========   ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH
 FLOW INFORMATION:
 Capital contribution from forgiveness of obligation from
  related party .................................................  $  43,000    $       --   $        --
 Cash paid during the period for interest .......................      4,619         1,056         6,633
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        THREE MONTHS
                                                                       ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                  -------------------------
                                                                      1997         1998
                                                                  ------------ ------------
                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income .....................................................  $   10,745   $   41,232
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
  (used in) operating activities-
  Depreciation and amortization .................................       4,056        3,707
  Barter receivables ............................................      (8,183)      16,330
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities-
   Accounts receivable ..........................................      (7,086)     (49,999)
   Merchandise inventories ......................................      (2,592)      10,146
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets ....................      (1,510)        (677)
   Prepaid advertising from barter transactions .................     (56,250)     (25,750)
   Other assets .................................................        (750)          --
   Advances to shareholder ......................................      (6,004)       8,504
   Customer deposits ............................................     (24,940)       2,168
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .....................      18,075       (7,957)
                                                                   ----------   ----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ........     (74,439)      (2,296)
                                                                   ----------   ----------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ............................          --           --
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment ...................          --           --
                                                                   ----------   ----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities ........          --           --
                                                                   ----------   ----------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of payable to shareholder ................          --           --
Principal payments on payable to shareholder ....................          --           --
Distributions to shareholders ...................................          --      (23,016)
                                                                   ----------   ----------
     Net cash used in financing activities ......................          --      (23,016)
                                                                   ----------   ----------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH .................................     (74,439)     (25,312)
CASH, beginning of period .......................................      76,758       27,408
                                                                   ----------   ----------
CASH, end of period .............................................  $    2,319   $    2,096
                                                                   ==========   ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH
 FLOW INFORMATION:
 Capital contribution from forgiveness of obligation from
  related party .................................................  $       --   $       --
 Cash paid during the period for interest .......................         135           --

</TABLE>
    
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-72
<PAGE>
                            FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.
   
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

Filmart  Productions  Inc. (the  Company)  d/b/a  Cartoon  World,  d/b/a Filmart
Galleries and d/b/a  Animation  Art Resources is a retail  marketer of animation
art such as vintage original production cels, limited edition cels and sericels.
Filmart has been in operation since 1991 and has two free-standing galleries, of
which  one is  located  in  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  and one is  located  in
Huntington, New York.

   

Effective  January 1, 1996, the Company  acquired  Animation Art Resources.  The
acquisition  was  accounted  for as a  pooling  of  interests,  and the  assets,
liabilities  and results of  operations  of Animation  Art  Resources  have been
included in the accompanying financial statements for all years presented.

    

Although the Company's  business is not  seasonal,  sales  fluctuations  between
quarters  do occur and are  largely  the result of the timing and  frequency  of
in-store artists signings and other promotional events.

   

The Company and its shareholders  have entered into a definitive  agreement with
Collectibles USA, Inc. (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding shares
of the  Company's  common  stock  will be  exchanged  for  cash  and  shares  of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.     

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

     Merchandise Inventories
   
Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the specific  identification  method.  Additionally,  Filmart holds inventory on
consignment.  Consigned  inventory  was valued at  approximately  $364,000,  and
$520,000,  as of  December  31,  1996,  1997,  respectively.  Inventory  held on
consignment is excluded from Filmart's inventory.     

     Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  is determined  using
the  straight-line  method based on the estimated  useful life of the respective
asset.  Expenditures  for major renewals and betterments  are capitalized  while
maintenance  and repairs are  expensed.  When  property is retired or  otherwise
disposed of, the related cost and accumulated  depreciation are removed from the
accounts  and any  resulting  gain or loss is  reflected  in the  statements  of
operations.

     Revenue Recognition

The Company  recognizes  revenue from sales upon delivery of  merchandise to the
customer and receipt of payment.  Customer  deposits  consist of  collections on
layaway  sales.  Upon  receipt of final  payment,  the item is  delivered to the
customer and the sale is recorded as revenue.

     Barter Transactions

   
The Company is a member of several barter companies. Within each barter company,
the Company  trades  artwork for various  goods and  services  from other barter
company members.  Barter  transactions  involving  artwork for various goods and
services are valued at the market value of the goods or services  received.  The
Company had approximately  $248,000 and $250,000 of art sales through the barter
companies and received  approximately  $37,000 and $60,000 of goods and services
through the barter  companies during the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997,
respectively.  As of  December  31,  1996  and  1997,  the  Company  had  barter
receivables of approximately $200,000 and $364,000, respectively.

During 1995, the Company entered into a two-year agreement with a third party to
provide consulting  services in exchange for advertising.  During 1996 and 1997,
the Company  recognized  $225,000,  and  $114,675,  respectively,  of consulting
revenue as other income.  At December 31, 1996 and 1997, the Company had prepaid
advertising  expenses  of  $285,000,  $420,000,  respectively,  related  to this
agreement.  The right to  receive  advertising  under this  agreement  begins to
expire in 2000. The agreement expires in August, 1998.

    
                                      F-73
<PAGE>
                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

   Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are cost of  merchandise  sold,  framing and  shipping
costs.

     Advertising Expenses
   

Advertising  expenses are expensed in the month incurred.  Advertising  expenses
were approximately $74,000, $50,000 and $70,000, during the years ended December
31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.     

     Income Taxes

For income tax  purposes,  the Company and its  shareholders  have elected to be
treated  as an S  Corporation  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code and a similar
section in the state code. In accordance  with the provisions of such elections,
the  Company's  income  and losses  were  passed  through  to its  shareholders;
accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been recorded.

     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company's  financial  instruments  consist  of cash,  accounts  receivable,
accounts  payable and debt. The carrying amount of these  financial  instruments
approximates  fair  value  due  either to length of  maturity  or  existence  of
interest rates that approximate prevailing market rates.

     Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     Interim Financial Information

   

The interim financial  statements as of March 31, 1998, and for the three months
ended March 31,  1997 and 1998,  are  unaudited,  and  certain  information  and
footnote  disclosures,  normally  included in financial  statements  prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  have been omitted. In
the opinion of management, all adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary to fairly  present the  financial  position,  results of
operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have
been  included.  The  results of  operations  for the  interim  periods  are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.

     Reclassifications and Adjustments

Certain  reclassifications  and adjustments  have been made to the  prior-period
amounts to conform to current-period presentations.

    
3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     Property and equipment consist of the following:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     ESTIMATED
                                                    USEFUL LIVES
                                                      (YEARS)          1996          1997
                                                   -------------   -----------   ------------
<S>                                                <C>             <C>           <C>
     Furniture, fixtures and equipment .........        5-7         $  92,951     $  93,662
     Less- Accumulated depreciation ............                      (56,430)      (72,055)
                                                                    ---------     ---------
                                                                    $  36,521     $  21,607
                                                                    =========     =========
</TABLE>
    
   
                                      F-74
    

<PAGE>
                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1996           1997
                                          ------------   -----------
<S>                                       <C>            <C>
     Accounts payable, trade ..........    $ 113,466      $175,165
     Taxes payable ....................        6,354        14,076
     Other ............................        9,927         4,927
                                           ---------      --------
                                           $ 129,747      $194,168
                                           =========      ========
</TABLE>
    

5. PAYABLE TO SHAREHOLDER:

   
The Company had borrowings from a shareholder  totaling  $25,444 at December 31,
1996. The borrowings were unsecured,  interest-bearing  and payable upon demand.
The  borrowings  accrued  interest at 4 percent  annually.  At December 31, 1996
accrued interest on the borrowings was $1,056.  In 1997, the payable and accrued
interest was paid by the Company.     

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

     Lease Obligations

   

The Company leases retail  facilities  under operating  leases that expire April
1999.  Rent expense for the years ended  December  31,  1995,  1996 and 1997 was
approximately $59,000,  $68,000, and $58,000 respectively.  Future minimum lease
payments under noncancelable operating leases are as follows:

    
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
  Year ending December 31,
  1998 .............................    $23,000
  1999 .............................     17,000
                                        -------
                                        $40,000
                                        =======

</TABLE>
    
     Litigation

The  Company is  subject to legal  actions  arising  in the  ordinary  course of
business.  Management does not believe that the outcome of any such legal action
would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  position or
results of operations.

     Distribution Agreements

   
The  Company  maintains  various  distribution   agreements  with  major  studio
suppliers to purchase and  distribute  animated  art.  Some  agreements  contain
minimum  annual  purchase  requirements  which the Company had  fulfilled  as of
December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

7. SALES TO SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS:

During 1996 and 1997,  14 percent and 25 percent of the Company's net sales were
to one customer.  During 1995, no customer accounted for more than 10 percent of
total sales.     

                                      F-75


<PAGE>
================================================================================
       NO DEALER,  SALESPERSON  OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING OTHER
THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION
OR  REPRESENTATION  MUST NOT BE RELIED  UPON AS HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY THE
COMPANY OR THE  UNDERWRITERS.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO
SELL OR A SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY
IN ANY  JURISDICTION  TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER IN
SUCH  JURISDICTION.  NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS  NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER  SHALL,  UNDER ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE  ANY  IMPLICATION  THAT THE
INFORMATION  CONTAINED  HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME  SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE
HEREOF OR THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE SUCH
DATE.

                   ----------------------------------------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       PAGE
                                                    ---------
<S>                                                 <C>
Prospectus Summary ..............................        3
Risk Factors ....................................       10
The Company .....................................       18
Use of Proceeds .................................       20
Dividend Policy .................................       20
Dilution ........................................       21
Capitalization ..................................       22
Selected Financial Data .........................       23
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
   Condition and Results of Operations ..........       25
Business ........................................       38
Management ......................................       47
Certain Transactions ............................       55
Principal Stockholders ..........................       59
Description of Capital Stock ....................       60
Shares Eligible for Future Sale .................       63
Underwriting ....................................       65
Legal Matters ...................................       67
Experts .........................................       67
Additional Information ..........................       67
Index to Financial Statements ...................      F-1
</TABLE>
    

                   ----------------------------------------
   
       UNTIL  _______,  1998 (25 DAYS  AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),  ALL
DEALERS  EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS  IN THE REGISTERED  SECURITIES,  WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING  IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION,  MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE  OBLIGATION  OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  WHEN
ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD   ALLOTMENTS  OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.     

================================================================================

================================================================================

                               2,700,000 SHARES



                             [COLLECTIBLES USA LOGO]



                                 COMMON STOCK




                         -----------------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                         -----------------------------
   

                                CRUTTENDEN ROTH

                                 INCORPORATED

                                        , 1998

    
================================================================================
<PAGE>
                                    PART II

                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

   
     The  following  table  sets forth the  expenses  (other  than  underwriting
compensation  expected to be incurred) in connection with the offering described
in this Registration Statement. All of such amounts (except the SEC Registration
Fee, the NASD Filing Fee and the Nasdaq National Market Initial Listing Fee) are
estimated.     
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>
       SEC Registration Fee ....................................  $   11,291
       NASD Filing Fee .........................................       4,226
       Nasdaq National Market Initial Listing Fee ..............      66,875
       Blue Sky Fees and Expenses ..............................      10,000
       Printing and Engraving Costs ............................     435,000
       Legal Fees and Expenses .................................   1,290,000
       Accounting Fees and Expenses ............................   3,750,000
       Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees and Expenses ..........      10,000
       Representative's Financial Advisory Fee .................     450,000
       Miscellaneous ...........................................     172,608
                                                                  ----------
          Total ................................................  $6,200,000
                                                                  ==========
</TABLE>
- ------------

    

ITEM 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

     The  Company's  by-laws  provide that the Company shall  indemnify,  to the
fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law,
as  amended  from  time to time,  all  persons  whom it may  indemnify  pursuant
thereto.

     Section 145 of the Delaware General  Corporation Law permits a corporation,
under specified circumstances,  to indemnify its directors,  officers, employees
or agents against expenses  (including  attorney's fees),  judgments,  fines and
amounts  paid  in  settlements  actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by  them in
connection  with any  action  (other  than an  action  by or in the right of the
corporation),  suit or proceeding brought by third parties by reason of the fact
that  they  were  or  are  directors,  officers,  employees  or  agents  of  the
corporation,  if such  directors,  officers,  employees  or agents acted in good
faith and in a manner  they  reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the  corporation  and, with respect to any criminal  action or
proceeding,  had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. In a
derivative   action  (i.e.,  one  by  or  in  the  right  of  the  corporation),
indemnification  may be made  only  for  expenses  (including  attorney's  fees)
actually and reasonably incurred by persons who are or were directors, officers,
employees  or  agents of the  corporation  in  connection  with the  defense  or
settlement of an action or suit, and only with respect to any matter as to which
they shall have acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably  believed to
be in or not opposed to the best  interests of the  corporation,  except that no
indemnification  shall be made if such person shall have been adjudged liable to
the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the
court in which the action or suit was brought shall  determine upon  application
that the  defendant  directors,  officers,  employees  or agents  are fairly and
reasonably  entitled to indemnity for such expenses despite such adjudication of
liability.

     Article  Seventh  of the  Company's  charter  provides  that the  Company's
directors will not be personally  liable to the Company or its  stockholders for
monetary  damages  resulting from breaches of their  fiduciary duty as directors
except  (a)  for any  breach  of the  duty  of  loyalty  to the  Company  or its
stockholders,  (b) for acts or  omissions  not in good  faith  or which  involve
intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of
the Delaware General  Corporation Law, which makes directors liable for unlawful
dividends or unlawful stock  repurchases or redemptions or (d) for  transactions
from which directors derive improper personal benefit.

     Under  Section  6 of  the  Underwriting  Agreement,  the  Underwriters  are
obligated,  under certain  circumstances,  to indemnify officers,  directors and
controlling  persons  of the  Company  against  certain  liabilities  under  the
Securities Act.

                                      II-1

<PAGE>
ITEM 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

     The following  information  relates to securities of the Company  issued or
sold within the past three years which were not registered  under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"):

     On June 16, 1996, pursuant to subscription agreements, RGR Financial Group,
LLC ("RGR")  received 700 shares (711,622 shares as adjusted for the Stock Split
(as  defined  hereinafter))  of Common  Stock and each of  Michael  A. Baker and
Capstone  Partners,  LLC  ("Capstone")  received 150 shares  (152,490  shares as
adjusted  for the  Stock  Split)  of  Common  Stock,  in each  case for $.10 per
pre-Stock Split share.

     On November 20, 1996,  the Company sold 171.729 shares  (174,580  shares as
adjusted for the Stock Split) of Common Stock at $.01 per pre-Stock  Split share
to David L. Yankey.

   
     In  August  1996,  Collectibles   Enterprises  Funding  Corp.,  a  Delaware
corporation  ("CEFC"),  an  affiliate  of  the  Company,  issued  to  accredited
investors in two  transactions,  $855,000  principal  amount of 5.0% convertible
subordinated  notes due, pursuant to an amendment,  December 31, 1998 (the "1996
Notes").  $300,000 of the 1996 Notes automatically  convert upon consummation of
the Offering  either (i) into Common Stock having a value, at the initial public
offering price, equal to 2.5 times the principal amount of the note or (ii) into
cash in the  principal  amount of the note plus Common Stock having a value,  at
the initial public  offering price,  equal to 1.5 times the principal  amount of
the note.  $555,000  of the 1996  Notes  automatically  convert  either (i) into
Common Stock having a value, at the initial public offering price, equal to 1.66
times the principal amount of the note or (ii) into cash in the principal amount
of the note plus Common Stock  having a value,  at the initial  public  offering
price, equal to .66 times the principal amount of the note.

     In June  1997 and  December  1997,  CEFC  issued  to  accredited  investors
$400,000  principal amount of 5.0% convertible  subordinated notes due, pursuant
to an  amendment,  December  31,  1998 and  $279,000  principal  amount  of 5.0%
convertible  subordinated  notes due  December  31, 1998 (the "1997  Notes," and
together  with  the  1996  Notes,  the  "Notes").  $400,000  of the  1997  Notes
automatically  convert upon  consummation of the Offering either (i) into Common
Stock having a value, at the initial public offering price,  equal to 1.66 times
the principal  amount of the note or (ii) into cash in the  principal  amount of
the note plus Common Stock having a value, at the initial public offering price,
equal to .66 times the principal amount of the note.

     On August 6, 1996, the Company sold a $300,000 5% note due,  pursuant to an
amendment,  December 31, 1998 (the "CEFC  Note-1") to CEFC which is owned by RGR
and Capstone.  Upon  consummation of the Offering,  the principal  amount of the
CEFC Note-1 will become due and payable  immediately.  No interest is payable on
the CEFC Note-1 in the event the Offering is consummated.  The Company itends to
repay the CEFC Note-1 with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.

     On August 27, 1996, the Company also sold a $555,000 5% note due,  pursuant
to  an  amendment,   December  31,  1998  (the  "CEFC  Note-2")  to  CEFC.  Upon
consummation  of the  Offering,  the  principal  amount of the CEFC  Note-2 will
become due and payable immediately. No interest is payable on the CEFC Note-2 in
the event the  Offering is  consummated.  The Company  intends to repay the CEFC
Note-2 with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.

     On June 12, 1997,  the Company sold a $400,000 5% note due,  pursuant to an
amendment,  December  31, 1998 (the "CEFC  Note-3")  and in December  1997,  the
Company sold a $279,000 5% note due December 31, 1998 (the "CEFC  Note-4,"  and,
together  with the CEFC  Note-1,  CEFC  Note-2  and the CEFC  Note-3,  the "CEFC
Notes") to CEFC. Upon consummation of the Offering,  the principal amount of the
CEFC Note-3 and CEFC Note-4 will become due and payable immediately. No interest
is  payable  on the CEFC  Note-3 and CEFC  Note-4 in the event the  Offering  is
consummated. The Company intends to repay the CEFC Note-3 and CEFC Note-4 with a
portion of the proceeds of the Offering.

     In February  1998 and May 1998,  the Company  sold an  aggregate  principal
amount of $1,550,000 12% notes (the "CUSA Notes"). The CUSA Notes become due and
payable on February 28, 1999. In the event the Offering is consummated, the CUSA
Notes  automatically will convert into a number of shares of Common Stock, which
number shall be determined by dividing the aggregate  amount of CUSA Notes by an
amount equal to 50% of the initial public offering  price.  $700,000 of the CUSA
Notes  were  issued to  entities  affiliated  with  Michael A. Baker and Paul T.
Shirley,  both of whom will become directors of the Company upon consummation of
the Offering.     

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
   
     The  proceeds of the CEFC Notes and the CUSA Notes were used by the Company
to pay various expenses  incurred in connection with its efforts to complete the
Acquisitions and effect the Offering.

     In  May  1997,  Collectibles  USA  issued  to 22  unaffiliated,  accredited
investors 20,000 shares of its Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, liquidation
value  $50 per  share,  for an  aggregate  consideration  of $1.0  million,  the
proceeds of which were used by the Company to pay various  expenses  incurred in
connection  with its  efforts  to  complete  the  Acquisitions  and  effect  the
Offering.  Pursuant to the terms of the Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,
upon the  consummation  of the Offering,  each share of the Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock will automatically convert either (i) into that number of shares
of Common  Stock,  determined  by dividing (X) the  liquidation  value by (Y) an
amount equal to 60% of the initial  public  offering  price or, at the option of
the holder of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, (ii) into that number of
shares of Common Stock  determined by dividing (X) the liquidation  value by (Y)
an amount  equal to 150% of the  initial  public  offering  price and cash in an
amount equal to the liquidation  value. All but one of the holders of the Series
A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  have  elected  conversion  option  (ii) in the
preceding sentence. As a result, upon consummation of the Offering, the Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock will convert into approximately $1.0 million in cash
and 79,902 shares of Common Stock.  The Company intends to pay the required cash
amounts in connection with the conversion of the Series A Convertible  Preferred
Stock, with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.     

     Effective May 12, 1997, the Company effected a  1,016.604-to-1  stock split
(the "Stock Split") on outstanding shares of Common Stock as of May 11, 1997.
   
     Effective June 1997, the Company issued 1,016,602 shares of Restricted Vote
Common Stock to RGR,  Capstone  and Michael A. Baker in exchange  for  1,016,602
shares of Common Stock.
    
     Each of  these  transactions  was  completed  without  registration  of the
relevant  security  under the  Securities  Act in reliance  upon the  exemptions
provided by Sections 3(a)(9) and 4(2) of the Securities Act for transactions not
involving a sale or a public offering.

ITEM 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(A) EXHIBITS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER          EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- --------   --------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>
1.1        Form of Underwriting Agreement
2.1        Form of Agreement and Plan of  Organization  (together  with Schedule
           identifying and distinguishing the substantially  identical documents
           which have been omitted herein as permitted by Item 601 of Regulation
           S-K)
2.2        Amendment  No.  1,  dated  as of  October  15,  1997,  together  with
           Amendment No. 2, dated as of November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan
           of Organization,  dated as of May 9, 1997, by and among  Collectibles
           USA, Inc., Filmart Acquisition Corp., Filmart Productions and the
           stockholders named therein.
2.3        Amendment  No.  1,  dated  as of  October  15,  1997,  together  with
           Amendment No. 2, dated as of November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan
           of Organization,  dated as of May 9, 1997, by and among  Collectibles
           USA, Inc., ARA Acquisition Corp.,  American Royal Arts Corp., and the
           stockholders named therein.
2.4        Amendment  No.  1,  dated  as of  October  15,  1997,  together  with
           Amendment No. 2, dated as of November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan
           of Organization,  dated as of May 9, 1997, by and among  Collectibles
           USA, Inc., Stone's Acquisition Corp., Stone's Shops Inc., and the
           stockholders named therein.
2.5        Amendment  No.  1,  dated  as of  October  15,  1997,  together  with
           Amendment No. 2, dated as of November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan
           of Organization,  dated as of May 9, 1997, by and among  Collectibles
           USA, Inc., St. George  Acquisition  Corp., St. George,  Inc., and the
           stockholders named therein.
2.6        Amendment  No.  1,  dated  as of  October  15,  1997,  together  with
           Amendment No. 2, dated as of November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan
           of Organization,  dated as of May 9, 1997, by and among  Collectibles
           USA, Inc., Elwell Acquisition Corp., Elwell Stores, Inc., and the
           stockholders named therein.
</TABLE>
    
                                      II-3

<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT
   NUMBER        EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- ------------   -----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>
   2.7         Amendment  No. 1, dated as of November 28, 1997, to Agreement and
               Plan of  Organization,  dated  as of May 9,  1997,  by and  among
               Collectibles  USA, Inc., DKG Acquisition  Corp., DKG Enterprises,
               Inc., and the stockholders named therein.
   2.8         Amendment  No. 1, dated as of November 28, 1997, to Agreement and
               Plan of  Organization,  dated  as of May 9,  1997,  by and  among
               Collectibles   USA,  Inc.,   Animation  USA  Acquisition   Corp.,
               Animation USA, Inc., and the stockholders named therein.
  3.1          Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
  3.2**        Certificate  of  Designation  of Series A Convertible  Preferred
               Stock
  3.3**        Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company
  4.1**        Form of Common Stock certificate of the Company
  5.1*         Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
 10.1          Employment  Agreement,  dated  as of May  9,  1997,  between  the
               Company and Jerry Gladstone,  (together with Schedule identifying
               and  distinguishing the substantially  identical  documents which
               have been omitted  herein as permitted by item 601 of  Regulation
               S-K).
 10.2**        1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 10.3**        1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan
 10.4          Consulting  Agreement,  dated as of June 12,  1997,  between  the
               Company and RGR, together with Amendment No. 1 dated May 31, 1998
 10.5          Form of Representative's Warrant
 10.6*         Agreement,  dated  as of  June  1998,  between  the  Company  and
               SourceNet Solutions, Inc.
 10.7          Employment  Agreement,  dated as of August 11, 1997,  between the
               Company and Neil J. DePascal, Jr.
               together with Amendment No. 1 dated May 28, 1998
 10.8          Licensing  Agreement,  dated March 26,  1996,  between The Curtis
               Publishing  Company,  Licensing  Division and American Royal Arts
               Corporation,  together with Addendum No. 1 dated June 6, 1997 and
               Addendum No. 2 dated March 16, 1998
 10.9**        Garfield Exclusive Licensing  Agreement,  effective as of January
               1, 1995,  between  Mendelson/Paws  Productions and American Royal
               Arts Corp., together with Amendment No. 1 dated May 7, 1996
 10.10**       Consignment  Agreement,  dated  September 30, 1994,  between Ross
               Editions,  Inc.  and  American  Royal Arts Corp.,  together  with
               Amendment to Consignment Agreement, dated March 31, 1997
 10.11*        Agreement and Release, dated August 11, 1997, between the Company
               and David L. Yankey  together with Letter  Agreement  dated as of
               June 1998
 10.12         Employment Agreement,  dated August 25, 1997, between the Company
               and Shonnie  Bilin  together  with  Amendment No. 1 dated May 28,
               1998
 10.13**       Trademark  License  Agreement,   dated  June  15,  1987,  between
               Hallmark Cards Incorporated and Reef's Hallmark Shop
 10.14*        Agreement,  dated as of April 1998,  between  the  Company  and
               Administaff, Inc.
 10.15         Assignment and License Agreement,  dated as of April 28, 1982, by
               and among Hallmark Cards, Inc. and
               Stone's Shops, Inc.
 10.16         Trademark Assignment and License Agreement,  dated as of July 18,
               1984, by and among Hallmark Cards, Inc. and Stone's Shops, Inc.
 10.17         Trademark  Assignment and License  Agreement,  dated as of August
               13, 1984, by and among  Hallmark  Cards,  Inc. and Stone's Shops,
               Inc.
 10.18         Trademark  License  Agreement,  dated as of May 14, 1985,  by and
               among  Hallmark  Cards,   Inc.  and  Stone's  Shops,  Inc. 
 10.19         Trademark Sublicense Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1992, by
               and among Hallmark Marketing Corporation and Stone's Shops, Inc.
 10.20         Trademark Sublicense  Agreement,  by and among Hallmark Marketing
               Corporation and Stone's Shops, Inc.
</TABLE>
    
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT
    NUMBER       EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- -------------   ----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>
 10.21         Consulting  Agreement,  dated  as of May 31,  1998,  between  the
               Company and Wasatch Capital Corporation
 10.22         Letter Agreement,  dated as of May 31, 1998,  between the Company
               and RGR Financial Group,  LLC 
 21            List of Subsidiaries  (including
               state of incorporation and trade name(s)) of the Company
 23.1          Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
 23.2*         Consent of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
 24            Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page)
 27            Financial Data Schedule
 99.1**        Consent  of each of  Michael  A.  Baker,  Roy C.  Elwell,  Jerry
               Gladstone,  David K. Green,  Paul  Shirley,  Susan M. Spiegel and
               David Stone to use their names as director nominees
 99.2          Consent of Unity Marketing

</TABLE>
    

   
- ---------
 * To be filed by amendment.
    
** Previously filed.


(B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

   
     Not applicable.

    
                                      II-5

<PAGE>
   
ITEM 17. Undertakings

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of the
registrant  pursuant to the provisions  described in Item 14, or otherwise,  the
registrant  has been advised that in the opinion of the  Securities and Exchange
Commission  such  indemnification  is against public policy as expressed in such
Act  and  is,  therefore,   unenforceable.   In  the  event  that  a  claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
registrant of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling
person of the  registrant  in the  successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or
proceeding)  is  asserted by such  director,  officer or  controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered,  the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

     (1) For purposes of determining  any liability  under the Securities Act of
     1933, the information  omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
     this  registration  statement  in reliance on Rule 430A and  contained in a
     form of prospectus  filed by the  registrant  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
     (4) or 497(h) under the  Securities  Act shall be deemed to be part of this
     registration statement as of the time it is declared effective.

     (2) That for the purpose of determining  any liability under the Securities
     Act of 1933,  each such  post-effective  amendment  that contains a form of
     prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration  statement  relating to
     the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
     time shall be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     The   undersigned   registrant   hereby   undertakes   to  provide  to  the
Underwriters,   at  the  closing   specified  in  the  underwriting   agreement,
certificates in such  denominations  and registered in such names as required by
the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

    

                                      II-6

<PAGE>
   

                                  SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Company has
duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to the  Registration  Statement to be signed on
its behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto duly  authorized,  in the City of New
York, State of New York, on this 2nd day of June, 1998.

                                     COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                                     BY: /s/ Shonnie D. Bilin
                                         --------------------------------------
                                         Shonnie D. Bilin
                                         President and Chief Executive Officer

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,  that each person whose  signature  appears
below hereby  authorizes and constitutes  Ronald  Rafaloff,  his or her true and
lawful attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution and resubstitution,  for
him or her and in his or her name,  place and stead,  in any and all  capacities
(including his or her capacity as a director and/or officer of Collectibles USA,
Inc.  to  sign  and  file  any  and  all  amendments  (including  post-effective
amendments) to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement filed
pursuant  to Rule  462(b)  of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  with  all  exhibits
thereto,  and other documents in connection therewith with the Securities Act of
1933, and he or she hereby ratifies and confirms all that said attorney-in-fact,
or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 3 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in
the capacities and on the dates indicated.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           SIGNATURE                      CAPACITY IN WHICH SIGNED               DATE
- -------------------------------   ---------------------------------------   -------------
<S>                               <C>                                       <C>
  /s/ Shonnie D. Bilin            President and Chief Executive Officer     June 2, 1998
 -----------------------            (Principal Executive Officer)
   Shonnie D. Bilin


 /s/ Neil J. DePascal, Jr.        Chief Financial Officer                   June 2, 1998
 -----------------------            (Principal Financial and
  Neil J. DePascal, Jr.              Accounting Officer)



 /s/ Ronald P. Rafaloff           Chairman of the Board                     June 2, 1998
 -----------------------
  Ronald P. Rafaloff

</TABLE>
    

                                      II-7

<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT                                                                            PAGE
 NUMBER          EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION                                               NUMBER
- --------   --------------------------------------------------------------------   --------
<S>         <C>                                                                    <C>
1.1        Form of Underwriting Agreement
2.1        Form of Agreement and Plan of  Organization  (together  with Schedule
           identifying and distinguishing the substantially  identical documents
           which have been omitted herein as permitted by Item 601 of Regulation
           S-K)
2.2        Amendment  No.  1,  dated  as of  October  15,  1997,  together  with
           Amendment No. 2, dated as of November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan
           of Organization,  dated as of May 9, 1997, by and among  Collectibles
           USA, Inc., Filmart Acquisition Corp., Filmart Productions and the
           stockholders named therein.
2.3        Amendment  No.  1,  dated  as of  October  15,  1997,  together  with
           Amendment No. 2, dated as of November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan
           of Organization,  dated as of May 9, 1997, by and among  Collectibles
           USA, Inc., ARA Acquisition Corp.,  American Royal Arts Corp., and the
           stockholders named therein.
2.4        Amendment  No.  1,  dated  as of  October  15,  1997,  together  with
           Amendment No. 2, dated as of November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan
           of Organization,  dated as of May 9, 1997, by and among  Collectibles
           USA, Inc., Stone's Acquisition Corp., Stone's Shops Inc., and the
           stockholders named therein.
2.5        Amendment  No.  1,  dated  as of  October  15,  1997,  together  with
           Amendment No. 2, dated as of November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan
           of Organization,  dated as of May 9, 1997, by and among  Collectibles
           USA, Inc., St. George  Acquisition  Corp., St. George,  Inc., and the
           stockholders named therein.
2.6        Amendment  No.  1,  dated  as of  October  15,  1997,  together  with
           Amendment No. 2, dated as of November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan
           of Organization,  dated as of May 9, 1997, by and among  Collectibles
           USA, Inc., Elwell Acquisition Corp., Elwell Stores, Inc., and the
           stockholders named therein.
2.7        Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan
           of Organization,  dated as of May 9, 1997, by and among  Collectibles
           USA, Inc., DKG  Acquisition  Corp.,  DKG  Enterprises,  Inc., and the
           stockholders named therein.
2.8        Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 28, 1997, to Agreement and Plan
           of Organization,  dated as of May 9, 1997, by and among  Collectibles
           USA, Inc., Animation USA Acquisition Corp.,  Animation USA, Inc., and
           the stockholders named therein.
3.1        Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
3.2**      Certificate of Designation of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
3.3**      Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company
4.1**      Form of Common Stock certificate of the Company
5.1*       Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
10.1       Employment  Agreement,  dated as of May 9, 1997,  between the Company
           and  Jerry   Gladstone   (together  with  Schedule   identifying  and
           distinguishing the substantially  identical documents which have been
           omitted herein as permitted by item 601 of Regulation S-K).
10.2**     1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan
10.3**     1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan
10.4       Consulting Agreement,  dated as of June 12, 1997, between the Company
           and RGR, together with Amendment No. 1 dated May 31, 1998
10.5       Form of Representative's Warrant
10.6*      Agreement, dated  as of June, 1998, between the Company and SourceNet
           Solutions, Inc.
10.7       Employment  Agreement,  dated as of  August  11,  1997,  between  the
           Company and Neil J. DePascal, Jr. together with Amendment No. 1 dated
           May 28, 1998
</TABLE>
    

   


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT                                                                            PAGE
 NUMBER          EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION                                               NUMBER
- --------   --------------------------------------------------------------------   --------
<S>         <C>                                                                    <C>
10.8       Licensing  Agreement,  dated  March  26,  1996,  between  The  Curtis
           Publishing  Company,  Licensing  Division  and  American  Royal  Arts
           Corporation,  together  with  Addendum  No. 1 dated  June 6, 1997 and
           Addendum No. 2 dated March 16, 1998
10.9**     Garfield Exclusive  Licensing  Agreement,  effective as of January 1,
           1995,  between  Mendelson/Paws  Productions  and American  Royal Arts
           Corp., together with Amendment No. 1 dated May 7, 1996
10.10**    Consignment  Agreement,   dated  September  30,  1994,  between  Ross
           Editions, Inc. and American Royal Arts Corp., together with Amendment
           to Consignment Agreement, dated March 31, 1997
10.11*     Agreement and Release, dated August 11, 1997, between the Company and
           David L. Yankey together with Letter Agreement dated as of June, 1998
10.12      Employment Agreement,  dated August 25, 1997, between the Company and
           Shonnie Bilin together with Amendment No. 1 dated May 28, 1998
10.13**    Trademark License  Agreement,  dated June 15, 1987,  between Hallmark
           Cards Incorporated and Reef's Hallmark Shop
10.14*     Agreement,   dated  as  of  April,  1998,  between  the  Company  and
           Administaff, Inc.
10.15      Assignment and License Agreement,  dated as of April 28, 1982, by and
           among Hallmark Cards, Inc. and Stone's Shops, Inc.
10.16      Trademark  Assignment  and  License  Agreement,  dated as of July 18,
           1984, by and among Hallmark Cards, Inc. and Stone's Shops, Inc.
10.17      Trademark  Assignment and License  Agreement,  dated as of August 13,
           1984, by and among Hallmark Cards, Inc. and Stone's Shops, Inc.
10.18      Trademark License  Agreement,  dated as of May 14, 1985, by and among
           Hallmark Cards, Inc. and Stone's Shops, Inc.
10.19      Trademark Sublicense Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1992, by and
           among Hallmark Marketing Corporation and Stone's Shops, Inc.
10.20      Trademark  Sublicense  Agreement,  by and  among  Hallmark  Marketing
           Corporation and Stone's Shops, Inc.
10.21      Consulting  Agreement,  dated as of May 31, 1998, between the Company
           and Wasatch Capital Corporation
10.22      Letter Agreement,  dated as of May 31, 1998,  between the Company and
           RGR Financial Group, LLC
21         List of  Subsidiaries  (including  state of  incorporation  and trade
           name(s)) of the Company
23.1       Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
23.2*      Consent of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
24         Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page)
27         Financial Data Schedule
99.1**     Consent of each of Michael A. Baker, Roy C. Elwell,  Jerry Gladstone,
           David K. Green, Paul Shirley, Susan M. Spiegel and David Stone to use
           their names as director nominees
99.2       Consent of Unity Marketing

</TABLE>
- ---------
 * To be filed by amendment.
    
** Previously filed.





                                2,700,000 Shares

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                          Common Stock, $.01 par value

                         FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                                          , 1998

CRUTTENDEN ROTH INCORPORATED
[Co-Manager]
As Representatives of the several Underwriters
   named in Schedule A hereto
c/o Cruttenden Roth Incorporated
18301 Van Karman Avenue
Irvine, California 92612

Dear Sirs:

     1.  Introductory.  Collectibles  USA,  Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"),  proposes to sell,  pursuant to the terms of this Agreement,  to the
several  underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (the  "Underwriters," or, each,
an  "Underwriter"),  an aggregate of 2,700,000 shares of common stock,  $.01 par
value (the "Common Stock"), of the Company. The aggregate of 2,700,000 shares so
proposed to be sold is hereinafter  referred to as the "Firm Stock." The Company
also proposes to sell to the  Underwriters,  upon the terms and  conditions  set
forth in Section 3 hereof,  up to an additional  405,000  shares of Common Stock
(the  "Option  Stock").  The Firm  Stock and the  Option  Stock are  hereinafter
collectively   referred  to  as  the  "Stock."   Cruttenden  Roth   Incorporated
("Cruttenden"),  and [Co-Manager] are acting as  representatives  of the several
Underwriters   and  in  such  capacity  are  hereinafter   referred  to  as  the
"Representatives."

     You have advised us that simultaneously with the closing of the purchase of
the Firm Stock by the Underwriters,  the Company will cause each of the Founding
Companies (as  hereinafter  defined) to be merged  (collectively,  the "Founding
Company


<PAGE>



Mergers") with a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company (each,  an "Acquisition
Subsidiary and, together, the "Acquisition Subsidiaries"), in each case pursuant
to an agreement and plan of  organization,  as amended (each,  an "Agreement and
Plan of  Organization"),  the  consideration  for which will be a combination of
cash and shares of Common Stock as described in the  Registration  Statement (as
hereinafter defined).

     2.  Representations  and Warranties of the Company.  The Company represents
and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

          (a) A registration  statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333- 29181) in the
     form in which it became or  becomes  effective  and also in such form as it
     may be when any  post-effective  amendment  thereto shall become  effective
     with  respect  to  the  Stock,  including  any  pre-effective  prospectuses
     included as part of the  registration  statement as originally  filed or as
     part of any amendment or supplement  thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424
     under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act"),  and
     the rules and regulations  (the "Rules and  Regulations") of the Securities
     and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") thereunder, copies of which have
     heretofore  been  delivered  to you,  has been  carefully  prepared  by the
     Company in conformity  with the  requirements of the Securities Act and has
     been  filed  with the  Commission  under the  Securities  Act;  one or more
     amendments  to such  registration  statement,  including  in  each  case an
     amended   pre-effective   prospectus,   copies  of  which  amendments  have
     heretofore  been  delivered to you,  have been so prepared and filed.  Such
     registration  statement  is referred to  hereinafter  as the  "Registration
     Statement." If it is contemplated,  at the time this Agreement is executed,
     that a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement will be filed
     and must be  declared  effective  before  the  offering  of the  Stock  may
     commence, the term "Registration Statement" as used in this Agreement means
     the Registration Statement as amended by said post-effective amendment. The
     term "Registration  Statement" as used in this Agreement shall also include
     any registration  statement relating to the Stock that is filed pursuant to
     Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act. The term "Prospectus" as used in this
     Agreement  means the  prospectus in the form  included in the  Registration
     Statement, or, (A) if the prospectus included in the Registration Statement
     omits  information  in reliance on Rule 430A under the  Securities  Act and
     such  information  is included in a  prospectus  filed with the  Commission
     pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act, the term  "Prospectus" as
     used in this  Agreement  means the  prospectus  in the form included in the
     Registration  Statement  as  supplemented  by

                                       2

<PAGE>



     the addition of the Rule 430A information contained in the prospectus filed
     with the Commission  pursuant to Rule 424(b) and (B) if  prospectuses  that
     meet the  requirements of Section 10(a) of the Securities Act are delivered
     pursuant  to  Rule  434  under  the  Securities  Act,  then  (i)  the  term
     "Prospectus"  as used in this Agreement  means the  "prospectus  subject to
     completion"  (as such term is defined in Rule 434(g)  under the  Securities
     Act) as supplemented by (a) the addition of Rule 430A  information or other
     information  contained in the form of prospectus delivered pursuant to Rule
     434(b)(2) under the Securities Act or (b) the information  contained in the
     term sheets  described in Rule 434(b)(3) under the Securities Act, and (ii)
     the date of such  prospectuses  shall be  deemed to be the date of the term
     sheets. The term "Pre-effective Prospectus" as used in this Agreement means
     the  prospectus   subject  to  completion  in  the  form  included  in  the
     Registration   Statement  at  the  time  of  the  initial   filing  of  the
     Registration  Statement with the Commission,  and as such prospectus  shall
     have been amended from time to time prior to the date of the Prospectus.

          (b) The  Commission  has not issued or  threatened  to issue any order
     preventing or suspending the use of any Pre-effective  Prospectus,  and, at
     its date of issue, each Pre-effective  Prospectus conformed in all material
     respects with the  requirements  of the  Securities Act and did not include
     any untrue  statement of a material  fact or omit to state a material  fact
     required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,
     in light of the  circumstances  under which they were made, not misleading;
     and, when the  Registration  Statement  becomes  effective and at all times
     subsequent  thereto up to and including  the Closing Dates (as  hereinafter
     defined),  the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments
     or supplements  thereto contained and will contain all material  statements
     and information  required to be included  therein by the Securities Act and
     conformed and will conform in all material  respects to the requirements of
     the  Securities  Act  and  neither  the  Registration   Statement  nor  the
     Prospectus,  nor any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto,  included or will
     include  any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to state  any
     material  fact  required  to be stated  therein  or  necessary  to make the
     statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under which they were
     made,   not   misleading;    provided,    however,   that   the   foregoing
     representations,  warranties and agreements  shall not apply to information
     contained  in  or  omitted  from  any   Pre-effective   Prospectus  or  the
     Registration   Statement  or  the  Prospectus  or  any  such  amendment  or
     supplement thereto in reliance

                                       3

<PAGE>



     upon, and in conformity with, written information  furnished to the Company
     by or on behalf of any Underwriter,  directly or through you,  specifically
     for use in the preparation thereof;  and each Pre-effective  Prospectus and
     Prospectus  delivered to the  Underwriters  for use in connection  with the
     offering of the Stock will, at the time of such  delivery,  be identical to
     the  electronically  transmitted  copies  thereof filed with the Commission
     pursuant to EDGAR,  except to the extent  permitted by Regulation S-T under
     the Securities Act; there is no franchise,  lease,  contract,  agreement or
     document  required  to  be  described  in  the  Registration  Statement  or
     Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which
     is not described or filed therein as required;  and all descriptions of any
     such franchises,  leases,  contracts,  agreements or documents contained in
     the Registration  Statement are accurate and complete  descriptions of such
     documents in all material respects.

          (c)  Subsequent to the  respective  dates as of which  information  is
     given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and except as set forth
     or contemplated in the Prospectus,  the Company and the Founding Companies,
     taken as a whole, have not incurred any liabilities or obligations,  direct
     or contingent, nor entered into any transactions not in the ordinary course
     of  business,  and there has not been any  material  adverse  change in the
     condition  (financial  or  otherwise),  properties,  business,  management,
     prospects,  net worth or  results  of  operations  of the  Company  and the
     Founding Companies considered as a whole (a "Material Adverse Effect"),  or
     any  change in the  capital  stock,  short-term  or  long-term  debt of the
     Company or any of the Founding Companies.

          (d) The financial  statements of the Company,  the separate  financial
     statements  of  American  Royal Arts Corp.,  Animation  U.S.A.,  Inc.,  DKG
     Enterprises,  Inc.,  Elwell  Stores,  Inc.,  Filmart  Productions  Inc. and
     Stone's Shops, Inc. (the  "Significant  Founding  Companies"),  and the pro
     forma  combined  financial  statements  of the  Company  and  the  Founding
     Companies,  in each case together with related notes and schedules,  as set
     forth in the Registration Statement,  present fairly the financial position
     and the results of operations and cash flows of the Company, of each of the
     Significant  Founding  Companies  and  of  the  Company  and  the  Founding
     Companies pro forma combined,  respectively, at the indicated dates and for
     the indicated periods. Such financial statements and related schedules have
     been  prepared  in 

                                       4

<PAGE>



     accordance with generally accepted  principles of accounting,  consistently
     applied throughout the periods involved,  except as disclosed therein,  and
     all  adjustments  necessary  for a fair  presentation  of results  for such
     periods  have been  made.  The  summary  historical  and  statistical  data
     included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information shown
     therein  and such data have been  compiled on a basis  consistent  with the
     financial  statements  presented  therein  and the books and records of the
     Company and the Founding Companies,  as applicable.  The pro forma combined
     financial  statements of the Company and the Founding Companies  (including
     the supplemental pro forma  information  shown therein),  together with the
     related notes, as set forth in the Registration  Statement,  present fairly
     the  information  shown therein,  have been prepared in accordance with the
     Commission's  rules and  guidelines  with  respect  to pro forma  financial
     statements and have been properly compiled on the pro forma bases described
     therein,  and in the opinion of the Company,  the  assumptions  used in the
     preparation  thereof are  reasonable and the  adjustments  used therein are
     appropriate to give effect to the transactions or circumstances referred to
     therein.  The selected  financial  information  included under the captions
     "Capitalization"  and "Selected  Financial Data" in the Prospectus presents
     fairly the  information  shown  therein  and has been  compiled  on a basis
     consistent with that of the audited financial statements of the Company and
     the Founding Companies.  No other financial  statements or schedules of the
     Company or the Founding Companies are required by the Securities Act or the
     Rules and  Regulations  to be included  in the  Registration  Statement  or
     Prospectus. None of the Company, any of the Acquisition Subsidiaries or any
     of the Founding  Companies is currently  planning any probable  acquisition
     for which disclosure of pro forma financial  information  would be required
     by the Securities Act.

          (e) Arthur  Andersen  LLP, who have  expressed  their  opinions on the
     audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus are independent public accountants as required by the Securities
     Act and the Rules and Regulations.

          (f) The Company has been duly  incorporated and is validly existing as
     a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware with
     full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties
     and conduct its business as described in the  Prospectus.  Each of American
     Royal Arts Corp.,  Animation  U.S.A.,  Inc., DKG Enterprises,  Inc., Elwell
     Stores, Inc., Filmart Productions Inc.,

                                       5

<PAGE>



     Stone's Shops, Inc. and St. George,  Inc. (each, a "Founding  Company" and,
     together,  the  "Founding  Companies")  has been duly  incorporated  and is
     validly  existing as a corporation  in good standing  under the laws of the
     jurisdiction of its incorporation,  with full corporate power and authority
     to own,  lease and operate  its  properties  and  conduct  its  business as
     described in the Prospectus.  Each of the Acquisition Subsidiaries has been
     duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing
     under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation with full power and
     authority  (corporate  and other) to own,  lease and operate its properties
     and conduct its business.  As of the Closing  Date,  after giving effect to
     the Founding Company Mergers,  all of the outstanding capital stock of each
     of the Founding  Companies will be owned by the Company,  free and clear of
     any  pledge,  lien,  security  interest,  encumbrance,  claim or  equitable
     interest.  The Company and each of the Founding Companies is duly qualified
     to do business  as a foreign  corporation  and is in good  standing in each
     jurisdiction  in which the  ownership or leasing of its  properties  or the
     conduct of its  business  requires  such  qualification,  except  where the
     failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a Material
     Adverse Effect, and to the knowledge of the Company, no proceeding has been
     instituted in any such jurisdiction,  revoking,  limiting or curtailing, or
     seeking  to  revoke,  limit  or  curtail,   such  power  and  authority  or
     qualification. The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly,
     any  corporation,  association or other entity other than the  subsidiaries
     listed on Exhibit 21 to the  Registration  Statement.  None of the Founding
     Companies  owns or  controls,  directly  or  indirectly,  any  corporation,
     association  or other  entity other than a  partnership  formed by American
     Royal Arts Corp. and Animation U.S.A., Inc. which has these two entities as
     its only partners.  Except as described in the  Registration  Statement and
     the  Prospectus,  the Company is not engaged in any discussions or party to
     any agreement or understanding,  written or oral, regarding the acquisition
     of,  or of an  interest  in,  any  corporation,  firm,  partnership,  joint
     venture, association or other entity.

          (g) All  outstanding  shares of capital stock of the Company have been
     duly  authorized and validly  issued and are fully paid and  nonassessable,
     have been issued in compliance with all federal and state  securities laws,
     were not issued in  violation  of or subject  to any  preemptive  rights or
     other rights to subscribe for or purchase  securities,  and the  authorized
     and  outstanding  capital  stock  of the  Company  is as set  forth  in the
     Prospectus under the caption  "Capitalization" and

                                       6

<PAGE>



     conforms  in all  material  respects  to the  statements  relating  thereto
     contained  in the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus  (and  such
     statements  correctly state the substance of the  instruments  defining the
     capitalization  of the Company);  the Firm Stock and the Option Stock to be
     purchased from the Company hereunder have been duly and validly  authorized
     for issuance and sale to the  Underwriters  pursuant to this Agreement and,
     when  issued and  delivered  by the  Company  against  payment  therefor in
     accordance  with the  terms  of this  Agreement,  will be duly and  validly
     issued and fully paid and nonassessable, and will be sold free and clear of
     any  pledge,  lien,  security  interest,  encumbrance,  claim or  equitable
     interest; and no preemptive right, co-sale right, registration right, right
     of first refusal or other similar right of stockholders exists with respect
     to any shares of the Firm Stock or Option  Stock to be  purchased  from the
     Company hereunder or the issuance and sale thereof.  No further approval or
     authorization of any stockholder,  the Board of Directors of the Company or
     others is required  for the issuance and sale of the Stock except as may be
     required  under the Act, the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended
     (the "Exchange  Act"), or under state or other securities or blue sky laws.
     Upon completion of the Founding  Company Mergers in the manner described in
     the  Prospectus,  the shares of Common  Stock to be issued in such  mergers
     will be duly authorized,  validly issued and fully paid and  nonassessable.
     Upon conversion of the Company's Series A Preferred  Stock,  $.01 par value
     per share (the "Preferred Stock"),  the Company's  Restricted Voting Common
     Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Restricted  Stock") and the Company's
     $1,550,000 12% notes due February 28, 1999 (the "CUSA  Notes"),  the shares
     of Common Stock to be issued in such  conversions  will be duly authorized,
     validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable. Except as disclosed in the
     Prospectus  and the financial  statements  of the Company,  and the related
     notes  thereto,  included  in the  Prospectus,  the  Company  does not have
     outstanding  any options to  purchase,  or any  preemptive  rights or other
     rights to  subscribe  for or to purchase,  any  securities  or  obligations
     convertible  into, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell, shares
     of its capital stock or any such options, rights, convertible securities or
     obligations.  The description of the Company's Long-Term Incentive Plan and
     1997 Non-  Employee  Directors'  Stock Plan (the "Option  Plans"),  and the
     options or other rights granted and exercised thereunder,  set forth in the
     Prospectus  accurately and fairly presents the  information  required to be
     shown with respect to the Option Plans and the options granted thereunder.

                                       7

<PAGE>



          (h)  All the  issued  and  outstanding  capital  stock  of each of the
     Founding  Companies and each of the Acquisition  Subsidiaries has been duly
     authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable, and were
     not issued in violation  of or subject to any  preemptive  right,  or other
     rights to  subscribe  for or  purchase  shares  and is owned of record  and
     beneficially,  as of the date hereof, by the Company in the case of each of
     the  Acquisition  Subsidiaries  and,  in the  case of each of the  Founding
     Companies,  as  indicated  in  Schedule  1.4 of the  Agreement  and Plan of
     Organization relating to such Founding Company, and will be owned of record
     and  beneficially by the Company at or prior to the closing of the issuance
     of the  Firm  Stock,  free  and  clear of any  security  interests,  liens,
     encumbrances,  equities or other claims.  There are no outstanding  rights,
     warrants  or  options  to  acquire,  or  instruments  convertible  into  or
     exchangeable  for, any shares of capital stock or other equity  interest in
     any of the  Acquisition  Subsidiaries  or  any of the  Founding  Companies.
     Except as described in the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus or as
     may be  restricted  by  relevant  state  law with  respect  to the need for
     sufficient  surplus,  none of the Acquisition  Subsidiaries or the Founding
     Companies is currently prohibited,  directly or indirectly, from paying any
     dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on its capital
     stock,  or from  transferring  any of the  property  or  assets of any such
     Founding Company to the Company.

          (i) The shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of the Warrants
     (as hereinafter defined) have been duly authorized for issuance pursuant to
     the Warrants and, when issued and delivered by the Company  against payment
     therefor in  accordance  with the terms  thereof,  will be duly and validly
     issued and fully paid and nonassessable,  and will be free and clear of any
     pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, claim or equitable interest.

          (j)  Except  as set  forth in the  Prospectus,  there  are no legal or
     governmental  proceedings  pending  to  which  the  Company  or  any of the
     Founding  Companies  is a party or of which any  property of the Company or
     any Founding  Company is subject,  which,  if  determined  adversely to the
     Company  or  any  such  Founding  Company,  might  individually  or in  the
     aggregate (i) prevent or adversely affect the transactions  contemplated by
     this Agreement or by any Agreement and Plan of  Organization,  (ii) suspend
     the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement,  (iii) prevent or suspend
     the use of the Pre-effective  Prospectus in any jurisdiction or (iv) result
     in a Material Adverse Effect; and to the

                                       8

<PAGE>



     best of the Company's  knowledge no such proceedings are threatened against
     the Company or any Founding Company by governmental  authorities or others.
     Neither the Company nor any  Founding  Company is a party or subject to the
     provisions  of any material  injunction,  judgment,  decree or order of any
     court, regulatory body or other governmental agency or body.

          (k) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each
     Agreement and Plan of Organization and the consummation of the transactions
     herein and therein contemplated will not result in the creation of any lien
     or in a breach  or  violation  of any of the  terms or  provisions  of,  or
     constitute a default under, (i) any material indenture,  mortgage,  deed of
     trust, note agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company
     or any of the  Founding  Companies is a party or by which it or any of them
     or any of their properties is or may be bound, (ii) the charter, By-laws or
     other  organizational  documents  of  the  Company,  any  of  the  Founding
     Companies or any of the Acquisition Subsidiaries or (iii) any law, statute,
     order,  rule or  regulation  of any  court or  governmental  agency or body
     having  jurisdiction  over the Company or any of the Founding  Companies or
     any of their properties.

          (l) No  consent,  approval,  authorization  or order  of any  court or
     governmental  agency  or  body is  required  for  the  consummation  by the
     Company,   any  of  the  Founding  Companies  or  any  of  the  Acquisition
     Subsidiaries,  of the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement or any
     Agreement and Plan of  Organization,  except such as may be required by the
     National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. (the "NASD") or under the
     Securities Act or the securities or "Blue Sky" laws of any  jurisdiction in
     connection  with  the  purchase  and  distribution  of  the  Stock  by  the
     Underwriters.

          (m) The Company has the full  corporate  power and  authority to enter
     into this Agreement and to perform its obligations  hereunder (including to
     issue,  sell and deliver the Stock),  and this  Agreement has been duly and
     validly  authorized,  executed and  delivered by the Company and is a valid
     and binding obligation of the Company,  enforceable  against the Company in
     accordance  with its terms,  except to the extent that rights to  indemnity
     and  contribution  hereunder may be limited by federal or state  securities
     laws or the public policy underlying such laws or by applicable bankruptcy,
     insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or
     affecting  creditors' rights generally or by general equitable  principles.
     The  Company  has the full  corporate  power and  authority  to execute and
     deliver  the  Warrants  on the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in this
     Agreement  and in the  Warrants,  and such  execution  and  delivery of the
     Warrants  has been  duly and  validly  authorized,  and when  executed  and
     delivered  pursuant to this  Agreement,  the Warrants  will be  enforceable
     against the Company in  accordance  with their  terms,  except as rights to
     indemnification  hereunder may be limited by  applicable  law and except as
     the enforcement hereof and thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
     insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or
     affecting  creditors' rights

                                       9

<PAGE>



     generally or by general  equitable  principles.  The  Company,  each of the
     Acquisition Subsidiaries, and each of the Founding Companies has full legal
     right, power and authority to enter into the respective  Agreement and Plan
     Organization  to which  they are  party  and to  perform  the  transactions
     contemplated  thereby. Each Agreement and Plan of Organization with respect
     to the Company, each Acquisition  Subsidiary and each Founding Company that
     is a party thereto, has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the
     Company,  such Acquisition  Subsidiary and such Founding Company,  and each
     such agreement is a valid and binding agreement on the part of the Company,
     such  Acquisition  Subsidiary  and such Founding  Company,  enforceable  in
     accordance with its terms,  except as rights to  indemnification  hereunder
     may be limited by applicable law and except as the  enforcement  hereof and
     thereof   may   be   limited   by   applicable   bankruptcy,    insolvency,
     reorganization,  moratorium  or other similar laws relating to or affecting
     creditors' rights generally or by general equitable principles.

          (n) The  Company  and each of the  Founding  Companies  possesses  all
     authorizations,  approvals, orders, licenses, certificates,  franchises and
     permits of and from, and have made all  declarations  and filings with, all
     regulatory or governmental  officials,  bodies and tribunals ("Permits") to
     own,  lease or operate  their  respective  properties  and to conduct their
     respective  businesses  described  in the  Registration  Statement  and the
     Prospectus,  except  where the  failure to have  obtained  or made the same
     would not have a material  adverse  effect on the  condition  (financial or
     otherwise),  earnings,  operations,  business or business  prospects of the
     Company  and the  Founding  Companies,  taken as a whole,  and  neither the
     Company  nor any of the  Founding  Companies  has  received  any  notice of
     proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Permits.

                                       10

<PAGE>



          (o) The Company and each of the Founding  Companies owns, or possesses
     adequate rights to use, free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances,
     pledges,  security interests or defects, all patents,  trademarks,  service
     marks, trade names, trade secrets,  copyrights,  proprietary technology and
     licenses,   and  rights  with  respect  to  the  foregoing   (collectively,
     "Intellectual   Property"),   used  in  the  conduct  of  their  respective
     businesses as described in the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus,
     and none of the Intellectual  Property presently owned, held or used by the
     Company or any of the Founding  Companies  infringes or conflicts  with any
     Intellectual  Property of any other person or entity or are in dispute, and
     neither the  Company nor any  Founding  Company has  received a notice,  or
     knows of any basis,  of any  infringement  of or conflict with the asserted
     rights of others in any such  respect  that might  have a Material  Adverse
     Effect.

          (p) The Company and each of the  Founding  Companies  owns and has the
     right to use all trade secrets,  know-how  (including all other  unpatented
     and/or  unpatentable  proprietary or confidential  information,  systems or
     procedures),  inventions, designs, processes, works of authorship, computer
     programs  and  technical  data and  information  that are  material  to its
     business, properties and operations.

          (q) The Company and each of the Founding  Companies  is in  compliance
     with, and conducts its business in conformity with, all applicable federal,
     state,  local and  foreign  laws,  rules and  regulations  of each court or
     governmental  agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of
     the Founding Companies,  except where the failure to be in compliance would
     not have a  Material  Adverse  Effect;  to the  knowledge  of the  Company,
     otherwise  than  as  set  forth  in  the  Registration  Statement  and  the
     Prospectus,  no  prospective  change in any of such  federal or state laws,
     rules or regulations  has been adopted which,  when made  effective,  would
     have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (r) The Company and each of the Founding  Companies  is in  compliance
     with all federal,  state, local or foreign laws or regulations  relating to
     pollution or protection of human health or the environment  ("Environmental
     Laws"),  except  where the  failure  to be in  compliance  would not have a
     Material  Adverse  Effect.  Neither  the  Company  nor any of the  Founding
     Companies  has  authorized,  conducted or generated,  transported,  stored,
     used,  treated,  disposed or released any  hazardous  substance,  hazardous
     waste,  hazardous  material,   hazardous   constituent,

                                       11

<PAGE>



     toxic substance,  pollutant,  contaminant,  petroleum product, natural gas,
     liquified   gas  or  synthetic   gas,   defined  or  regulated   under  any
     Environmental Law on, in or under any property currently leased or owned or
     by any means  controlled  by the Company or any of the  Founding  Companies
     (the "Real  Property") in violation of any applicable  law,  except for any
     violation  which  would not have a  Material  Adverse  Effect;  there is no
     pending  or,  to  the  Company's   knowledge,   threatened  claim,  action,
     litigation or any administrative  agency proceeding  involving the Company,
     any of the Founding Companies or their respective  properties,  nor has the
     Company or any of the Founding  Companies  received any written notice,  or
     any oral  notice  to any  executive  officer  of the  Company  or any other
     employee  responsible for receipt of any such notice, from any governmental
     entity or third party,  that (A) alleges a violation  of any  Environmental
     Laws by the  Company  or any of the  Founding  Companies  or any  person or
     entity whose liability for a violation of an Environmental  Law the Company
     or  any  of  the  Founding   Companies  has  retained  or  assumed   either
     contractually or by operation of law, which liability or violation could be
     reasonably  expected  to have a Material  Adverse  Effect,  (B) alleges the
     Company  or any of the  Founding  Companies  is a liable  party  under  the
     Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation and Liability Act, 42
     U.S.C.  ss. 9601 et seq., or any state superfund law, (C) alleges  possible
     contamination  of the  environment  by the  Company or any of the  Founding
     Companies or (D) alleges possible contamination of the Real Property.

          (s) The  Company  and each of the  Founding  Companies  has  filed all
     necessary federal, state, local and foreign income, payroll,  franchise and
     other tax  returns  and has paid all  taxes  shown as due  thereon  or with
     respect to any of its  properties,  and there is no tax deficiency that has
     been, or to the knowledge of the Company is likely to be, asserted  against
     the Company or any of the  Founding  Companies  or any of their  respective
     properties or assets that might have a Material Adverse Effect, and all tax
     liabilities  are  adequately  provided  for on the books of the Company and
     each of the Founding Companies.

          (t)  Neither  the  Company  nor  any of  its  officers,  directors  or
     affiliates  has taken or will  take,  directly  or  indirectly,  any action
     designed or intended to stabilize or  manipulate  the price of any security
     of the  Company,  or which  caused or  resulted  in, or which  might in the

                                       12

<PAGE>



     future  reasonably  be  expected  to cause or result in,  stabilization  or
     manipulation of the price of any security of the Company.

          (u) The Company has provided  you with all  financial  statements  for
     each of the Founding Companies since January 1, 1994 to the date hereof.

          (v)  Neither  the  Company  nor any of the  Founding  Companies  is in
     violation of its respective charter or by-laws. The Company and each of the
     Founding  Companies has performed all material  obligations  required to be
     performed by the Company or any such  Founding  Company  under any material
     indenture,  mortgage,  deed of trust,  note agreement or other agreement or
     instrument  to  which  it is a  party  or by  which  it is or  any  of  its
     properties  may be bound,  and neither the Company nor any of the  Founding
     Companies nor any other party to such material indenture, mortgage, deed of
     trust,  note agreement or other agreement or instrument is in default under
     or in breach of any such  obligations.  Neither  the Company nor any of the
     Founding Companies has received any notice of such default or breach.

          (w) Neither the Company nor any of the Founding  Companies is involved
     in  any  labor  dispute  nor,  to  their  knowledge,  is any  such  dispute
     threatened.  Neither the Company nor any of the Founding Companies is aware
     that (A) any executive,  key employee or significant  group of employees of
     the Company or any Founding Company plans to terminate  employment with the
     Company  or any such  Founding  Company  or (B) any such  executive  or key
     employee  is subject  to any  noncompete,  nondisclosure,  confidentiality,
     employment,  consulting or similar  agreement that would be violated by the
     present  or  proposed  business  activities  of the  Company  or any of the
     Founding  Companies.  Neither the Company nor any  Founding  Company has or
     expects to have any liability  for any  prohibited  transaction  or funding
     deficiency or any complete or partial withdrawal  liability with respect to
     any pension,  profit sharing or other plan which is subject to the Employee
     Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"),  to which the
     Company or any Founding  Company makes or ever has made a contribution  and
     in which any employee of the Company or any Founding Company is or has ever
     been a  participant.  With  respect to such  plans,  the  Company  and each
     Founding  Company  is in  compliance  in all  material  respects  with  all
     applicable provisions of ERISA.

                                       13

<PAGE>



          (x) The  Company  has  obtained  the written  agreement  described  in
     Section  8(h) of this  Agreement  from  each  of its  officers,  directors,
     director designees and holders of Common Stock listed on Schedule B hereto.

          (y) The Company has obtained from each of the  stockholders of each of
     the Founding  Companies  their  agreement  not to sell,  assign,  exchange,
     transfer, encumber, pledge, distribute, appoint or otherwise dispose of any
     shares of Common Stock received in the Founding  Company Mergers other than
     in accordance with the transfer  restrictions  provided for in Section 15.1
     of each Agreement and Plan of Organization.

          (z) The Company and each of the Founding Companies have, and as of the
     Closing  Dates will have,  good and  marketable  title to all real property
     free and clear of all liens,  encumbrances  and defects  except such as are
     described in the  Prospectus  or such as would not have a Material  Adverse
     Effect; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company
     or any of the Founding Companies or proposed to be held after giving effect
     to the  transactions  described in the Prospectus are, or will be as of the
     Closing Dates, held by them under valid,  subsisting and enforceable leases
     with such exceptions as would not have a Material  Adverse Effect,  in each
     case except as described in the Prospectus.  All personal  property used by
     the Company and each of the Founding  Companies in their business is either
     owned or leased by the  Company or the  Founding  Companies  and is in good
     working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

          (aa) The Company and each  Founding  Company is insured by insurers of
     recognized  financial  responsibility  against such losses and risks and in
     such amounts as is customary  in the  businesses  in which it is engaged or
     proposes to engage after giving effect to the transactions described in the
     Prospectus; and neither the Company nor any Founding Company has any reason
     to  believe  that it  will  not be able to  renew  its  existing  insurance
     coverage as and when such coverage  expires or to obtain  similar  coverage
     from similar  insurers as may be necessary to continue  their business at a
     cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (bb) Other than as contemplated by this Agreement, there is no broker,
     finder or other  party that is  entitled  to receive  from the

                                       14

<PAGE>



     Company any  brokerage  or  finder's  fee or other fee or  commission  as a
     result of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

          (cc) The  inventory  of the Company and the  Founding  Companies is in
     merchantable  condition and can be sold in the ordinary  course of business
     at the carrying value of such  inventory,  as shown in the Company's or the
     Founding Companies' financial statements,  subject to pricing reductions in
     the ordinary course of business.

          (dd) The Company and each of the Founding Companies maintains a system
     of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances
     that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's  general
     or specific  authorization;  (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to
     permit  preparation  of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
     accepted accounting  principles and to maintain  accountability for assets;
     (iii) access to assets is permitted  only in accordance  with  management's
     general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for
     assets is  compared  with  existing  assets  at  reasonable  intervals  and
     appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

          (ee) To the  Company's  knowledge,  neither the Company nor any of the
     Founding  Companies  nor any employee or agent of the Company or any of the
     Founding  Companies  has made any payment of funds of the Company or any of
     the  Founding  Companies  or received or retained any funds in violation of
     any law, rule or regulation,  which payment,  receipt or retention of funds
     is of a character required to be disclosed in the Prospectus.

          (ff)  Neither  the  Company nor any of the  Founding  Companies  is an
     "investment  company," or an entity "controlled" by an "investment company"
     required to be  registered  under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as
     amended  (the "1940  Act"),  as such terms are defined in the 1940 Act, and
     neither the Company nor any of the Founding Companies expects to be treated
     as such by reason of the receipt and  application  of the net proceeds from
     the sale of the Stock.

          (gg) The Stock has been duly  approved  for  quotation  on the  Nasdaq
     National Market, subject to official notice of issuance.

                                       15

<PAGE>



          (hh) No holder of any  security  of the  Company has the right to have
     any security owned by such holder  included in the  Registration  Statement
     and, except as described in the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus,
     no  holder  of  any  security  of the  Company  has  the  right  to  demand
     registration  of any security owned by such holder during the period ending
     12 months after the date of the Prospectus.

          (ii)  Each  certificate  signed  by any  officer  of the  Company  and
     delivered to the Underwriters or counsel for the  Underwriters  pursuant to
     this Agreement shall be deemed to be a  representation  and warranty by the
     Company as to the matters covered thereby.

          (jj) For all  periods  from its  election  under  Subchapter  S of the
     Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  until the Closing
     Date, each of the Founding  Companies that so elected was qualified as an S
     Corporation  pursuant to an election validly made under Subchapter S of the
     Code (which election has not been and will not be revoked or terminated for
     any such  period)  and the  Company has not been and will not be subject to
     federal  corporate  taxes for such periods.  Any  Subchapter S election was
     duly terminated on the Closing Date.

     3.  Purchase  by, and Sale and Delivery  to,  Underwriters--Closing  Dates;
Independent Underwriter.  (a) The Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the
Firm Stock, and on the basis of the representations,  warranties,  covenants and
agreements herein contained,  but subject to the terms and conditions herein set
forth, the Underwriters  agree,  severally and not jointly, to purchase the Firm
Stock from the  Company,  the number of shares of Firm Stock to be  purchased by
each  Underwriter  being  set  opposite  its  name in  Schedule  A,  subject  to
adjustment in accordance with Section 12 hereof.

     The purchase price per share to be paid by the  Underwriters to the Company
will be $_________ per share (the "Purchase Price").

     The  Company  will  deliver the Firm Stock to the  Representatives  for the
respective  accounts  of the  several  Underwriters  (in the form of  definitive
certificates,   issued  in  such  names  and  in  such   denominations   as  the
Representatives may direct by notice in writing to the Company given at or prior
to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the second full business day preceding the
First Closing Date (as defined below) or, if no such  direction is received,  in
the names of the  respective  Underwriters  or in such other names as Cruttenden
may designate (solely for the purpose of administrative convenience) and in such
denominations  as Cruttenden may  determine),  against

                                       16

<PAGE>



payment of the aggregate  Purchase  Price  therefor by wire transfer of same-day
funds to an  account  specified  by the  Company  in  writing  at least  two (2)
business days prior to the First Closing Date, all at the offices of Fulbright &
Jaworski L.L.P.,  666 Fifth Avenue,  New York, New York 10103. The time and date
of the  delivery  and  closing  shall be at 10:00 A.M.,  New York City time,  on
________, 1998, in accordance with Rule 15c6-1 of the Exchange Act. The time and
date of such payment and delivery are herein  referred to as the "First  Closing
Date." The First  Closing  Date and the location of delivery of, and the form of
payment for,  the Firm Stock may be varied by agreement  between the Company and
Cruttenden.  The First Closing Date may be postponed  pursuant to the provisions
of Section 12.

     The Company  shall make the  certificates  for the Stock  available  to the
Representatives  for  examination on behalf of the  Underwriters  not later than
10:00 A.M.,  New York City time, on the business day preceding the First Closing
Date at the offices of Cruttenden,  18301 Van Karman Avenue, Irvine,  California
92612.

     It is understood that either of the  Representatives,  individually and not
as a Representative of the several Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated
to) make payment to the Company on behalf of any  Underwriter  or  Underwriters,
for the Stock to be  purchased by such  Underwriter  or  Underwriters.  Any such
payment by either of the  Representatives  shall not relieve such Underwriter or
Underwriters from any of its or their other obligations hereunder.

     The several  Underwriters  agree to make an initial public  offering of the
Firm Stock at the initial public offering price as soon after the  effectiveness
of  the  Registration   Statement  as  in  their  judgment  is  advisable.   The
Representatives  shall promptly  advise the Company of the making of the initial
public offering.

     For the purpose of covering  any  over-allotments  in  connection  with the
distribution  and sale of the Firm Stock as contemplated by the Prospectus,  the
Company hereby grants to the  Underwriters an option to purchase,  severally and
not jointly, an aggregate of up to 405,000 shares of Common Stock. The price per
share to be paid for the Option  Stock shall be the Purchase  Price.  The option
granted hereby may be exercised as to all or any part of the Option Stock at any
time, and from time to time, not more than  forty-five  (45) days  subsequent to
the  effective  date of this  Agreement.  No  Option  Stock  shall  be sold  and
delivered unless the Firm Stock previously has been, or simultaneously  is, sold
and delivered. The right to purchase the Option Stock or any portion thereof may
be surrendered and terminated at any time upon notice by the Underwriters to the
Company.

                                       17

<PAGE>



     The option  granted hereby may be exercised by the  Underwriters  by giving
written notice from Cruttenden to the Company setting forth the number of shares
of the Option  Stock to be  purchased by them and the date and time for delivery
of and  payment  for the Option  Stock.  Each date and time for  delivery of and
payment  for the Option  Stock  (which may be the First  Closing  Date,  but not
earlier)  is herein  called the "Option  Closing  Date" and shall in no event be
earlier than two (2) business  days nor later than ten (10)  business days after
written notice is given. (The Option Closing Date and the First Closing Date are
herein  called the  "Closing  Dates.")  All  purchases  of Option Stock from the
Company  shall be made on a pro rata basis.  Option Stock shall be purchased for
the account of each  Underwriter in the same  proportion as the number of shares
of Firm Stock set forth  opposite such  Underwriter's  name in Schedule A hereto
bears to the total number of shares of Firm Stock  (subject to adjustment by the
Underwriters  to  eliminate  odd  lots).  Upon  exercise  of the  option  by the
Underwriters,  the  Company  agrees to sell to the  Underwriters  the  number of
shares of  Option  Stock set forth in the  written  notice of  exercise  and the
Underwriters  agree,  severally  and not  jointly  and  subject to the terms and
conditions herein set forth, to purchase the number of such shares determined as
aforesaid.

     The Company will deliver the Option Stock to the  Underwriters (in the form
of definitive  certificates,  issued in such names and in such  denominations as
the  Representatives  may direct by notice in writing to the Company given at or
prior to 12:00  Noon,  New York City  time,  on the  second  full  business  day
preceding the Option Closing Date or, if no such  direction is received,  in the
names of the  respective  Underwriters  or in such other names as Cruttenden may
designate  (solely for the purpose of  administrative  convenience)  and in such
denominations  as Cruttenden may  determine),  against  payment of the aggregate
Purchase  Price  therefor  by wire  transfer  of  same-day  funds to an  account
specified by the Company in writing at least two (2) business  days prior to the
Option  Closing  Date,  all at the offices of Fulbright & Jaworski  L.L.P.,  666
Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10103. The Option Closing Date and the location
of delivery  of, and the form of payment  for, the Option Stock may be varied by
agreement  between the Company and  Cruttenden.  The Option  Closing Date may be
postponed pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.

     In order to  induce  you to enter  into this  Agreement,  the  Company,  in
consideration of the receipt of an aggregate of $270 and other good and valuable
consideration,  the sufficiency of which is hereby  acknowledged,  shall execute
and deliver to you, in your individual capacity and not as  Representatives,  or
your assignees,  in compliance with the rules of the NASD, warrants  exercisable
during the 5-year period  commencing on the effective  date of the  Registration
Statement (the  "Warrants") to purchase an aggregate of 270,000 shares of Common
Stock  at an  exercise  price  per  share  equal to 120% of the  initial  public
offering  price per share set 

                                       18

<PAGE>



forth on the cover page of the Prospectus.  The Warrants shall be in the form of
Exhibit 10.5 to the Registration Statement.  Execution and delivery of Warrants,
registered in your name or the names of such of your officers or such  assignees
as you shall  notify  the  Company  in  writing,  shall be made to you,  at your
offices at 18301 Van  Karman  Avenue,  Irvine,  California  92612,  at the First
Closing Date. The cost of original issue tax stamps,  if any, in connection with
the execution and delivery of the Warrants shall be borne by the Company.

     (b) The  Company  hereby  confirms  its  engagement,  in  consideration  of
$25,000,  of the services of Cruttenden as, and Cruttenden  hereby  confirms its
agreement  with the  Company to render  services  as, a  "qualified  independent
underwriter"  (in such  capacity,  the  "Independent  Underwriter")  within  the
meaning of Rule 2720 of the Conduct Rules ("Rule 2720") of the NASD with respect
to the offering and sale of the Stock.  Payment of such $25,000 fee shall be due
and payable at the time of payment for the Firm Stock.

          (i) The Independent Underwriter hereby represents and warrants to, and
agrees with, the Company and [Co-Manager] and the other  Underwriters  that with
respect to the offering and sale of Stock as described in the Prospectus:

          (A)  the   Independent   Underwriter   is  a  "qualified   independent
     underwriter" within the meaning of Rule 2720;

          (B) the Independent Underwriter has participated in the preparation of
     the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus and has exercised the usual
     standards of "due diligence" with respect thereto;

          (C)   the   Independent   Underwriter   has   undertaken   the   legal
     responsibilities  and  liabilities of an  underwriter  under the Securities
     Act,  including  those  contained  in  Section 11  thereof,  subject to the
     limitations  on  such  liabilities  set  forth  herein  (including  without
     limitation,  the nature of Cruttenden's  underwriting commitment as several
     and not joint);

          (D) based upon, among other factors,  the information set forth in the
     Preliminary  Prospectus  and its  review of such  other  documents  and the
     taking of such other actions as the  Independent  Underwriter,  in its sole
     discretion,  has  deemed  necessary  or  appropriate  for the  purposes  of
     delivering  its  recommendation   hereunder,  the  Independent  Underwriter
     recommends, as of the date of the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
     that the  public  offering  price for the Stock not  exceed  the  amount of
     $_______ per share,  which

                                       19

<PAGE>



     price  should in no way be  considered  or relied  upon except as set forth
     therein and in the letter referred to in clause (E) below; and

          (E) the Independent Underwriter will furnish to the other Underwriters
     on the date hereof a letter,  dated the date hereof,  substantially  to the
     effect set forth in Schedule C hereto.

          (ii)  The  Company,   the   Independent   Underwriter  and  the  other
Underwriters  agree  to  comply  in  all  material  respects  with  all  of  the
requirements of Rule 2720 applicable to them in connection with the offering and
sale of the Stock.  The Company agrees to cooperate with  Underwriters to enable
the  Underwriters  to comply with Rule 2720 and the  Independent  Underwriter to
perform the services contemplated by this Agreement.

          (iii) The Independent Underwriter hereby consents to the references to
it as set forth under the caption "Underwriting" in the Prospectus.

     (c) The  Company  hereby  confirms  its  engagement,  in  consideration  of
$450,000 (the  "Financial  Advisory Fee"), of the services of Cruttenden as, and
Cruttenden  confirms  its  agreement  with the Company to render  services as, a
financial advisor to the Company. Payment of the first $225,000 of the Financial
Advisory  Fee shall be due and payable at the time of payment for the Firm Stock
and the remaining portion of the Financial Advisory Fee shall be due and payable
within ninety (90) days thereafter.

     4.  Covenants  and  Agreements  of the Company.  The Company  covenants and
agrees with the several Underwriters that:

          (a) The Company will (i) if the Company and the  Representatives  have
     determined  not to proceed  pursuant to Rule 430A,  use its best efforts to
     cause the Registration  Statement to become effective,  (ii) if the Company
     and the  Representatives  have determined to proceed pursuant to Rule 430A,
     use its  best  efforts  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of and  make all
     requisite filings with the Commission pursuant to Rule 430A and Rule 424 of
     the Rules and Regulations and (iii) if the Company and the  Representatives
     have determined to deliver  Prospectuses  pursuant to Rule 434 of the Rules
     and Regulations,  to use its best efforts to comply with all the applicable
     provisions thereof. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly as
     to the time at which the Registration  Statement  becomes  effective,  will
     advise the  Representatives  promptly of the issuance by the  Commission of
     any stop

                                       20

<PAGE>



     order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement or of the
     institution  of any  proceedings  for that  purpose,  and will use its best
     efforts to  prevent  the  issuance  of any such stop order and to obtain as
     soon as possible the lifting  thereof,  if issued.  The Company will advise
     the  Representatives  promptly  of  the  receipt  of  any  comments  of the
     Commission  or any  request  by the  Commission  for  any  amendment  of or
     supplement  to  the  Registration   Statement  or  the  Prospectus  or  for
     additional  information  and will not at any time file any amendment to the
     Registration  Statement or  supplement  to the  Prospectus  which shall not
     previously  have been submitted to the  Representatives  a reasonable  time
     prior to the proposed filing thereof or to which the Representatives  shall
     reasonably  object  in  writing  or  which  is not in  compliance  with the
     Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations.

          (b) The Company  will prepare and file with the  Commission,  promptly
     upon the request of the  Representatives,  any amendments or supplements to
     the  Registration  Statement or the Prospectus  which in the opinion of the
     Representatives  may be  necessary  to enable the several  Underwriters  to
     continue  the  distribution  of the Stock and will use its best  efforts to
     cause the same to become effective as promptly as possible.

          (c) If at any  time  after  the  effective  date  of the  Registration
     Statement  when a  prospectus  relating  to the  Stock  is  required  to be
     delivered  under the  Securities Act any event relating to or affecting the
     Company or any of the  Founding  Companies  occurs as a result of which the
     Prospectus  or any other  prospectus  as then in effect  would  include  an
     untrue  statement of a material  fact,  or omit to state any material  fact
     necessary to make the  statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances
     under which they were made,  not  misleading,  or if it is necessary at any
     time to amend the Prospectus to comply with the Securities Act, the Company
     will  promptly  notify  the  Representatives  thereof  and will  prepare an
     amended or  supplemented  prospectus  which will correct such  statement or
     omission;  and in case any  Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus
     relating to the Stock nine (9) months or more after the  effective  date of
     the   Registration   Statement,   the  Company  upon  the  request  of  the
     Representatives  and  at the  expense  of  such  Underwriter  will  prepare
     promptly  such  prospectus  or  prospectuses  as may be necessary to permit
     compliance with the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act.

                                       21

<PAGE>



          (d) The Company will deliver to the Representatives,  at or before the
     Closing Dates, signed copies of the Registration  Statement,  as originally
     filed  with  the  Commission,  and all  amendments  thereto  including  all
     financial  statements  and  exhibits  thereto,  and  will  deliver  to  the
     Representatives  such  number  of  copies  of the  Registration  Statement,
     including  such  financial   statements  but  without  exhibits,   and  all
     amendments thereto,  as the  Representatives  may reasonably  request.  The
     Company will  deliver or mail to or upon the order of the  Representatives,
     from time to time until the effective date of the  Registration  Statement,
     as many copies of the Pre-effective  Prospectus as the  Representatives may
     reasonably  request.  The Company will deliver or mail to or upon the order
     of the  Representatives  on the date of the initial  public  offering,  and
     thereafter  from  time  to  time  during  the  period  when  delivery  of a
     prospectus  relating to the Stock is required under the Securities  Act, as
     many copies of the  Prospectus,  in final form or as thereafter  amended or
     supplemented  as the  Representatives  may  reasonably  request;  provided,
     however, that the expense of the preparation and delivery of any prospectus
     required  for use nine (9) months or more after the  effective  date of the
     Registration  Statement  shall  be borne by the  Underwriters  required  to
     deliver such prospectus.

          (e) The Company will make generally  available to its  shareholders as
     soon as  practicable,  but not later than  fifteen  (15)  months  after the
     effective date of the Registration  Statement,  an earning  statement which
     will be in reasonable detail (but which need not be audited) and which will
     comply with Section 11(a) of the  Securities  Act,  covering a period of at
     least twelve (12) months  beginning after the "effective  date" (as defined
     in Rule 158 under the Securities Act) of the Registration Statement.

          (f) The Company will cooperate with the  Representatives to enable the
     Stock  to  be  registered  or  qualified  for  offering  and  sale  by  the
     Underwriters and by dealers under the securities laws of such jurisdictions
     as the Representatives  may reasonably  designate and at the request of the
     Representatives  will make such  applications  and furnish such consents to
     service of  process  or other  documents  as may be  required  of it as the
     issuer of the Stock for that purpose;  provided,  however, that the Company
     shall  not be  required  to  qualify  to do  business  or to file a general
     consent  (other than that arising out of the offering or sale of the Stock)
     to  service  of  process  in any such  jurisdiction  where it is not now so
     subject.  The  Company  will,  from  time to time,  prepare  and file  such

                                       22

<PAGE>



     statements and reports as are or may be required of it as the issuer of the
     Stock to continue such qualifications in effect for so long a period as the
     Representatives  may reasonably  request for the distribution of the Stock.
     The Company  will  advise the  Representatives  promptly  after the Company
     becomes aware of the suspension of the  qualifications  or  registration of
     (or any such  exception  relating  to) the Common  Stock of the Company for
     offering,  sale or  trading in any  jurisdiction  or of any  initiation  or
     threat  of any  proceeding  for any such  purpose,  and in the event of the
     issuance of any orders  suspending  such  qualifications,  registration  or
     exception,  the Company will, with the  cooperation of the  Representatives
     use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal thereof.

          (g) The  Company  will  furnish  to its  stockholders  annual  reports
     containing financial statements certified by independent public accountants
     and with quarterly summary financial information in reasonable detail which
     may be unaudited. During the period of five (5) years from the date hereof,
     the  Company  will  deliver  to the  Representatives,  as soon as they  are
     available,  copies of each  annual  report of the  Company  containing  the
     balance  sheet  of the  Company  as of the  close of such  fiscal  year and
     statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year then
     ended  and  the  opinion  thereon  of  the  Company's   independent  public
     accountants and each other report or communication furnished by the Company
     to its stockholders and will deliver to the Representatives, (i) as soon as
     they are available, copies of any other reports or communication (financial
     or other) which the Company  shall publish or otherwise  make  available to
     any of its  stockholders  as such and  (ii) as soon as they are  available,
     copies of any reports and financial  statements  furnished to or filed with
     the Commission, or the NASD or any national securities exchange. So long as
     the Company has active subsidiaries, such financial statements will be on a
     consolidated  basis to the  extent  the  accounts  of the  Company  and its
     subsidiaries  are  consolidated  in reports  furnished to its  stockholders
     generally.  Separate  financial  statements  shall  be  furnished  for  all
     subsidiaries  whose accounts are not consolidated but which at the time are
     significant subsidiaries as defined in the Rules and Regulations.

          (h) The Company  will use its best  efforts to quality for  inclusion,
     subject to official notice of issuance,  on the Nasdaq National Market, the
     Stock to be issued and sold by the Company.

                                       23

<PAGE>



          (i) The Company will  maintain a transfer  agent and registrar for its
     Common Stock.

          (j) The  Company  will not,  without  the  prior  written  consent  of
     Cruttenden,  offer, sell,  assign,  transfer,  encumber,  contract to sell,
     grant an option to  purchase or  otherwise  dispose of any shares of Common
     Stock or securities  convertible  into or exercisable or  exchangeable  for
     Common  Stock  during the 180 days  following  the date of the  Prospectus,
     other than:  (i) the  Company's  sale of Common Stock  hereunder,  (ii) the
     issuance of the  Warrants and the  Company's  issuance of Common Stock upon
     the exercise of the Warrants, (iii) in connection with the Founding Company
     Mergers as described in the Registration Statement,  (iv) upon the exercise
     of stock options or upon conversion of the Preferred  Stock, the Restricted
     Common Stock and the CUSA Notes, granted or issued prior to the date hereof
     and as described in the  Registration  Statement,  (v) 2,500,000  shares of
     Common  Stock  to  be  used  for  the   acquisition  of  companies  in  the
     collectibles, gift or animation art industries, and (vi) the grant of stock
     options  pursuant  to the  Option  Plans.  The  Company  will not waive the
     provisions  of  Section  15.1 of each  Agreement  and Plan of  Organization
     during the 180 days following the date of the Prospectus  without the prior
     written consent of Cruttenden.

          (k) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Stock
     as set forth in the description  under "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus,
     which  description  complies in all respects with the  requirements of Item
     504 of Regulation S-K.

          (l) The Company will supply you with copies of all  correspondence  to
     and from, and all documents  issued to and by, the Commission in connection
     with the registration of the Stock under the Securities Act.

          (m) Prior to the  Closing  Dates the Company  will  furnish to you, as
     soon  as  they  have  been  prepared,   copies  of  any  unaudited  interim
     consolidated  financial  statements of the Company and each of the Founding
     Companies  for  any  periods  subsequent  to  the  periods  covered  by the
     financial  statements  appearing  in the  Registration  Statement  and  the
     Prospectus.

          (n) Prior to the Closing Dates the Company will issue no press release
     or other communications directly or indirectly and hold no press

                                       24

<PAGE>



     conference  with respect to the Company or any of the  Founding  Companies,
     the financial condition, results of operation,  business, prospects, assets
     or liabilities  of any of them, or the offering of the Stock,  without your
     prior written consent.

          (o) The Company will not at any time, directly or indirectly, take any
     action  designed or intended to  stabilize or  manipulate  the price of any
     security of the Company,  or which caused or resulted in, or which might in
     the future  reasonably be expected to cause or result in,  stabilization or
     manipulation of the price of any security of the Company.

          (p)  The  Company  will  file  a  Form  SR  in  compliance   with  the
     requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations.

          (q)  The  Company  will  (i) use  its  best  efforts  to  satisfy  all
     conditions to the consummation of the Founding Company Mergers as set forth
     in the applicable  Agreement and Plan of Organization with respect thereto,
     and (ii) promptly notify the Representatives of the occurrence of any event
     which may result in the  non-consummation  of any of the  Founding  Company
     Mergers.

     5.  Payment  of  Expenses.  (a)  The  Company  will  pay  (directly  or  by
reimbursement) all costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with expenses
incident  to the  performance  of its  obligations  of the  Company  under  this
Agreement and in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including
but not  limited to (i) all  expenses  and taxes  incident to the  issuance  and
delivery of the Stock to the Representatives;  (ii) all expenses incident to the
registration of the Stock under the Securities Act; (iii) the costs of preparing
stock certificates  (including  printing and engraving costs); (iv) all fees and
expenses of the  registrar  and transfer  agent of the Stock;  (v) all necessary
issue,  transfer and other stamp taxes in connection  with the issuance and sale
of the  Stock to the  Underwriters;  (vi)  fees and  expenses  of the  Company's
counsel and the Company's independent accountants;  (vii) all costs and expenses
incurred in connection  with the  preparation,  printing,  filing,  shipping and
distribution of the Registration  Statement,  each Pre-effective  Prospectus and
the  Prospectus  (including  all  exhibits  and  financial  statements)  and all
amendments  and   supplements   provided  for  herein,   the  "Agreement   Among
Underwriters"  between the  Representatives  and the  Underwriters,  the Selling
Agreement,  the Underwriters'  Questionnaire and the Blue Sky memoranda, if any,
and this  Agreement;  (viii)  all  filing  fees,  attorneys'  fees and  expenses
incurred by the Company or the  Underwriters  in connection with exemptions from
the qualifying or registering (or obtaining  qualification  or registration  of)
all or any  part of the  Stock  for  offer  and sale  and

                                       25

<PAGE>



determination  of its  eligibility  for  investment  under the Blue Sky or other
securities laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate; (ix)
all fees and expenses in connection  with  qualifying the Stock for inclusion on
the Nasdaq National Market and all fees and expenses, including attorneys' fees,
paid or incurred in  connection  with  filings  made with the NASD;  and (x) all
other  costs  and  expenses  incident  to the  performance  of  its  obligations
hereunder which are not otherwise  specifically  provided for in this Section 5,
including any and all costs and expenses  associated  with the Founding  Company
Mergers, except for those costs which shall be borne by the Founding Companies.

     (b) In addition to its other  obligations  under  Section 6(a) hereof,  the
Company  agrees that,  as an interim  measure  during the pendency of any claim,
action, investigation,  inquiry or other proceeding arising out of or based upon
(i) any  statement or omission or any alleged  statement or omission or (ii) any
breach or inaccuracy in its  representations  and warranties,  it will reimburse
each Underwriter on a quarterly basis for all reasonable legal or other expenses
incurred in connection with  investigating or defending any such claim,  action,
investigation,  inquiry or other  proceeding,  notwithstanding  the absence of a
judicial  determination as to the propriety and  enforceability of the Company's
obligation to reimburse each  Underwriter  for such expenses and the possibility
that  such  payments  might  later be held to have been  improper  by a court of
competent  jurisdiction.  To the  extent  that  any such  interim  reimbursement
payment is so held to have been improper, each Underwriter shall promptly return
it to the Company together with interest,  compounded  daily,  determined on the
basis of the prime rate (or other  commercial  lending rate for borrowers of the
highest  credit  standing)  announced  from time to time by Citibank,  N.A., New
York, New York (the "Prime Rate"). Any such interim reimbursement payments which
are not made to an  Underwriter  in a timely manner as provided below shall bear
interest  at the  Prime  Rate  from the due date  for such  reimbursement.  This
expense reimbursement agreement will be in addition to any other liability which
the Company may otherwise  have. The request for  reimbursement  will be sent to
the Company.

     (c) In addition to its other  obligations  under Section 6(b) hereof,  each
Underwriter  severally agrees that, as an interim measure during the pendency of
any claim, action, investigation,  inquiry or other proceeding arising out of or
based upon any  statement  or  omission,  or any alleged  statement or omission,
described in Section 6(c) hereof which relates to written information  furnished
to the Company by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters specifically
for  inclusion  in the  Registration  Statement  and  the  Prospectus,  it  will
reimburse the Company (and, to the extent applicable,  each officer, director or
controlling  person)  on a  quarterly  basis for all  reasonable  legal or other
expenses incurred in connection with  investigating or

                                       26

<PAGE>



defending any such claim,  action,  investigation,  inquiry or other proceeding,
notwithstanding the absence of a judicial  determination as to the propriety and
enforceability of the Underwriters' obligation to reimburse the Company (and, to
the extent applicable,  each officer,  director or controlling  person) for such
expenses and the possibility that such payments might later be held to have been
improper  by a court of  competent  jurisdiction.  To the  extent  that any such
interim  reimbursement  payment is so held to have been  improper,  the  Company
(and, to the extent applicable,  each officer,  director or controlling  person)
shall promptly return it to the Underwriters together with interest,  compounded
daily, determined on the basis of the Prime Rate. Any such interim reimbursement
payments  which are not made to the Company within thirty (30) days of a request
for  reimbursement  shall bear  interest at the Prime Rate from the date of such
request.  This indemnity  agreement  will be in addition to any liability  which
such Underwriter may otherwise have.

     (d) It is agreed that any  controversy  arising out of the operation of the
interim reimbursement arrangements set forth in paragraph (b) and/or (c) of this
Section 5, including the amounts of any requested reimbursement payments and the
method of determining  such amounts,  shall be settled by arbitration  conducted
under the provisions of the  Constitution and Rules of the Board of Governors of
the New York  Stock  Exchange,  Inc.  or  pursuant  to the  Code of  Arbitration
Procedure of the NASD.  Any such  arbitration  must be commenced by service of a
written  demand for  arbitration  or written  notice of intention to  arbitrate,
therein  electing the  arbitration  tribunal.  In the event the party  demanding
arbitration  does not make such  designation of an arbitration  tribunal in such
demand  or  notice,  then the  party  responding  to said  demand  or  notice is
authorized  to do so. Such an  arbitration  would be limited to the operation of
the interim  reimbursement  provisions  contained in paragraph (b) and/or (c) of
this Section 5 and would not resolve the ultimate propriety or enforceability of
the  obligation  to reimburse  expenses  which is created by the  provisions  of
Section 6.

     6.  Indemnification  and Contribution.  (a) The Company agrees to indemnify
and hold harmless each  Underwriter  and each person,  if any, who controls such
Underwriter  within  the  meaning  of the  Securities  Act  and  the  respective
officers, directors, partners, employees,  representatives and agents of each of
such Underwriter (collectively, the "Underwriter Indemnified Parties" and, each,
an  "Underwriter  Indemnified  Party"),  against  any losses,  claims,  damages,
liabilities  or expenses  (including the reasonable  cost of  investigating  and
defending  against any claims  therefor and counsel fees  incurred in connection
therewith), joint or several, which may be based upon the Securities Act, or any
other statute or at common law, on the ground that any Pre-effective Prospectus,
the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus (or any Pre-effective  Prospectus,
the  Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus  as from time

                                       27

<PAGE>



to time  amended or  supplemented)  includes  or  allegedly  includes  an untrue
statement of a material  fact or omits to state a material  fact  required to be
stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of
the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however,
that such indemnity  shall not inure to the benefit of any  Underwriter  (or any
person controlling such) on account of any losses, claims, damages,  liabilities
or expenses arising from the sale of the Stock to any person by such Underwriter
(i) if such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission
was made in any  Pre-effective  Prospectus,  the  Registration  Statement or the
Prospectus,  or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity
with information  furnished in writing to the Company by the  Representatives on
behalf  of any  Underwriter  specifically  for  use  therein  or  (ii) as to any
Pre-effective  Prospectus,  with respect to any Underwriter,  to the extent that
any such loss, claim,  damage,  liability or expense of such Underwriter results
from an untrue  statement of a material fact  contained in, or the omission of a
material fact from, such  Pre-effective  Prospectus,  which untrue  statement or
omission was corrected in the Prospectus,  if such Underwriter sold Stock to the
person alleging such loss, claim, damage or liability without sending or giving,
at or prior to the written  confirmation of such sale, a copy of the Prospectus,
unless such failure  resulted from the failure of the Company to deliver  copies
of the  Prospectus to such  Underwriter on a timely basis to permit such sending
or giving. The Company will be entitled to participate at its own expense in the
defense  or, if it so  elects,  to assume  the  defense  of any suit  brought to
enforce any such  liability,  but if the Company  elects to assume the  defense,
such  defense  shall be  conducted  by  counsel  chosen  by it. In the event the
Company  elects to assume the defense of any such suit and retain such  counsel,
any Underwriter  Indemnified  Parties,  defendant or defendants in the suit, may
retain  additional  counsel but shall bear the fees and expenses of such counsel
unless (i) the Company shall have specifically  authorized the retaining of such
counsel  or  (ii)  the  parties  to  such  suit  include  any  such  Underwriter
Indemnified Parties, and the Company and such Underwriter Indemnified Parties at
law or in equity have been  advised by counsel to the  Underwriters  that one or
more legal defenses may be available to it or them which may not be available to
the  Company,  in which case the  Company  shall not be  entitled  to assume the
defense  of such  suit  notwithstanding  its  obligation  to bear  the  fees and
expenses of such counsel.  This indemnity agreement is not exclusive and will be
in addition to any liability  which the Company might  otherwise  have and shall
not limit any rights or remedies  which may  otherwise be available at law or in
equity to each  Underwriter  Indemnified  Party.  The  Company  agrees  that the
statements with respect to the price and underwriting discount set forth on, and
the  information  contained  in the last  paragraph  of,  the cover  page of the
Prospectus,  the  stabilization  legend on the  inside  front  cover page of the
Prospectus,  and the table of  Underwriters,  the paragraph  regarding price and
underwriting  discount,  the  paragraph  regarding  the  amounts of the  selling
concession and

                                       28

<PAGE>



reallowance,  all set forth under the caption  "Underwriting" in the Prospectus,
constitute the only information  provided in writing by the  Representatives  on
behalf of any Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus.

     (b) Each Underwriter severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless  the  Company,  each of its  directors,  each of its  officers who have
signed the  Registration  Statement  and each  person,  if any, who controls the
Company  within the meaning of the Securities  Act  (collectively,  the "Company
Indemnified  Parties")  against  any losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or
expenses (including,  unless the Underwriter or Underwriters elect to assume the
defense,  the reasonable cost of investigating  and defending against any claims
therefor and counsel fees incurred in connection  therewith),  joint or several,
which arise out of or are based in whole or in part upon the Securities Act, the
Exchange  Act  or  any  other  federal,  state,  local  or  foreign  statute  or
regulation,  or at  common  law,  on the  ground  or  alleged  ground  that  any
Pre-effective  Prospectus,  the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any
Pre- effective Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, as from
time to time  amended  and  supplemented)  includes  an  untrue  statement  of a
material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances
in which they were made, not misleading,  but only insofar as any such statement
or  omission  was  made  in  reliance  upon,  and in  conformity  with,  written
information  furnished to the Company by such  Underwriter,  directly or through
the Representatives,  specifically for use in the preparation thereof; provided,
however,  that in no case is such  Underwriter  to be liable with respect to any
claims made  against any Company  Indemnified  Party  against whom the action is
brought  unless  such  Company   Indemnified  Party  shall  have  notified  such
Underwriter in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first
legal  process  giving  information  of the nature of the claim  shall have been
served  upon  the  Company   Indemnified  Party,  but  failure  to  notify  such
Underwriter  of such claim shall not relieve it from any liability  which it may
have to any Company Indemnified Party otherwise than on account of its indemnity
agreement  contained in this paragraph.  Such  Underwriter  shall be entitled to
participate  at its own expense in the defense,  or, if it so elects,  to assume
the  defense of any suit  brought to enforce  any such  liability,  but, if such
Underwriter  elects to assume the defense,  such  defense  shall be conducted by
counsel  chosen by it. In the event  that any  Underwriter  elects to assume the
defense  of any such suit and  retain  such  counsel,  the  Company  Indemnified
Parties and any other  Underwriter  or  Underwriters  or  controlling  person or
persons,  defendant or defendants in the suit,  shall bear the fees and expenses
of any  additional  counsel  retained  by them,  respectively.  The  Underwriter
against whom indemnity may be sought shall not be liable to indemnify any person
for any  settlement  of any  such  claim  effected  without  such  Underwriter's
consent.  This  indemnity  agreement is not exclusive and will be in addition to
any liability which

                                       29

<PAGE>



such Underwriter might otherwise have and shall not limit any rights or remedies
which may otherwise be available at law or in equity to any Company  Indemnified
Party.

     (c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is unavailable or
insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified  party under  subsection (a) or (b)
above in respect of any losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or expenses (or
actions in respect thereof)  referred to herein,  then each  indemnifying  party
shall  contribute to the amount paid or payable by such  indemnified  party as a
result of such losses, claims,  damages,  liabilities or expenses (or actions in
respect  thereof) in such  proportion as is  appropriate to reflect the relative
benefits  received  by the Company on the one hand and the  Underwriters  on the
other from the offering of the Stock.  If, however,  the allocation  provided by
the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each
indemnifying  party  shall  contribute  to such  amount  paid or payable by such
indemnified  party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such
relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and
the  Underwriters  on the other in connection  with the  statements or omissions
which  resulted in such losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or expenses (or
actions  in  respect  thereof),   as  well  as  any  other  relevant   equitable
considerations.  The relative  benefits  received by the Company on the one hand
and the  Underwriters  on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion
as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received
by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received
by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of
the  Prospectus.  The relative  fault shall be determined by reference to, among
other things,  whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
or the  omission  or  alleged  omission  to state a  material  fact  relates  to
information  supplied  by the  Company  or the  Underwriters  and  the  parties'
relative intent, knowledge,  access to information and opportunity to correct or
prevent such statement or omission.  The Company and the Underwriters agree that
it would not be just and equitable if  contribution  were determined by pro rata
allocation  (even  if the  Underwriters  were  treated  as one  entity  for such
purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the
equitable  considerations  referred  to above.  The amount paid or payable by an
indemnified  party as a result of the losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities or
expenses  (or actions in respect  thereof)  referred to above shall be deemed to
include any legal or other  expenses  reasonably  incurred  by such  indemnified
party in connection with investigating,  defending, settling or compromising any
such  claim.   Notwithstanding   the  provisions  of  this  subsection  (c),  no
Underwriter  shall be required to contribute  any amount in excess of the amount
by which the total price at which the shares of the Stock underwritten by it and
distributed  to the public were offered to the public  exceeds the amount of any
damages which such  Underwriter  has otherwise been required to pay by reason of
such untrue

                                       30

<PAGE>



or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged  omission.  The Underwriters'
obligations  to  contribute  are  several  in  proportion  to  their  respective
underwriting   obligations  and  not  joint.  No  person  guilty  of  fraudulent
misrepresentation  (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the  Securities  Act)
shall be  entitled  to  contribution  from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation.

     (d) The Company also agrees to indemnify and hold harmless  Cruttenden  and
each  person,  if any,  who  controls  Cruttenden  within the  meaning of either
Section 15 of the  Securities  Act or Section 20 of the Exchange  Act,  from and
against any and all losses, claims, damages,  liabilities and judgments incurred
as  a  result  of  Cruttenden's   participation  as  a  "qualified   independent
underwriter"  within the meaning of Rule 2720 in connection with the offering of
the Stock,  except for any losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities and judgments
resulting from Cruttenden's, or such controlling person's, willful misconduct or
gross negligence.

     7.  Survival  of  Indemnities,   Representations,   Warranties,   etc.  The
respective indemnities, covenants, agreements,  representations,  warranties and
other  statements of the Company and the several  Underwriters,  as set forth in
this Agreement or made by them respectively,  pursuant to this Agreement,  shall
remain in full force and effect,  regardless of any investigation  made by or on
behalf of any  Underwriter,  the Company or any of its  officers or directors or
any controlling person, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Stock.

     8. Conditions of Underwriters'  Obligations.  The respective obligations of
the several  Underwriters  hereunder  shall be subject to the  accuracy,  at and
(except as otherwise  stated  herein) as of the date hereof and at and as of the
Closing Dates, of the representations and warranties made herein by the Company,
to  compliance  at and as of the Closing Dates by the Company with its covenants
and agreements  herein contained and other provisions  hereof to be satisfied at
or prior to the Closing Dates, and to the following additional conditions:

          (a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective and no stop
     order  suspending the  effectiveness  thereof shall have been issued and no
     proceedings for that purpose shall have been initiated or, to the knowledge
     of  the  Company  or  the  Representatives,  shall  be  threatened  by  the
     Commission,  and any request for additional  information on the part of the
     Commission (to be included in the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus
     or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the reasonable  satisfaction
     of the  Representatives.  Any filings of the Prospectus,  or any supplement
     thereto,  required  pursuant  to Rule  424(b)  or Rule 434 of the Rules and
     Regulations,  shall have been

                                       31

<PAGE>



     made in the manner and within the time  period  required by Rule 424(b) and
     Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations, as the case may be.

          (b) The Representatives shall have been satisfied that there shall not
     have occurred any change,  on a  consolidated  basis,  prior to the Closing
     Dates in the condition  (financial  or  otherwise),  properties,  business,
     management,  prospects,  net worth or results of  operations of the Company
     and the  Founding  Companies  considered  as a whole,  or any change in the
     capital stock, short-term or long-term debt of the Company and the Founding
     Companies  considered as a whole, such that (i) the Registration  Statement
     or the  Prospectus,  or any  amendment or supplement  thereto,  contains an
     untrue statement of fact which is material,  or omits to state a fact which
     is required to be stated  therein or is  necessary  to make the  statements
     therein  not  misleading,  or (ii) it is  impracticable  in the  reasonable
     judgment  of the  Representatives  to proceed  with the public  offering or
     purchase the Stock as contemplated hereby.

          (c) At the  time of  execution  of this  Agreement  and at each of the
     Closing Dates, Arthur Andersen LLP shall have furnished to the Underwriters
     a letter or letters,  dated,  respectively,  the date of  execution of this
     Agreement  and  each  of  the  Closing  Dates,  confirming  that  they  are
     independent  certified  public  accountants with respect to the Company and
     each of the Founding Companies within the meaning of the Securities Act and
     the  applicable   published  Rules  and  Regulations  and  based  upon  the
     procedures  described in such letter delivered to you concurrently with the
     execution  of this  Agreement  (herein  called the "Comfort  Letter"),  but
     carried  out to a date not more than five (5)  business  days  prior to the
     First  Closing  Date or such later date on which the Option  Stock is to be
     purchased, as the case may be, (i) confirming, to the extent true, that the
     statements and  conclusions set forth in the Comfort Letter are accurate as
     of the First Closing Date or such later date on which Option Stock is to be
     purchased,  as the case may be, and (ii) setting  forth any  revisions  and
     additions to the statements and conclusions set forth in the Comfort Letter
     which are  necessary  to reflect any changes in the facts  described in the
     Comfort  Letter  since  the  date  of  such  letter,   or  to  reflect  the
     availability of more recent financial statements, data or information.  The
     letter  shall not  contain  any  disclosure  relating  to any change in the
     condition  (financial  or  otherwise),  earnings,  operations,  business or
     business prospects of the Company and the Founding Companies  considered as
     a whole from that set forth in the 

                                       32

<PAGE>



     Registration  Statement or Prospectus,  which,  in your sole  judgment,  is
     material   and  adverse   and  that  makes  it,  in  your  sole   judgment,
     impracticable  or  inadvisable  to proceed with the public  offering of the
     Stock as  contemplated  by the  Prospectus.  The  Comfort  Letter  shall be
     addressed  to or for the use of the  Underwriters  in  form  and  substance
     satisfactory  to the  Underwriters  and shall (i)  represent  that they are
     independent  certified  public  accountants with respect to the Company and
     each  of the  Founding  Companies  within  the  meaning  of the Act and the
     applicable  published Rules and  Regulations,  (ii) set forth their opinion
     with respect to their examination of the balance sheet of the Company as of
     January 31, 1997, each of the Significant  Founding Companies as of the end
     of their respective fiscal year ends, and related  consolidated  statements
     of  operations,  shareholders'  equity,  and cash flows for the twelve (12)
     months then ended, (iii) state that Arthur Andersen LLP has performed, with
     respect  to the  interim  financial  statements  of  the  Company  and  the
     Significant Founding Companies included in the Registration  Statement (the
     "Quarterly Financial  Statements"),  the procedures set out in Statement on
     Auditing  Standards  No. 71 ("SAS  71") for a review of  interim  financial
     information and providing the report of Arthur Andersen LLP as described in
     SAS 71 on the Quarterly Financial Statements, (iv) state that in the course
     of such review,  nothing came to their attention that leads them to believe
     that any  material  modifications  need to be made to any of the  Quarterly
     Financial  Statements in order for them to be in compliance  with generally
     accepted  accounting  principles  consistently  applied  across the periods
     presented,  (v) state  that,  on the  basis of a  reading  of the pro forma
     combined financial  statements  included in the Registration  Statement and
     the Prospectus,  carrying out certain  specified  procedures that would not
     necessarily reveal matters of significance with respect to the comments set
     forth in this clause (v), inquiries of certain officials of the Company and
     the Founding Companies who have responsibility for financial and accounting
     matters and proving the arithmetic  accuracy of the  application of the pro
     forma combined financial  statements,  nothing came to their attention that
     caused them to believe that the pro forma combined financial  statements do
     not comply in form in all materials respects with the applicable accounting
     requirements  of  Rule  11-02  of  Regulation  S-X or that  the  pro  forma
     adjustments have not been properly applied to the historical amounts in the
     compilation  of such  statements and (vi) address other matters agreed upon
     by Arthur  Andersen LLP and you. In addition,  you shall have received from
     Arthur Andersen LLP a letter addressed to the Company and made available to
     you  for the use of

                                       33

<PAGE>



     the  Underwriters  stating  that their  review of the  Company's  system of
     internal  accounting  controls,  to the extent  they  deemed  necessary  in
     establishing  the  scope  of  their  examination  of  the  above  financial
     statements  as of January 31,  1998,  did not disclose  any  weaknesses  in
     internal controls that they considered to be material weaknesses.

          (d) The  Representatives  shall have  received  from  Morgan,  Lewis &
     Bockius LLP, counsel for the Company, an opinion,  dated the Closing Dates,
     to the  effect  set  forth in  Exhibit  I  hereto.  Counsel  rendering  the
     foregoing opinion may rely as to questions of law not involving the laws of
     the United States or the State of New York and the General  Corporation Law
     of the  State  of  Delaware  upon  opinions  of  local  counsel,  and as to
     questions of fact upon  representations  or certificates of officers of the
     Company  and/or the Founding  Companies,  and of government  officials,  in
     which case their opinion is to state that they are so relying and that they
     have no knowledge of any material  misstatement  or  inaccuracy in any such
     opinion,  representation  or certificate.  Counsel  rendering the foregoing
     opinion may also rely,  with  respect to matters  concerning  the  Founding
     Companies,  upon an opinion or  opinions,  each dated the Closing  Date and
     addressed  to the  Underwriters,  of  counsel  to the  Founding  Companies,
     provided Morgan,  Lewis & Bockius LLP shall state that they believe,  after
     due  inquiry,  that both you and they are  justified  in relying  upon such
     opinion or opinions.  Copies of any opinion,  representation or certificate
     so  relied  upon  shall be  delivered  to you,  as  Representatives  of the
     Underwriters, and to Underwriters' Counsel.

          (e) The Representatives  shall have received from Fulbright & Jaworski
     L.L.P.,  counsel for the Underwriters,  their opinion or opinions dated the
     Closing  Dates  with  respect  to the  incorporation  of the  Company,  the
     validity of the Stock,  the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus and
     such other related  matters as it may reasonably  request,  and the Company
     shall have  furnished to such counsel such documents as they may reasonably
     request  for the  purpose of enabling  them to pass upon such  matters.  In
     rendering  such  opinion,  Fulbright & Jaworski  L.L.P.  may rely as to all
     matters  governed other than by the laws of New York or federal laws on the
     opinion of counsel referred to in paragraph (e) of this Section 8.

          (f) The Representatives  shall have received a certificate,  dated the
     Closing  Dates,  of the chief  executive  officer or the  President and the
     Chief Financial Officer of the Company to the effect that:

                                       34

<PAGE>



               (i)  No  stop  order   suspending   the   effectiveness   of  the
          Registration  Statement  has  been  issued,  and,  to the  best of the
          knowledge of the signers,  no  proceedings  for that purpose have been
          instituted or are pending or contemplated under the Securities Act;

               (ii) Neither any  Pre-effective  Prospectus,  as of its date, nor
          the  Registration  Statement nor the Prospectus,  nor any amendment or
          supplement  thereto,  as of the time when the  Registration  Statement
          became  effective  and  at  all  times  subsequent  thereto  up to the
          delivery  of such  certificate,  included  any untrue  statement  of a
          material  fact or omitted to state any  material  fact  required to be
          stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,  in light
          of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

               (iii) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which  information
          is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus,  and except
          as set forth or contemplated  in the  Prospectus,  neither the Company
          nor  any  of  the  Founding   Companies   has  incurred  any  material
          liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, nor entered into any
          material transactions not in the ordinary course of business and there
          has not been any material  adverse change in the condition  (financial
          or otherwise),  properties, business, management, prospects, net worth
          or results of  operations  of the Company and the  Founding  Companies
          considered as a whole, or any change in the capital stock,  short-term
          or long-term debt of the Company and the Founding Companies considered
          as a whole;

               (iv) The  representations  and  warranties of the Company in this
          Agreement are true and correct at and as of the Closing Dates, and the
          Company  has  complied  with  all  the  agreements  and  performed  or
          satisfied all the  conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied
          at or prior to the Closing Dates; and

               (v) Since the respective  dates as of which  information is given
          in the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus,  and  except  as
          disclosed in or contemplated by the

                                       35

<PAGE>



          Prospectus,  (i) there has not been any material  adverse  change or a
          development  involving  a  material  adverse  change in the  condition
          (financial or otherwise), properties, business, management, prospects,
          net worth or results of  operations  of the Company  and the  Founding
          Companies  considered  as a whole;  (ii) the business  and  operations
          conducted by the Company and the Founding Companies have not sustained
          a loss by strike, fire, flood,  accident or other calamity (whether or
          not insured) of such a character as to interfere  materially  with the
          conduct of the business and operations of the Company and the Founding
          Companies  considered  as a whole;  (iii)  no  legal  or  governmental
          action,  suit or  proceeding  is pending or, to the  knowledge  of the
          Company,  threatened  against  the  Company  or any  of  the  Founding
          Companies which is material to the Company and the Founding  Companies
          considered as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the
          ordinary  course of business,  or which may  materially  and adversely
          affect the  transactions  contemplated by this  Agreement;  (iv) since
          such dates and except as so  disclosed,  the Company has not  incurred
          any material liability or obligation,  direct, contingent or indirect,
          made any change in its  capital  stock  (except  pursuant to its stock
          plans),  made any material  change in its short-term or funded debt or
          repurchased or otherwise  acquired any of the Company's capital stock;
          and (v) the Company has not declared or paid any dividend, or made any
          other  distribution,  upon its  outstanding  capital  stock payable to
          stockholders of record on a date prior to the Closing Dates.

          (g) The  Company  shall have  furnished  to the  Representatives  such
     additional   certificates  as  the   Representatives  may  have  reasonably
     requested  as to the  accuracy,  at and as of  the  Closing  Dates,  of the
     representations  and  warranties  made herein by it and as to compliance at
     and as of the Closing Dates by it with its covenants and agreements  herein
     contained  and other  provisions  hereof to be satisfied at or prior to the
     Closing  Dates,  and as to  satisfaction  of the  other  conditions  to the
     obligations of the Underwriters hereunder.

          (h)  Cruttenden  shall have  received  the written  agreements  of the
     officers,  directors,  director  nominees of the Company and the holders of
     securities  of the  Company  listed in Schedule B that each will not offer,
     sell,  assign,  transfer,  encumber,  contract to sell,  grant an option to
     purchase or otherwise  dispose of, any shares of Common

                                       36

<PAGE>



     Stock (including,  without limitation,  Common Stock which may be deemed to
     be beneficially owned by such officer, director, director nominee or holder
     in accordance  with the Rules and  Regulations)  or securities  convertible
     into or  exercisable or  exchangeable  for Common Stock during the 180 days
     following the date of the Prospectus.

          (i) The  Nasdaq  National  Market  shall have  approved  the Stock for
     inclusion, subject only to official notice of issuance.

          (j) Each of the Founding  Company Mergers shall have been  consummated
     as of the First  Closing  Date on the  terms set forth in the  Registration
     Statement and in each Agreement and Plan of Organization.

     All  opinions,  certificates,  letters  and  other  documents  will  be  in
compliance with the provisions  hereunder only if they are  satisfactory in form
and  substance  to  the  Representatives.   The  Company  will  furnish  to  the
Representatives  conformed  copies of such opinions,  certificates,  letters and
other documents as the  Representatives  shall reasonably request. If any of the
conditions  hereinabove  provided  for in this  Section  8 shall  not have  been
satisfied  when  and as  required  by  this  Agreement,  this  Agreement  may be
terminated by the  Representatives  by notifying the Company of such termination
in writing or by telegram at or prior to the Closing Dates, but Cruttenden shall
be entitled to waive any of such conditions.

     9. Effective Date. This Agreement shall become effective  immediately as to
Sections  5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 and 19 and, as to all other
provisions,  at 11:00  A.M.  New York City time on the first full  business  day
following the  effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement or at such earlier
time after the Registration  Statement becomes effective as the  Representatives
may  determine on and by notice to the Company or by release of any of the Stock
for sale to the public.  For the  purposes of this Section 9, the Stock shall be
deemed  to have  been so  released  upon  the  release  for  publication  of any
newspaper  advertisement  relating  to the Stock or upon the  release  by you of
telegrams  (i) advising  Underwriters  that the shares of Stock are released for
public  offering  or (ii)  offering  the Stock for sale to  securities  dealers,
whichever may occur first.

     10.  Termination.  This Agreement  (except for the provisions of Section 5)
may be  terminated  by the  Company at any time before it becomes  effective  in
accordance with Section 9 by notice to the Representatives and may be terminated
by the  Representatives  at any time before it becomes  effective in  accordance
with Section 9 by notice to the Company. In the event of any termination of this
Agreement

                                       37

<PAGE>



under this or any other provision of this Agreement, there shall be no liability
of any party to this  Agreement  to any other  party,  other than as provided in
Sections  5, 6 and  11 and  other  than  as  provided  in  Section  12 as to the
liability of defaulting Underwriters.

     This  Agreement  may  be  terminated  after  it  becomes  effective  by the
Representatives by notice to the Company (i) if at or prior to the First Closing
Date trading in securities on any of the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock
Exchange  or Nasdaq  National  Market  shall have been  suspended  or minimum or
maximum prices shall have been  established  and are then currently in effect on
any such exchange or market, or a banking moratorium shall have been declared by
New York or United  States  authorities;  (ii) trading of any  securities of the
Company  shall have been  suspended on any  exchange or in any  over-the-counter
market; (iii) if at or prior to the First Closing Date there shall have been (A)
an outbreak  or  escalation  of  hostilities  between the United  States and any
foreign  power or of any other  insurrection  or armed  conflict  involving  the
United  States or (B) any change in financial  markets or any calamity or crisis
which, in the reasonable judgment of the  Representatives,  makes it impractical
or inadvisable to offer or sell the Firm Stock on the terms  contemplated by the
Prospectus;  (iv) if there  shall  have  been  any  development  or  prospective
development  involving  particularly the business or properties or securities of
the Company or any of the Founding Companies or the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement or any Agreement and Plan of Organization, which, in the judgment
of the  Representatives,  makes  it  impracticable  or  inadvisable  to offer or
deliver the Firm Stock on the terms contemplated by the Prospectus; (v) if there
shall be any litigation or  proceeding,  pending or  threatened,  which,  in the
reasonable   judgment  of  the   Representatives,   makes  it  impracticable  or
inadvisable to offer or deliver the Firm Stock on the terms  contemplated by the
Prospectus;  or (vi) if there shall have occurred any of the events specified in
the immediately  preceding  clauses (i) - (v) together with any other such event
that makes it, in the reasonable judgment of the Representatives, impractical or
inadvisable to offer or deliver the Firm Stock on the terms  contemplated by the
Prospectus.

     11.  Reimbursement  of Underwriters.  Notwithstanding  any other provisions
hereof,  if this Agreement shall not become  effective by reason of any election
of the  Company  pursuant  to the  first  paragraph  of  Section  10 or shall be
terminated  by the  Representatives  under  Section 8 or Section 10, the Company
will bear and pay the expenses specified in Section 5 hereof and, in addition to
its  obligations  pursuant to Section 6 hereof,  the Company will  reimburse the
reasonable   out-of-pocket  expenses  of  the  several  Underwriters  (including
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the  Underwriters)  incurred in
connection  with this Agreement and the proposed 

                                       38

<PAGE>



purchase of the Stock, up to a maximum of $100,000, and promptly upon demand the
Company will pay such amounts to you as Representatives.

     12.  Substitution  of  Underwriters.  If on the First  Closing  Date or the
Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter or  Underwriters  shall
default  in its or their  obligations  to  purchase  shares  of Stock  hereunder
(otherwise  than by  reason  of  default  on the part of the  Company,  you,  as
Representatives  of the  Underwriters,  shall  use your  reasonable  efforts  to
procure within 48 hours thereafter one or more of the other Underwriters, or any
others, to purchase from the Company such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon
the terms set forth herein, the shares of Stock which the defaulting Underwriter
or  Underwriters  failed to  purchase.  If  during  such 48 hours  you,  as such
Representatives, shall not have procured such other Underwriters, or any others,
to  purchase  the  shares of Stock  agreed  to be  purchased  by the  defaulting
Underwriter or  Underwriters,  then (a) if the aggregate  number of shares which
such defaulting  Underwriter or Underwriters  agreed but failed to purchase does
not exceed ten percent  (10%) of the total  number of shares  underwritten,  the
other  Underwriters  shall  be  obligated  severally,  in  proportion  to  their
respective  commitments  hereunder,  to purchase  the shares of Stock which such
defaulting  Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase, or (b) if
the  aggregate  number of shares of Stock with  respect to which such default or
defaults  occur is more than ten  percent  (10%) of the  total  number of shares
underwritten,  the Company or you, as the  Representatives  of the Underwriters,
will have the right,  by written  notice given within the next 48-hour period to
the parties to this Agreement,  to terminate this Agreement without liability on
the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company.

     If the remaining  Underwriters  or  substituted  Underwriters  are required
hereby or agree to take up all or part of the  shares  of Stock of a  defaulting
Underwriter  or  Underwriters  as provided  in this  Section 12, (i) the Company
shall have the right to postpone the Closing Dates for a period of not more than
five (5) full  business  days in order  that the  Company  may  effect  whatever
changes may  thereby be made  necessary  in the  Registration  Statement  or the
Prospectus,  or in any other documents or  arrangements,  and the Company agrees
promptly to file any amendments to the Registration  Statement or supplements to
the  Prospectus  which may thereby be made  necessary,  and (ii) the  respective
numbers of shares to be purchased by the remaining  Underwriters  or substituted
Underwriters  shall be taken as the basis of their  underwriting  obligation for
all purposes of this  Agreement.  Nothing  herein  contained  shall  relieve any
defaulting Underwriter of its liability to the Company or the other Underwriters
for  damages  occasioned  by its  default  hereunder.  Any  termination  of this
Agreement  pursuant to this Section 12 shall be without liability on the part of
any

                                       39

<PAGE>



non-defaulting  Underwriter  or the  Company,  except for expenses to be paid or
reimbursed pursuant to Section 5 and except for the provisions of Section 6.

     13. Notices. All communications  hereunder shall be in writing and, if sent
to the Underwriters  shall be mailed,  delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to
you, as their Representatives c/o Cruttenden Roth Incorporated, 18301 Van Karman
Avenue, Irvine,  California 92612, attention: Jay Sherwood,  except that notices
given to an  Underwriter  pursuant  to  Section  6 hereof  shall be sent to such
Underwriter at the address furnished by the  Representatives  or, if sent to the
Company, shall be mailed,  delivered or telegraphed and confirmed c/o Shonnie D.
Bilin.

     14. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the several  Underwriters,  the Company and their respective successors and
legal  representatives.  Nothing  expressed or  mentioned  in this  Agreement is
intended  or shall  be  construed  to give any  person  other  than the  persons
mentioned in the  preceding  sentence any legal or  equitable  right,  remedy or
claim under or in respect of this Agreement, or any provisions herein contained,
this Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof being intended to be and
being for the sole and exclusive  benefit of such persons and for the benefit of
no  other  person;  except  that  the  representations,  warranties,  covenants,
agreements and indemnities of the Company contained in this Agreement shall also
be for the benefit of the person or persons, if any, who control any Underwriter
or  Underwriters  within the  meaning of  Section  15 of the  Securities  Act or
Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the indemnities of the several  Underwriters
shall  also be for the  benefit of each  director  of the  Company,  each of its
officers who has signed the Registration Statement and the person or persons, if
any, who control the Company  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities
Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act.

     15.  Applicable  Law and Venue.  This  Agreement  shall be  governed by and
construed in  accordance  with the laws of the State of New York without  giving
effect to the choice of law principles  thereof;  provided that any suit, action
or proceeding  arising in connection with this Agreement shall be brought in the
courts of the State of California,  located in Orange  County,  or in the United
States District Court encompassing such county, and each party hereby submits to
the  jurisdiction  of such  courts for the  purpose of any such suit,  action or
proceeding.  The parties hereto hereby  irrevocably  waive any objections  which
they may now or  hereafter  have to the  laying of venue of any suit,  action or
proceeding  arising out of or relating to this  Agreement  brought in the courts
located in the State California, Orange County, or in the United States District
Court encompassing such County,  and hereby further  irrevocably waive any claim
that any suit,  action or proceeding  brought in any such court has been brought
in an inconvenient forum.

                                       40

<PAGE>



     16.  Authority of the  Representatives.  In connection with this Agreement,
you will act for and on behalf of the several Underwriters, and any action taken
under  this  Agreement  by  you,  as  Representatives,   or  individually  as  a
Representative, will be binding on all the Underwriters.

     17. Partial  Unenforceability.  The invalidity or  unenforceability  of any
section,  paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity
or  enforceability  of any other section,  paragraph or provision hereof. If any
section,  paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason  determined
to be  invalid  or  unenforceable,  there  shall be deemed to be made such minor
changes  (and only such minor  changes)  as are  necessary  to make it valid and
enforceable.

     18. General. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties
to  this   Agreement  and   supersedes   all  prior  written  or  oral  and  all
contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to
the subject matter hereof.

     In this  Agreement,  the  masculine,  feminine  and neuter  genders and the
singular  and the plural  include  one  another.  The  section  headings in this
Agreement  are for the  convenience  of the parties only and will not affect the
construction or interpretation of this Agreement.  This Agreement may be amended
or modified,  and the  observance  of any term of this  Agreement may be waived,
only by a writing signed by the Company and the Representatives.

     19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts,
each of which shall be an  original,  with the same effect as if the  signatures
thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

                                       41

<PAGE>



     If the foregoing  correctly sets forth our  understanding,  please indicate
your acceptance thereof in the space provided below for that purpose,  whereupon
this letter and your acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement between us.

                                            Very truly yours,

                                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                                            By:_________________________________
                                               Name:





                                       42

<PAGE>



Accepted      and      delivered      in
___________________ as of the date first
above written.

CRUTTENDEN ROTH INCORPORATED
[Co-Manager]
     Each  acting on its own  behalf and
     as a Representative  of the several
     Underwriters  referred  to  in  the
     foregoing Agreement.

 By: Cruttenden Roth Incorporated

 By:______________________________
    Name:
    Title:







                                       43

<PAGE>




                                   SCHEDULE A

                                                          Number of shares of
               Name                                   Firm Stock to be Purchased

Cruttenden Roth Incorporated........

[Co-Manager]........................



                                                            ---------
Total...............................                        2,700,000
                                                            =========






                                       44

<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE B

Ronald P. Rafaloff
RGR Financial Group LLC
Shonnie D. Bilin
Neil J. DePascal, Jr.
Roy C. Elwell
Jerry Gladstone
David K. Green
David J. Stone
Michael A. Baker
The Incline Group
Wasatch Capital Corporation
MT Partners
Paul T. Shirley
Shirley Family Trust
David L. Yankey





                                       45

<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE C





                                       46

<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT I

                            Matters to be covered in
                       opinion of Counsel to the Company 1/

     1. The  Company  has been  duly  organized  and is  validly  existing  as a
corporation  in good standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware;  each of
the Acquisition  Subsidiaries has been duly organized and is validly existing as
a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;  each of
the Founding  Companies  has been duly  organized  and is validly  existing as a
corporation  in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of  the  jurisdiction  of its
incorporation;

     2. The Company has all corporate  power and  authority  necessary to own or
hold its properties and to conduct its business as described in the  Prospectus;
each of the Founding  Companies has all corporate power and authority  necessary
to own or hold its  properties  and to conduct  their  respective  businesses as
described in the Prospectus;

     3. The Company and each of the Founding  Companies is duly  qualified to do
business  and is in  good  standing  as a  foreign  corporation  in  each of the
jurisdictions  set  forth  on a  Schedule  to the  opinion;  to  such  counsel's
knowledge,  the  Company  does not own or  control,  and  immediately  after the
consummation of the Founding  Company Mergers will not own or control,  directly
or  indirectly,  any  corporation,  association  or other  entity other than the
Acquisition  Subsidiaries,  the Founding  Companies and a partnership  formed by
American  Royal Arts Corp.  and Animation USA, Inc. which has these two entities
as its only partners;

     4. The authorized,  issued and outstanding  capital stock of the Company is
as set forth in the  Prospectus  under the  caption  "Capitalization"  as of the
dates stated therein;  the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the
Company have been duly and validly issued and are fully paid and  nonassessable,
and,  to such  counsel's  knowledge,  have not been  issued in  violation  of or
subject to any preemptive right,  co-sale right,  registration  right,  right of
first  refusal  or  other  similar  right  and,  except  as  set  forth  in  the


- --------
1/   Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings given
     such terms in the Underwriting Agreement.

                                       47

<PAGE>



Registration  Statement,  to such counsel's knowledge,  there are no outstanding
rights,  warrants  or options to acquire,  or  instruments  convertible  into or
exchangeable  for, any shares of capital  stock or other equity  interest in the
Company;  the issued  and  outstanding  shares of  capital  stock of each of the
Acquisition  Subsidiaries  have been duly and validly  issued and are fully paid
and  nonassessable,  and, to such counsel's  knowledge,  have not been issued in
violation of or subject to any preemptive  right,  co-sale  right,  registration
right,  right of first  refusal  or other  similar  right;  all the  issued  and
outstanding shares of capital stock of each of the Acquisition  Subsidiaries are
owned of record and beneficially by the Company,  free and clear of any security
interests, liens, encumbrances, equities or other claims;

     5. Upon  completion of the Founding  Company  Mergers,  all the outstanding
shares of capital stock of each of the Founding  Companies  will be owned by the
Company,  to such counsel knowledge,  free and clear of any security  interests,
liens,  encumbrances,  equities  or other  claims  and there are no  outstanding
rights,  warrants  or options to acquire,  or  instruments  convertible  into or
exchangeable  for, any shares of capital  stock or other equity  interest in the
Founding Companies;

     6. The Stock,  the shares of Common Stock to be issued in  connection  with
the Founding  Company Mergers and the shares to be issued in connection with the
conversion of the Preferred Stock,  Restricted  Common Stock and the CUSA Notes,
have been duly and  validly  authorized  by the Company  for  issuance,  and the
Company has full corporate  power and authority to issue,  sell and deliver such
shares,  and, when such shares are issued and delivered against payment therefor
in accordance with the terms hereof, each Agreement and Plan of Organization, or
the  Company's   Amended  and  Restated   Certificate  of   Incorporation   (the
"Certificate of Incorporation"), as the case may be, they will be fully paid and
nonassessable,  and will not have been issued in  violation of or subject to any
statutory  preemptive  right,  or to such counsel's  knowledge,  any contractual
preemptive right,  co-sale right,  registration right, right of first refusal or
other similar right;  there are no restrictions  upon the voting or transfer of,
any of the Stock pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws,  or any
agreement or other instrument of the Company known to such counsel.

     7. All of the  shares of Common  Stock to be issued  upon  exercise  of the
Warrants have been duly and validly  authorized by the Company for issuance and,
when issued and delivered  against payment therefor in accordance with the terms
of the Warrants,  will be duly and validly issued,  fully paid and

                                       48

<PAGE>



nonassessable  and will not have been issued in  violation  of or subject to any
statutory  preemptive  right,  or to such counsel's  knowledge,  any contractual
preemptive right,  co-sale right,  registration right, right of first refusal or
other similar right.

     8. To such  counsel's  knowledge,  except as set  forth in the  Prospectus,
there are no legal or governmental  proceedings  pending to which the Company or
any of the  Founding  Companies is a party or of which any property or assets of
the Company or any of the Founding Companies is the subject which, if determined
adversely to the Company or any of the Founding Companies, could have a Material
Adverse Effect or prevent or adversely affect the  transactions  contemplated by
the Underwriting  Agreement or any Agreement and Plan of  Organization;  and, to
such counsel's  knowledge,  no such  proceedings  are threatened by governmental
authorities or other third parties.

     9. This  Agreement  and the Warrant with  respect to the Company,  and each
Agreement  and Plan of  Organization,  with respect to the Company,  each of the
Acquisition  Subsidiaries  and each of the  Founding  Companies,  have been duly
authorized by all necessary  corporate action on the part of each of the parties
thereto and have been duly executed and delivered by such parties and,  assuming
due  authorization,  execution and delivery of this  Agreement by you, are valid
and binding  agreements of such parties;  the certificates or articles of merger
referred to in each Agreement and Plan of Organization,  assuming the due filing
thereof with the appropriate  regulatory  authorities,  will cause the statutory
merger of each Founding Company with the Acquisition Subsidiary that is party to
such Agreement and Plan of  Organization;  the Company has full corporate  power
and  authority  to enter  into this  Agreement  and each  Agreement  and Plan of
Organization  and each of the Founding  Companies has full  corporate  power and
authority to enter into the  Agreement and Plan of  Organization  to which it is
party;

     10. All offers and sales of the  Company's  capital stock prior to the date
hereof were at all  relevant  times,  and the capital  stock to be issued by the
Company in the Founding  Company  Mergers will be, exempt from the  registration
requirements of the Securities Act;

     11. The Company has the full  corporate  power and authority to execute and
deliver the Warrants on the terms and conditions  set forth in the  Underwriting
Agreement and in the Warrants,  and such  execution and delivery of the Warrants
has been duly and validly  authorized,  and when executed and delivered pursuant
to the  Underwriting  Agreement,  the Warrants will be 

                                       49

<PAGE>



enforceable  against the Company in  accordance  with their terms (except to the
extent  rights to  indemnity  thereunder  may be limited  by  federal  and state
securities laws or public policy  underlying such laws and except to the extent,
enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium
or similar  laws  relating to or  affecting  creditors'  rights  generally or by
general equitable principles).

     12. The execution,  delivery and performance of the Underwriting Agreement,
the Warrant and each Agreement and Plan of Organization  and the consummation of
the transactions  therein  contemplated will not result in a breach or violation
of any of the terms or  provisions of or constitute a default under the charter,
by-laws or other organizational  documents of the Company or any of the Founding
Companies, or any material indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement or
other agreement or instrument  known to such counsel to which the Company or any
of the  Founding  Companies  is a party  or by which it or any of them or any of
their  properties  is or may be bound  and,  with  respect  to the  Underwriting
Agreement and the Warrant,  will not result in a breach or violation of any law,
statute,  order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental  agency or body
having  jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Founding Companies or any of
their properties or result in the creation of a lien.

     13.  To  such  counsel's  knowledge,  neither  the  Company  nor any of the
Founding  Companies is presently (a) in violation of their respective charter or
by-laws,  or (b), to such  counsel's  knowledge,  in breach or default under any
lease,  instrument,  license, permit or any other agreement to which the Company
or any of the Founding  Companies is bound or to which any property or assets of
the  Company  or  any of the  Founding  Companies  is  the  subject,  where  the
consequences of such violation,  breach or default would have a Material Adverse
Effect;

     14.  No  consent,  approval,   authorization  or  order  of  any  court  or
governmental  agency or body is required for the  consummation by the Company of
the transactions  contemplated by the Underwriting  Agreement or pursuant to any
Agreement and Plan of  Organization  (except such as may be required by the NASD
or as required by the  securities or "Blue Sky" laws of any  jurisdiction  as to
which such counsel need express no opinion) in connection  with the purchase and
distribution of the Stock by the Underwriters  except such as have been obtained
or made, specifying the same.

                                       50

<PAGE>



     15. The  Registration  Statement has become  effective under the Securities
Act and, to the best of such counsel's  knowledge,  no stop order suspending the
effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement has been issued and no proceeding
for that purpose is pending or threatened by the Commission.

     16. The  Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus  and any amendments or
supplements  thereto (except for the financial  statements and notes thereto and
related schedules and other financial  information as to which such counsel need
express  no  opinion)  comply  as to  form in all  material  respects  with  the
requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations.

     17. To such  counsel's  knowledge,  there are no  contracts,  agreements or
other  documents  required to be  described  in the  Registration  Statement  or
Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement which is
not  described  or filed  therein  as  required.  All  descriptions  of any such
contracts,  agreements or documents contained in the Registration  Statement are
accurate and complete descriptions of such documents in all material respects.

     18.  The  statements  in  the  Prospectus  under  the  captions  "Business-
Animation       Art       Galleries--Merchandising"        "Business--Licenses,"
"Management--Employment Agreements," -- "1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan," "--1997
Non-Employee  Directors' Stock Plan," "Description of Capital Stock" and "Shares
Eligible for Future Sale," to the extent they  constitute a summary of documents
referred to therein or matters of law accurately summarize and fairly present in
all material respects the information  called for with respect to such documents
and matter and the legal and regulatory matters described therein.

     19. Neither the Company nor any of the Founding Companies is an "investment
company," or an entity  "controlled" by an "investment  company"  required to be
registered under the 1940 Act, as such terms are defined in the 1940 Act.

     20. To such counsel's knowledge, none of the licenses,  trademarks, service
marks or trade names presently owned,  held or used by the Company or any of the
Founding Companies infringes or conflicts with any licenses, trademarks, service
marks or trade names of any other  person or entity or are in dispute,  and such
counsel is not aware of any notice of any  infringement  of or conflict with the
asserted rights of others in any such respect that might have a Material Adverse
Effect.

                                       51

<PAGE>



     21. To such counsel's  knowledge,  except as set forth in the  Registration
Statement and the Prospectus,  no holder of any securities of the Company or any
other person has the right,  contractual  or otherwise,  to cause the Company to
sell or otherwise  issue to such person,  or to permit such person to underwrite
the sale of,  any of the  Stock or the right to have any  Common  Stock or other
securities of the Company included in the  Registration  Statement or the right,
as a result of the filing of the Registration Statement, to require registration
under the  Securities  Act of any shares of Common Stock or other  securities of
the Company that has not been waived or lapsed.

In addition to the matters set forth above,  such  opinion  shall also include a
statement to the effect that  nothing has come to the  attention of such counsel
which leads them to believe that (i) the Registration Statement or any amendment
thereto,  as of the time it became effective under the Securities Act (but after
giving effect to any  modifications  incorporated  therein pursuant to Rule 430A
under the Securities Act),  contained any untrue statement of a material fact or
omitted to state a material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary in
order  to  make  the  statements  therein  not  misleading,  or  (ii)  that  the
Prospectus,  or any supplement thereto, on the date it was filed pursuant to the
Rules and  Regulations  and as of the First  Closing Date or the Option  Closing
Date, as the case may be,  contained any untrue  statement of a material fact or
omitted to state a material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary in
order to make the statements  therein, in light of the circumstances under which
they were made, not misleading (except that such counsel need express no view as
to financial  statements  and notes  thereto and  schedules  or other  financial
information  therein).  With respect to such  statement,  such counsel may state
that their belief is based upon the procedures set forth therein, but is without
independent check and verification.

                                       52




                   FORM OF AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                       AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION

                             dated as of May 9, 1997

                                  by and among

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                           [COMPANY] ACQUISITION CORP.
                    (a subsidiary of Collectibles USA, Inc.)

                                    [COMPANY]

                                       and

                          the STOCKHOLDERS named herein

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

1.    THE MERGER                                                              5

      1.1      Delivery and Filing of Articles of Merger                      5
      1.2      Effective Time of the Merger                                   5
      1.3      Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and
               Board   of    Directors   of   Surviving
               Corporation                                                    5

      1.4      Certain  Information With Respect to the
               Capital  Stock of the  COMPANY,  CEI and
               NEWCO                                                          6
      1.5      Effect of Merger                                               7

2.    CONVERSION OF STOCK                                                     8
      2.1      Manner of Conversion                                           8

3.    DELIVERY OF MERGER CONSIDERATION                                        9

4.    CLOSING                                                                10

5.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY AND STOCKHOLDERS             11
      5.1      Due Organization                                              11

      5.2      Authorization                                                 12
      5.3      Capital Stock of the COMPANY                                  12
      5.4      Transactions     in    Capital    Stock;
               Organization Accounting                                       12
      5.5      No Bonus Shares                                               13
      5.6      Subsidiaries                                                  13
      5.7      Predecessor Status; etc                                       13
      5.8      Spinoff by the COMPANY                                        14
      5.9      Financial Statements                                          14
      5.10     Liabilities and Obligations                                   14
      5.11     Accounts and Notes Receivable                                 15
      5.12     Intellectual   Property;   Permits   and
               Intangibles                                                   16
      5.13     Environmental Matters                                         17
      5.14     Personal Property                                             18
      5.15     Significant     Customers;      Material
               Contracts and Commitments                                     18
      5.16     Real Property                                                 19
      5.17     Insurance                                                     20
      5.18     Compensation;   Employment   Agreements;
               Organized Labor Matters                                       20
      5.19     Employee Plans                                                21
      5.20     Compliance with ERISA                                         22
      5.21     Conformity with Law; Litigation                               23
      5.22     Taxes                                                         23
      5.23     No Violations                                                 27

                                        i

<PAGE>

      5.24     Government Contracts                                          28
      5.25     Absence of Changes                                            28
      5.26     Deposit Accounts; Powers of Attorney                          29
      5.27     Validity of Obligations                                       30
      5.28     Relations with Governments                                    30
      5.29     Disclosure                                                    30
      5.30     Prohibited Activities                                         31
      5.31     Authority; Ownership                                          32
      5.32     Preemptive Rights                                             32
      5.33     No Intention to Dispose of CEI Stock                          32
      5.34     Transactions  with  Directors,  Officers
               and Affiliates.                                               32

6.    REPRESENTATIONS OF CEI and NEWCO                                       33
      6.1      Due Organization                                              33
      6.2      Authorization                                                 34
      6.3      Capital Stock of the COMPANY                                  34
      6.4      Transactions     in    Capital    Stock,
               Organization Accounting                                       34
      6.5      Subsidiaries                                                  34
      6.6      Financial Statements                                          35
      6.7      Liabilities and Obligations                                   35
      6.8      Conformity with Law; Litigation                               36
      6.9      No Violations                                                 36
      6.10     Validity of Obligations                                       37
      6.11     CEI Stock                                                     37
      6.12     No Side Agreements                                            37
      6.13     Business;  Real  Property;  Material
               Agreements                                                    37
      6.14     Taxes                                                         37

7.    COVENANTS PRIOR TO CLOSING                                             40
      7.2      Conduct of Business Pending Closing                           42
      7.3      Prohibited Activities                                         42

      7.4      No Shop                                                       44

      7.5      Notice to Bargaining Agents                                   44
      7.6      Agreements                                                    44
      7.7      Notification of Certain Matters                               44
      7.8      Amendment of Schedules                                        45
      7.9      Cooperation  in  Preparation  of
               Registration Statement                                        47
      7.10     Final Financial Statements                                    48

      7.11     Further Assurances                                            48
      7.12     Authorized Capital                                            48

                                       ii
<PAGE>

8.    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF STOCKHOLDERS AND COMPANY        49
      8.1      Representations and Warranties                                49

      8.2      Performance of Obligations                                    49
      8.3      No Litigation                                                 50
      8.4      Opinion of Counsel                                            50
      8.5      Registration Statement                                        50
      8.6      Consents and Approvals                                        50
      8.7      Good Standing Certificates                                    50
      8.8      No Material Adverse Change                                    50
      8.9      Closing of IPO                                                50
      8.10     Secretary's Certificate                                       51
      8.11     Employment Agreements                                         51
      8.12     Release                                                       51

9.    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF CEI AND NEWCO                   51
      9.1      Representations and Warranties                                52
      9.2      Performance of Obligation                                     52

      9.3      No Litigation                                                 52
      9.4      Secretary's Certificate                                       52
      9.5      No Material Adverse Change                                    52
      9.6      STOCKHOLDERS' Release                                         53

      9.7      Termination of Related Party Agreements                       53
      9.8      Opinion of Counsel                                            53
      9.9      Consents and Approvals                                        53
      9.10     Good Standing Certificates                                    53
      9.11     Registration Statement                                        54
      9.12     Employment Agreements                                         54
      9.13     Closing of IPO                                                54
      9.14     FIRPTA Certificate                                            54

10.   COVENANTS OF CEI AND THE STOCKHOLDERS AFTER CLOSING                    54
      10.1     Release  From  Guarantees;  Repayment of
               Certain Obligations                                           54
      10.2     Preservation of Tax and Accounting Treatment                  54
      10.3     Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns                         54

      10.4     Directors and Officers.                                       55
      10.5     Preservation of Employee Benefit Plans                        55

11.   INDEMNIFICATION                                                        56

      11.1     General Indemnification by the STOCKHOLDERS                   56
      11.2     Indemnification by CEI                                        57
      11.3     Third Person Claims                                           58

                                       iii

<PAGE>

      11.4     Exclusive Remedy                                              60
      11.5     Limitations on Indemnification                                60

12.   TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT                                               61
      12.1     Termination                                                   61
      12.2     Liabilities in Event of Terminatio                            62

13.   NONCOMPETITION                                                         62
      13.1     Prohibited Activities                                         62
      13.2     Damages                                                       63
      13.3     Reasonable Restraint                                          63
      13.4     Severability; Reformation                                     63
      13.5     Independent Covenant                                          64
      13.6     Materiality                                                   64

14.   NONDISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION                              64
      14.1     STOCKHOLDERS                                                  64
      14.2     CEI AND NEWCO                                                 65
      14.3     Damages                                                       66
      14.4     Survival                                                      66

15.   TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS                                                  66
      15.1     Transfer Restrictions                                         66

16.   FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES ACT REPRESENTATIONS                       67
      16.1     Compliance with Law                                           68
      16.2     Economic Risk; Sophistication                                 68

17.   REGISTRATION RIGHTS                                                    69
      17.1     Piggyback Registration Rights                                 69
      17.2     Demand Registration Rights                                    69
      17.3     Registration Procedures                                       70
      17.4     Underwriting Agreement                                        71
      17.5     Availability of Rule 144                                      71

18.   GENERAL                                                                71
      18.1     Cooperation                                                   71
      18.2     Successors and Assigns                                        72
      18.3     Entire Agreement                                              72
      18.4     Counterparts                                                  72
      18.5     Brokers and Agents                                            72
      18.6     Expenses                                                      72
      18.7     Notices                                                       73

                                       iv

<PAGE>

      18.8     Governing Law                                                 74
      18.9     Exercise of Rights and Remedies                               74
      18.10    Time                                                          74
      18.11    Reformation and Severability                                  74

      18.12    Remedies Cumulative                                           75
      18.13    Captions                                                      75
      18.14    Amendments and Waivers                                        75

      18.15  Survival of Representations and Warranties                      75

ANNEX I     FORM OF ARTICLES OF MERGER

ANNEX II    CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS OF CEI AND NEWCO

ANNEX III   CONSIDERATION TO BE PAID TO STOCKHOLDERS

ANNEX IV    STOCKHOLDERS AND STOCK OWNERSHIP OF THE COMPANY

ANNEX V     STOCKHOLDERS AND STOCK OWNERSHIP OF CEI

ANNEX VI    FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL TO CEI

ANNEX VII    FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL TO COMPANY AND STOCKHOLDERS

ANNEX VIII   FORM OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

                                        v

<PAGE>



                       AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION

         THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION (the "Agreement") is made as of
May 9,  1997,  by and among  COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC.,  a  Delaware  corporation
("CEI"),   [COMPANY]  ACQUISITION  CORP.,  a  Delaware  corporation   ("NEWCO"),
[COMPANY],  a  ___________  corporation  (the  "COMPANY"),  and  each  of  [name
stockholders  of COMPANY] (the  "STOCKHOLDERS").  The  STOCKHOLDERS  are all the
Stockholders of the COMPANY.

         WHEREAS,  NEWCO is a corporation  duly organized and existing under the
laws of the State of Delaware,  having been  incorporated on May 5, 1997, solely
for the  purpose of  completing  the  transactions  set forth  herein,  and is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of CEI;

         WHEREAS,  the  respective  Boards of Directors of NEWCO and the COMPANY
(which  together  are  hereinafter  collectively  referred  to  as  "Constituent
Corporations")  deem it advisable and in the best  interests of the  Constituent
Corporations  and their respective  stockholders  that NEWCO merge with and into
the COMPANY pursuant to this Agreement and the applicable provisions of the laws
of the State[s] of Delaware [and ____________];

         WHEREAS,  CEI is entering into other separate agreements  substantially
similar to this  Agreement (the "Other  Agreements"),  each of which is entitled
"Agreement  and Plan of  Organization,"  with each of [name  Founding  Companies
other than COMPANY (collectively,  the "Other Founding  Companies")],  and their
respective  stockholders in order to acquire additional  collectibles  retailers
(the  COMPANY,   together  with  each  of  the  Other  Founding  Companies,  are
collectively referred to herein as the "Founding Companies");

         WHEREAS,  this  Agreement,   the  Other  Agreements  and  the  IPO  (as
hereinafter  defined) of CEI Stock (as hereinafter  defined) constitute the "CEI
Plan of Organization;"

         WHEREAS, the Boards of Directors of CEI, NEWCO and each of the Founding
Companies  have  approved  and  adopted  the  CEI  Plan  of  Organization  as an
integrated  plan to transfer the capital stock of the Founding  Companies to CEI
and the cash  raised in the IPO of CEI Stock to CEI as a  transfer  of  property
under Section 351 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code");

         WHEREAS,  in  consideration  of the  agreements  of the Other  Founding
Companies  pursuant to the Other  Agreements,  the STOCKHOLDERS and the Board of
Directors  of the COMPANY and the  stockholders  and the boards of  directors of
each of CEI  and  NEWCO  have  approved  this  Agreement  and  the  transactions
contemplated hereby;

         WHEREAS, unless the context otherwise requires,  capitalized terms used
in this Agreement or in any schedule  attached hereto and not otherwise  defined
herein shall have the following meanings for all purposes of this Agreement:

                  "Acquired Party" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.22.
                  "Acquisition  Companies"  means  NEWCO  and each of the  other
         Delaware  companies  wholly-owned  by  CEI  prior  to the  Funding  and
         Consummation Date.
                  "Affiliates" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8.
                  "Agreement"  has the meaning set forth in the first  paragraph
         of this Agreement.
                  "A/R Aging Reports" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.11.
                  "Articles of Merger" means those Articles or  Certificates  of
         Merger with respect to the Merger substantially in the form[s] attached
         as Annex I hereto or with such  changes  therein as may be  required by
         applicable state laws.
                  "Balance Sheet Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9.
                  "CEI" has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this
         Agreement.
                  "CEI Charter  Documents"  has the meaning set forth in Section
         6.1.
                  "CEI Documents" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9.
                  "CEI  Financial  Statements"  has the  meaning  set  forth  in
         Section 6.6.
                  "CEI Plan of  Organization"  has the  meaning set forth in the
         fourth recital of this Agreement.
                  "CEI  Relevant  Group"  has the  meaning  set forth in Section
         6.14.
                  "CEI Stock" means the common stock,  par value $.01 per share,
         of CEI.
                  "Charter Documents" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
                  "Closing" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.


                                       2
<PAGE>

                  "Closing Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.
                  "Code" has the meaning set forth in the fifth  recital of this
         Agreement.
                  "COMPANY" has the meaning set forth in the first  paragraph of
         this Agreement.
                  "COMPANY  Financial  Statements"  has the meaning set forth in
         Section 5.9.
                  "COMPANY Stock" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
                  "Constituent  Corporations"  has the  meaning set forth in the
         second recital of this Agreement.
                  "Demand  Registration"  has the  meaning  set forth in Section
         17.2.
                  "Effective  Time of the Merger" means the time as of which the
         Merger becomes effective, which the parties hereto contemplate to occur
         on the Funding and Consummation Date.
                  "Environmental  Laws" has the  meaning  set  forth in  Section
         5.13.
                  "ERISA" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.19.
                  "Expiration Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 5(A).
                  "Founding  Companies"  has the  meaning set forth in the third
         recital of this Agreement.
                  "Founding  Stockholders"  has the meaning set forth in Section
         17.1.
                  "Funding and  Consummation  Date" has the meaning set forth in
         Section 4.
                  "Indemnification  Threshold"  has the  meaning  set  forth  in
         Section 11.5.
                  "Indemnified Party" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.
                  "Indemnifying  Party"  has the  meaning  set forth in  Section
         11.3.
                  "Intellectual  Property" means all trademarks,  service marks,
         trade dress,  trade names,  patents and copyrights and any registration
         or  application  for  any of  the  foregoing,  and  any  trade  secret,
         invention,  process, know-how,  computer software,  technology systems,
         product design or product packaging.
                  "IPO" means the initial public  offering of CEI Stock pursuant
         to the Registration Statement.
                  "Material Adverse Effect" has the meaning set forth in Section
         5.1.
                  "Material  Documents"  has the  meaning  set forth in  Section
         5.23.


                                       3
<PAGE>

                  "Merger"  means the merger of NEWCO with and into the  COMPANY
         pursuant to this Agreement and the applicable provisions of the laws of
         the State of Delaware [and other applicable state laws].
                  "NEWCO" has the meaning  set forth in the first  paragraph  of
         this Agreement.
                  "NEWCO  Stock"  means the  common  stock,  par value  $.01 per
         share, of NEWCO.
                  "1934  Act"  means the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
         amended.
                  "1933 Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
                  "Other  Agreements"  has the  meaning  set  forth in the third
         recital of this Agreement.
                  "Other  Founding  Companies"  has the meaning set forth in the
         third recital of this Agreement.
                  "Plans" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.19.
                  "Pricing"  means  the  date  of  determination  by CEI and the
         Underwriters of the public offering price of the shares of CEI Stock in
         the IPO; the parties  hereto  contemplate  that the Pricing  shall take
         place on or immediately prior to the Closing Date.
                  "Qualified Plans" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.20.
                  "Registration   Statement"  means  that  certain  registration
         statement  of CEI to be filed on Form S-1  covering  the  shares of CEI
         Stock to be issued in the IPO.
                  "Relevant Group" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.22(i).
                  "Restricted  Voting Stock" means the Restricted  Voting Stock,
         par value $0.01 per share, of CEI.
                  "Returns"  has the  meaning  set  forth at the end of  Section
         5.22.
                  "Schedule" means each Schedule  attached  hereto,  which shall
         reference  the relevant  sections of this  Agreement,  on which parties
         hereto   disclose    information   as   part   of   their    respective
         representations, warranties and covenants.
                  "SEC"  means  the  United  States   Securities   and  Exchange
         Commission.
                  "Statutory Liens" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
                  "STOCKHOLDERS"   has  the  meaning  set  forth  in  the  first
         paragraph of this Agreement.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                  "Surviving   Corporation"   shall  mean  the  COMPANY  as  the
         surviving party in the Merger.
                  "Tax"  or  "Taxes"  has the  meaning  set  forth at the end of
         Section 5.22.
                  "Tax Losses" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.22 (xvi).
                  "Taxing  Authority"  has the  meaning  set forth at the end of
         Section 5.22.
                  "Territory" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.
                  "Third Person" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.
                  "Transfer Taxes" has the meaning set forth in Section 18.6.
                  "Underwriters" means the prospective  underwriters in the IPO,
         as identified in the Registration Statement.
                  "Underwriting  Agreement" means the Underwriting  Agreement to
         be dated the Closing Date between the  Underwriters  and the Company in
         respect of the IPO.
         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises and of the mutual
agreements,   representations,   warranties,  provisions  and  covenants  herein
contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. THE MERGER

         1.1  DELIVERY  AND  FILING  OF  ARTICLES  OF  MERGER.  The  Constituent
Corporations will cause the Articles of Merger to be signed,  verified and filed
with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware [and the Secretary of State
of the State of __________] and stamped receipt copies of each such filing to be
delivered to CEI on or before the Funding and Consummation Date.

         1.2 EFFECTIVE TIME OF THE MERGER.  At the Effective Time of the Merger,
NEWCO shall be merged with and into the COMPANY in accordance  with the Articles
of Merger,  the separate existence of NEWCO shall cease and the COMPANY shall be
the surviving party in the Merger. The COMPANY is sometimes hereinafter referred
to as the  Surviving  Corporation.  The  Merger  will be  effected  in a  single
transaction.

         1.3  CERTIFICATE  OF  INCORPORATION,  BY-LAWS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
SURVIVING CORPORATION. At the Effective Time of the Merger:


                                       5
<PAGE>

                           (i) the Certificate or Articles of  Incorporation  of
         the  COMPANY  then in effect  shall be the  Certificate  or Articles of
         Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until changed as provided by
         law;  (ii) the By-laws of [NEWCO] [the COMPANY] then in effect shall be
         the By-laws of the Surviving  Corporation  until amended as provided by
         law.

                           (ii) the  By-laws of [NEWCO]  [the  COMPANY]  then in
         effect shall be the By-laws of the Surviving  Corporation until amended
         as provided by law.

                           (iii)  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the   Surviving
         Corporation  shall  consist  of the  persons  who are on the  Board  of
         Directors of the COMPANY immediately prior to the Effective Time of the
         Merger, provided that _______________ shall be elected as a director of
         the Surviving  Corporation  effective as of the  Effective  Time of the
         Merger; the Board of Directors of the Surviving  Corporation shall hold
         office subject to the provisions of the laws of the State of __________
         and of the  Certificate of  Incorporation  and By-laws of the Surviving
         Corporation; and

                           (iv) the officers of the COMPANY immediately prior to
         the Effective  Time of the Merger shall continue as the officers of the
         Surviving Corporation in the same capacity or capacities, and effective
         upon  the  Effective  Time of the  Merger  _________________  shall  be
         appointed as a vice president of the Surviving Corporation and David L.
         Yankey shall be appointed  as an assistant  secretary of the  Surviving
         Corporation,  each of such officers to serve, subject to the provisions
         of the  Certificate  or  Articles of  Incorporation  and By-laws of the
         Surviving  Corporation,  until his or her successor is duly elected and
         qualified.

         1.4  CERTAIN  INFORMATION  WITH  RESPECT  TO THE  CAPITAL  STOCK OF THE
COMPANY,  CEI AND NEWCO. The respective  designations and numbers of outstanding
shares  and  voting  rights of each class of  outstanding  capital  stock of the
COMPANY, CEI and NEWCO as of the date of this Agreement are as follows:

                           (i) as of the date of this Agreement,  the authorized
         and  outstanding  capital  stock  of the  COMPANY  is as set  forth  on
         Schedule 1.4 hereto;

                           (ii)   immediately   prior   to   the   Funding   and
         Consummation  Date, the authorized capital stock of CEI will consist of
         30,000,000  shares  of CEI  Stock,  of which the  number of issued  and
         outstanding  shares  will be set forth in the  Registration  Statement,
         _____ 


                                       6
<PAGE>

         shares of Restricted  Voting  Stock,  of which the number of issued and
         outstanding shares will be set forth in the Registration Statement, and
         500,000 shares of preferred  stock,  $.01 par value, of which no shares
         will be issued and outstanding; and

                  (iii) as of the date of this Agreement, the authorized capital
         stock of NEWCO  consists of 3,000 shares of NEWCO  Stock,  of which ten
         (10) shares are issued and outstanding.

         1.5 EFFECT OF MERGER.  At the Effective Time of the Merger,  the effect
of the Merger shall be as provided in the  applicable  provisions of the General
Corporation  Law of the State of Delaware (the  "Delaware  GCL") [and the law of
the State of __________]. Except as herein specifically set forth, the identity,
existence,  purposes,  powers,  objects,  franchises,   privileges,  rights  and
immunities of the COMPANY shall continue unaffected and unimpaired by the Merger
and the corporate franchises, existence and rights of NEWCO shall be merged with
and into the COMPANY,  and the COMPANY, as the Surviving  Corporation,  shall be
fully  vested  therewith.  At the  Effective  Time of the Merger,  the  separate
existence  of NEWCO  shall  cease  and,  in  accordance  with the  terms of this
Agreement,  the Surviving Corporation shall possess all the rights,  privileges,
immunities and franchises,  of a public as well as of a private nature,  and all
property,  real,  personal  and mixed,  and all debts due on  whatever  account,
including  subscriptions to shares, and all Taxes, including those due and owing
and those  accrued,  and all other  choses in  action,  and all and every  other
interest of or  belonging  to or due to the COMPANY and NEWCO shall be taken and
deemed to be transferred  to, and vested in, the Surviving  Corporation  without
further  act or deed;  and all  property,  rights  and  privileges,  powers  and
franchises  and all and every other  interest shall be thereafter as effectually
the property of the Surviving Corporation as they were of the COMPANY and NEWCO;
and the  title to any real  estate,  or  interest  therein,  whether  by deed or
otherwise,  vested  in the  COMPANY  and  NEWCO  under  the laws of the state of
incorporation  of each  thereof,  shall not revert or be in any way  impaired by
reason of the  Merger.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  herein,  the  Surviving
Corporation  shall thenceforth be responsible and liable for all the liabilities
and  obligations of the COMPANY and NEWCO and any claim  existing,  or action or
proceeding  pending,  by or against the COMPANY or NEWCO may be prosecuted as if
the Merger had not taken place, or the


                                       7
<PAGE>

Surviving  Corporation  may be substituted  in its place.  Neither the rights of
creditors  nor any liens upon the  property  of the  COMPANY  or NEWCO  shall be
impaired by the Merger, and all debts, liabilities and duties of the COMPANY and
NEWCO shall attach to the  Surviving  Corporation,  and may be enforced  against
such Surviving Corporation to the same extent as if said debts,  liabilities and
duties had been incurred or contracted by the Surviving Corporation.

2. CONVERSION OF STOCK

         2.1 MANNER OF  CONVERSION.  The manner of converting  the shares of (i)
outstanding capital stock of the COMPANY ("COMPANY Stock") and (ii) NEWCO Stock,
issued and  outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective Time of the Merger,
respectively, into shares of (x) CEI Stock and (y) common stock of the Surviving
Corporation, respectively, shall be as follows:

         As of the Effective Time of the Merger:

                           (i) all of the  shares of  COMPANY  Stock  issued and
         outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective Time of the Merger, by
         virtue of the Merger and  without  any action on the part of the holder
         thereof,  automatically  shall be deemed to represent,  with respect to
         each STOCKHOLDER,  (1) the right to receive the number of shares of CEI
         Stock set forth on Annex III hereto  with  respect to such  STOCKHOLDER
         and (2) the right to receive  the amount of cash set forth on Annex III
         hereto with respect to such STOCKHOLDER;

                           (ii) all shares of COMPANY Stock that are held by the
         COMPANY as treasury  stock shall be cancelled and retired and no shares
         of CEI  Stock or other  consideration  shall  be  delivered  or paid in
         exchange therefor; and

                           (iii)   each   share  of  NEWCO   Stock   issued  and
         outstanding  immediately  prior to the  Effective  Time of the  Merger,
         shall,  by virtue of the Merger and  without  any action on the part of
         CEI,  automatically be converted into one fully paid and non-assessable
         share  of  common  stock  of  the  Surviving  Corporation  which  shall
         constitute all of the issued and outstanding  shares of common stock of
         the Surviving  Corporation  immediately after the Effective Time of the
         Merger. 


                                       8
<PAGE>

         All CEI Stock received by the  STOCKHOLDERS  pursuant to this Agreement
shall,  except for  restrictions on resale or transfer  described in Sections 15
and 16 hereof,  have the same rights as all the other shares of outstanding  CEI
Stock by reason of the provisions of the Certificate of  Incorporation of CEI or
as otherwise  provided by the Delaware  GCL. All voting rights of such CEI Stock
received by the STOCKHOLDERS  shall be fully exercisable by the STOCKHOLDERS and
the  STOCKHOLDERS  shall not be deprived  nor  restricted  in  exercising  those
rights. At the Funding and Consummation Date, CEI shall have no class of capital
stock issued and outstanding  other than the CEI Stock and the Restricted Voting
Stock.

3. DELIVERY OF MERGER CONSIDERATION

         3.1 On the Funding and Consummation Date the STOCKHOLDERS,  who are the
holders of all outstanding  certificates  representing  shares of COMPANY Stock,
shall, upon surrender of such certificates, receive (i) the respective number of
shares of CEI Stock  and (ii) the  amount of cash set forth on Annex III  hereto
with respect to such STOCKHOLDER. The cash payable pursuant to clause (ii) shall
be paid by wire transfer to an account designated by each STOCKHOLDER.

         3.2 The STOCKHOLDERS shall deliver in trust to Morgan,  Lewis & Bockius
LLP, counsel to CEI, at the Closing the certificates representing COMPANY Stock,
duly endorsed in blank by the STOCKHOLDERS,  or accompanied by stock powers duly
endorsed in blank,  with signatures  guaranteed by a national or state chartered
bank or other  financial  institution,  and with all necessary  Transfer Tax and
other  revenue  stamps,  acquired  at the  STOCKHOLDERS'  expense,  affixed  and
cancelled. The STOCKHOLDERS agree promptly to cure any deficiencies with respect
to the  endorsement of the stock  certificates  or other documents of conveyance
with  respect  to  such  COMPANY  Stock  or with  respect  to the  stock  powers
accompanying  any  COMPANY  Stock.   Upon   consummation  of  the  IPO  and  the
transactions  contemplated to occur on the Funding and Consummation Date, all of
such  certificates  shall be deemed  released by such counsel to CEI without any
further action on the part of such counsel.


                                       9
<PAGE>

4. CLOSING

         At or  prior  to the  Pricing,  the  parties  shall  take  all  actions
necessary  to  prepare to (i) effect the  Merger  (including,  if  permitted  by
applicable state law, the advance filing with the appropriate  state authorities
of the Articles of Merger, which shall become effective at the Effective Time of
the Merger) and (ii) effect the conversion and delivery of shares referred to in
Section 3 hereof;  provided,  that such  actions  shall not  include  the actual
completion of the Merger for purposes of this  Agreement or the  conversion  and
delivery of the shares and  transmission of funds by wire referred to in Section
3  hereof,  each of which  actions  shall  only be taken  upon the  Funding  and
Consummation Date as herein provided.  In the event that there is no Funding and
Consummation Date and this Agreement terminates, CEI hereby covenants and agrees
to do all things  required by Delaware law [and all things which counsel for the
COMPANY advise CEI are required by applicable laws of the State of _________] in
order to rescind any merger or other actions  effected by the advance  filing of
the Articles of Merger as described in this  Section.  The taking of the actions
described in clauses (i) and (ii) above (the "Closing")  shall take place on the
closing date (the "Closing Date") at the offices of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP,
101 Park Avenue,  New York, New York 10178. On the Funding and Consummation Date
(x) the  Articles  of  Merger  shall  be or  shall  have  been  filed  with  the
appropriate state authorities so that they shall be or, as of 8:00 a.m. New York
City time on the Funding and  Consummation  Date, shall become effective and the
Merger shall  thereby be effected,  (y) all  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement,  including the conversion and delivery of shares, the transmission of
funds by wire in an amount equal to the cash portion of the consideration  which
the STOCKHOLDERS shall be entitled to receive pursuant to the Merger referred to
in Section 3 hereof  shall  occur and (z) the  closing  with  respect to the IPO
shall  occur  and be  deemed  to be  completed.  The date on which  the  actions
described in the preceding  clauses (x), (y) and (z) occurs shall be referred to
as the "Funding and Consummation  Date." During the period from the Closing Date
to the Funding and  Consummation  Date, this Agreement may only be terminated by
the parties if the  underwriting  agreement in respect of the IPO is  terminated
pursuant to the terms of such underwriting agreement. This Agreement shall


                                       10
<PAGE>

in any event  terminate  if the Funding and  Consummation  Date has not occurred
within 15 business days of the Closing Date. Time is of the essence.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY AND STOCKHOLDERS

         (A) Representations and Warranties of COMPANY and STOCKHOLDERS.

         Each  of  the  COMPANY  and  the  STOCKHOLDERS  jointly  and  severally
represent and warrant that all of the following  representations  and warranties
in this  Section  5(A) are true at the date of this  Agreement  and,  subject to
Section 7.8 hereof, shall be true at the time of the Closing and the Funding and
Consummation  Date, and that such  representations  and warranties shall survive
the  Funding  and  Consummation  Date for a period of two years (the last day of
such period being the "Expiration  Date"),  except that (i) the  representations
and warranties set forth in Section 5.22 hereof shall survive until such time as
the statute of limitations  period has run for all tax periods ended on or prior
to the Funding and Consummation Date, which shall be deemed to be the Expiration
Date for Section 5.22, and (ii) solely for purposes of Section  11.1(iii) hereof
and solely to the extent that, in connection  with the IPO, CEI actually  incurs
liability  under  the  1933  Act,  the 1934 Act or any  other  Federal  or state
securities  laws,  the  representations  and  warranties  set forth herein shall
survive until the  expiration of any applicable  statute of limitations  period,
which shall be deemed to be the Expiration Date for such purposes.  For purposes
of this  Section 5, the term  "COMPANY"  shall mean and refer to the COMPANY and
all of its subsidiaries, if any.

         5.1 DUE ORGANIZATION.  The COMPANY is a corporation duly  incorporated,
validly  existing  and in good  standing  under  the  laws of the  state  of its
incorporation,  and is duly  authorized  and qualified to do business  under all
applicable  laws,  regulations,  ordinances and orders of public  authorities to
carry on its  business in the places and in the manner as now  conducted  except
(i) as set forth on Schedule  5.1 or (ii) where the failure to be so  authorized
or  qualified  would  not  have a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  business,
operations,  affairs, prospects,  properties,  assets or condition (financial or
otherwise),  of the COMPANY taken as a whole (as used herein with respect to the
COMPANY,  or with respect to any other  person,  a "Material 


                                       11
<PAGE>

Adverse Effect").  Schedule 5.1 sets forth the jurisdiction in which the COMPANY
is incorporated and contains a list of all jurisdictions in which the COMPANY is
authorized or qualified to do business. True, complete and correct copies of the
Certificate or Articles of Incorporation  and By-laws,  each as amended,  of the
COMPANY (the "Charter  Documents")  are all attached to Schedule 5.1. The minute
books and stock records of the COMPANY, as heretofore made available to CEI, are
correct and complete in all material  respects.  The most recent  minutes of the
COMPANY,  which are dated no earlier  than ten  business  days prior to the date
hereof,  affirm and ratify all prior acts of the COMPANY and of its officers and
directors on behalf of the COMPANY.

         5.2  AUTHORIZATION.  (i) The  representatives  of the COMPANY executing
this  Agreement  have the  authority  to enter into and bind the  COMPANY to the
terms of this Agreement and (ii) the COMPANY has the full corporate right, power
and  authority  to enter  into this  Agreement  and the  Merger,  subject to any
required  approval of the shareholders and the Board of Directors of the COMPANY
described on Schedule 5.2, certified copies of which are attached thereto.

         5.3 CAPITAL STOCK OF THE COMPANY.  The authorized  capital stock of the
COMPANY is as set forth in  Section  1.4(i).  All of the issued and  outstanding
shares of capital  stock of the  COMPANY  are owned by the  STOCKHOLDERS  in the
amounts set forth in Annex IV and further,  except as set forth on Schedule 5.3,
are owned free and clear of all liens,  security  interests,  pledges,  charges,
voting trusts,  restrictions,  encumbrances and claims of every kind. All of the
issued and  outstanding  shares of capital  stock of the COMPANY  have been duly
authorized and validly issued,  are fully paid and  nonassessable,  are owned of
record and beneficially by the STOCKHOLDERS and were offered,  issued,  sold and
delivered by the COMPANY in  compliance  with all  applicable  state and Federal
laws  concerning the issuance of securities.  Further,  none of such shares were
issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any past or present stockholder.

         5.4 TRANSACTIONS IN CAPITAL STOCK:  ORGANIZATION ACCOUNTING.  Except as
set forth on Schedule  5.4, the COMPANY has not acquired any COMPANY Stock since
January 1, 1994.  Except as set forth on Schedule  5.4, (i) no option,  warrant,
call, conversion right or commitment


                                       12
<PAGE>

of any kind exists which  obligates  the COMPANY to issue any of its  authorized
but  unissued  capital  stock or its  treasury  stock;  (ii) the  COMPANY has no
obligation  (contingent or otherwise) to purchase,  redeem or otherwise  acquire
any of its equity  securities or any interests therein or to pay any dividend or
make any  distribution  in respect  thereof;  and (iii) neither the voting stock
structure of the COMPANY nor the  relative  ownership of shares among any of its
respective  stockholders  has been  altered or changed in  contemplation  of the
Merger and/or the CEI Plan of Organization.  Schedule 5.4 also includes complete
and accurate  copies of all stock option or stock  purchase  plans,  including a
list of all outstanding  options,  warrants or other rights to acquire shares of
the COMPANY's stock and a description of the material terms of such  outstanding
options, warrants or other rights.

         5.5 NO BONUS SHARES . Except as set forth on Schedule  5.5, none of the
shares of COMPANY Stock was issued pursuant to awards, grants or bonuses.

         5.6  SUBSIDIARIES.  Schedule 5.6 attached hereto lists the name of each
of the  COMPANY's  subsidiaries  and sets  forth  the  number  and  class of the
authorized capital stock of each of the COMPANY's subsidiaries and the number of
shares of each of the COMPANY's  subsidiaries  which are issued and outstanding,
all of which shares (except as set forth on Schedule 5.6) are owned beneficially
and of record by the COMPANY,  free and clear of all liens,  security interests,
pledges, charges, voting trusts, equities, restrictions, encumbrances and claims
of every  kind.  Except as set  forth in  Schedule  5.6,  the  COMPANY  does not
presently own, of record or  beneficially,  or control,  directly or indirectly,
any capital stock, securities convertible into capital stock or any other equity
interest in any corporation,  association or business entity nor is the COMPANY,
directly or indirectly, a participant in any joint venture, partnership or other
non-corporate entity.

         5.7 PREDECESSOR STATUS: ETC. Set forth on Schedule 5.7 is a list of all
names of all  predecessor  companies of the COMPANY,  including the names of any
entities  acquired by the COMPANY (by stock  purchase,  merger or  otherwise) or
owned by the  COMPANY  or from whom the  COMPANY  previously  acquired  material
assets.  Except  as  disclosed  on  Schedule  5.7,  the  COMPANY  has not been a
subsidiary or division of another  corporation or a part of an acquisition which
was later rescinded.


                                       13
<PAGE>

         5.8 SPIN-OFF BY THE COMPANY. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.8, there
has not been any sale,  spin-off or  split-up  of material  assets of either the
COMPANY or any other person or entity that directly,  or indirectly  through one
or more  intermediaries,  controls,  or is  controlled  by,  or is under  common
control with, the COMPANY ("Affiliates") since January 1, 1994.

         5.9  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS.  Attached to Schedule 5.9 are copies of the
following   financial   statements  of  the  COMPANY  (the  "COMPANY   Financial
Statements"):  the COMPANY's  audited  Consolidated  Balance Sheet as of each of
December 31, 1996,  1995 and 1994 and  Consolidated  Statements of Income,  Cash
Flows and Retained Earnings for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December  31,  1996  (December  31,  1996 being  hereinafter  referred to as the
"Balance  Sheet  Date").  Such  Financial   Statements  have  been  prepared  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent
basis throughout the periods  indicated  (except as noted thereon or on Schedule
5.9). Except as set forth on Schedule 5.9, such  Consolidated  Balance Sheets as
of December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 present fairly the financial position of the
COMPANY as of the dates indicated thereon,  and such Consolidated  Statements of
Income,  Cash  Flows  and  Retained  Earnings  present  fairly  the  results  of
operations and cash flows for the periods indicated thereon.

         5.10 LIABILITIES AND OBLIGATIONS.  (a) The COMPANY has delivered to CEI
an accurate  list (which is set forth on Schedule  5.10) as of the Balance Sheet
Date of (i) all  liabilities  of the  COMPANY  which  are not  reflected  on the
balance sheet of the COMPANY at the Balance Sheet Date or otherwise reflected in
the COMPANY  Financial  Statements at the Balance Sheet Date,  (ii) any material
liabilities  of the COMPANY  (including  but not limited to all  liabilities  in
excess  of  $10,000)  and  (iii)  all loan  agreements,  indemnity  or  guaranty
agreements,  bonds,  mortgages,  liens,  pledges or other security agreements to
which the COMPANY is a party.  Except as set forth on Schedule  5.10,  since the
Balance Sheet Date, the COMPANY has not incurred any material liabilities of any
kind,  character  and  description,   whether  accrued,   absolute,  secured  or
unsecured,  contingent  or  otherwise,  other than  liabilities  incurred in the
ordinary course of business.


                                       14
<PAGE>

         (b) The  COMPANY has also set forth on  Schedule  5.10,  in the case of
those contingent  liabilities  related to pending or threatened  litigation,  or
other  liabilities  which are not fixed or are being  contested,  the  following
information:

               (i)  a summary  description  of the  liability  together with the
                    following:

                    (a) copies of all relevant documentation relating thereto;

                    (b) amounts  claimed and any other action or relief  sought;
                    and

                    (c) name of  claimant  and all other  parties  to the claim,
                    suit or proceeding;

               (ii) the name of each court or agency  before  which such  claim,
                    suit or proceeding is pending;

               (iii) the date such claim, suit or proceeding was instituted; and

               (iv) a good faith and reasonable  estimate of the maximum amount,
                    if any,  which is likely to become  payable  with respect to
                    each  such  liability.  If  no  estimate  is  provided,  the
                    estimate  shall for purposes of this  Agreement be deemed to
                    be zero.

         5.11 ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECIEVABLE. The COMPANY has delivered to CEI an
accurate  list (which is set forth on Schedule  5.11) of the  accounts and notes
receivable  of the COMPANY,  as of the Balance  Sheet Date,  including  any such
amounts  which are not  reflected in the balance  sheet as of the Balance  Sheet
Date,  and  including  receivables  from  and  advances  to  employees  and  the
STOCKHOLDERS.  Within ten (10) days prior to Closing,  the COMPANY shall provide
CEI (x) an accurate list of all outstanding  receivables  obtained subsequent to
the  Balance  Sheet  Date  and (y) an  aging  of all  such  accounts  and  notes
receivable  showing  amounts  due in 30 day aging  categories  (the  "A/R  Aging
Reports").  Except to the extent  reflected on Schedule  5.11 or as disclosed by
the COMPANY to CEI in a writing  accompanying the A/R Aging Reports, as the case
may be, the accounts,  notes and other receivables shown on Schedule 5.11 and on
the A/R Aging Reports are and shall be, and the COMPANY has no reason to believe
that any such  account  receivable  is not or shall not be,  collectible  in the
amounts  shown (in the case of the  accounts and notes  receivable  set forth on
Schedule  5.11,  net of reserves  reflected  in the Balance  Sheet or in the A/R
Aging Reports).


                                       15
<PAGE>

         5.12 INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY;  PERMITS AND INTANGIBLES.  (a) The COMPANY
owns or has a valid license to use all Intellectual  Property used in connection
with its business,  the absence of any of which is  reasonably  likely to have a
Material  Adverse Effect,  and the COMPANY has delivered to CEI an accurate list
(which is set forth on Schedule  5.12(a)) of all Intellectual  Property owned or
used by the  COMPANY.  Except as set  forth on  Schedule  5.12(a),  each item of
Intellectual  Property owned by the COMPANY is owned free and clear of all Liens
and each other item of Intellectual  Property used by the Company is licensed to
the Company pursuant to a license  agreement that is valid and in full force and
effect.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.12(a),  all right, title and interest
in and to each item of Intellectual  Property is owned by the COMPANY and is not
subject to any license,  royalty  arrangement or pending or threatened  claim or
dispute. None of the Intellectual Property owned or, to the COMPANY's knowledge,
none of the  Intellectual  Property  used by the COMPANY nor any product sold by
the COMPANY,  infringes any Intellectual Property right of any other entity and,
to the COMPANY's  knowledge,  no  Intellectual  Property owned by the COMPANY is
infringed upon by any other entity.

         (b) The  COMPANY  holds all  licenses,  franchises,  permits  and other
governmental  authorizations  the  absence of any of which could have a Material
Adverse Effect and the COMPANY has delivered to CEI an accurate list and summary
description  (which  is set forth on  Schedule  5.12(b))  of all such  licenses,
franchises,  permits and other governmental  authorizations,  including permits,
titles,  licenses,  franchises and  certificates (it being understood and agreed
that a list of all environmental  permits and other  environmental  approvals is
set forth on Schedule  5.13).  To the  knowledge of the COMPANY,  the  licenses,
franchises,  permits and other governmental  authorizations  listed on Schedules
5.12(b) and 5.13 are valid, and the COMPANY has not received any notice that any
governmental  authority  intends  to  cancel,  terminate  or not  renew any such
license, franchise, permit or other governmental authorization.  The COMPANY has
conducted and is conducting  its business in compliance  with the  requirements,
standards,  criteria  and  conditions  set  forth in the  licenses,  franchises,
permits and other  governmental  authorizations  listed on Schedules 5.12(b) and
5.13  and is not  in  violation  of any  of  the  foregoing  except  where  such
non-compliance or violation would not have a Material Adverse Effect. 


                                       16
<PAGE>

         Except as  specifically  provided in Schedule  5.12(a) or 5.12(b),  the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement will not result in the infringement
by the COMPANY of any  Intellectual  Property  right of any other  entity or the
infringement of any Intellectual  Property listed on Schedule 5.12(a), or result
in a default under or a breach or violation  of, or adversely  affect the rights
and benefits  afforded to the COMPANY by, any licenses,  franchises,  permits or
government authorizations listed on Schedule 5.12(b) or Schedule 5.13.

         5.13 ENVIRONMENTAL  MATTERS.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.13, (i)
the COMPANY has complied  with and is in  compliance  with all  Federal,  state,
local and foreign statutes (civil and criminal), laws, ordinances,  regulations,
rules, notices, permits,  judgments,  orders and decrees applicable to it or any
of its properties,  assets,  operations and businesses relating to environmental
protection  (collectively  "Environmental Laws") including,  without limitation,
Environmental  Laws relating to air, water,  land and the  generation,  storage,
use,  handling,  transportation,  treatment or disposal of Hazardous  Wastes and
Hazardous  Substances  including petroleum and petroleum products (as such terms
are defined in any applicable  Environmental Law); (ii) the COMPANY has obtained
and adhered to all  necessary  permits and other  approvals  necessary to treat,
transport, store, dispose of and otherwise handle Hazardous Wastes and Hazardous
Substances,  a list of all of  which  permits  and  approvals  is set  forth  on
Schedule 5.13, and has reported to the  appropriate  authorities,  to the extent
required  by all  Environmental  Laws,  all past and  present  sites  owned  and
operated by the COMPANY where Hazardous Wastes or Hazardous Substances have been
treated,  stored,  disposed of or  otherwise  handled;  (iii) there have been no
releases or threats of releases (as defined in Environmental  Laws) at, from, in
or on any  property  owned or  operated by the COMPANY  except as  permitted  by
Environmental Laws; (iv) the COMPANY knows of no on-site or off-site location to
which the COMPANY has transported or disposed of Hazardous  Wastes and Hazardous
Substances or arranged for the  transportation of Hazardous Wastes and Hazardous
Substances,  which site is the subject of any Federal,  state,  local or foreign
enforcement  action or any other  investigation  which  could  lead to any claim
against the COMPANY,  CEI or NEWCO for any clean-up cost,  remedial work, damage
to natural  resources,  property damage or personal injury,  including,  but not
limited  to,  any  claim  under  the   Comprehensive   Environmental   Response,
Compensation  and Liability 


                                       17
<PAGE>

Act of 1980,  as amended;  and (v) the COMPANY has no  contingent  liability  in
connection with any release of any Hazardous  Waste or Hazardous  Substance into
the environment.

         5.14  PERSONAL  PROPERTY.  The COMPANY has delivered to CEI an accurate
list (which is set forth on Schedule 5.14) of (x) all personal property included
in "depreciable plant, property and equipment" (or similarly named line item) on
the balance  sheet of the  COMPANY as of the Balance  Sheet Date or that will be
included on any balance  sheet of the COMPANY  prepared  after the Balance Sheet
Date,  (y)  all  other  personal  property  owned  by the  COMPANY  with a value
individually  in excess of  $10,000  (i) as of the  Balance  Sheet Date and (ii)
acquired  since the  Balance  Sheet Date and (z) all leases  and  agreements  in
respect of personal property,  including,  in the case of clause (z), a schedule
of the capital costs of all such assets which are subject to capital  leases and
true,  complete and correct copies of all such leases and agreements and, in the
case of  clauses  (x) and (y),  an  indication  as to which of those  assets are
currently  owned,  or were formerly  owned, by STOCKHOLDERS or Affiliates of the
COMPANY or STOCKHOLDERS.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.14, (i) all personal
property  used by the COMPANY in its  business is either owned by the COMPANY or
leased by the COMPANY pursuant to a lease included on Schedule 5.14, (ii) all of
the  personal  property  listed on Schedule  5.14 is in good  working  order and
condition,  ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (iii) all leases and agreements
included on Schedule 5.14 are in full force and effect and constitute  valid and
binding  agreements  of the COMPANY,  and, to the  COMPANY'S  knowledge,  of the
parties  (and their  successors)  thereto in  accordance  with their  respective
terms.

         5.15 SIGNIFICANT  CUSTOMER;  MATERIAL  CONTRACTS AND  COMMITMENTS.  The
COMPANY has  delivered  to CEI an accurate  list (which is set forth on Schedule
5.15) of (i) all significant  customers,  it being  understood and agreed that a
"significant  customer," for purposes of this Section 5.15, means a customer (or
person or entity) representing 5% or more of the COMPANY's revenues for the year
ending on the  Balance  Sheet  Date.  Except to the extent set forth on Schedule
5.15,   none  of  the  COMPANY's   significant   customers   have  cancelled  or
substantially  reduced  or,  to the  knowledge  of the  COMPANY,  are  currently
attempting  or  threatening  to  cancel  a  contract  or  substantially   reduce
utilization of the services provided by the COMPANY.


                                       18
<PAGE>

         The  COMPANY  has  listed  on  Schedule  5.15 all  material  contracts,
commitments  and similar  agreements to which the COMPANY is a party or by which
it or any of its properties are bound (including,  but not limited to, contracts
with significant customers,  joint venture or partnership agreements,  contracts
with any labor organizations, strategic alliances and options to purchase land),
other than contracts,  commitments and agreements  otherwise  listed on Schedule
5.10, 5.14, 5.16, 5.18 or 5.19 (a) in existence as of the Balance Sheet Date and
(b) entered into since the Balance  Sheet Date,  and in each case has  delivered
true,  complete and correct  copies of such  agreements  to CEI. The COMPANY has
complied with all material commitments and obligations  pertaining to it, and is
not in default under any contracts or agreements listed on Schedule 5.15, and no
notice of default under any such contract or agreement  has been  received.  The
COMPANY has also  indicated on Schedule 5.15 a summary  description of all plans
or projects  involving  the  opening of new  operations,  expansion  of existing
operations  or the  acquisition  of any  personal  property,  business or assets
requiring, in any event, the payment of more than $25,000 by the COMPANY.

         5.16  REAL  PROPERTY.  Schedule  5.16(a)  includes  a list of all  real
property owned by the COMPANY (i) as of the Balance Sheet Date and (ii) acquired
since the Balance Sheet Date, and all other real  property,  if any, used by the
COMPANY in the conduct of its business. The COMPANY has good and insurable title
to the real property owned by it, including that reflected on Schedules 5.14 and
5.16,  subject  to  no  mortgage,  pledge,  lien,  conditional  sale  agreement,
encumbrance or charge, except for:

                    (i) liens  reflected  on  Schedule  5.10 or 5.15 as securing
               specified  liabilities  (with  respect to which no default by the
               COMPANY exists);

                    (ii) liens for  current  taxes not yet due and  payable  and
               assessments not in default;

                    (iii) easements for utilities serving the property only; and

                    (iv)  easements,   covenants  and   restrictions  and  other
               exceptions to title shown of

               record  in  the  office  of  the  County   Clerks  in  which  the
               properties, assets and leasehold estates are located which do not
               adversely affect the current use of the property.


                                       19
<PAGE>

Attached to Schedule 5.16(a) are true,  complete and correct copies of all title
reports and title insurance policies currently in possession of the COMPANY with
respect to real property owned by the COMPANY.

         Schedule  5.16(b)  includes an accurate list of real property leased by
the COMPANY and an indication as to which such properties, if any, are currently
owned,  or were formerly  owned, by STOCKHOLDERS or Affiliates of the COMPANY or
STOCKHOLDERS,  and attached to Schedule  5.16(b) are true,  complete and correct
copies of all leases and  agreements in respect of such real property  leased by
the  COMPANY.  Except  as set  forth on  Schedule  5.16(b),  all of such  leases
included on Schedule  5.16(b) are in full force and effect and constitute  valid
and binding  agreements of the COMPANY and, to the COMPANY'S  knowledge,  of the
parties  (and their  successors)  thereto in  accordance  with their  respective
terms.

         5.17  INSURANCE.  Set forth on and attached to Schedule 5.17 are (i) an
accurate list as of the Balance Sheet Date of all insurance  policies carried by
the  COMPANY,  (ii) an accurate  list of all  insurance  loss runs and  workers'
compensation claims received for the past three (3) policy years and (iii) true,
complete and correct copies of all insurance policies currently in effect.  Such
insurance policies evidence all of the insurance that the COMPANY is required to
carry pursuant to all of its contracts and other  agreements and pursuant to all
applicable laws. All of such insurance  policies are currently in full force and
effect  and shall  remain in full  force and  effect  through  the  Funding  and
Consummation  Date. No insurance  carried by the COMPANY has ever been cancelled
by the insurer and the COMPANY has never been denied coverage.

         5.18 COMPENSATION;  EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS; ORGANIZED LABOR MATTERS. The
COMPANY has  delivered  to CEI an accurate  list (which is set forth on Schedule
5.18) showing all officers,  directors and key employees of the COMPANY, listing
all employment  agreements  with such officers,  directors and key employees and
the annual  rate of  compensation  (and the  portions  thereof  attributable  to
salary, bonus and other compensation,  respectively) of each of such persons (i)
for the year ended on the Balance Sheet Date and (ii) for 1997.  The COMPANY has
provided to CEI true,  complete and correct copies of any employment  agreements
for persons  listed on Schedule 5.18.  Since the Balance Sheet Date,  there have
been no  increases  in the 


                                       20
<PAGE>

compensation  payable or any  special  bonuses  to any  officer,  director,  key
employee or other employee,  except ordinary salary  increases  implemented on a
basis consistent with past practices.

         Except as set forth on Schedule  5.18,  (i) the COMPANY is not bound by
or subject to (and none of its  respective  assets or  properties is bound by or
subject to) any  arrangement  with any labor  union,  (ii) no  employees  of the
COMPANY  are  represented  by any  labor  union  or  covered  by any  collective
bargaining  agreement,  (iii) no campaign to establish such representation is in
progress and (iv) there is no pending or, to the COMPANY's knowledge, threatened
labor  dispute  involving the COMPANY and any group of its employees nor has the
COMPANY  experienced  any labor  interruptions  over the past three  years.  The
COMPANY believes its relationship with employees to be good.

         5.19 EMPLOYEE PLANS. The STOCKHOLDERS have delivered to CEI an accurate
schedule  (which is set forth on Schedule  5.19)  showing all  employee  benefit
plans of COMPANY,  including all employment  agreements and other  agreements or
arrangements  containing  "golden  parachute" or other similar  provisions,  and
deferred  compensation  agreements,  together  with true,  complete  and correct
copies  of  such  plans,   agreements  and  any  trusts  related  thereto,   and
classifications  of  employees  covered  thereby as of the  Balance  Sheet Date.
Except for the employee  benefit  plans,  if any,  described  on Schedule  5.19,
COMPANY does not sponsor,  maintain or contribute  to any plan program,  fund or
arrangement that constitutes an "employee pension benefit plan," nor has COMPANY
any obligation to contribute to or accrue or pay any benefits under any deferred
compensation  or  retirement  funding  arrangement  on behalf of any employee or
employees  (such  as,  for  example,  and  without  limitation,  any  individual
retirement account or annuity,  any "excess benefit plan" (within the meaning of
Section 3(36) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA")) or any  non-qualified  deferred  compensation  arrangement).  For the
purposes of this Agreement,  the term "employee pension benefit plan" shall have
the same meaning as is given that term in Section 3(2) of ERISA. The COMPANY has
not sponsored,  maintained or contributed to any employee  pension  benefit plan
other than the plans set forth on Schedule 5.19, nor is the COMPANY  required to
contribute to any  retirement  plan pursuant to the provisions of 


                                       21
<PAGE>

any collective  bargaining  agreement  establishing  the terms and conditions or
employment of any of COMPANY's employees.

         The COMPANY is not now,  nor can it as a result of its past  activities
become,   liable  to  the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty   Corporation  or  to  any
multiemployer  employee pension benefit plan under the provisions of Title IV of
ERISA.

         All  employee   benefit   plans   listed  on  Schedule   5.19  and  the
administration  thereof are in substantial  compliance  with their terms and all
applicable provisions of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder, as well as
with all other  applicable  federal,  state and local  statutes,  ordinances and
regulations.

         All accrued  contribution  obligations  of COMPANY  with respect to any
plan listed on Schedule 5.19 have either been fulfilled in their entirety or are
fully  reflected  on the balance  sheet of the  COMPANY as of the Balance  Sheet
Date.

         5.20 COMPLIANCE WITH ERISA. All such plans listed on Schedule 5.19 that
are intended to qualify (the "Qualified Plans") under Section 401(a) of the Code
are, and have been so qualified and have been determined by the Internal Revenue
Service  to be so  qualified,  and  copies  of such  determination  letters  are
included as part of Schedule 5.19 hereof.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.19,
all  reports  and other  documents  required  to be filed with any  governmental
agency or distributed to plan participants or beneficiaries (including,  but not
limited to, actuarial reports,  audits or tax returns) have been timely filed or
distributed,  and copies  thereof are included as part of Schedule  5.19 hereof.
Neither  STOCKHOLDERS,  nor any plan  listed in Schedule  5.19,  nor COMPANY has
engaged in any  transaction  prohibited  under the provisions of Section 4975 of
the Code or  Section  406 of ERISA.  No such Plan  listed in  Schedule  5.19 has
incurred an accumulated funding deficiency,  as defined in Section 412(a) of the
Code and Section 302(1) of ERISA; and COMPANY has not incurred any liability for
excise tax or penalty due to the Internal  Revenue  Service nor any liability to
the Pension Benefit Guaranty  Corporation.  The STOCKHOLDERS  further  represent
that:

               (i) there  have been no  terminations,  partial  terminations  or
          discontinuance of contributions to any such Qualified Plan intended to
          qualify  under  Section  401(a)  of the  Code  without  notice  to and
          approval by the Internal Revenue Service;


                                       22
<PAGE>

               (ii)  no  such  plan  listed  in  Schedule  5.19  subject  to the
          provisions of Title IV of ERISA has been terminated;

                  (iii) there have been no  "reportable  events" (as that phrase
         is  defined  in Section  4043 of ERISA)  with  respect to any such plan
         listed in Schedule 5.19;

               (iv) COMPANY has not  incurred  liability  under  Section 4062 of
          ERISA; and

               (v) No  circumstances  exist  pursuant to which the COMPANY could
          have any direct or indirect liability whatsoever  (including,  but not
          limited to, any liability to any multiemployer  plan or the PBGC under
          Title IV of ERISA or to the  Internal  Revenue  Service for any excise
          tax or  penalty,  or being  subject  to any  statutory  lien to secure
          payment  of any  such  liability)  with  respect  to any  plan  now or
          heretofore  maintained or  contributed to by any entity other than the
          COMPANY that is, or at any time was, a member of a "controlled  group"
          (as defined in Section  412(n)(6)(B)  of the Code) that  includes  the
          COMPANY;

         5.21 CONFORMITY WITH LAW; LITIGATION. Except to the extent set forth on
Schedule 5.21 or 5.13,  the COMPANY is not in violation of any law or regulation
which  violation would have a Material  Adverse  Effect,  or of any order of any
court or Federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission,
board, bureau,  agency or instrumentality  having jurisdiction over any of them;
and except to the extent set forth on Schedule 5.21, 5.10 or 5.13,  there are no
claims,  actions,  suits or  proceedings,  pending or, to the  knowledge  of the
COMPANY,  threatened,  against or affecting the COMPANY, at law or in equity, or
before or by any Federal,  state,  municipal or other  governmental  department,
commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality having jurisdiction over it
and no notice of any  claim,  action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether  pending or
threatened,  has been received.  The COMPANY has conducted and is conducting its
business in compliance with the requirements, standards, criteria and conditions
set forth in applicable Federal, state and local statutes, ordinances,  permits,
licenses,  orders, approvals,  variances,  rules and regulations,  including all
such permits,  licenses,  orders and other  governmental  approvals set forth on
Schedules 5.12 and 5.13, and is not in violation of any of the foregoing.

                  5.22 TAXES.   Except as set forth on Schedule 5.22:


                                       23
<PAGE>

               (i) All Returns required to have been filed by or with respect to
          the COMPANY and any  affiliated,  combined,  consolidated,  unitary or
          similar  group of which the  COMPANY  is or was a member (a  "Relevant
          Group") with any Taxing  Authority have been duly filed, and each such
          Return  correctly  and  completely  reflects the Tax liability and all
          other information  required to be reported thereon. All Taxes (whether
          or not shown on any Return) owed by the COMPANY,  any  subsidiary  and
          any member of a Relevant Group (individually, the "Acquired Party" and
          collectively, the "Acquired Parties") have been paid.

               (ii) To the  knowledge of the COMPANY and the  STOCKHOLDERS,  the
          provisions  for Taxes to be paid by the COMPANY  and any  subsidiaries
          (as opposed to any reserve for deferred  Taxes  established to reflect
          timing  differences  between  book  and  Tax  income)  in the  COMPANY
          Financial  Statements  are  sufficient  for all  unpaid  Taxes,  being
          current taxes not yet due and payable, of such Acquired Party.

               (iii) No Acquired Party is a party to any agreement extending the
          time within  which to file any Return.  No claim has ever been made by
          any Taxing Authority in a jurisdiction in which an Acquired Party does
          not file  Returns  that it is or may be  subject to  taxation  by that
          jurisdiction.

               (iv) Each  Acquired  Party has withheld  and paid all  applicable
          Taxes  required  to have been  withheld  and paid in  connection  with
          amounts  paid  or  owing  to  any  employee,   creditor,   independent
          contractor or other third party.

               (v) No Acquired Party expects any Taxing  Authority to assess any
          additional  Taxes  against or in  respect  of it for any past  period.
          There is no  dispute  or claim  concerning  any Tax  liability  of any
          Acquired Party either (i) claimed or raised by any Taxing Authority or
          (ii) otherwise known to any Acquired Party. No issues have been raised
          in any  examination  by  any  Taxing  Authority  with  respect  to any
          Acquired Party which, by application of similar principles, reasonably
          could be  expected  to result in a proposed  deficiency  for any other
          period not so examined.  Schedule  5.22(v)  attached  hereto lists all
          federal,  state, local and foreign income Tax Returns filed by or with
          respect to any  Acquired  Party for all  taxable  periods  ended on or
          after January 1, 1991, indicates those Returns, if any, that have been
          audited, and indicates those Returns that currently are the subject of
          audit.  Each Acquired  Party has delivered to CEI complete and correct
          copies of all  federal,  state,  local and foreign  income Tax Returns
          filed  by,  and  all  Tax   examination   reports  and  statements  of
          deficiencies  assessed  against or agreed to by, such  Acquired  Party
          since January 1, 1991.


                                       24
<PAGE>

               (vi) No Acquired  Party has waived any statute of  limitations in
          respect of Taxes or agreed to any  extension  of time with  respect to
          any Tax assessment or deficiency.

               (vii) No Acquired  Party has made any  payments,  is obligated to
          make any payments,  or is a party to any agreement  that under certain
          circumstances  could  require  it to make any  payments,  that are not
          deductible under Section 280G of the Code.

               (viii)  No  Acquired  Party is a party to any Tax  allocation  or
          sharing agreement.

               (ix)  None  of the  assets  of  any  Acquired  Party  constitutes
          tax-exempt bond financed  property or tax-exempt use property,  within
          the meaning of Section 168 of the Code.  No Acquired  Party is a party
          to any "safe  harbor  lease"  that is  subject  to the  provisions  of
          Section  168(f)(8) of the Internal  Revenue Code as in effect prior to
          the Tax Reform Act of 1986, or to any "long-term  contract" within the
          meaning of Section 460 of the Code.

               (x) No Acquired  Party is a "consenting  corporation"  within the
          meaning of Section 341(f)(1) of the Code, or comparable  provisions of
          any state  statutes,  and none of the assets of any Acquired  Party is
          subject to an election  under Section 341(f) of the Code or comparable
          provisions of any state statutes.

               (xi)  No  Acquired  Party  is  a  party  to  any  joint  venture,
          partnership or other  arrangement that is treated as a partnership for
          federal income Tax purposes.

               (xii)  There are no  accounting  method  changes or  proposed  or
          threatened accounting method changes, of any Acquired Party that could
          give rise to an  adjustment  under Section 481 of the Code for periods
          after the Funding and Consummation Date.

               (xiii) No Acquired  Party has  received  any written  ruling of a
          Taxing  Authority  related to Taxes or entered  into any  written  and
          legally binding agreement with a Taxing Authority relating to Taxes.


                                       25
<PAGE>

               (xiv) Each  Acquired  Party has  disclosed  (in  accordance  with
          Section  6662(d)(2)(B)(ii)  of the  Code) on its  federal  income  Tax
          Returns  all  positions  taken  therein  that  could  give  rise  to a
          substantial understatement of federal income Tax within the meaning of
          Section 6662(d) of the Code.

               (xv) No Acquired  Party has any liability for Taxes of any person
          other  than such  Acquired  Party (i) under  Section  1.1502-6  of the
          Treasury  regulations  (or any similar  provision  of state,  local or
          foreign law), (ii) as a transferee or successor,  (iii) by contract or
          (iv) otherwise.

               (xvi) There  currently are no limitations  on the  utilization of
          the net operating losses, built-in losses, capital losses, Tax credits
          or other similar items of any Acquired Party  (collectively,  the "Tax
          Losses")  under (i) Section 382 of the Code,  (ii)  Section 383 of the
          Code, (iii) Section 384 of the Code, (iv) Section 269 of the Code, (v)
          Section 1.1502-15 and Section 1.1502-15A of the Treasury  regulations,
          (vi)  Section  1.1502-21  and  Section   1.1502-21A  of  the  Treasury
          regulations  or (vii)  Sections  1.1502-91  through  1.1502-99  of the
          Treasury  regulations,  in each  case as in effect  both  prior to and
          following the Tax Reform Act of 1986.

               (xvii) At the  Balance  Sheet  Date,  the  Acquired  Parties  had
          aggregate  Tax Losses for federal  income Tax purposes as described on
          Schedule 5.22(xvii) attached hereto.

               (xviii)  The COMPANY is not an  investment  company as defined in
          Section 351(e)(1) of the Code.

               (xix) The fair market value of the assets of the COMPANY  exceeds
          the sum of its liabilities, plus the amount of liabilities, if any, to
          which the assets are subject.

               (xx) The  COMPANY is not under the  jurisdiction  of a court in a
          Title 11 or similar  case within the meaning of Section  351(e)(2)  of
          the Code.

               For  purposes of this Section  5.22,  the  following  definitions
          shall apply:
                  "Returns" means any returns,  reports or statements (including
any information  returns)  required to be filed for purposes of a particular Tax
with any Taxing Authority or governmental agency.


                                       26
<PAGE>

                  "Tax" or "Taxes"  means all Federal,  state,  local or foreign
net or gross income, gross receipts, net proceeds, sales, use, ad valorem, value
added,  franchise,  bank  shares,  withholding,   payroll,  employment,  excise,
property,  deed,  stamp,  alternative or add-on minimum,  environmental or other
taxes,  assessments,  duties,  fees, levies or other governmental charges of any
nature  whatsoever,  whether  disputed  or  not,  together  with  any  interest,
penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto.

                  "Taxing  Authority"  means  any  governmental  agency,  board,
bureau,  body,  department or authority of any United States  federal,  state or
local jurisdiction or any foreign jurisdiction, having jurisdiction with respect
to any Tax.

         5.23 NO  VIOLATIONS.  The  COMPANY is not in  violation  of any Charter
Document.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.23, neither the COMPANY nor, to the
knowledge of the COMPANY or the  STOCKHOLDERS,  any other party  thereto,  is in
default under any lease, instrument,  agreement, license, or permit set forth on
Schedule  5.12,  5.13,  5.14,  5.15,  5.16,  5.18 or 5.19 or any other  material
agreement  to which it is a party or by which  its  properties  are  bound  (the
"Material Documents"); and, except as set forth on Schedule 5.23, (a) the rights
and benefits of the COMPANY under the Material  Documents  will not be adversely
affected by the transactions  contemplated  hereby and (b) the execution of this
Agreement  and the  performance  by the  COMPANY and the  STOCKHOLDERS  of their
obligations  hereunder and the  consummation by the COMPANY and the STOCKHOLDERS
of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby will not result in any  violation  or
breach of, or constitute a default under,  any of the terms or provisions of the
Material  Documents  or the Charter  Documents.  Except as set forth on Schedule
5.23,  none of the  Material  Documents  requires  notice to, or the  consent or
approval of, any governmental agency or other third party with respect to any of
the transactions contemplated hereby in order to remain in full force and effect
and consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby will not give rise to
any right to  termination,  cancellation or acceleration or loss of any right or
benefit.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.23,  none of the Material  Documents
prohibits the use or publication by the COMPANY, CEI or NEWCO of the name of any
other  party  to such  Material  Document,  and none of the  Material  Documents


                                       27
<PAGE>

prohibits or restricts the COMPANY from freely  providing  services to any other
customer or potential customer of the COMPANY,  CEI, NEWCO or any Other Founding
Company.

         5.24  GOVERNMENT  CONTRACTS.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.24, the
COMPANY  is  not  a  party  to  any  governmental   contract  subject  to  price
redetermination or renegotiation.

         5.25 ABSENCE OF CHANGES.  Since the Balance  Sheet Date,  except as set
forth on Schedule 5.25, there has not been:

               (i) any  material  adverse  change  in the  financial  condition,
          assets,  liabilities (contingent or otherwise),  income or business of
          the COMPANY;

               (ii) any damage,  destruction  or loss (whether or not covered by
          insurance)  materially  adversely affecting the properties or business
          of the COMPANY;

               (iii) any change in the authorized  capital of the COMPANY or the
          outstanding  securities  issued by the  Company  or any  change in the
          classes,  preferences or other rights defining the ownership interests
          in the  Company or any grant or  issuance  of any  options,  warrants,
          calls, conversion rights or commitments;

               (iv) any  declaration or payment of any dividend or  distribution
          in respect of the capital stock or any direct or indirect  redemption,
          purchase  or  other  acquisition  of any of the  capital  stock of the
          COMPANY;

               (v) any increase in the compensation, bonus, sales commissions or
          fees  payable  or to  become  payable  by  the  COMPANY  to any of its
          officers, directors,  STOCKHOLDERS,  employees, consultants or agents,
          except for ordinary and  customary  bonuses and salary  increases  for
          employees in accordance with past practice;

               (vi) any work interruptions, labor grievances or claims filed, or
          any  event  or  condition  of  any  character,   materially  adversely
          affecting the business of the COMPANY;

               (vii) any sale or transfer, or any agreement to sell or transfer,
          any material assets,  property or rights of the COMPANY to any person,
          including, without limitation, the STOCKHOLDERS and their affiliates;


                                       28
<PAGE>

               (viii) any cancellation, or agreement to cancel, any indebtedness
          or  other  obligation  owing  to  the  COMPANY,   including,   without
          limitation,  any indebtedness or obligation of any STOCKHOLDERS or any
          affiliate thereof;

               (ix) any plan, agreement or arrangement granting any preferential
          right to  purchase  or  acquire  any  interest  in any of the  assets,
          property or rights of the COMPANY or requiring consent of any party to
          the transfer and assignment of any such assets, property or rights;

               (x)  any  purchase  or  acquisition  of,  or  agreement,  plan or
          arrangement  to purchase or acquire,  any  property,  rights or assets
          outside of the ordinary course of the COMPANY's business;

               (xi) any waiver of any material  rights or claims of the COMPANY,
          provided that the COMPANY may negotiate and adjust bills in the course
          of good faith disputes with customers in a manner consistent with past
          practice, provided, further, that such adjustments shall not be deemed
          to be included on Schedule 5.11 unless specifically listed thereon;

               (xii)  any  material  breach,  amendment  or  termination  of any
          contract,  agreement,  license,  permit  or other  right to which  the
          COMPANY is a party or as to which it is a beneficiary;

               (xiii) any transaction by the COMPANY outside the ordinary course
          of its respective businesses;

               (xiv) any cancellation or termination of a material contract with
          a customer or client prior to the scheduled termination date;

               (xv) any other distribution of property or assets by the COMPANY;
          or

               (xvi) any other  activity  prohibited  by Section 7.3 that is not
          specifically included in this Section 5.25.

         5.26 DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS; POWERS OF ATTORNEY. The COMPANY has delivered to
CEI an accurate schedule (which is set forth on Schedule 5.26) as of the date of
this Agreement of:

               (i) the name of each  financial  institution in which the COMPANY
          has accounts or safe deposit boxes;


                                       29
<PAGE>

               (ii) the names in which the accounts or boxes are held;

               (iii) the type of account and account number; and

               (iv) the name of each person  authorized  to draw thereon or have
          access thereto.

Schedule  5.26 also sets  forth the name of each  person,  corporation,  firm or
other entity holding a general or special power of attorney from the COMPANY and
a description of the terms of such power of attorney.

         5.27  VALIDITY  OF  OBLIGATIONS.  The  execution  and  delivery of this
Agreement by the COMPANY and the  performance of the  transactions  contemplated
herein have been duly and validly  authorized  by the Board of  Directors of the
COMPANY and this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by all necessary
corporate action and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the COMPANY.

         5.28 RELATIONS WITH GOVERNMENTS.  The COMPANY has not made,  offered or
agreed to offer anything of value to any governmental official,  political party
or candidate for government  office nor has it otherwise  taken any action which
would cause the COMPANY to be in violation of the Foreign Corrupt  Practices Act
of 1977, as amended, or any law of similar effect.

         5.29 DISCLOSURE.  (a) This Agreement,  including the schedules  hereto,
together  with  the  completed   Directors  and  Officers   Questionnaires   and
Registration Statement  Questionnaires  attached hereto as Schedule 5.29 and all
other documents and information made available to CEI and its representatives in
writing  pursuant hereto or thereto,  fairly present the business and operations
of the COMPANY for the time periods with respect to which such  information  was
requested.  The COMPANY'S rights under the documents  delivered  pursuant hereto
would not be  materially  adversely  affected by, and no  statement  made herein
would be rendered untrue in any material respect by, any other document to which
the COMPANY is a party, or to which its properties are subject,  or by any other
fact or circumstance  regarding the COMPANY (which fact or circumstance  was, or
should  reasonably,  after due inquiry,  have been known to the COMPANY) that is
not disclosed  pursuant  hereto or thereto.  If, prior to the 25th day after the
date of the final  prospectus  of CEI utilized in  connection  with the IPO, the
COMPANY or the STOCKHOLDERS become aware of any fact or circumstance which would
change (or, if after 


                                       30
<PAGE>

the Funding and  Consummation  Date,  would have  changed) a  representation  or
warranty  of COMPANY  or  STOCKHOLDERS  in this  Agreement  or would  affect any
document delivered pursuant hereto in any material respect,  the COMPANY and the
STOCKHOLDERS  shall immediately give notice of such fact or circumstance to CEI.
However,  subject to the provisions of Section 7.8, such notification  shall not
relieve either the COMPANY or the STOCKHOLDERS of their  respective  obligations
under this Agreement, and, subject to the provisions of Section 7.8, at the sole
option  of  CEI,  the  truth  and  accuracy  of  any  and  all   warranties  and
representations  of  the  COMPANY,  or on  behalf  of  the  COMPANY  and  of the
STOCKHOLDERS  at the date of this  Agreement  and on the Closing Date and on the
Funding and  Consummation  Date,  shall be a precondition to the consummation of
this transaction.

                           (b) The COMPANY and the STOCKHOLDERS  acknowledge and
agree (i) that there exists no firm commitment, binding agreement, or promise or
other assurance of any kind, whether express or implied, oral or written, that a
Registration  Statement will become  effective or that the IPO pursuant  thereto
will occur at a particular price or within a particular range of prices or occur
at all;  (ii) that  neither  CEI or any of its  officers,  directors,  agents or
representatives nor any Underwriter shall have any liability to the COMPANY, the
STOCKHOLDERS  or any other person  affiliated or associated with the COMPANY for
any failure of the Registration Statement to become effective,  the IPO to occur
at a particular price or within a particular range of prices or to occur at all;
and (iii) that the decision of the STOCKHOLDERS to enter into this Agreement, or
to vote in favor of or consent to the proposed Merger,  has been or will be made
independent  of, and without  reliance upon, any  statements,  opinions or other
communications,  or due diligence investigations which have been or will be made
or performed by any prospective Underwriter,  relative to CEI or the prospective
IPO.

         5.30  PROHIBITED  ACTIVITES.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.30, the
COMPANY has not,  between the Balance Sheet Date and the date hereof,  taken any
of the actions (Prohibited Activities) set forth in Section 7.3.

         (B)      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF STOCKHOLDERS

         Each   STOCKHOLDER   severally   represents   and  warrants   that  the
representations  and  warranties set forth below are true as of the date of this
Agreement and, subject to Section


                                       31
<PAGE>

7.8  hereof,  shall be true at the time of the  Closing  and on the  Funding and
Consummation  Date,  and that the  representations  and  warranties set forth in
Sections 5.31,  5.32 and 5.33 shall survive until the second  anniversary of the
Funding and  Consummation  Date, which shall be deemed to be the Expiration Date
for purposes of those Sections.

         5.31 AUTHORITY;  OWNERSHIP.  Such STOCKHOLDER has the full legal right,
power  and  authority  to enter  into  this  Agreement.  Such  STOCKHOLDER  owns
beneficially  and of record all of the shares of the COMPANY stock identified on
Annex IV as  being  owned  by such  STOCKHOLDER,  and,  except  as set  forth on
Schedule 5.31, such COMPANY Stock is owned free and clear of all liens, security
interests,  pledges,  charges,  voting trusts,  restrictions,  encumbrances  and
claims of every kind.

         5.32  PREEMPTIVE  RIGHTS.  Such  STOCKHOLDER  does not have,  or hereby
waives,  any preemptive or other right to acquire shares of COMPANY Stock or CEI
Stock  that  such  STOCKHOLDER  has or may have had  other  than  rights  of any
STOCKHOLDER  to acquire  CEI Stock  pursuant to (i) this  Agreement  or (ii) any
option granted by CEI.

         5.33 NO  INTENTION  TO  DISPOSE OF CEI STOCK.  No  STOCKHOLDER  has any
current plan or intention,  or is under any binding  commitment or contract,  to
sell,  exchange or otherwise dispose of shares of CEI Stock received pursuant to
Section 3.1.

         5.34  TRANSACTIONS  WITH DIRECTORS  OFFICERS AND AFFILIATES.  Except as
listed on Schedule 5.34 annexed hereto,  there have been no  transactions  since
January  1,  1992  between  the  COMPANY  and  any of its  directors,  officers,
stockholders  or  affiliates or any of their Family  Members (as defined  below)
involving  $60,000 or more. Each transaction set forth on Schedule 5.34 has been
on reasonable  commercial  terms which could have been obtained at the time from
bona fide third parties. To the best knowledge of the COMPANY,  since January 1,
1992,  none of the  officers or directors of the COMPANY or any spouse or Family
Member (as defined below) of any of such persons,  has been a director,  officer
or  consultant  of, or owns  directly or  indirectly  any interest in, any firm,
corporation,  association  or business  enterprise  which during such period has
been a  significant  supplier,  customer  or sales  agent of the  COMPANY or has
competed with or been engaged in any business of the kind being conducted by the
COMPANY except as disclosed on Schedule 5.34 annexed hereto. Except as disclosed
on  Schedule  5.34,  no


                                       32
<PAGE>

Family Member (as defined below) of any STOCKHOLDER,  officer or director of the
COMPANY is  currently  an employee or  consultant  receiving  payments  from the
COMPANY or  otherwise  on the payroll of the COMPANY or has any  material  claim
whatsoever  against or owes any amount to the COMPANY,  except for claims in the
ordinary  course  of  business  such as for  accrued  vacation  pay and  accrued
benefits under employee benefit plans.  "Family Member" shall mean all relatives
and their spouses in a relationship of first cousins or closer.

6. REPRESENTATIONS OF CEI AND NEWCO

         CEI and NEWCO jointly and  severally  represent and warrant that all of
the following  representations  and warranties in this Section 6 are true at the
date of this Agreement and, subject to Section 7.8 hereof,  shall be true at the
time of the  Closing  and the  Funding  and  Consummation  Date,  and that  such
representations  and warranties shall survive the Funding and Consummation  Date
for a period of two years  (the last day of such  period  being the  "Expiration
Date"),  except that (i) the warranties and representations set forth in Section
6.14 hereof shall survive until such time as the limitations  period has run for
all tax periods ended on or prior to the Funding and  Consummation  Date,  which
shall be deemed to be the  Expiration  Date for Section 6.14 and (ii) solely for
purposes of Section 11.2(iv) hereof, and solely to the extent that in connection
with the IPO, CEI actually incurs  liability under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act or
any other Federal or state securities laws, the  representations  and warranties
set  forth  herein  shall  survive  until  the   expiration  of  any  applicable
limitations  period,  which shall be deemed to be the  Expiration  Date for such
purposes.

         6.1  DUE  ORGANIZATION.  CEI  and  NEWCO  are  each  corporations  duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware,  and are duly  authorized  and  qualified  to do  business  under  all
applicable  laws,  regulations,  ordinances and orders of public  authorities to
carry on their  respective  business  in the  places  and in the  manner  as now
conducted  except where the failure to be so authorized  or qualified  would not
have a  Material  Adverse  Effect.  True,  complete  and  correct  copies of the
Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, each as amended, of CEI and NEWCO (the
"CEI Charter Documents") are all attached hereto as Annex II.


                                       33
<PAGE>

         6.2 AUTHORIZATION.  (i) The respective representatives of CEI and NEWCO
executing this Agreement have the authority to enter into and bind CEI and NEWCO
to the terms of this  Agreement  and (ii) CEI and NEWCO have the full  corporate
right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Merger.

         6.3 CAPITAL STOCK OF THE COMPANY.  The authorized  capital stock of CEI
and NEWCO is as set forth in Sections  1.4(ii) and (iii),  respectively.  All of
the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of NEWCO are owned by CEI
and all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of the  capital  stock of CEI are
owned by the persons set forth on Annex V hereof,  in each case,  free and clear
of all liens, security interests, pledges, charges, voting trusts, restrictions,
encumbrances and claims of every kind. All of the issued and outstanding  shares
of the  capital  stock of CEI and NEWCO have been duly  authorized  and  validly
issued, are fully paid and  nonassessable,  are owned of record and beneficially
by CEI and the persons set forth on Annex V,  respectively,  and  further,  such
shares were offered,  issued,  sold and delivered by CEI and NEWCO in compliance
with  all  applicable   state  and  Federal  laws  concerning  the  issuance  of
securities.  Further,  none of such  shares  were  issued  in  violation  of the
preemptive rights of any past or present stockholder of CEI or NEWCO.

         6.4 TRANSACTIONS IN CAPITAL STOCK,  ORGANIZATION ACCOUNTING.  Except as
set  forth  on  Schedule  6.4  of  this  Agreement,  and  as  set  forth  in the
Registration  Statement,  (i) no  option,  warrant,  call,  conversion  right or
commitment  of any kind exists which  obligates CEI or NEWCO to issue any of its
authorized but unissued  capital stock or its treasury  stock;  and (ii) neither
CEI nor NEWCO has any obligation  (contingent or otherwise) to purchase,  redeem
or otherwise acquire any of its equity securities or any interests therein or to
pay any dividend or make any distribution in respect thereof.  Schedule 6.4 also
includes  complete  and accurate  copies of all stock  option or stock  purchase
plans of CEI and NEWCO, including a list, accurate as of the date hereof, of all
outstanding  options,  warrants  or other  rights  to  acquire  shares  of their
respective capital stock.

         6.5  SUBSIDIARIES.  NEWCO has no subsidiaries.  CEI has no subsidiaries
except for NEWCO and each of the companies  identified as "NEWCO" in each of the
Other Agreements. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, neither CEI nor
NEWCO owns, of record or


                                       34
<PAGE>

beneficially, or controls, directly or indirectly, any capital stock, securities
convertible  into capital stock or any other equity interest in any corporation,
association or business  entity nor is CEI or NEWCO,  directly or indirectly,  a
participant in any joint venture, partnership or other non-corporate entity.

         6.6 FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS.  (a) Attached  hereto as Schedule 6.6(a) are
copies  of the  following  financial  statements  of  CEI  (the  "CEI  Financial
Statements"),  which reflect the results of its operations from inception: CEI's
audited  Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1996 and  Statements  of Income,  Cash
Flows and Retained  Earnings for the period from inception  through December 31,
1996.  Such CEI  Financial  Statements  have been  prepared in  accordance  with
generally  accepted   accounting   principles  applied  on  a  consistent  basis
throughout  the  periods  indicated  (except  as noted  thereon  or on  Schedule
6.6(a)).  Except as set forth on  Schedule  6.6(a),  such  Balance  Sheets as of
December 31, 1996 present fairly the financial  position of CEI as of such date,
and such Statements of Income,  Cash Flows and Retained  Earnings present fairly
the results of operations for the period indicated.

         (b)  Attached  hereto as  Schedule  6.6(b) are copies of the  following
unaudited  pro forma  combined  financial  statements  for CEI and the  Founding
Companies (the "Pro Forma Financial Statements"):  combined Balance Sheets as of
December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1996 and Statements of Income, Cash Flows and
Retained Earnings for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996. Such Pro
Forma  Financial  Statements  have been  prepared in accordance  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  applied on a consistent  basis  throughout the
period indicated (except as noted thereon or on Schedule 6.6(b)).  Except as set
forth on Schedule 6.6(b), such Balance Sheets, as of the dates thereof,  present
fairly  the  financial  position  of CEI and the  Founding  Companies,  and such
Statements  of  Income,  Cash Flows and  Retained  Earnings  present  fairly the
results of operations for the periods indicated.

         6.7 LIABILITIES AND  OBLIGATIONS.  Except as set forth on Schedule 6.7,
CEI and NEWCO have no material liabilities,  contingent or otherwise,  except as
set forth in or  contemplated  by this  Agreement and the Other  Agreements  and
except  for fees and  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with the  transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby.


                                       35
<PAGE>

         6.8 CONFORMITY WITH LAW; LITIGATION.  Except to the extent set forth on
Schedule  6.8,  neither CEI nor NEWCO is in violation  of any law or  regulation
which  violation would have a Material  Adverse  Effect,  or of any order of any
court or Federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission,
board,  bureau,  agency or  instrumentality  having  jurisdiction over either of
them;  and except to the extent set forth in Schedule 6.8, there are no material
claims,  actions,  suits or proceedings,  pending or, to the knowledge of CEI or
NEWCO,  threatened,  against or affecting CEI or NEWCO, at law or in equity,  or
before or by any Federal,  state,  municipal or other  governmental  department,
commission,  board, bureau,  agency or instrumentality  having jurisdiction over
either of them and no notice of any claim,  action, suit or proceeding,  whether
pending or threatened,  has been received.  CEI and NEWCO have conducted and are
conducting  their  respective  businesses in compliance  with the  requirements,
standards,  criteria and conditions set forth in applicable  Federal,  state and
local statutes,  ordinances,  permits, licenses,  orders, approvals,  variances,
rules and regulations and are not in violation of any of the foregoing.

         6.9 NO  VIOLATION.  Neither  CEI nor NEWCO is in  violation  of any CEI
Charter Document. None of CEI, NEWCO, or, to the knowledge of CEI and NEWCO, any
other  party  thereto,  is in default  under any lease,  instrument,  agreement,
license,  or permit to which CEI or NEWCO is a party,  or by which CEI or NEWCO,
or any of  their  respective  properties,  are  bound  (collectively,  the  "CEI
Documents");  and (a) the rights  and  benefits  of CEI and NEWCO  under the CEI
Documents will not be adversely affected by the transactions contemplated hereby
and (b) the execution of this Agreement and the performance of CEI's and NEWCO's
obligations   hereunder  and  the  consummation  by  them  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby will not result in any  violation or breach or constitute a
default  under,  any of the terms or  provisions of the CEI Documents or the CEI
Charter  Documents.  Except  as set  forth  on  Schedule  6.9,  none  of the CEI
Documents  requires  notice to, or the consent or approval of, any  governmental
agency or other third party with respect to any of the transactions contemplated
hereby in order to remain in full force and effect and the  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated hereby will not give rise to any right to termination,
cancellation or acceleration or loss of any right or benefit of CEI or NEWCO.


                                       36
<PAGE>

         6.10  VALIDITY  OF  OBLIGATIONS.  The  execution  and  delivery of this
Agreement  by CEI and  NEWCO  and the  performance  by them of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby have been duly and  validly  authorized  by the  respective
Boards  of  Directors  of CEI and  NEWCO  and this  Agreement  has been duly and
validly  authorized by all necessary  corporate action and is a legal, valid and
binding obligation of CEI and NEWCO.

         6.11 CEI STOCK.  At the time of issuance  thereof,  the CEI Stock to be
delivered to the  STOCKHOLDERS  pursuant to this Agreement will constitute valid
and legally  issued shares of CEI,  fully paid and  nonassessable,  and with the
exception  of  restrictions  upon resale set forth in Sections 15 and 16 hereof,
will be  identical in all  material  and  substantive  respects to the CEI Stock
issued and  outstanding as of the date hereof by reason of the provisions of the
Delaware GCL. The shares of CEI Stock to be issued to the STOCKHOLDERS  pursuant
to this Agreement will not be registered  under the 1933 Act, except as provided
in Section 17 hereof.

         6.12 NO SIDE  AGREEMENTS.  Except with respect to the Schedules and the
merger  consideration  payable at the  Effective  Time of the Merger,  the Other
Agreements  are  substantially  identical  to  this  Agreement  in all  material
respects.  Neither  CEI nor NEWCO has  entered or will enter into any  agreement
with any of the Founding  Companies or any of the  stockholders  of the Founding
Companies or CEI other than the Other Agreements and the agreements contemplated
by each of the Other Agreements, including the employment agreements referred to
therein.

         6.13 BUSINESS;  REAL  PROPERTY;  MATERIAL  AGREEMENTS.  Neither CEI nor
NEWCO has  conducted  any  operations  or business  since  inception  other than
activities  related to the CEI Plan of Organization.  Neither CEI nor NEWCO owns
or has at any time owned any real property or any material  personal property or
is a party to any other agreement,  except as listed on Schedule 6.13 and except
that CEI is a party to the  Other  Agreements  and the  agreements  contemplated
thereby  and to  certain  agreements  which  will be  filed as  Exhibits  to the
Registration Statement.

         6.14  TAXES.  NEWCO  is a  newly  formed  entity  which  has  no tax or
operational history. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.14:

               (i) All Returns required to have been filed by or with respect to
          CEI and any  affiliated,  combined,  consolidated,  unitary or similar
          group of which CEI is or was a


                                       37
<PAGE>

          member (a "CEI Relevant  Group") with any Taxing  Authority  have been
          duly filed, and each such Return correctly and completely reflects the
          Tax  liability  and all  other  information  required  to be  reported
          thereon.  All Taxes  (whether or not shown on any Return)  owed by the
          CEI Relevant Group have been paid.

               (ii) The provisions for Taxes due by CEI and any subsidiaries (as
          opposed to any  reserve  for  deferred  Taxes  established  to reflect
          timing  differences  between book and Tax income) in the CEI Financial
          Statements are  sufficient  for all unpaid Taxes,  being current taxes
          not yet due and payable, of the CEI Relevant Group.

               (iii) No  corporation in the CEI Relevant Group is a party to any
          agreement extending the time within which to file any Return. No claim
          has ever been made by any Taxing  Authority in a jurisdiction in which
          a corporation  in the CEI Relevant Group does not file Returns that it
          is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.

               (iv) Each  corporation in the CEI Relevant Group has withheld and
          paid all Taxes  required to have been  withheld and paid in connection
          with  amounts  paid or owing to any  employee,  creditor,  independent
          contractor or other third party.

               (v) No  corporation  in the CEI Relevant Group expects any Taxing
          Authority to assess any  additional  Taxes against or in respect of it
          for any past period.  There is no dispute or claim  concerning any Tax
          liability  of any  corporation  in the CEI  Relevant  Group either (i)
          Claimed or raised by any Taxing  Authority or (ii) otherwise  known to
          any  corporation in the CEI Relevant Group. No issues have been raised
          in any  examination  by  any  Taxing  Authority  with  respect  to any
          corporation in the CEI Relevant Group which, by application of similar
          principles,  reasonably  could be  expected  to result  in a  proposed
          deficiency  for any other  period not so  examined.  Schedule  6.14(v)
          attached hereto lists all federal, state, local and foreign income Tax
          Returns  filed  by or  with  respect  to any  corporation  in the  CEI
          Relevant Group for all taxable  periods,  indicates those Returns,  if
          any,  that  have  been  audited,  and  indicates  those  Returns  that
          currently  are the  subject  of  audit.  Each  corporation  in the CEI
          Relevant  Group  will make  available  to the  STOCKHOLDERS,  at their
          request,  complete and correct copies of all federal, 


                                       38
<PAGE>

          state,  local and  foreign  income Tax  Returns  filed by, and all Tax
          examination reports and statements of deficiencies assessed against or
          agreed to by, CEI.

               (vi) No  corporation  in the CEI  Relevant  Group has  waived any
          statute of  limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension
          of time with respect to any Tax assessment or deficiency.

               (vii)  No  corporation  in the CEI  Relevant  Group  has made any
          payments,  is  obligated  to make any  payments,  or is a party to any
          agreement  that under certain  circumstances  could require it to make
          any payments, that are not deductible under Section 280G the Code.

               (viii) No corporation in the CEI Relevant Group is a party to any
          Tax allocation or sharing agreement.

               (ix) None of the assets of any  corporation  in the CEI  Relevant
          Group constitutes  tax-exempt bond financed property or tax-exempt use
          property,   within  the  meaning  of  Section  168  of  the  Code.  No
          corporation  in the CEI Relevant  Group is a party to any "safe harbor
          lease" that is subject to the  provisions of Section  168(f)(8) of the
          Internal  Revenue  Code as in effect  prior to the Tax  Reform  Act of
          1986, or to any "long-term contract" within the meaning of Section 460
          of the Code.

               (x) No  corporation  in the CEI Relevant  Group is a  "consenting
          corporation"  within the meaning of Section  341(f)(1) of the Code, or
          comparable provisions of any state statutes, and none of the assets of
          any  corporation  in the CEI Relevant  Group is subject to an election
          under Section 341(f) of the Code or comparable provisions of any state
          statutes.

               (xi) No  corporation  in the CEI Relevant Group is a party to any
          joint venture,  partnership or other  arrangement that is treated as a
          partnership for federal income Tax purposes.

               (xii)  There are no  accounting  method  changes or  proposed  or
          threatened  accounting  method changes,  of any corporation in the CEI
          Relevant Group that could give rise to an adjustment under Section 481
          of the Code for periods after the Funding and Consummation Date.


                                       39
<PAGE>

               (xiii) No  corporation in the CEI Relevant Group has received any
          written ruling of a Taxing Authority  related to Taxes or entered into
          any written  and legally  binding  agreement  with a Taxing  Authority
          relating to Taxes.

               (xiv) Each  corporation  in the CEI Relevant  Group has disclosed
          (in  accordance  with  Section  6662(d)(2)(B)(ii)  of the Code) on its
          federal income Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give
          rise to a substantial  understatement of federal income Tax within the
          meaning of Section 6662(d) of the Code.

               (xv) No  corporation  in the CEI Relevant Group has any liability
          for  Taxes  of any  person  other  than  such  corporation  in the CEI
          Relevant Group (i) under Section 1.1502-6 of the Treasury  regulations
          (or any similar  provision of state,  local or foreign law), (ii) as a
          transferee or successor, (iii) by contract or (iv) otherwise.

               (xvi) There  currently are no limitations  on the  utilization of
          the net operating losses, built-in losses, capital losses, Tax credits
          or other similar items of any  corporation  in the CEI Relevant  Group
          under (i) Section 382 of the Code, (ii) Section 383 of the Code, (iii)
          Section 384 of the Code,  (iv)  Section  269 of the Code,  (v) Section
          1.1502-15  and Section  1.1502-15A of the Treasury  regulations,  (vi)
          Section 1.1502-21 and Section  1.1502-21A of the Treasury  regulations
          or  (vii)  sections   1.1502-91  through  1.1502-99  of  the  Treasury
          regulations, in each case as in effect both prior to and following the
          Tax Reform Act of 1986.

               (xvii) Neither CEI nor NEWCO is an investment  company as defined
          in Section 351(e)(1) of the Code.

               (xviii)  Neither  CEI nor  NEWCO is under the  jurisdiction  of a
          court in a Title 11 or  similar  case  within  the  meaning of Section
          351(e)(2)  of the Code. 

         After  giving  effect to the  Merger,  the fair  saleable  value of the
business and assets of CEI and its subsidiaries  will be in excess of the amount
that will be required to pay its principal liabilities on existing debts as they
become due and payable in accordance with their terms.

7. COVENANTS PRIOR TO CLOSING

                                       40
<PAGE>

         7.1 ACCESS AND COOPERATION;  DUE DILIGENCE.(a) Between the date of this
Agreement and the Funding and Consummation  Date, the COMPANY will afford to the
officers and authorized  representatives of CEI and the Other Founding Companies
reasonable access,  during normal business hours, to all of the COMPANY's sites,
properties,  books  and  records  and  will  furnish  CEI with  such  additional
financial  and  operating  data and other  information  as to the  business  and
properties of the COMPANY as CEI or the Other  Founding  Companies may from time
to time  reasonably  request.  The COMPANY will cooperate with CEI and the Other
Founding  Companies  and  their  respective  representatives,   including  CEI's
auditors and counsel,  in the  preparation  of any  documents or other  material
(including the Registration  Statement) which may be required in connection with
the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement.  CEI, NEWCO, the STOCKHOLDERS
and the  COMPANY  will treat all  information  obtained in  connection  with the
negotiation   and   performance   of  this   Agreement  or  the  due   diligence
investigations  conducted  with  respect  to the  Other  Founding  Companies  as
confidential  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of  Section  14  hereof.  In
addition, CEI will cause each of the Other Agreements, binding each of the Other
Founding  Companies,  to contain a provision  similar to this  Section 7.1 and a
provision similar to Section 14 requiring each such Other Founding Company,  its
stockholders, directors, officers, representatives, employees and agents to keep
confidential  any  information  obtained by such Other  Founding  Company and to
provide the COMPANY with  reasonable  access and information as will be provided
by the COMPANY pursuant to this Section 7.1(a).

         (b) Between the date of this Agreement and the Funding and Consummation
Date,  CEI will afford to the officers  and  authorized  representatives  of the
COMPANY access to all of CEI's and NEWCO's sites, properties,  books and records
and will furnish the COMPANY with such  additional  financial and operating data
and other  information as to the business and properties of CEI and NEWCO as the
COMPANY may from time to time reasonably  request.  CEI and NEWCO will cooperate
with the COMPANY, its  representatives,  auditors and counsel in the preparation
of any documents or other material which may be required in connection  with the
transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement.  The  COMPANY  will  cause  all
information 


                                       41
<PAGE>

obtained in connection with the negotiation and performance of this Agreement to
be treated as  confidential  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of Section 14
hereof.

         7.2  CONDUCT OF  BUSINESS  PENDING  CLOSING.  Between  the date of this
Agreement and the Funding and Consummation Date, the COMPANY will, except as set
forth on Schedule 7.2:

               (i) carry on its business in the ordinary course substantially as
          conducted  heretofore  and not introduce any new method of management,
          operation or accounting;

               (ii) maintain its properties and facilities, including those held
          under  leases,  in as good working  order and condition as at present,
          ordinary wear and tear excepted;

               (iii)  perform in all  material  respects its  obligations  under
          agreements relating to or affecting its assets, properties or rights;

               (iv) keep in full force and effect present insurance  policies or
          other comparable insurance coverage;

               (v) maintain and  preserve its business  organization  intact and
          use  its  best  efforts  to  retain  its  present  key  employees  and
          relationships  with  suppliers,  customers and others having  business
          relations with the COMPANY;

               (vi)  maintain  compliance  with all  permits,  laws,  rules  and
          regulations,  consent  orders,  and all  other  orders  of  applicable
          courts, regulatory agencies and similar governmental authorities;

               (vii) maintain  present debt and lease  instruments in accordance
          with their  respective terms and not enter into new or amended debt or
          lease instruments,  provided that debt and/or lease instruments may be
          replaced  if such  replacement  instruments  are on  terms at least as
          favorable to the COMPANY as the instruments being replaced; and

               (viii) maintain or reduce present salaries and commission  levels
          for all officers, directors, employees and agents, except for ordinary
          and customary  bonus and salary  increases for employees in accordance
          with past practices.

         7.3 PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES. Except as disclosed on Schedule 7.3, between
the date hereof and the Funding and  Consummation  Date,  the COMPANY  will not,
without prior written consent of CEI:

               (i)  make  any  change  in  its   Articles  or   Certificate   of
          Incorporation or By-laws;


                                       42
<PAGE>

               (ii) grant or issue any  securities,  options,  warrants,  calls,
          conversion   rights  or  commitments  of  any  kind  relating  to  its
          securities of any kind other than in  connection  with the exercise of
          options or warrants listed on Schedule 5.4;

               (iii) declare or pay any dividend,  or make any  distribution  in
          respect  of  its  stock  whether  now  or  hereafter  outstanding,  or
          purchase,  redeem or otherwise  acquire or retire for value any shares
          of its stock;

               (iv) enter into any contract or  commitment  or incur or agree to
          incur any liability or make any capital  expenditure,  except if it is
          in the ordinary course of business (consistent with past practice) and
          involves an amount not in excess of $10,000;

               (v)  create,  assume or permit to exist any  mortgage,  pledge or
          other lien or  encumbrance  upon any assets or properties  whether now
          owned or hereafter acquired, except (1) with respect to purchase money
          liens incurred in connection with the acquisition of equipment with an
          aggregate cost not in excess of $10,000 necessary or desirable for the
          conduct of the business of the COMPANY, (2) (A) liens for taxes either
          not yet  due or  being  contested  in good  faith  and by  appropriate
          proceedings (and for which adequate reserves have been established and
          are being  maintained)  or (B)  materialmen's,  mechanics',  workers',
          repairmen's,  employees'  or other like liens  arising in the ordinary
          course of business  (the liens set forth in clause (2) being  referred
          to herein as  "Statutory  Liens"),  or (3) liens set forth on Schedule
          5.10 or 5.15 hereto;

               (vi) sell, assign,  lease or otherwise transfer or dispose of any
          property or equipment except in the ordinary course of business;

               (vii)  negotiate  for  the  acquisition  of any  business  or the
          start-up of any new business;

               (viii) merge or consolidate or agree to merge or consolidate with
          or into any other corporation;

               (ix) waive any material  right or claim of the COMPANY,  provided
          that the COMPANY may  negotiate and adjust bills in the course of good
          faith  disputes  with  customers  in a  manner  consistent  with  past
          practice, provided, further, that such


                                       43
<PAGE>

          adjustments shall not be deemed to be included on Schedule 5.11 unless
          specifically listed thereon;

               (x) commit a material  breach or amend or terminate  any material
          contract,  agreement,  permit,  license  or other  right to which  the
          COMPANY is a party or as to which it is a beneficiary; or

               (xi) enter into any other transaction outside the ordinary course
          of its business or prohibited hereunder.

         7.4 NO SHOP . None of the  STOCKHOLDERS or the COMPANY,  nor any agent,
officer,  director,  trustee or any representative of any of the foregoing will,
during the period  commencing on the date of this  Agreement and ending with the
earlier to occur of the Funding and Consummation Date or the termination of this
Agreement  in  accordance  with its terms,  directly or  indirectly:  solicit or
initiate the submission of proposals or offers from any person for,  participate
in any discussion  pertaining to, or furnish any information to any person other
than CEI or its authorized  agents  relating to, any  acquisition or purchase of
all or a  material  amount of the  assets  of, or any  equity  interest  in, the
COMPANY or a merger, consolidation or business combination of the COMPANY.

         7.5 NOTICE TO BARGAINING AGENTS. Prior to the Closing Date, the COMPANY
shall satisfy any  requirement  for notice of the  transactions  contemplated by
this Agreement under applicable collective bargaining  agreements.  Set forth on
Schedule 7.5 is a copy of such required notice, as sent.

         7.6 AGREEMENTS.  The  STOCKHOLDERS  and the COMPANY shall terminate (i)
any  stockholders'  agreements,   voting  agreements,  voting  trusts,  options,
warrants and employment  agreements  between the COMPANY and any employee listed
on Schedule 9.12 hereto (other than the new employment  agreements  contemplated
by Section  9.12) and (ii) any  existing  agreement  between the COMPANY and any
STOCKHOLDER,  on or prior to the Funding and  Consummation  Date. A list of such
termination  agreements  is set forth on  Schedule  7.6 and  copies of each such
agreement are attached thereto.

         7.7 NOTIFICATION OF CERTAIN  MATTERS.  The STOCKHOLDERS and the COMPANY
shall give prompt notice to CEI of (i) the occurrence or  non-occurrence  of any
event the 


                                       44
<PAGE>

occurrence   or   non-occurrence   of  which   would  be  likely  to  cause  any
representation  or warranty of the COMPANY or the STOCKHOLDERS  contained herein
to be untrue or  inaccurate  in any material  respect at or prior to the Closing
and (ii) any material  failure of any  STOCKHOLDER or the COMPANY to comply with
or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied
by such person hereunder.  CEI and NEWCO shall give prompt notice to the COMPANY
of  (i)  the  occurrence  or  non-occurrence  of any  event  the  occurrence  or
non-occurrence of which would be likely to cause any  representation or warranty
of CEI or NEWCO  contained  herein to be untrue or  inaccurate  in any  material
respect at or prior to the Closing and (ii) any material failure of CEI or NEWCO
to comply with or satisfy any  covenant,  condition  or agreement to be complied
with or satisfied by it hereunder.  The delivery of any notice  pursuant to this
Section 7.7 shall not be deemed to (i) modify the  representations or warranties
hereunder of the party  delivering such notice,  which  modification may only be
made pursuant to Section 7.8, (ii) modify the conditions set forth in Sections 8
and 9, or (iii) limit or otherwise  affect the remedies  available  hereunder to
the party receiving such notice.

         7.8  AMENDMENT OF SCHEDULES.  (a) Each party hereto  agrees that,  with
respect to the  representations  and warranties of such party  contained in this
Agreement, such party shall have the continuing obligation until the Funding and
Consummation  Date to  supplement or amend  promptly the  Schedules  hereto with
respect to any matter  hereafter  arising or  discovered  which,  if existing or
known at the date of this Agreement, would have been required to be set forth or
described in the Schedules, provided however, that supplements and amendments to
Schedules  5.10,  5.11,  5.14 and 5.15  shall only have to be  delivered  at the
Closing  Date,  unless  such  Schedule  is to be  amended  to  reflect  an event
occurring other than in the ordinary course of business.

         (b)  Until  24  hours  prior to the  anticipated  effectiveness  of the
Registration  Statement,  and  notwithstanding  the  foregoing  clause (a),  the
provisions  of this clause (b) shall  apply:  no amendment  or  supplement  to a
Schedule  prepared  by the  COMPANY  or the  STOCKHOLDERS  that  constitutes  or
reflects an event or occurrence that would have a Material Adverse Effect may be
made unless CEI and a majority of the Founding  Companies other than the COMPANY
consent to such amendment or supplement; and provided further, that no 


                                       45
<PAGE>

amendment or supplement to a Schedule  prepared by CEI or NEWCO that constitutes
or reflects an event or occurrence that would have a Material Adverse Effect may
be made unless a majority of the Founding Companies consent to such amendment or
supplement. In the event that one of the Other Founding Companies seeks to amend
or supplement a Schedule pursuant to Section 7.8 of one of the Other Agreements,
and such amendment or supplement  constitutes or reflects an event or occurrence
that would have a Material  Adverse Effect on such Other Founding  Company,  CEI
shall give the COMPANY notice  promptly after it has knowledge  thereof.  If CEI
and  a  majority  of  the  Founding  Companies  consent  to  such  amendment  or
supplement,  which  consent  shall have been deemed given by CEI or any Founding
Company if no response is received from CEI or any such Founding  Company within
24 hours following  receipt of notice of such amendment or supplement (or sooner
if required by the circumstances under which such consent is requested), but the
COMPANY  does not give its consent,  the COMPANY may  terminate  this  Agreement
pursuant to Section  12.1(iv)  hereof.  In the event that the  COMPANY  seeks to
amend or  supplement  a  Schedule  pursuant  to this  Section  7.8 and CEI and a
majority of the Other  Founding  Companies  do not consent to such  amendment or
supplement,  this Agreement shall be deemed  terminated by mutual consent as set
forth in Section 12.1(i)  hereof.  In the event that CEI or NEWCO seeks to amend
or  supplement  a Schedule  pursuant  to this  Section 7.8 and a majority of the
Founding  Companies  do not  consent  to  such  amendment  or  supplement,  this
Agreement  shall be deemed  terminated by mutual consent as set forth in Section
12.1(i) hereof.

         (c)  Between 24 hours  prior to the  anticipated  effectiveness  of the
Registration  Statement and the Funding and Consummation Date, the provisions of
this clause (c) shall apply.  No amendment or supplement to a Schedule  prepared
by the  COMPANY or the  STOCKHOLDERS  that  constitutes  or reflects an event or
occurrence  that  would have a Material  Adverse  Effect may be made  unless CEI
consents  to  such  amendment  or  supplement   after   consultation   with  the
Underwriters.  CEI and NEWCO  hereby  covenant  that  neither CEI nor NEWCO will
amend or supplement  any Schedule  prepared by CEI or NEWCO that  constitutes or
reflects an event or occurrence that would have a Material Adverse Effect on CEI
or NEWCO, as the case may be,


                                       46
<PAGE>

without consulting with the Underwriters, and CEI shall provide immediate notice
of such amendment or supplement to the Founding Companies.

         (d) For all purposes of this Agreement,  including  without  limitation
for purposes of determining whether the conditions set forth in Sections 8.1 and
9.1  have  been  fulfilled,  the  Schedules  hereto  shall be  deemed  to be the
Schedules as amended or  supplemented  pursuant to this Section 7.8. No party to
this  Agreement  shall be liable to any other party if this  Agreement  shall be
terminated  pursuant  to the  provisions  of  this  Section  7.8,  except  that,
notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained in this  Agreement,  if the
COMPANY or the  STOCKHOLDERS on the one hand, or CEI or NEWCO on the other hand,
amends  or  supplements  a  Schedule  which  results  in a  termination  of this
Agreement and such  amendment or supplement  arises out of or reflects  facts or
circumstances  which  such party  knew  about at the time of  execution  of this
Agreement  and knew would result in a termination  of this  Agreement or if such
amendment or supplement otherwise is proposed in bad faith, such party shall pay
or reimburse  CEI or the COMPANY and the  STOCKHOLDERS,  as the case may be, for
all of the legal,  accounting and other out of pocket costs reasonably  incurred
in connection  with this Agreement and the IPO as it relates to CEI, the COMPANY
and the STOCKHOLDERS.

         7.9 COOPERATION IN PREPARATION OF REGISTRATION  STATEMENT.  The COMPANY
and  STOCKHOLDERS  shall  furnish  or  cause  to be  furnished  to CEI  and  the
Underwriters all of the information  concerning the COMPANY and the STOCKHOLDERS
requested by CEI or the  Underwriters  for inclusion in, and will cooperate with
CEI and the Underwriters in the preparation of, the  Registration  Statement and
the  prospectus  included  therein  (including  audited and unaudited  financial
statements,   prepared  in  accordance   with  generally   accepted   accounting
principles,  in form suitable for inclusion in the Registration Statement).  The
COMPANY and the STOCKHOLDERS  agree promptly to advise CEI if at any time during
the period in which a  prospectus  relating  to the  offering  is required to be
delivered under the Securities Act, any information  contained in the prospectus
concerning the COMPANY or the  STOCKHOLDERS  contains any untrue  statement of a
material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary  to make the  statements  therein not  misleading,  and to provide the
information  needed to  correct  such  inaccuracy.  Insofar  as the  information
relates solely to the 


                                       47
<PAGE>

COMPANY or the  STOCKHOLDERS,  the COMPANY  represents  and  warrants as to such
information  with  respect  to  itself,  and  each  STOCKHOLDER  represents  and
warrants,  as to such  information  with  respect to the  COMPANY and himself or
herself,  that the Registration  Statement at its effective date, at the date of
the Final Prospectus (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), the Preliminary
Prospectus (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), and each amendment to the
Registration  Statement,  and at each closing date with respect to the IPO under
the Underwriting Agreement (including with respect to any over-allotment option)
will not  include  an untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to state a
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

         7.10 FINAL FINANCIAL STATMENTS.  The COMPANY shall provide prior to the
Funding and  Consummation  Date,  and CEI shall have had  sufficient  time prior
thereto to review, the unaudited  consolidated  balance sheets of the COMPANY as
of the end of each fiscal quarter  following the Balance Sheet Date that ends at
least 45 days prior to the  Funding and  Consummation  Date,  and the  unaudited
consolidated  statements  of income,  cash flows and  retained  earnings  of the
COMPANY for all fiscal  quarters ended after the Balance Sheet Date,  disclosing
no material  adverse  change in the  financial  condition  of the COMPANY or the
results of its operations from the financial  statements as of the Balance Sheet
Date.  Such  financial  statements  shall have been prepared in accordance  with
generally  accepted   accounting   principles  applied  on  a  consistent  basis
throughout the periods indicated  (except as noted therein).  Except as noted in
such financial statements,  all of such financial statements will present fairly
the results of operations of the COMPANY for the periods indicated thereon.

         7.11  FURTHER  ASSURANCES.  The  parties  hereto  agree to execute  and
deliver,  or cause to be executed and  delivered,  such further  instruments  or
documents or take such other action as may be reasonably necessary or convenient
to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby.

         7.12  AUTHORIZED  CAPITAL.  CEI shall maintain its  authorized  capital
stock as set forth in the  Registration  Statement filed with the SEC except for
such changes in authorized capital stock as are made to respond to comments made
by the SEC or requirements of any exchange or automated trading system for which
application is made to register the CEI Stock.


                                       48
<PAGE>

8. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF STOCKHOLDERS AND COMPANY

         The  obligations  of the  STOCKHOLDERS  and the COMPANY with respect to
actions to be taken on the  Closing  Date and, to the extent  specified  in this
Section 8, on the Funding and Consummation Date, are subject to the satisfaction
or waiver on or prior to the Closing  Date  and/or the Funding and  Consummation
Date, as the case may be, of all of the  conditions set forth in this Section 8.
As of the Closing Date or the Funding and Consummation Date, as the case may be,
all conditions not satisfied  shall be deemed to have been waived by the COMPANY
and the  STOCKHOLDERS  unless such  parties have  objected by  notifying  CEI in
writing of such  objection  on or before  the  closing  on the  Closing  Date or
consummation  of  the  transactions  on  the  Funding  and  Consummation   Date,
respectively,  except that no such waiver shall be deemed to affect the survival
of the  representations  and warranties of CEI and NEWCO  contained in Section 6
hereof.

         8.1 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  All representations and warranties
of CEI and  NEWCO  contained  in  Section  6 (as  amended  by any  amendment  or
supplement to a Schedule that has received their requisite consents contemplated
by Section  7.8) shall be true and  correct in all  material  respects as of the
Closing Date as though such  representations  and warranties had been made as of
that time; and a certificate to the foregoing  effect dated the Closing Date and
signed by the President or any Vice  President of CEI shall have been  delivered
to the STOCKHOLDERS.

         8.2  PERFORMANCE  OF  OBLIGATIONS.  All of  the  terms,  covenants  and
conditions of this  Agreement to be complied with and performed by CEI and NEWCO
on or before each of the Closing  Date and the  Funding  and  Consummation  Date
shall have been duly complied with and performed in all material  respects on or
before each of the Closing Date and the Funding and  Consummation  Date,  as the
case may be; and  certificates to the foregoing effect dated each of the Closing
Date and the Funding and  Consummation  Date and signed by the  President or any
Vice President of CEI shall have been delivered to the STOCKHOLDERS.


                                       49
<PAGE>

         8.3 NO LITIGATION.  No action or proceeding before a court or any other
governmental agency or body shall have been instituted or threatened to restrain
or prohibit the Merger or the IPO and no governmental  agency or body shall have
taken any other  action or made any  request of the COMPANY as a result of which
the  management  of the  COMPANY  deems  it  inadvisable  to  proceed  with  the
transactions hereunder.

         8.4 OPINION OF COUNSEL. The COMPANY shall have received an opinion from
counsel for CEI, dated the Closing Date, in the form annexed hereto as Annex VI.

         8.5 REGISTRATION STATEMENT.  The Registration Statement shall have been
declared  effective by the SEC and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of
the Registration  Statement shall be in effect and no proceeding  therefor shall
have been instituted or shall be pending or contemplated  under the 1933 Act and
the  Underwriters  shall  have  agreed to acquire  on a firm  commitment  basis,
subject to the conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement, on terms such
that the aggregate value of the cash and the number of shares of CEI Stock to be
received by the  STOCKHOLDERS  is not less than the  Minimum  Value set forth on
Annex III.

         8.6 CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.  All necessary consents of and filings with
any  governmental  authority  or  agency  relating  to the  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated herein shall have been obtained and made.

         8.7 GOOD STANDING CERTIFICATES. CEI and NEWCO each shall have delivered
to the COMPANY a certificate, dated as of a date no earlier than five days prior
to the Closing Date, duly issued by the Delaware  Secretary of State and in each
state in which CEI or NEWCO is authorized  to do business,  showing that each of
CEI and NEWCO is in good  standing  and  authorized  to do business and that all
state  franchise  and/or  income  tax  returns  and  taxes  for CEI  and  NEWCO,
respectively, for all periods prior to the Closing have been filed and paid.

         8.8 NO MATERIAL  ADVERSE CHANGE.  No event or  circumstance  shall have
occurred with respect to CEI or NEWCO which would  constitute a Material Adverse
Effect.

         8.9  CLOSING  OF IPO.  The  closing of the sale of the CEI Stock to the
Underwriters in the IPO shall have occurred  simultaneously with the Funding and
Consummation Date hereunder.


                                       50
<PAGE>

         8.10  SECRETARY'S  CERTIFICATE.  The  COMPANY  shall  have  received  a
certificate  or  certificates,  dated  the  Closing  Date  and the  Funding  and
Consummation  Date and signed by the  secretary of CEI and of NEWCO,  certifying
the truth and correctness of attached copies of the CEI's and NEWCO's respective
Certificates of Incorporation (including amendments thereto), By-Laws (including
amendments  thereto),  and  resolutions  of the  boards  of  directors  and,  if
required, the stockholders of CEI and NEWCO approving CEI's and NEWCO's entering
into  this  Agreement  and the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby.

         8.11 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS. Each of the persons listed on Schedule 9.12
shall have been afforded the  opportunity to enter into an employment  agreement
substantially in the form of Annex VIII hereto.

         8.12 RELEASE . The  stockholders  of CEI shall have delivered to CEI an
instrument, dated the Closing Date, releasing CEI from any and all (i) claims of
such stockholders  against CEI and (ii) obligations of CEI to such stockholders,
except for (x) items  specifically  identified on Schedule  8.12, (y) continuing
obligations  to such  stockholders  relating to their  employment by CEI and (z)
obligations  arising  under  this  Agreement  or the  transactions  contemplated
hereby.

9. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF CEI AND NEWCO

         The obligations of CEI and NEWCO with respect to actions to be taken on
the Closing Date and, to the extent  specified in this Section 9, on the Funding
and Consummation  Date, are subject to the satisfaction or waiver on or prior to
the Closing Date and/or the Funding and  Consummation  Date, as the case may be,
of all of the  conditions set forth in this Section 9. As of the Closing Date or
the  Funding  and  Consummation  Date,  as the case may be, all  conditions  not
satisfied  shall be  deemed to have been  waived  by CEI and NEWCO  unless  such
parties have objected by notifying the COMPANY and the  STOCKHOLDERS  in writing
of such  objection on or before the closing on the Closing Date or  consummation
of the transactions on the Funding and Consummation Date,  respectively,  except
that  no  such   waiver   shall  be  deemed  to  affect  the   survival  of  the
representations and warranties of the COMPANY and the STOCKHOLDERS  contained in
Section 5 hereof.


                                       51
<PAGE>

         9.1  REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES.   All  the  representations  and
warranties of the STOCKHOLDERS  and the COMPANY  contained in this Agreement (as
amended by any  amendment  or  supplement  to a Schedule  that has  received the
requisite consents contemplated by Section 7.8) shall be true and correct in all
material  respects as of the Closing Date and the Funding and Consummation  Date
with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made
on and as of such  date;  and  the  STOCKHOLDERS  shall  have  delivered  to CEI
certificates dated the Closing Date and signed by them to such effect.

         9.2  PERFORMANCE  OF  OBLIGATIONS.  All of  the  terms,  covenants  and
conditions  of  this   Agreement  to  be  complied  with  or  performed  by  the
STOCKHOLDERS  and the  COMPANY  on or before  each of the  Closing  Date and the
Funding and Consummation Date shall have been duly performed or complied with in
all material  respects on or before each of the Closing Date and the Funding and
Consummation Date, as the case may be; and the STOCKHOLDERS shall have delivered
to CEI  certificates  dated the Closing  Date and the  Funding and  Consummation
Date, respectively, and signed by them to such effect.

         9.3 NO LITIGATION.  No action or proceeding before a court or any other
governmental agency or body shall have been instituted or threatened to restrain
or prohibit the Merger or the IPO and no governmental  agency or body shall have
taken  any  other  action  or made any  request  of CEI as a result of which the
management  of CEI  deems  it  inadvisable  to  proceed  with  the  transactions
hereunder.

         9.4 SECRETARY'S  CERTIFICATE.  CEI shall have received a certificate or
certificates,  dated each of the Closing  Date and the Funding and  Consummation
Date and  signed  by the  secretary  of the  COMPANY,  certifying  the truth and
correctness  of  attached  copies of the  COMPANY's  Certificate  or Articles of
Incorporation  (including  amendments  thereto),  By-Laws (including  amendments
thereto),  and  resolutions  of the  board  of  directors  and the  STOCKHOLDERS
approving the COMPANY's entering into this Agreement and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby.

         9.5 NO MATERIAL  ADVERSE  CHANGE.  As of the Closing Date and as of the
Funding and Consummation Date, no event or circumstance shall have occurred with
respect to the COMPANY which would constitute a Material Adverse Effect, and the
COMPANY  shall not 


                                       52
<PAGE>

have suffered any material  loss or damages to any of its  properties or assets,
whether or not covered by  insurance,  which change,  loss or damage  materially
affects or impairs the ability of the COMPANY to conduct its business.

         9.6 STOCKHOLDERS' RELEASE. The STOCKHOLDERS shall have delivered to CEI
an instrument  dated the Closing Date releasing the COMPANY from any and all (i)
claims of the  STOCKHOLDERS  against the COMPANY and CEI and (ii) obligations of
the  COMPANY  and CEI to the  STOCKHOLDERS,  except  for (x) items  specifically
identified on Schedules  5.10 and 5.15 as being claims of or  obligations to the
STOCKHOLDERS,  (y) continuing  obligations to the STOCKHOLDERS relating to their
employment by the COMPANY and (z)  obligations  arising under this  Agreement or
the transactions contemplated hereby.

         9.7  TERMINATION  OF RELATED PARTY  AGREEMENTS.  Except as set forth on
Schedule  9.7, or as  contemplated  by Section  9.12,  all  existing  agreements
between the COMPANY and the  STOCKHOLDERS  shall have been  cancelled  effective
prior to or as of the Funding and Consummation Date.

         9.8 OPINION OF COUNSEL. CEI shall have received an opinion from Counsel
to the COMPANY and the  STOCKHOLDERS,  dated the  Closing  Date and  including a
statement  to the  effect  that  it may be  relied  upon as of the  Funding  and
Consummation  Date,  substantially  in the form annexed hereto as Annex VII, and
the  Underwriters  shall have  received a copy of the same opinion  addressed to
them.

         9.9 CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.  All necessary consents of and filings with
any  governmental  authority  or  agency  relating  to the  consummation  of the
transactions  contemplated  herein  shall  have been  obtained  and made and all
consents and approvals of third parties  listed on Schedule 5.23 shall have been
obtained.

         9.10 GOOD STANDING  CERTIFICATES.  The COMPANY shall have  delivered to
CEI a  certificate,  dated as of a date no  earlier  than five days prior to the
Closing  Date,  duly issued by the  appropriate  governmental  authority  in the
COMPANY's  state of  incorporation  and,  unless waived by CEI, in each state in
which the COMPANY is authorized  to do business,  showing the COMPANY is in good
standing and authorized to do business and that all state franchise and/or


                                       53
<PAGE>

income  tax  returns  and taxes for the  COMPANY  for all  periods  prior to the
Closing have been filed and paid.

         9.11 REGISTRATION STATEMENT. The Registration Statement shall have been
declared effective by the SEC.

         9.12 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT.  Each of the persons listed on Schedule 9.12
shall have entered into an  employment  agreement  substantially  in the form of
Annex VIII hereto.

         9.13  CLOSING OF IPO.  The  closing of the sale of the CEI Stock to the
Underwriters in the IPO shall have occurred  simultaneously with the Funding and
Consummation Date hereunder.

         9.14 FIRPTA CERTIFICATE. Each STOCKHOLDER shall have delivered to CEI a
certificate  to the effect  that he or she is not a foreign  person  pursuant to
Section 1.1445-2(b) of the Treasury regulations.

10. COVENANTS OF CEI AND THE STOCKHOLDERS AFTER CLOSING

         10.1 RELEASE FROM  GUARANTEES;  REPAYMENT OF CERTAIN  OBLIGATIONS.  CEI
shall use its best efforts to have the  STOCKHOLDERS  released  from any and all
guarantees on any indebtedness that they personally  guaranteed and from any and
all pledges of assets  that they  pledged to secure  such  indebtedness  for the
benefit of the COMPANY,  with all such guarantees on indebtedness  being assumed
by CEI. In the event that CEI cannot  obtain such  releases  from the lenders of
any such  guaranteed  indebtedness  on or prior  to 180 days  subsequent  to the
Funding and  Consummation  Date,  CEI shall pay off or  otherwise  refinance  or
retire such indebtedness.

         10.2   PRESERVATION  OF  TAX  AND  ACCOUNTING   TREATMENT.   Except  as
contemplated by this Agreement or the Registration Statement,  after the Funding
and  Consummation  Date,  CEI  shall  not  and  shall  not  permit  any  of  its
subsidiaries  to undertake any act that would  jeopardize the tax-free status of
the organization, including liquidate or merge the COMPANY into CEI.

         10.3 PREPARATION AND FILING OF TAX RETURNS.

               (i) The COMPANY shall, if possible, file or cause to be filed all
          separate  Returns of any Acquired  Party for all taxable  periods that
          end on or before the Funding and


                                       54
<PAGE>

          Consummation  Date. Each STOCKHOLDER shall pay or cause to be paid all
          Tax  liabilities  (in excess of all amounts  already paid with respect
          thereto or properly  accrued or reserved  with respect  thereto on the
          COMPANY Financial Statements) shown by such Returns to be due.

               (ii) CEI shall file or cause to be filed all separate Returns of,
          or that include,  any Acquired  Party for all taxable  periods  ending
          after the Funding and Consummation Date.

               (iii) Each party hereto shall,  and shall cause its  subsidiaries
          and  affiliates  to,  provide to each of the other parties hereto such
          cooperation  and  information as any of them reasonably may request in
          filing any Return,  amended Return or claim for refund,  determining a
          liability for Taxes or a right to refund of Taxes or in conducting any
          audit or other  proceeding in respect of Taxes.  Such  cooperation and
          information shall include providing copies of all relevant portions of
          relevant Returns,  together with relevant  accompanying  schedules and
          relevant work papers,  relevant documents relating to rulings or other
          determinations by Taxing  Authorities and relevant records  concerning
          the ownership and Tax basis of property, which such party may possess.
          Each party shall make its employees reasonably available on a mutually
          convenient  basis at its cost to provide  explanation of any documents
          or information so provided.  Subject to the preceding  sentence,  each
          party required to file Returns  pursuant to this Agreement  shall bear
          all costs of filing such Returns.

               (iv) Each of the COMPANY,  NEWCO, CEI and each STOCKHOLDER  shall
          comply with the tax reporting  requirements  of Section 1.351-3 of the
          Treasury  Regulations  promulgated  under  the  Code,  and  treat  the
          transaction  as a transfer of  property  under  Section  351(a) of the
          Code.

         10.4  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.  The  persons  named in the  registration
statement shall be appointed as directors and elected as officers of CEI, as and
to the extent set forth in the registration  statement,  promptly  following the
Funding and Consummation Date.

         10.5 PRESERVATION OF EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.  Following the Funding and
Consummation Date, CEI shall not terminate any health insurance,  life insurance
or  401(k)  plan in  effect  at the  COMPANY  until  such time as CEI is able to
replace such plan with a plan that is


                                       55
<PAGE>

applicable to CEI and all of its then existing  subsidiaries.  CEI shall have no
obligation to provide  replacement plans that have the same terms and provisions
as the  existing  plans,  provided,  that any new  health  insurance  plan shall
provide for coverage for preexisting conditions.

11. INDEMNIFICATION

         The STOCKHOLDERS,  CEI and NEWCO each make the following covenants that
are applicable to them, respectively:

         11.1 GENERAL  INDEMNIFICATION  BY THE  STOCKHOLDERS.  The  STOCKHOLDERS
covenant and agree that they,  jointly and severally,  will  indemnify,  defend,
protect and hold harmless CEI, NEWCO, the COMPANY and the Surviving  Corporation
at all times,  from and after the date of this  Agreement  until the  Expiration
Date,  from and  against  all  claims,  damages,  actions,  suits,  proceedings,
demands, assessments,  adjustments,  costs and expenses (including specifically,
but without  limitation,  reasonable  attorneys' fees and reasonable expenses of
investigation)  incurred by CEI, NEWCO, the COMPANY or the Surviving Corporation
as a  result  of or  arising  from (i) any  breach  of the  representations  and
warranties  of the  STOCKHOLDERS  or the COMPANY set forth herein (as amended by
any  amendment or  supplement  to a Schedule  that has  received  the  requisite
consents  contemplated  by  Section  7.8) or on the  schedules  or  certificates
delivered in connection herewith as of the date made and as of the date any such
representations and warranties are re-confirmed,  (ii) any breach on the part of
the STOCKHOLDERS or the COMPANY of any agreement under this Agreement, (iii) any
liability  under the 1933  Act,  the 1934 Act or other  Federal  or state law or
regulation, at common law or otherwise,  either (1) arising out of or based upon
any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact  relating  to  the  COMPANY  or the
STOCKHOLDERS,  and  provided  to CEI  or  its  counsel  by  the  COMPANY  or the
STOCKHOLDERS  for  inclusion in the  Registration  Statement  or any  prospectus
forming a part thereof,  or any amendment thereof or supplement  thereto, or (2)
arising  out of or based upon any  omission  to state  therein a  material  fact
relating to the  COMPANY or the  STOCKHOLDERS  required to be stated  therein or
necessary  to make the  statements  therein  not  misleading,  (iv) the  matters
described  on Schedule  11.1(iv) or (v) any Tax imposed  upon or 


                                       56
<PAGE>

relating to any third party for a  pre-Funding  and  Consummation  Date  period,
including,  in each case, any such Tax for which an Acquired Party may be liable
under Section 1.1502-6 of the Treasury Regulations (or any similar provisions of
state,  local of foreign  law),  as a transferee  or  successor,  by contract or
otherwise,  provided,  however,  (A) that in the case of any  indemnity  arising
pursuant to clause (iii),  such indemnity shall not inure to the benefit of CEI,
NEWCO,  the COMPANY or the Surviving  Corporation to the extent that such untrue
statement was made in, or omission  occurred in, any preliminary  prospectus and
the STOCKHOLDERS provided, in writing,  corrected information to CEI counsel and
to CEI for inclusion in the final  prospectus,  and such  information was not so
included or properly delivered,  and (B) that no STOCKHOLDER shall be liable for
any  indemnification  obligation  pursuant  to this  Section  11.1 to the extent
attributable  to a breach of any  representation,  warranty  or  agreement  made
herein individually by any other STOCKHOLDER.

         11.2  INDEMNIFICATION  BY CEI.  CEI  covenants  and agrees that it will
indemnify,  defend, protect and hold harmless the STOCKHOLDERS at all times from
and after the date of this Agreement until the Expiration Date, from and against
all  claims,  damages,  actions,  suits,  proceedings,   demands,   assessments,
adjustments, costs and expenses (including specifically, but without limitation,
reasonable  attorneys'  fees and  expenses  of  investigation)  incurred  by the
STOCKHOLDERS  as a result of or  arising  from (i) any breach by CEI or NEWCO of
its representations and warranties set forth herein (as amended by any amendment
or  supplement   to  a  Schedule  that  has  received  the  requisite   consents
contemplated  by Section 7.8) or on the schedules or  certificates  delivered in
connection  herewith  as  of  the  date  made  and  as  of  the  date  any  such
representations and warranties are re-confirmed,  (ii) any breach on the part of
CEI or NEWCO of any agreement  under this  Agreement,  (iii) any liability which
the STOCKHOLDERS may incur due to CEI's or NEWCO's failure to be responsible for
the  liabilities  and obligations of the COMPANY as provided in Section 1 hereof
(except to the extent that CEI or NEWCO has claims against the  STOCKHOLDERS  by
reason of such liabilities); (iv) any liability under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act
or other Federal or state law or regulation, at common law or otherwise,  either
(1)  arising  out of or based  upon any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact
relating to CEI, NEWCO or any of the Other  Founding  Companies for inclusion in


                                       57
<PAGE>

any preliminary prospectus, the Registration Statement or any prospectus forming
a part thereof,  or any amendment thereof or supplement  thereto, or (2) arising
out of or based upon any omission to state  therein a material  fact relating to
CEI or  NEWCO or any of the  Other  Founding  Companies  required  to be  stated
therein or  necessary  to make the  statements  therein not  misleading  (v) the
matters  described on Schedule 11.2(v) or (vi) any liability under the 1933 Act,
the  1934  Act or other  Federal  or state  law  regulation,  at  common  law or
otherwise as a result of CEI's failure to include in the Registration  Statement
any information provided at least ten days prior to the Funding and Consummation
Date  by the  COMPANY  or the  STOCKHOLDERS  in  writing  to CEI or its  counsel
specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement.

         11.3 THIRD PERSON CLAIMS.  Promptly after any party hereto (hereinafter
the "Indemnified Party") has received notice of or has knowledge of any claim by
a person not a party to this Agreement ("Third Person"),  or the commencement of
any action or proceeding by a Third Person,  the  Indemnified  Party shall, as a
condition precedent to a claim with respect thereto being made against any party
obligated  to provide  indemnification  pursuant to Section  11.1 or 11.2 hereof
(hereinafter the  "Indemnifying  Party"),  give the  Indemnifying  Party written
notice of such claim or the  commencement  of such  action or  proceeding.  Such
notice  shall  state the  nature  and the basis of such  claim and a  reasonable
estimate of the amount thereof.  The Indemnifying  Party shall have the right to
defend and settle, at its own expense and by its own counsel, any such matter so
long as the  Indemnifying  Party pursues the same in good faith and  diligently,
provided that the  Indemnifying  Party shall not settle any criminal  proceeding
without the written  consent of the  Indemnified  Party  unless the  Indemnified
Party is fully released and exonerated.  If the Indemnifying Party undertakes to
defend  or  settle,  it  shall  promptly  notify  the  Indemnified  Party of its
intention  to do  so,  and  the  Indemnified  Party  shall  cooperate  with  the
Indemnifying  Party and its counsel in the defense thereof and in any settlement
thereof. Such cooperation shall include, but shall not be limited to, furnishing
the  Indemnifying  Party  with any  books,  records  or  information  reasonably
requested  by  the  Indemnifying  Party  that  are in  the  Indemnified  Party's
possession or control.  All  Indemnified  Parties shall endeavor to use the same
counsel,  which shall be the counsel  selected by Indemnifying  Party,  provided
that if counsel to the  Indemnifying  Party shall have a conflict of interest in
the opinion of such counsel 


                                       58
<PAGE>

that  prevents  counsel  for  the  Indemnifying   Party  from  representing  the
Indemnified  Party, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in
such matter  through  counsel of its own  choosing and  Indemnifying  Party will
reimburse the Indemnified  Party for the reasonable  expenses of its counsel and
experts.  After the Indemnifying Party has notified the Indemnified Party of its
intention to undertake to defend or settle any such asserted liability,  and for
so  long  as  the  Indemnifying  Party  diligently  pursues  such  defense,  the
Indemnifying  Party  shall  not be  liable  for any  additional  legal  expenses
incurred by the  Indemnified  Party in connection with any defense or settlement
of such asserted  liability,  except (i) as set forth in the preceding  sentence
and (ii) to the extent  such  participation  is  requested  by the  Indemnifying
Party,  in  which  event  the  Indemnified  Party  shall  be  reimbursed  by the
Indemnifying  Party for reasonable  additional legal expenses and  out-of-pocket
expenses.  If the  Indemnifying  Party  desires  to accept a final and  complete
settlement of any such Third Person claim and the  Indemnified  Party refuses to
consent to such settlement,  then the Indemnifying  Party's liability under this
Section  with  respect to such Third Person claim shall be limited to the amount
so offered in settlement to said Third Person, and the Indemnifying  Party, upon
payment of such settlement amount to such Third Person, shall be deemed released
from  any  and  all  obligation  or  liability  with  respect  thereto.  If  the
Indemnifying  Party  does not  undertake  to  defend  such  matter  to which the
Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification  hereunder, or fails diligently
to pursue such defense, the Indemnified Party may undertake such defense through
counsel of its choice,  at the cost and expense of the  Indemnifying  Party, and
the Indemnified Party may settle such matter,  and the Indemnifying  Party shall
reimburse the  Indemnified  Party for the amount paid in such settlement and any
other  liabilities or expenses  incurred by the Indemnified  Party in connection
therewith,  provided, however, that under no circumstances shall the Indemnified
Party  settle  any  Third  Person  claim  without  the  written  consent  of the
Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
All  settlements  hereunder  shall effect a complete  release of the Indemnified
Party,  unless the Indemnified  Party otherwise  agrees in writing.  The parties
hereto will make appropriate  adjustments for insurance  proceeds in determining
the amount of any indemnification obligation under this Section.


                                       59
<PAGE>

         11.4 EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. The indemnification provided for in this Section
11 shall (except as  prohibited by ERISA) be the exclusive  remedy in any action
seeking  damages or any other form of  monetary  relief  brought by any party to
this  Agreement  against  another  party,  provided that nothing herein shall be
construed to limit the right of a party,  in a proper case,  to seek  injunctive
relief for a breach of this Agreement.

         11.5  LIMITATIONS  ON   INDEMNIFICATION.   CEI,  NEWCO,  the  Surviving
Corporation  and the other persons or entities  indemnified  pursuant to Section
11.1 or 11.2  shall not assert any claim  other  than a Third  Person  claim for
indemnification  hereunder  against  the  STOCKHOLDERS  until  such time as, and
solely to the extent  that,  the  aggregate of all claims which such persons may
have against such the STOCKHOLDERS  shall exceed 1.0% of the sum of (i) the cash
paid to STOCKHOLDERS plus (ii) the value (determined in accordance with the last
paragraph  of Section  11.5) of the CEI Stock  delivered  to  STOCKHOLDERS  (the
"Indemnification Threshold"),  provided, however, that CEI, NEWCO, the Surviving
Corporation  and the other persons or entities  indemnified  pursuant to Section
11.1 may assert and shall be indemnified for any claim under Section 11.1(iv) or
11.1(v) at any time,  regardless  of whether the  aggregate  of all claims which
such persons may have against any  STOCKHOLDER or all  STOCKHOLDERS  exceeds the
Indemnification Threshold, it being understood that the amount of any such claim
under   Section   11.1(iv)  or  11.1(v)   shall  not  be  counted   towards  the
Indemnification   Threshold.   STOCKHOLDERS  shall  not  assert  any  claim  for
indemnification hereunder against CEI or NEWCO until such time as, and solely to
the extent that, the aggregate of all claims which STOCKHOLDERS may have against
CEI or NEWCO shall exceed $50,000, provided,  however, that STOCKHOLDERS and the
other  persons or entities  indemnified  pursuant to Section 11.2 may assert and
shall be indemnified for any claim under Section 11.2(v) at any time, regardless
of whether the  aggregate  of all claims which such persons may have against any
of CEI, or NEWCO exceeds  $50,000,  it being  understood  that the amount of any
such claim under  Section  11.2(v)  shall not be counted  towards  such  $50,000
amount. No person shall be entitled to indemnification  under this Section 11 if
and to the extent that such person's  claim for  indemnification  is directly or
indirectly related to a breach by such person of any  representation,  warranty,
covenant or other agreement set forth in this Agreement.


                                       60
<PAGE>

         Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement (except the proviso to
this  sentence),  no  STOCKHOLDER  shall be liable  under this Section 11 for an
amount  which  exceeds the amount of proceeds  received by such  STOCKHOLDER  in
connection  with  the  Merger,  provided  that a  STOCKHOLDER's  indemnification
obligations  pursuant  to  Section  11.1(iv)  or 11.1(v)  shall not be  limited.
Indemnity obligations hereunder may satisfied through the payment of cash or the
delivery of CEI Stock, or a combination thereof. For purposes of calculating the
value of the CEI Stock  received or delivered by a STOCKHOLDER  (for purposes of
determining the Indemnification Threshold, the limitation on indemnity set forth
in the second  preceding  sentence and the amount of any  indemnity  paid),  CEI
Stock shall be valued at its initial  public  offering price as set forth in the
Registration Statement.

12. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

          12.1  Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior
to the Closing Date solely:

     (i) by mutual consent of the boards of directors of CEI and the COMPANY;

     (ii) by the  STOCKHOLDERS  or the  COMPANY  (acting  through  its  board of
directors),  on the one hand, or by CEI (acting through its board of directors),
on the other hand, if the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement to take
place at the Closing shall not have been consummated by October 31, 1997, unless
the failure of such transactions to be consummated is due to the willful failure
of  the  party  seeking  to  terminate  this  Agreement  to  perform  any of its
obligations  under this  Agreement to the extent  required to be performed by it
prior to or on the Funding and Consummation Date;

     (iii) by the  STOCKHOLDERS  or COMPANY,  on the one hand, or by CEI, on the
other hand, if a material  breach or default shall be made by the other party in
the  observance or in the due and timely  performance  of any of the  covenants,
agreements or conditions  contained herein, and the curing of such default shall
not have been made on or before the Funding and Consummation Date;

     (iv) pursuant to Section 7.8 hereof; or

     (v) pursuant to Section 4 hereof.


                                       61
<PAGE>

         12.2 LIABILITIES IN EVENT OF TERMINATION. Except as provided in Section
7.8  hereof,  the  termination  of  this  Agreement  will  in no way  limit  any
obligation  or  liability  of any  party  based on or  arising  from a breach or
default by such party with  respect to any of its  representations,  warranties,
covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement  including,  but not limited
to, legal and audit costs and out of pocket expenses.

13. NONCOMPETITION

         13.1 PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES.  The STOCKHOLDERS will not, for a period of
three (3) years  following  the Funding and  Consummation  Date,  for any reason
whatsoever,  directly  or  indirectly,  for  themselves  or on  behalf  of or in
conjunction with any other person, company, partnership, corporation or business
of whatever nature:

         (i) engage, as an officer, director, shareholder, owner, partner, joint
venturer,  or in a  managerial  capacity,  whether as an  employee,  independent
contractor,  consultant  or  advisor,  or  as a  sales  representative,  in  any
collectibles   retailing  and  animation  art  marketing  businesses  in  direct
competition  with CEI or any of the  subsidiaries  thereof,  within  the  United
States of  America  or  within  100  miles of where  the  COMPANY  or any of its
subsidiaries or any of the Other Founding Companies  conducted business prior to
the effectiveness of the Merger (the "Territory") ;

         (ii) call upon any person who is, at that time,  within the  Territory,
an  employee  of  CEI   (including   the   subsidiaries   thereof)  in  a  sales
representative  or  managerial  capacity  for the  purpose or with the intent of
enticing  such  employee  away from or out of the employ of CEI  (including  the
subsidiaries thereof), provided that each STOCKHOLDER shall be permitted to call
upon and hire any member of his or her immediate family;

         (iii) call upon any person or entity  which is, at that time,  or which
has been,  within one (1) year prior to the Funding  and  Consummation  Date,  a
customer of CEI (including the subsidiaries  thereof),  of the COMPANY or of any
of the  Other  Founding  Companies  within  the  Territory  for the  purpose  of
soliciting or selling products or services in direct competition with CEI within
the Territory;


                                       62
<PAGE>

         (iv)  call  upon  any  prospective   acquisition   candidate,   on  any
STOCKHOLDER's  own  behalf or on behalf of any  competitor  in the  collectibles
retailing and animation art marketing businesses, which candidate, to the actual
knowledge  of  such  STOCKHOLDER  after  due  inquiry,  was  called  upon by CEI
(including the  subsidiaries  thereof) or for which, to the actual  knowledge of
such  STOCKHOLDER  after due inquiry,  CEI (or any  subsidiary  thereof) made an
acquisition analysis, for the purpose of acquiring such entity; or

         (v)  disclose  customers,  whether in  existence  or  proposed,  of the
COMPANY to any person, firm, partnership, corporation or business for any reason
or purpose  whatsoever  except to the extent  that the  COMPANY  has in the past
disclosed such information to the public for valid business reasons.

         Notwithstanding  the above, the foregoing  covenant shall not be deemed
to prohibit any  STOCKHOLDER  from  acquiring as an investment not more than two
percent (2%) of the capital stock of a competing  business whose stock is traded
on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter.

         13.2 DAMAGES. Because of the difficulty of measuring economic losses to
CEI as a result  of a breach  of the  foregoing  covenant,  and  because  of the
immediate and irreparable  damage that could be caused to CEI for which it would
have no other adequate  remedy,  each  STOCKHOLDER  agrees that, in the event of
breach by such  STOCKHOLDER,  the  foregoing  covenant may be enforced by CEI by
injunctions and restraining orders.

         13.3 REASONABLE RESTRAINT.  It is agreed by the parties hereto that the
foregoing  covenants  in this  Section 13 impose a  reasonable  restraint on the
STOCKHOLDERS  in light of the  activities  and  business of CEI  (including  the
subsidiaries  thereof) on the date of the  execution of this  Agreement  and the
current plans of CEI.

         13.4  SEVERABILITY;  REFORMATION.  The covenants in this Section 13 are
severable and separate,  and the unenforceability of any specific covenant shall
not affect the  provisions  of any other  covenant.  Moreover,  in the event any
court  of  competent  jurisdiction  shall  determine  that  the  scope,  time or
territorial restrictions set forth are unreasonable, then it is the intention of
the parties that such  restrictions  be enforced to the fullest extent which the
court deems reasonable, and this Agreement shall thereby be reformed.


                                       63
<PAGE>

         13.5  INDEPENDENT  COVENANT.  All of the  covenants  in this Section 13
shall be construed as an agreement  independent  of any other  provision in this
Agreement,  and the existence of any claim or cause of action of any STOCKHOLDER
against CEI (including the  subsidiaries  thereof),  whether  predicated on this
Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by CEI
of such covenants.  It is specifically agreed that the period of three (3) years
stated at the  beginning of this Section 13,  during  which the  agreements  and
covenants of each STOCKHOLDER made in this Section 13 shall be effective,  shall
be computed  by  excluding  from such  computation  any time  during  which such
STOCKHOLDER  is in violation of any  provision of this Section 13. The covenants
contained  in  Section  13 shall  not be  affected  by any  breach  of any other
provision  hereof  by  any  party  hereto  and  shall  have  no  effect  if  the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not consummated.

         13.6  MATERIALITY.  The COMPANY and the STOCKHOLDERS  hereby agree that
this covenant is a material and substantial part of this transaction.

14.  NONDISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

         14.1 STOCKHOLDERS. The STOCKHOLDERS recognize and acknowledge that they
had in the past,  currently have, and in the future may have,  access to certain
confidential  information of the COMPANY,  the Other Founding Companies,  and/or
CEI,  such as  operational  policies,  and  pricing and cost  policies  that are
valuable,  special  and  unique  assets of the  COMPANY's,  the  Other  Founding
Companies' and/or CEI's respective businesses.  The STOCKHOLDERS agree that they
will  not  disclose  such   confidential   information  to  any  person,   firm,
corporation,  association or other entity for any purpose or reason  whatsoever,
except (a) to authorized representatives of CEI, (b) following the Closing, such
information may be disclosed by the STOCKHOLDERS as is required in the course of
performing their duties for CEI or the Surviving  Corporation and (c) to counsel
and other  advisers,  provided that such advisers  (other than counsel) agree to
the confidentiality provisions of this Section 14.1, unless (i) such information
becomes known to the public generally through no fault of any such STOCKHOLDERS,
(ii)  disclosure is required by law or the order of any  governmental  authority
under color of law, provided,  that prior to disclosing any information pursuant
to this clause (ii),


                                       64
<PAGE>

the STOCKHOLDERS  shall give prior written notice thereof to CEI and provide CEI
with the opportunity to contest such  disclosure,  or (iii) the disclosing party
reasonably  believes that such  disclosure  is required in  connection  with the
defense of a lawsuit  against the disclosing  party. In the event of a breach or
threatened  breach by any of the  STOCKHOLDERS of the provisions of this Section
14, CEI shall be entitled to an injunction  restraining such  STOCKHOLDERS  from
disclosing, in whole or in part, such confidential  information.  Nothing herein
shall be construed as prohibiting CEI from pursuing any other  available  remedy
for such breach or threatened breach,  including the recovery of damages. In the
event the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement are not consummated,  the
STOCKHOLDERS  shall  have  none of the  above-mentioned  restrictions  on  their
ability to disseminate confidential information with respect to the COMPANY.

         14.2 CEI AND NEWCO.  CEI and NEWCO recognize and acknowledge  that they
had in the past and currently have access to certain confidential information of
the COMPANY,  such as operational  policies,  and pricing and cost policies that
are valuable, special and unique assets of the COMPANY's business. CEI and NEWCO
agree that, prior to the Closing,  or if the  Transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement are not consummated,  they will not use or disclose such  confidential
information to any person,  firm,  corporation,  association or other entity for
any purpose or reason  whatsoever,  except (a) to authorized  representatives of
the COMPANY,  (b) to counsel and other  advisers,  provided  that such  advisors
(other than  counsel)  agree to the  confidentiality  provisions of this Section
14.1 and (c) to the Other Founding Companies and their  representatives who have
agreed to maintain  confidentiality  pursuant to Section 7.1(a), unless (i) such
information  becomes  known to the public  generally  through no fault of CEI or
NEWCO,  (ii)  disclosure  is  required  by law or the order of any  governmental
authority under color of law, provided, that prior to disclosing any information
pursuant to this clause  (ii),  CEI and NEWCO  shall,  if  possible,  give prior
written  notice  thereof to the  COMPANY  and the  STOCKHOLDERS  and provide the
COMPANY and the STOCKHOLDERS with the opportunity to contest such disclosure, or
(iii) the disclosing party reasonably  believes that such disclosure is required
in connection with the defense of a lawsuit against the disclosing party. In the
event of a breach or threatened breach by CEI or NEWCO of the provisions of this
Section, the COMPANY and the


                                       65
<PAGE>

STOCKHOLDERS  shall be entitled to an injunction  restraining CEI and NEWCO from
disclosing, in whole or in part, such confidential  information.  Nothing herein
shall be construed as prohibiting the COMPANY and the STOCKHOLDERS from pursuing
any other available remedy for such breach or threatened  breach,  including the
recovery of damages. Upon any termination of this Agreement, CEI and NEWCO shall
return all confidential  information of the Company then in their possession and
shall use commercially  reasonable efforts to cause the Other Founding Companies
to return all confidential information of the Company then in their possession.

         14.3 DAMAGES. Because of the difficulty of measuring economic losses as
a result of the breach of the foregoing covenants in Sections 14.1 and 14.2, and
because of the immediate and  irreparable  damage that would be caused for which
they would have no other adequate remedy,  the parties hereto agree that, in the
event of a breach by any of them of the foregoing covenants, the covenant may be
enforced against the other parties by injunctions and restraining orders.

         14.4  SURVIVAL.  The  obligations  of the parties under this Article 14
shall survive the  termination of this Agreement for a period of five years from
the Funding and Consummation Date, or in the event this Agreement in terminated,
for a period of five years from the date of termination.

15. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

         15.1  TRANSFER  RESTRICTIONS.  Except for  transfers  (i) to  immediate
family  members  who  agree to be bound by the  restrictions  set  forth in this
Section 15.1 (or trusts for the benefit of the  STOCKHOLDERS  or family members,
the  trustees  of  which  so  agree),  (ii)  pursuant  to Rule 144 (as it may be
amended)  under  the 1933  Act,  (iii)  pursuant  to  Section  17 hereof or (iv)
following the first anniversary of the Funding and Consummation  Date,  pursuant
to an exemption from registration  under the Act and applicable state securities
laws,  none of the  STOCKHOLDERS  shall (i) sell,  assign,  exchange,  transfer,
encumber, pledge, distribute,  appoint or otherwise dispose of (a) any shares of
CEI  Stock  received  by the  STOCKHOLDERS  in the  Merger  or (b) any  interest
(including, without limitation, an option to buy or sell) in any


                                       66
<PAGE>

such shares of CEI Stock,  in whole or in part, and no such  attempted  transfer
shall  be  treated  as  effective  for  any  purpose;  or  (ii)  engage  in  any
transaction,  whether  or not with  respect  to any  shares  of CEI Stock or any
interest therein,  the intent or effect of which is to reduce the risk of owning
the shares of CEI Stock acquired pursuant to Section 2 hereof (including, by way
of example and not limitation,  engaging in put, call,  short-sale,  straddle or
similar market  transactions).  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the STOCKHOLDERS
may  encumber or pledge any of such shares of CEI Stock  provided the pledgee or
other  beneficiary  of such  encumbrance  or  pledge  agrees  to be bound by the
provisions  of  this  Section  as  if  a  STOCKHOLDER  and  party  hereto.   The
certificates  evidencing the CEI Stock delivered to the STOCKHOLDERS pursuant to
Section 3 of this  Agreement  will bear a legend  substantially  in the form set
forth below and containing  such other  information as CEI may deem necessary or
appropriate: 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, EXCHANGED,
TRANSFERRED,  ENCUMBERED, PLEDGED, DISTRIBUTED,  APPOINTED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED
OF, AND THE ISSUER SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO GIVE EFFECT TO ANY  ATTEMPTED  SALE,
ASSIGNMENT, EXCHANGE, TRANSFER, ENCUMBRANCE,  PLEDGE, DISTRIBUTION,  APPOINTMENT
OR OTHER  DISPOSITION  PRIOR TO  [anniversary of Funding and  Consummation  Date
corresponding to end of Rule 144 holding  period][(PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, THAT SUCH
SHARES MAY BE ENCUMBERED OR PLEDGED PROVIDED THE PLEDGEE OR OTHER BENEFICIARY OF
SUCH  ENCUMBRANCE  OR  PLEDGE  AGREES  TO BE  BOUND BY THE  PROVISIONS  OF THESE
RESTRICTIONS  TO THE SAME  EXTENT  AS THE  HOLDER  THEREOF)].  UPON THE  WRITTEN
REQUEST OF THE HOLDER OF THIS  CERTIFICATE,  THE  ISSUER  AGREES TO REMOVE  THIS
RESTRICTIVE LEGEND (AND ANY STOP ORDER PLACED WITH THE TRANSFER AGENT) AFTER THE
DATE SPECIFIED ABOVE (AS IT MAY BE REDUCED AS PROVIDED HEREIN).

16. FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES ACT REPRESENTATIONS

The STOCKHOLDERS acknowledge that the shares of CEI Stock to be delivered to the
STOCKHOLDERS pursuant to this Agreement have not been and will not be registered
under  the Act or any  state  securities  laws and  therefore  may not be resold
without  compliance with the Act and any applicable  state  securities laws. The
CEI Stock to be acquired by the STOCKHOLDERS pursuant to this Agreement is being
acquired solely for their own respective


                                       67
<PAGE>

accounts,  for  investment  purposes  only,  and with no  present  intention  of
distributing,  selling  or  otherwise  disposing  of it  in  connection  with  a
distribution.

         16.1  COMPLIANCE  WITH LAW.  The  STOCKHOLDERS  covenant,  warrant  and
represent that none of the shares of CEI Stock issued to the  STOCKHOLDERS  will
be offered,  sold,  assigned,  pledged,  hypothecated,  transferred or otherwise
disposed of except after full compliance  with all of the applicable  provisions
of the 1933  Act and the  rules  and  regulations  of the SEC or any  applicable
exemption  therefrom.  All the CEI  Stock  shall  bear the  following  legend in
addition to the legend required under Section 15 of this Agreement:

THE SHARES  REPRESENTED BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933,  AS AMENDED (THE "ACT").  THE SHARES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED
FOR  INVESTMENT  AND  MAY  NOT  BE  SOLD,  ASSIGNED,   EXCHANGED,   TRANSFERRED,
ENCUMBERED,  PLEDGED,  DISTRIBUTED,  APPOINTED OR  OTHERWISE  DISPOSED OF EXCEPT
PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SHARES UNDER THE ACT OR
AN EXEMPTION FROM THE  REGISTRATION  REQUIREMENTS  OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE
STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS AND, IF REQUIRED BY COLLECTIBLES  ENTERPRISES,  INC., AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL TO COLLECTIBLES  ENTERPRISES,  INC. STATING THAT REGISTRATION
IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT.

         16.2 ECONOMIC  RISK;  SOPHISTICATION.  The  STOCKHOLDERS  represent and
warrant that they are able to bear the economic risk of an investment in the CEI
Stock acquired pursuant to this Agreement, can afford to sustain a total loss of
such investment and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business
matters that they are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the proposed
investment in the CEI Stock.  The  STOCKHOLDERS  represent and warrant that they
have had an adequate  opportunity to ask questions and receive  answers from the
officers  of CEI  concerning  any and all matters  relating to the  transactions
described herein including, without limitation, the background and experience of
the  current and  proposed  officers  and  directors  of CEI,  the plans for the
operations  of the  business of CEI,  the  business,  operations  and  financial
condition  of the  Other  Founding  Companies,  and  any  plans  for  additional
acquisitions and the like. The STOCKHOLDERS  have asked any and all questions in
the nature  described  in the  preceding  sentence and all  questions  have been
answered to their satisfaction.


                                       68
<PAGE>

17. REGISTRATION RIGHTS

         17.1 PIGGYBACK  REGISTRATION  RIGHTS. At any time following the Funding
and Consummation  Date,  whenever CEI proposes to register any CEI Stock for its
own or others' account under the 1933 Act for a public offering,  other than (i)
any shelf registration of shares to be used as consideration for acquisitions of
additional businesses by CEI and (ii) registrations relating to employee benefit
plans,  CEI shall give each of the  STOCKHOLDERS  prompt  written  notice of its
intent to do so.  Upon the  written  request  of any of the  STOCKHOLDERS  given
within 30 days after  receipt of such notice,  CEI shall cause to be included in
such  registration all of the CEI Stock issued to the  STOCKHOLDERS  pursuant to
this Agreement which any such STOCKHOLDER requests, provided that CEI shall have
the right to reduce the number of shares to be  included by the  STOCKHOLDER  in
such  registration  to the extent that  inclusion of such shares  could,  in the
opinion of tax counsel to CEI or its independent auditors, jeopardize the status
of the transactions  contemplated hereby and by the Registration  Statement as a
tax-free  organization.  In addition, if CEI is advised in writing in good faith
by any managing underwriter of an underwritten  offering of the securities being
offered pursuant to any registration  statement under this Section 17.1 that the
number of shares to be sold by persons other than CEI is greater than the number
of such shares which can be offered  without  adversely  affecting the offering,
CEI may reduce pro rata the number of shares  offered  for the  accounts of such
persons  (based  upon the  number  of  shares  proposed  to be sold by each such
person) to a number deemed satisfactory by such managing underwriter,  provided,
that, for each such offering made by CEI after the IPO, such reduction  shall be
made first by  reducing  the  number of shares to be sold by persons  other than
CEI, the  STOCKHOLDERS  and the  stockholders  of the Other  Founding  Companies
(collectively,  the  STOCKHOLDERS  and the  stockholders  of the other  Founding
Companies  being  referred  to  herein  as  the  "Founding  Stockholders"),  and
thereafter, if a further reduction is required, by reducing the number of shares
to be sold by the Founding Stockholders.

         17.2 DEMAND  REGISTRATION  RIGHTS.  At any time after the date one year
after the Funding and Consummation Date, the holders of a majority of the shares
of CEI Stock issued to the  stockholders of the Founding  Companies  pursuant to
this Agreement and the Other


                                       69
<PAGE>

Agreements  that have not been  previously  registered  or sold and that are not
entitled to be sold under Rule 144(k) (or any successor  provision)  promulgated
under the 1933 Act may request in writing that CEI file a registration statement
under the 1933 Act  covering the  registration  of shares of CEI Stock issued to
such  stockholders  (including  any  stock  issued  as  (or  issuable  upon  the
conversion  or exchange of any  convertible  security,  warrant,  right or other
security that is issued by CEI as) a dividend or other distribution with respect
to, or in exchange for, or in  replacement  of such CEI Stock) then held by such
stockholders (a "Demand  Registration").  Within ten (10) days of the receipt of
such  request,  CEI  shall  give  written  notice of such  request  to all other
stockholders of the Founding  Companies and shall, as soon as practicable but in
no event  later than 45 days after  notice from any such  stockholder,  file and
thereafter  use its best  efforts to cause to become  effective  a  registration
statement  covering all such  shares.  CEI shall be obligated to effect only one
Demand Registration for all stockholders of the Founding Companies.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  paragraph,  following  such a demand a
majority of CEI's disinterested  directors (i.e. directors who have not demanded
or elected to sell shares in any such public  offering)  may defer the filing of
the registration statement for a 60 day period.

         If at the  time of any  request  by the  stockholders  of the  Founding
Companies for a Demand  Registration  CEI has fixed plans to file within 60 days
after such  request a  registration  statement  covering  the sale of any of its
securities in a public  offering under the 1933 Act, no  registration of the CEI
Stock held by the  stockholders  of the  Founding  Companies  shall be initiated
under  this  Section  17.2  until  90  days  after  the  effective  date of such
registration  unless  CEI is no longer  proceeding  diligently  to  effect  such
registration;  provided that CEI shall provide the  stockholders of the Founding
Companies  the right to  participate  in such public  offering  pursuant to, and
subject to, Section 17.1 hereof.

         17.3 REGISTRATION PROCEDURES.  All expenses incurred in connection with
the  registrations  under this Article 17 (including all  registration,  filing,
qualification,  legal,  printer and accounting fees, but excluding  underwriting
commissions  and  discounts),   shall  be  borne  by  CEI.  In  connection  with
registrations  under  Sections 17.1 and 17.2, CEI shall (i) use its best efforts
to  prepare  and  file  with  the  SEC as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable,  a
registration 


                                       70
<PAGE>

statement  with  respect to the CEI Stock and use its best efforts to cause such
registration to promptly become and remain effective for a period of at least 45
days (or such shorter period during which stockholders of the Founding Companies
shall have sold all CEI Stock which they requested to be  registered);  (ii) use
its  best  efforts  to  register  and  qualify  the CEI  Stock  covered  by such
registration  statement under  applicable  state  securities laws as the holders
shall  reasonably  request for the distribution of the CEI Stock; and (iii) take
such  other  actions  as  are  reasonable  and  necessary  to  comply  with  the
requirements of the 1933 Act and the regulations thereunder.

         17.4  UNDERWRITING  AGREEMENT.  In  connection  with each  registration
pursuant to Sections 17.1 and 17.2 covering an  underwritten  registered  public
offering,  CEI and each  participating  holder  agree to  enter  into a  written
agreement  with the  managing  underwriters  in such  form and  containing  such
provisions as are customary in the  securities  business for such an arrangement
between such managing  underwriters  and companies of CEI's size and  investment
stature, including indemnification provisions.

         17.5  AVAILABILITY  OF RULE 144. CEI shall not be obligated to register
shares  of CEI  Stock  held by any  STOCKHOLDER  at any  time  when  the  resale
provisions of Rule 144(k) (or any  successor  provision)  promulgated  under the
1933 Act are available to such STOCKHOLDER for such shares.

18.  GENERAL

         18.1 COOPERATION.  The COMPANY,  the STOCKHOLDERS,  CEI and NEWCO shall
each  deliver  or  cause  to be  delivered  to  the  other  on the  Funding  and
Consummation  Date,  and at such other  times and places as shall be  reasonably
agreed to, such additional  instruments as the other may reasonably  request for
the purpose of carrying out this  Agreement.  The COMPANY will cooperate and use
its reasonable efforts to have the present officers,  directors and employees of
the COMPANY cooperate with CEI on and after the Funding and Consummation Date in
furnishing information,  evidence,  testimony and other assistance in connection
with any Tax Return filing obligations,  actions,  proceedings,  arrangements or
disputes of any nature with respect to matters  pertaining  to all periods prior
to the Funding and Consummation Date.


                                       71
<PAGE>

         18.2  SUCCESSORS  AND  ASSIGNS.  This  Agreement  and the rights of the
parties  hereunder may not be assigned (except by operation of law) and shall be
binding  upon  and  shall  inure  to the  benefit  of the  parties  hereto,  the
successors of CEI, and the heirs and legal representatives of the STOCKHOLDERS.

         18.3  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.   This  Agreement  (including  the  Schedules,
exhibits  and annexes  attached  hereto) and the  documents  delivered  pursuant
hereto constitute the entire agreement and understanding among the STOCKHOLDERS,
the COMPANY,  NEWCO and CEI and supersede any prior agreement and  understanding
relating  to  the  subject  matter  of  this  Agreement.  This  Agreement,  upon
execution,  constitutes  a valid and binding  agreement  of the  parties  hereto
enforceable in accordance  with its terms and may be modified or amended only by
a written instrument executed by the STOCKHOLDERS,  the COMPANY,  NEWCO and CEI,
acting through their respective  officers or trustees,  duly authorized by their
respective  boards of directors.  Any disclosure made on any Schedule  delivered
pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have been disclosed for purposes of any other
Schedule  required  hereby,  provided  that the COMPANY  shall make a good faith
effort to cross reference disclosure, as necessary or advisable, between related
Schedules.

         18.4 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two
or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which
together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

         18.5 BROKERS AND AGENTS.  Except as disclosed  on Schedule  18.5,  each
party  represents and warrants that it employed no broker or agent in connection
with this  transaction  and agrees to indemnify the other parties hereto against
all loss, cost, damages or expense arising out of claims for fees or commissions
of brokers employed or alleged to have been employed by such indemnifying party.

         18.6  EXPENSES.  Whether or not the  transactions  herein  contemplated
shall be consummated,  CEI will pay the fees,  expenses and disbursements of CEI
and its agents, representatives,  accountants and counsel incurred in connection
with the subject matter of this Agreement and any amendments thereto,  including
all costs and  expenses  incurred in the  performance  and  compliance  with all
conditions to be performed by CEI under this  Agreement, 


                                       72
<PAGE>

including the fees and expenses of Arthur Andersen, LLP, Morgan, Lewis & Bockius
LLP, and any other person or entity  retained by CEI, and the costs of preparing
the Registration Statement.  Whether or not the transactions herein contemplated
shall  be  consummated,  the  STOCKHOLDERS  shall  pay the  fees,  expenses  and
disbursements  of the  STOCKHOLDERS,  the COMPANY and their  respective  agents,
representatives, accountants and counsel incurred in connection with the subject
matter of this  Agreement and any  amendments  thereto,  including all costs and
expenses  incurred in the  performance  and compliance with all conditions to be
performed by the COMPANY and the  STOCKHOLDERS  under this Agreement,  including
the fees and expenses of  accountants  and legal  counsel to the COMPANY and the
STOCKHOLDERS.  In addition, each STOCKHOLDER shall pay all sales, use, transfer,
real property transfer, recording, gains, stock transfer and other similar taxes
and fees ("Transfer  Taxes")  imposed in connection with the Merger,  other than
Transfer Taxes, if any, imposed by the State of Delaware. Each STOCKHOLDER shall
file all  necessary  documentation  and Returns  with  respect to such  Transfer
Taxes. In addition,  each STOCKHOLDER  acknowledges that he, and not the COMPANY
or CEI,  will  pay all  Taxes  due upon  receipt  of the  consideration  payable
pursuant to Section 2 hereof,  and will assume all Tax risks and  liabilities of
such STOCKHOLDER in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

         18.7  NOTICES.  All  notices of  communication  required  or  permitted
hereunder  shall be in writing and may be given by depositing the same in United
States  mail,  addressed  to the  party  to be  notified,  postage  prepaid  and
registered or certified with return receipt requested, or by delivering the same
in person to an officer or agent of such party.

                    (a)    If to CEI, or NEWCO, addressed to them at:
                           Collectibles USA, Inc.
                           2081 Landings Drive
                           Mountain View, California  94043
                          
                    with copies to:

                           Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
                           101 Park Avenue


                                       73
<PAGE>

                           New York, New York 10178
                           Attn:  David W. Pollak, Esq.

                    (b) If to the  STOCKHOLDERS,  addressed  to  them  at  their
                    addresses set forth on Annex IV, with copies to such counsel
                    as is set forth  with  respect to each  STOCKHOLDER  on such
                    Annex IV;

                    (c) If to the COMPANY, addressed to it at:

                           [COMPANY]

                           -----------------------
                           -----------------------
                           Attn: _________________

                           and marked "Personal and Confidential"

or to such other address or counsel as any party hereto shall  specify  pursuant
to this Section 18.7 from time to time.

         18.8  GOVERNING  LAW. This  Agreement  shall be construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflicts of law
provisions.

         18.9  EXERCISE OF RIGHTS AND  REMEDIES.  Except as  otherwise  provided
herein,  no delay of or omission in the  exercise of any right,  power or remedy
accruing  to any party as a result of any breach or  default by any other  party
under this Agreement shall impair any such right,  power or remedy, nor shall it
be construed as a waiver of or acquiescence in any such breach or default, or of
any  similar  breach or  default  occurring  later;  nor shall any waiver of any
single  breach or  default  be deemed a waiver  of any other  breach or  default
occurring before or after that waiver.

         18.10 TIME. Time is of the essence with respect to this Agreement.

         18.11  REFORMATION  AND  SEVERABILITY.  In case any  provision  of this
Agreement shall be invalid,  illegal or  unenforceable,  it shall, to the extent
possible,  be modified in such manner as to be valid,  legal and enforceable but
so as to most nearly retain the intent of the parties,  and if such modification
is not possible,  such provision  shall be severed from this  Agreement,  and in
either  case  the  validity,   legality  and  enforceability  of  the  remaining
provisions  of this  Agreement  shall  not in any way be  affected  or  impaired
thereby.


                                       74
<PAGE>

         18.12 REMEDIES  CUMULATIVE.  No right,  remedy or election given by any
term of this  Agreement  shall be deemed  exclusive but each shall be cumulative
with all other rights, remedies and elections available at law or in equity.

         18.13  CAPTIONS.  The  headings  of this  Agreement  are  inserted  for
convenience  only,  shall not  constitute a part of this Agreement or be used to
construe or interpret any provision hereof.

         18.14 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. Any term of this Agreement may be amended
and the  observance  of any term of this  Agreement  may be waived only with the
written consent of CEI, NEWCO, the COMPANY and STOCKHOLDERS who will hold or who
hold at least 50% of the CEI Stock issued or to be issued upon  consummation  of
the Merger.  Any amendment or waiver  effected in  accordance  with this Section
18.14  shall be  binding  upon each of the  parties  hereto,  any  other  person
receiving CEI Stock in connection with the Merger and each future holder of such
CEI Stock.

         18.15 SURVIVAL OF  REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES.  Unless  otherwise
provided herein, the  representations,  warranties,  covenants and agreements of
the parties  made herein and at the time of the Closing or in writing  delivered
pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement  shall survive the  consummation of
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  and any  examination  on  behalf of the
parties until the Expiration Date.


<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.

                               COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                               By:______________________

                                  Name:
                                  Title:

                               [COMPANY] ACQUISITION CORP.

                               By:______________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title:

                               [COMPANY]

                               By:______________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title:

                               STOCKHOLDERS:
                               ______________________
                               [Name]
                               ______________________
                               [Name]


<PAGE>


                                     ANNEX I

                           FORM OF ARTICLES OF MERGER


<PAGE>



                                    ANNEX II

           CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS OF CEI AND NEWCO


<PAGE>



                                    ANNEX III

                    CONSIDERATION TO BE PAID TO STOCKHOLDERS

Aggregate consideration to be paid to STOCKHOLDERS:

                  $__________ in cash and  __________  shares of Common Stock of
                  CEI, to be distributed as follows:

Consideration to be paid to each STOCKHOLDER:

                                Shares of Common

Stockholder                          Stock of CEI                Cash





TOTALS:

MINIMUM VALUE:  $____________


<PAGE>



                                    ANNEX IV

                 STOCKHOLDERS AND STOCK OWNERSHIP OF THE COMPANY

The following is a list of the  STOCKHOLDERS,  their addresses and the number of
shares of the COMPANY Stock held by each thereof:

STOCKHOLDER                    SHARES OF STOCK HELD


<PAGE>



                                     ANNEX V

                     STOCKHOLDERS AND STOCK OWNERSHIP OF CEI

                                                                        

Name of Shareholder                          Post-Split No. of Shares   
                                                                     
                                                  of CEI Owned       
                                     





<PAGE>



                                    ANNEX VI

                        FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL TO CEI

                                     [Date]

[COMPANY]

- ----------------
- ----------------
- ----------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have  acted  as  counsel  to  Collectibles  USA,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation  ("CEI") and [COMPANY]  Acquisition  Corp.,  a Delaware  corporation
("NEWCO") in connection with the transactions contemplated by the agreement (the
"Agreement") dated as of May 9, 1997 by and among CEI, NEWCO,  [COMPANY] and the
stockholders named therein (the "Stockholders").

         This  opinion is being  delivered to you pursuant to Section 8.4 of the
Agreement.  All capitalized terms used herein,  unless expressly defined herein,
shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

         We have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified
to our  satisfaction,  of such  documents and corporate and public records as we
deemed to be necessary as a basis for the opinion  hereinafter  expressed.  With
respect to such  examination,  we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures
appearing on all documents  presented to us as originals,  and the conformity to
the  originals of all  documents  presented  to us as  conformed  or  reproduced
copies.  Where factual matters  material to such opinion were not  independently
established,  we have relied upon  certificates  of appropriate  state and local
officials,  upon representations of executive officers and responsible employees
and  agents  of CEI and  NEWCO,  and upon  such  other  data as we  deemed to be
appropriate under the circumstances. We also wish to advise you that when in the
following opinion we have made statements to our "knowledge" we shall mean (with
respect  to  matters  of fact),  that after an  examination  of  documents  made
available  to us by CEI and NEWCO and after  inquiry  of  officers  thereof  but
without any judgment or  litigation  searches or any other  independent  factual
investigation,  we have no reason to believe that such  statements are factually
incorrect.  Statements made to our 

<PAGE>

"knowledge"  shall  furthermore  refer only to then current actual  knowledge of
attorneys of our firm who have worked on matters for CEI and NEWCO.

         Based upon the foregoing and such consideration of matters of law as we
deemed to be relevant,  and subject to the  qualifications  and  assumptions set
forth herein, we are of the following opinion:

     (i) CEI and NEWCO have each been duly organized and are validly existing in
good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;

     (ii) the Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each
of CEI and NEWCO,  constitutes  the valid and binding  agreement of each thereof
and is enforceable against each thereof in accordance with its terms;

     (iii) the authorized and  outstanding  capital stock of CEI is as set forth
in the CEI prospectus (the "Prospectus"), dated _______________, relating to the
sale to the public of __________ shares of CEI; each share of stock to be issued
to the  Stockholders,  to the stockholders of the Founding  Companies other than
the Company and to the  Underwriters  has been duly and validly  authorized  and
issued; upon consummation of the transactions set forth in the Agreement and the
Other  Agreements,  and upon  payment  by the  Underwriters  as set forth in the
Underwriting  Agreement dated _______________  between the Underwriters and CEI,
each of such shares will be fully paid and nonassessable; and, to our knowledge,
none of such shares will have been issued in violation of the preemptive  rights
of any stockholder of CEI;

     (iv) to our knowledge,  except as set forth in the Prospectus, CEI does not
have any  outstanding  options,  warrants,  calls,  conversion  rights  or other
commitments of any kind to issue or sell any of its capital stock;

     (v) assuming the due authorization,  execution,  delivery and filing of the
Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware,  the
Merger shall become effective under the laws of the State of Delaware;  upon the
consummation of the Merger, no shareholder of CEI will be entitled to any rights
as a dissenting shareholder;

     (vi) to our  knowledge,  (a) neither CEI nor NEWCO is in  violation  of any
order with respect thereto issued by any court or agency (wherever  located) and
(b) there are no claims,  actions,  suits or proceedings  pending, or threatened
against or affecting  either CEI or NEWCO, at law or in equity,  or before or by
any federal,  state,  municipal or other  governmental  department,  commission,
board, bureau, agency or instrumentality wherever located;

     (vii)  to our  knowledge,  neither  CEI nor  NEWCO  is in  default,  or has
received any notice of default, under any contract or agreement to which it is a
party,  except where such default  would not have a material  adverse  effect on
CEI;


                                       2
<PAGE>

         (viii) to our knowledge, no notice to, consent, authorization, approval
or order of any court or governmental agency or body or of any other third party
is required in connection  with the execution,  delivery or  consummation of the
Agreement by CEI or NEWCO,  except for such notices,  consents,  authorizations,
approvals or orders as have already been made or obtained; and

     (ix) the execution of the Agreement and the performance by CEI and NEWCO of
their  respective  obligations  thereunder  will not violate any of the terms or
provisions of their respective Articles of Incorporation or By-laws or result in
any breach of or default  under any lease,  instrument,  license,  permit or any
other  agreement  to which  they  are a party,  except  where  such  violations,
breaches or defaults would not have a material adverse effect on CEI.

     The opinion set forth in paragraph  (ii) above is subject to the  following
qualifications:  (i) the enforceability of the respective obligations of CEI and
NEWCO under the Agreement are subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium  and  other  similar  laws now or  hereafter  in effect  relating  to
creditors'  rights;  (ii) the  availability  of  equitable  remedies,  including
specific  performance and injunctive relief, is subject to the discretion of the
court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought; (iii) we have assumed
the due  authorization,  execution  and delivery of the Agreement by each of the
other parties  thereto other than CEI and NEWCO and (iv) no opinion is expressed
as to  the  enforceability  of  (1)  provisions  requiring  indemnification  for
liabilities  under  the  securities  law or (2) the  non-competition  provisions
included therein.

     We understand  that we have no obligation to update this opinion to reflect
any facts or circumstances  occurring after the date hereof,  provided  however,
that unless we otherwise  notify you in or prior to the Funding and Consummation
Date that this  opinion may no longer be relied  upon,  you shall be entitled to
rely on this opinion as of the Funding and Consummation Date if it were dated on
such date.

     We render the foregoing  opinions as members of the Bar of the State of New
York and  express  no opinion as to laws other than the laws of the State of New
York, the General  Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal laws
of the United States of America (other than federal laws  applicable to patents,
copyrights and trademarks).

                                                     Very truly yours,



                                       3
<PAGE>



                                    ANNEX VII

             FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL TO COMPANY AND STOCKHOLDERS

                                     [Date]

Collectibles Enterprises, Inc.
[address]

[Underwriters]
[address]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel to  [Company],  a  [____________]  corporation
(the  "Company")  in  connection  with  the  transactions  contemplated  by  the
agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of May 9, 1997 among Collectibles USA, Inc.
("CEI"),   [NEWCO],   the  Company  and  the  stockholders  named  therein  (the
"Stockholders").

         This  opinion is being  delivered to you pursuant to Section 9.8 of the
Agreement.  All capitalized terms used herein,  unless expressly defined herein,
shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

         We have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified
to our  satisfaction,  of such  documents and corporate and public records as we
deemed to be necessary as a basis for the opinion  hereinafter  expressed.  With
respect to such  examination,  we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures
appearing on all documents  presented to us as originals,  and the conformity to
the  originals of all  documents  presented  to us as  conformed  or  reproduced
copies.  Where factual matters  material to such opinion were not  independently
established,  we have relied upon  certificates  of appropriate  state and local
officials,  upon representations of executive officers and responsible employees
and  agents  of the  Company,  and  upon  such  other  data as we  deemed  to be
appropriate under the circumstances. We also wish to advise you that when in the
following opinion we have made statements to our "knowledge" we shall mean (with
respect  to  matters  of fact),  that after an  examination  of  documents  made
available  to us by the  Company  after  inquiry of  officers of the Company but
without any judgment or  litigation  searches or any other  independent  factual
investigation,  we have no reason to believe that such  statements are factually
incorrect.  Statements made to our "knowledge"  shall  furthermore refer only to
then  current  actual  knowledge  of  attorneys  of our firm who have  worked on
matters for the Company.
<PAGE>

         Based upon the foregoing and such consideration of matters of law as we
deemed to be relevant,  and subject to the  qualifications  and  assumptions set
forth herein, we are of the following opinion:

               (i) the COMPANY has been duly  organized and is validly  existing
          or  subsisting  in  good  standing  under  the  laws of the  State  of
          [____________];

               (ii) the  COMPANY is duly  qualified  to do business as a foreign
          corporation in each of the  jurisdictions set forth in Schedule 5.1 of
          the  Agreement  and to our  knowledge,  the COMPANY  has the  required
          authorities  and  permits  to  carry on its  business  in each of such
          jurisdictions,  except  where the failure to be so  qualified  or have
          such  authorities and permits would not have a material adverse effect
          on the COMPANY;

               (iii) based  solely on a review of the stock  records and minutes
          of the COMPANY,  the authorized and  outstanding  capital stock of the
          COMPANY is as represented  in the Agreement;  each share of such stock
          has  been  duly  and  validly  authorized  and  issued,  and,  to  our
          knowledge,  is fully  paid and  nonassessable  and was not  issued  in
          violation of the preemptive rights of any STOCKHOLDER;

               (iv) to our knowledge,  the COMPANY does not have any outstanding
          options,  warrants,  calls,  conversion rights or other commitments of
          any kind to issue or sell any of its capital stock;

               (v)  the  Agreement  has  been  duly  authorized,   executed  and
          delivered  by the  COMPANY  and the  STOCKHOLDERS  party  thereto  and
          constitutes  a valid and  binding  agreement  of the  COMPANY and such
          STOCKHOLDERS, enforceable against the COMPANY and such STOCKHOLDERS in
          accordance with its terms;

               (vi) [for  non-Delaware  Companies  only]  upon the filing of the
          [relevant  certificate]  with [relevant filing authority] in the state
          of [state of  incorporation  of  COMPANY],  the  Merger  shall  become
          effective  under the laws of the state of [state of  incorporation  of
          COMPANY].  Upon the consummation of the Merger, all of the outstanding
          stock of the COMPANY will have been duly  authorized  and issued,  and
          will be fully paid and  nonassessable,  and will be beneficially owned
          by CEI,  free  and  clear of any  security  interest,  claim,  lien or
          encumbrance, and no former shareholder of the COMPANY will be entitled
          to any  rights as a  dissenting  shareholder,  [except . . .  describe
          exceptions under relevant state law].

               (vii)  to our  knowledge,  except  to the  extent  set  forth  on
          Schedules 5.10, 5.21 and 5.24 to the Agreement, (a) the COMPANY is not
          in violation  of any order with  respect to the COMPANY  issued by any
          court or  agency  (wherever  located)  and (b)  there  are no  claims,
          actions,  suits or  proceedings  pending,  or  threatened  against  or
          affecting  the  COMPANY,  at law or in  equity,  or  before  or by any
          federal,   state,   municipal   or  other  


                                       2
<PAGE>

          governmental   department,   commission,   board,  bureau,  agency  or
          instrumentality wherever located;

               (viii)  to our  knowledge,  except  to the  extent  set  forth on
          Schedule 5.15 to the Agreement, the COMPANY is not in default, and has
          not  received  any notice of default,  under any of the  contracts  or
          agreements listed on such Schedule 5.15;

               (ix) to our  knowledge,  no notice  to,  consent,  authorization,
          approval  or order of any court or  governmental  agency or body or of
          any other third party is required in  connection  with the  execution,
          delivery or consummation  of the Agreement by any of the  STOCKHOLDERS
          except for such notices, consents, authorizations, approvals or orders
          as have already been made or obtained; and

               (x) the  execution of the Agreement  and the  performance  by the
          COMPANY  and  the  STOCKHOLDERS  party  thereto  of  their  respective
          obligations thereunder will not violate any of the terms or provisions
          of COMPANY's  Articles of  Incorporation or the By-laws of the COMPANY
          or result in any  breach of or default  under any  lease,  instrument,
          license, permit or any other agreement listed on Schedule 5.12 or 5.15
          to the Agreement,  except to the extent specifically set forth on such
          Schedules.

         The  opinion  set  forth  in  paragraph  (v)  above is  subject  to the
following  qualifications:  (i) the  enforceability  of the  obligations  of the
Company   under  the   Agreement   is   subject   to   bankruptcy,   insolvency,
reorganization,  moratorium  and other  similar  laws now or hereafter in effect
relating to creditors'  rights;  (ii) the  availability  of equitable  remedies,
including  specific  performance  and  injunctive  relief,  is  subject  to  the
discretion  of the court  before which any  proceeding  therefor may be brought;
(iii) we have  assumed  the due  authorization,  execution  and  delivery of the
Agreement by each of the other  parties  thereto other than the Company and (iv)
no opinion is expressed as to the  enforceability  of (1)  provisions  requiring
indemnification   for   liabilities   under  the   securities  law  or  (2)  the
non-competition provisions included therein.

         We  understand  that we have no  obligation  to update this  opinion to
reflect any facts or  circumstances  occurring  after the date hereof,  provided
however,  that  unless we  otherwise  notify you in or prior to the  Funding and
Consummation  Date that this opinion may no longer be relied upon,  you shall be
entitled to rely on this opinion as of the Funding and  Consummation  Date if it
were dated on such date.

         We render the foregoing  opinions as members of the Bar of the State of
[state of incorporation of COMPANY] and express no opinion as to laws other than
the laws of such state, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and
the  federal  laws of the United  States of America  (other  than  federal  laws
applicable to patents, copyrights and trademarks).

                                                              Very truly yours,


                                       3
<PAGE>



                                   ANNEX VIII

                          FORM OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

                                    [to come]



<PAGE>



                             SCHEDULE to EXHIBIT 2.1

 Identification of Substantially Identical Agreements and Plans of Organization


1  AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF  ORGANIZATION  made as of May 9,  1997,  by and  among
COLLECTIBLES  USA, INC., a Delaware  corporation  ("CUI"),  FILMART  ACQUISITION
CORP.,  a  Delaware   corporation,   FILMART  PRODUCTIONS,   INC.,  a  New  York
corporation,  and  each of Aron  Laikin  and  Susan  Spiegel  pursuant  to which
$100,000 in cash and  236,363  shares of Common  Stock of CUI is to be paid,  as
aggregate consideration, to the selling stockholders.*

2  AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF  ORGANIZATION  made as of May 9,  1997,  by and  among
COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., a Delaware corporation ("CUI"), ARA ACQUISITION CORP., a
Delaware  corporation,  AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP., a Delaware  corporation,  and
Jerry  Gladstone  pursuant to which  $2,814,000  in cash and  563,636  shares of
Common Stock of CUI is to be paid,  as aggregate  consideration,  to the selling
stockholder.*

3  AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF  ORGANIZATION  made as of May 9,  1997,  by and  among
COLLECTIBLES  USA, INC., a Delaware  corporation  ("CUI"),  STONE'S  ACQUISITION
CORP., a Delaware corporation, STONE'S SHOPS, INC., an Illinois corporation, and
each of David Stone and Mary Ella Stone pursuant to which $1,350,000 in cash and
350,000 shares of Common Stock of CUI is to be paid, as aggregate consideration,
to the selling stockholders.*

4  AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF  ORGANIZATION  made as of May 9,  1997,  by and  among
COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., a Delaware  corporation  ("CUI"), ST. GEORGE ACQUISITION
CORP., a Delaware corporation,  ST. GEORGE, INC., a New Jersey corporation,  and
each of Jean Holt,  Robert St.  George and Carmella  Pugliese  pursuant to which
$400,000  in cash and  85,000  shares of Common  Stock of CUI is to be paid,  as
aggregate consideration, to the selling stockholders.*

5  AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF  ORGANIZATION  made as of May 9,  1997,  by and  among
COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC., a Delaware  corporation  ("CUI"),  ELWELL  ACQUISITION
CORP., a Delaware corporation,  ELWELL STORES, INC., a Florida corporation,  and
each of Roy C. Elwell and Kim A. Elwell pursuant to which $1,000,000 in cash and
168,181 shares of Common Stock CUI is to be paid, as aggregate consideration, to
the selling stockholders.*

6  AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF  ORGANIZATION  made as of May 9,  1997,  by and  among
COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., a Delaware corporation ("CUI"), DKG ACQUISITION CORP., a
Delaware corporation,  DKG ENTERPRISES,  INC., an Oklahoma  corporation,  and 4D
Investment  Limited  Partnership  II  pursuant to which  $1,800,000  in cash and
359,090 shares of Common Stock of CUI is to be paid, as aggregate consideration,
to the selling stockholder.*


<PAGE>
7   AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF  ORGANIZATION  made as of May 9,  1997,  by and among
COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC.,  a  Delaware   corporation   ("CUI"),   ANIMATION  USA
ACQUISITION  CORP.,  a Delaware  corporation,  ANIMATION USA, INC., a Washington
corporation,  and each of David Vice,  Laine Ross,  William A. Vice,  Ruth Vice,
William A. Vice Revocable  Trust,  Craig Marria and Debra J. Marria  pursuant to
which  $600,000 in cash and 145,454 shares of Common Stock of CUI is to be paid,
as aggregate consideration, to the selling stockholders.*




* Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended,  supplemental  copies  of any  omitted  schedules  or  annexes  will be
furnished to the Commission upon request.




                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                       TO

                       AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION

         AMENDMENT  NO. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997 (this  "Amendment"),  to
the  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Organization,  dated  as  of  May  9,  1997  (the
"Agreement"),  by and among  COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC.,  a  Delaware  corporation
("CEI"),  FILMART  ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware  corporation  ("Newco") FILMART
PRODUCTIONS,  INC., a New York  corporation (the "Company") and the Stockholders
named  therein.   Capitalized  terms  not  otherwise  defined  herein  have  the
respective meanings set forth in the Agreement.

         For good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and  sufficiency  of
which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. Amendment to Section 1.3(iii) of the Agreement.  Section 1.3(iii) of
the Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase "David L. Yankey" in the
third line  thereof  and  inserting  in lieu  thereof  the  phrase "W.  Randolph
Ellspermann".

         2. Amendment to Section  1.3(iv) to the Agreement.  Section  1.3(iv) of
the Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase "David L. Yankey" in the
third to fourth  lines  thereof  and  inserting  in lieu  thereof the phrase "W.
Randolph  Ellspermann",  and by  deleting  the phrase  "David L.  Yankey" in the
fourth to fifth  lines  thereof  and  inserting  in lieu  thereof the phrase "W.
Randolph Ellspermann".

         3. Amendment to Section 12.1(ii) of the Agreement.  Section 12.1(ii) of
the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "October 31, 1997" in the
fourth line  thereof and  inserting  in lieu  thereof the phrase  "November  30,
1997".

         4.  Amendment to Section 8.5 of the  Agreement.  (a) Section 8.5 of the
Agreement  is hereby  amended  by  deleting  such  section in its  entirety  and
replacing it with the following:

                  8.5 REGISTRATION  STATEMENT.  The Registration Statement shall
         have been  declared  effective by the SEC and no stop order  suspending
         the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement shall be in effect and
         no proceeding  therefor shall have been  instituted or shall be pending
         or  contemplated  under the 1933 Act and the  Underwriters  shall  have
         agreed to  acquire  on a firm  commitment  basis  the CEI  Stock  being
         offered  in  the  IPO,  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  in the
         Underwriting  Agreement,  on terms such that the per share value of the
         shares of CEI Stock to be received by the  STOCKHOLDERS as set forth on
         Annex III shall be a minimum  of $9.00 per share,  notwithstanding  the
         Minimum Value stated on Annex III.



<PAGE>



         (b) The parties  hereto  acknowledge  and agree that as a result of the
provisions of Section 4(a) of this  Amendment No. 1, the Minimum Value stated on
Annex III shall have no further force or effect.

         5.  Amendment  to Section  8.12 of the  Agreement.  Section 8.12 of the
Agreement  is hereby  amended  by  deleting  such  section in its  entirety  and
replacing it with the following:

                  8.12 RELEASE. The holders of CEI Stock shall have delivered to
         CEI an instrument  dated the Closing  Date,  releasing CEI from any and
         all (i) claims of such holders against CEI and (ii)  obligations of CEI
         to such  holders,  except  for (x)  items  specifically  identified  on
         Schedule 8.12, (y) continuing  obligations to such holders  relating to
         their  employment  by  CEI  and  (z)  obligations  arising  under  this
         Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

         6. Effect on Agreement.  The Agreement shall continue in full force and
effect  as  amended  by this  Amendment.  From and after  the date  hereof,  all
references to the Agreement  shall be deemed to mean the Agreement as amended by
this Amendment.

         7. Governing Law. This Amendment  shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York  without  reference  to its  conflicts  of law
provisions.

         8. Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed  simultaneously in two
or more  counterparts,  each of  which  shall be an  original,  and all of which
together constitute but one and the same instrument.













                                       -2-


<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Amendment has been duly executed and
delivered  by the duly  authorized  officer of each party  hereto as of the date
first above written.

                                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


                                            By  /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name: RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              Title:CHAIRMAN

                                            FILMART ACQUISITION CORP.


                                            By /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name: RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              Title:CHAIRMAN
                                            

                                            FILMART PRODUCTIONS, INC.


                                            By  /s/ SUSAN SPIEGEL
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:  SUSAN SPIEGEL
                                              Title: PRESIDENT


                                             /s/ ARON LAIKIN
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Aron Laikin


                                            /s/ SUSAN SPIEGEL
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Susan Spiegel



                                       -3-


<PAGE>



                                 AMENDMENT NO. 2

                                       TO

                       AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION

         AMENDMENT NO. 2, dated as of November 28, 1997 (this  "Amendment"),  to
the Agreement and Plan of  Organization,  dated as of May 9, 1997, as amended by
that certain Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997 (the "Agreement"), by
and among  COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC.,  a Delaware  corporation  ("CEI"),  FILMART
ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation ("Newco"), FILMART PRODUCTIONS,  INC.,
a New York  corporation (the  "Company"),  and the  Stockholders  named therein.
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the respective  meanings set
forth in the Agreement.

         For good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and  sufficiency  of
which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. Amendment to Annex III of the Agreement.  Annex III of the Agreement
is hereby  amended by deleting  such annex in its entirety and replacing it with
Exhibit A attached hereto.

         2. Amendment to Section 12.1(ii) of the Agreement.  Section 12.1(ii) of
the  Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase  "November 30, 1997" in
the fourth  line  thereof and  inserting  in lieu  thereof the phrase  "July 31,
1998".

         3.  Amendment to Section 8.5 of the  Agreement.  (a) Section 8.5 of the
Agreement  is hereby  amended  by  deleting  such  section in its  entirety  and
replacing it with the following:

                  8.5 REGISTRATION  STATEMENT.  The Registration Statement shall
         have been  declared  effective by the SEC and no stop order  suspending
         the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement shall be in effect and
         no proceeding  therefor shall have been  instituted or shall be pending
         or  contemplated  under the 1933 Act and the  Underwriters  shall  have
         agreed to  acquire  on a firm  commitment  basis  the CEI  Stock  being
         offered  in  the  IPO,  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  in the
         Underwriting  Agreement,  on terms such that the aggregate value of the
         cash and the  number  of  shares  of CEI  Stock to be  received  by the
         STOCKHOLDER is not less than the Minimum Value set forth on Annex III.

         (b) The parties  hereto  acknowledge  and agree that as a result of the
provisions of Section 3(a) of this  Amendment  No. 2, the  provisions of Section
4(b) of Amendment No. 1 shall have no further force or effect.




<PAGE>



         4. Amendment to Section 1.3(iii) of the Agreement.  Section 1.3(iii) of
the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "W. Randolph Ellspermann"
in the third line thereof and  inserting  in lieu thereof the phrase  "Ronald P.
Rafaloff".

         5. Amendment to Section  1.3(iv) to the Agreement.  Section  1.3(iv) of
the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "W. Randolph Ellspermann"
in the third to fourth  lines  thereof and  inserting in lieu thereof the phrase
"Ronald P. Rafaloff",  and by deleting the phrase "W.  Randolph  Ellspermann" in
the fourth to fifth  lines  thereof  and  inserting  in lieu  thereof the phrase
"Ronald P. Rafaloff".

         6.  Amendment  to  Section  1.5 to the  Agreement.  Section  1.5 of the
Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end thereof:

                  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  amount of all debts and
                  liabilities   of  the   Company   assumed  by  the   Surviving
                  Corporation shall not exceed $25,000,  including up to $25,000
                  of  debts  and   liabilities   owed  by  the  COMPANY  to  the
                  STOCKHOLDERS.  Any debts and  liabilities  of the  Company  in
                  excess of such amount shall be assumed by and shall become the
                  obligation  of the  STOCKHOLDERS.  CEI  shall be  entitled  to
                  deduct  from the  amount of cash  otherwise  to be paid to the
                  STOCKHOLDERS  pursuant  to  Section  2.1  at the  Funding  and
                  Consummation  Date the  amount of such  excess.  To the extent
                  that CEI does not so deduct any such amounts, the STOCKHOLDERS
                  shall  promptly pay such debts and  liabilities  as and to the
                  extent  requested by the  Surviving  Corporation  from time to
                  time. For purposes of this Section 1.5, the dollar  limitation
                  on  debts  and  liabilities  to be  assumed  by the  Surviving
                  Corporation shall not apply to liabilities  representing trade
                  payables  for  goods and  services  incurred  in the  ordinary
                  course of  business,  which shall be assumed by the  Surviving
                  Corporation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the debts
                  and  liabilities  to be assumed by the  Surviving  Corporation
                  shall include any debts or liabilities  owed by the Company to
                  any of the STOCKHOLDERS,  including,  without limitation,  any
                  liabilities  representing accrued compensation and benefits or
                  interest.

         7.  Amendment  to  Section  7.3 to the  Agreement.  Section  7.3 of the
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the word "or" from the end of clause (x)
thereof and adding the following to the end of clause (xi) thereof:

                  ; or (xii) make any payment or distribution of any kind to any
                  of its  STOCKHOLDERS,  including  any  payments  in respect of
                  salary or  earnings  of the  COMPANY,  other than  payments in
                  respect of



                                       -2-


<PAGE>



                  salaries  not to exceed  $4,167 per month in the  aggregate to
                  all such STOCKHOLDERS (pro rated for partial months).

         8. Effect on Agreement.  The Agreement shall continue in full force and
effect  as  amended  by this  Amendment.  From and after  the date  hereof,  all
references to the Agreement  shall be deemed to mean the Agreement as amended by
this Amendment.

         9. Governing Law. This Amendment  shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York  without  reference  to its  conflicts  of law
provisions.

         10. Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed simultaneously in two
or more  counterparts,  each of  which  shall be an  original,  and all of which
together constitute but one and the same instrument.








                                       -3-


<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Amendment has been duly executed and
delivered  by the duly  authorized  officer of each party  hereto as of the date
first above written.

                                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                                            By /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name: RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                                            FILMART ACQUISITION CORP.

                                            By /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name: RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                                            FILMART PRODUCTIONS, INC.

                                            By /s/ SUSAN SPIEGEL
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name: SUSAN SPIEGEL
                                              Title: PRESIDENT
                                            /s/ ARON LAIKIN
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Aron Laikin
                                            /s/ SUSAN SPIEGEL
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Susan Spiegel



                                       -4-






                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                       TO

                       AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION

         AMENDMENT  NO. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997 (this  "Amendment"),  to
the  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Organization,  dated  as  of  May  9,  1997  (the
"Agreement"),  by and among  COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC.,  a  Delaware  corporation
("CEI"), ARA ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation  ("Newco") AMERICAN ROYAL
ARTS CORP., a Delaware  corporation (the "Company") and the  Stockholders  named
therein.  Capitalized  terms not otherwise  defined  herein have the  respective
meanings set forth in the Agreement.

         For good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and  sufficiency  of
which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. Amendment to Section 1.3(i) of the Agreement.  Section 1.3(i) of the
Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting  the phrase "the  COMPANY" in the first
line thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the phrase "NEWCO".

         2. Amendment to Section 1.3(iii) of the Agreement.  Section 1.3(iii) of
the Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase "David L. Yankey" in the
third line  thereof  and  inserting  in lieu  thereof  the  phrase "W.  Randolph
Ellspermann".

         3. Amendment to Section  1.3(iv) to the Agreement.  Section  1.3(iv) of
the Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase "David L. Yankey" in the
third to fourth  lines  thereof,  and  inserting  in lieu thereof the phrase "W.
Randolph Ellspermann".

         4. Amendment to Section 12.1(ii) of the Agreement.  Section 12.1(ii) of
the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "October 31, 1997" in the
fourth line  thereof and  inserting  in lieu  thereof the phrase  "November  30,
1997".

         5.  Amendment to Section 8.5 of the  Agreement.  (a) Section 8.5 of the
Agreement  is hereby  amended  by  deleting  such  section in its  entirety  and
replacing it with the following:

                  8.5 REGISTRATION  STATEMENT.  The Registration Statement shall
         have been  declared  effective by the SEC and no stop order  suspending
         the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement shall be in effect and
         no proceeding  therefor shall have been  instituted or shall be pending
         or  contemplated  under the 1933 Act and the  Underwriters  shall  have
         agreed to  acquire  on a firm  commitment  basis  the CEI  Stock  being
         offered  in  the  IPO,  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  in the
         Underwriting  Agreement,  on terms such that the per share value of the
         shares of CEI Stock to be received by the




<PAGE>



         STOCKHOLDERS  as set forth on Annex III shall be a minimum of $9.00 per
         share, notwithstanding the Minimum Value stated on Annex III.

         (b) The parties  hereto  acknowledge  and agree that as a result of the
provisions of Section 4(a) of this  Amendment No. 1, the Minimum Value stated on
Annex III shall have no further force or effect.

         6.  Amendment  to Section  8.12 of the  Agreement.  Section 8.12 of the
Agreement  is hereby  amended  by  deleting  such  section in its  entirety  and
replacing it with the following:

                  8.12 RELEASE. The holders of CEI Stock shall have delivered to
         CEI an instrument  dated the Closing  Date,  releasing CEI from any and
         all (i) claims of such holders against CEI and (ii)  obligations of CEI
         to such  holders,  except  for (x)  items  specifically  identified  on
         Schedule 8.12, (y) continuing  obligations to such holders  relating to
         their  employment  by  CEI  and  (z)  obligations  arising  under  this
         Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

         7. Effect on Agreement.  The Agreement shall continue in full force and
effect  as  amended  by this  Amendment.  From and after  the date  hereof,  all
references to the Agreement  shall be deemed to mean the Agreement as amended by
this Amendment.

         8. Governing Law. This Amendment  shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York  without  reference  to its  conflicts  of law
provisions.

         9. Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed  simultaneously in two
or more  counterparts,  each of  which  shall be an  original,  and all of which
together constitute but one and the same instrument.



                                       -2-


<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Amendment has been duly executed and
delivered  by the duly  authorized  officer of each party  hereto as of the date
first above written.

                                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


                                            By  /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Name: RONALD RAFALOFF
                                               Title: CHAIRMAN

                                            ARA ACQUISITION CORP.


                                            By /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Name:  RONALD RAFALOFF
                                               Title: CHAIRMAN

                                            AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.


                                            By /s/ JERRY GLADSTONE
                                               ---------------------------------
                                              Name: JERRY GLADSTONE
                                              Title: PRESIDENT


                                            /s/ JERARD GLADSTONE
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Jerard Gladstone



                                       -3-


<PAGE>


                                 AMENDMENT NO. 2

                                       TO

                       AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION

         AMENDMENT NO. 2, dated as of November 28, 1997 (this  "Amendment"),  to
the Agreement and Plan of  Organization,  dated as of May 9, 1997, as amended by
that certain Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997 (the "Agreement"), by
and  among  COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC.,  a  Delaware   corporation   ("CEI"),  ARA
ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation ("Newco"),  AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.,
a Delaware  corporation  (the "Company"),  and the  Stockholders  named therein.
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the respective  meanings set
forth in the Agreement.

         For good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and  sufficiency  of
which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. Amendment to Annex III of the Agreement.  Annex III of the Agreement
is hereby  amended by deleting  such annex in its entirety and replacing it with
Exhibit A attached hereto.

         2. Amendment to Section 12.1(ii) of the Agreement.  Section 12.1(ii) of
the  Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase  "November 30, 1997" in
the fourth  line  thereof and  inserting  in lieu  thereof the phrase  "July 31,
1998".

         3.  Amendment  to  Section  1.5 to the  Agreement.  Section  1.5 of the
Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end thereof:

                  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  amount of all Debts and
                  Liabilities (as hereinafter  described) of the COMPANY assumed
                  by  the  Surviving  Corporation  shall  not  exceed  $625,000,
                  together  with interest  thereon,  which amount is owed by the
                  COMPANY to the  STOCKHOLDER  and will be paid by the Surviving
                  Corporation to the  STOCKHOLDER  (the  "Stockholder  Repayment
                  Amount") on the Funding and Consummation Date; provided,  that
                  the Surviving  Corporation also shall assume  liabilities owed
                  by  the  COMPANY  to  the   STOCKHOLDER   incurred  solely  in
                  connection with the acquisition of assets reasonably  required
                  in connection  with the relocation of the COMPANY's  principal
                  place of business to 123 Frost  Street,  Suite 201,  Westbury,
                  New York 11590.  Any Debts and  Liabilities  of the COMPANY in
                  excess of $625,000  plus  accrued  interest  thereon  shall be
                  assumed by and shall become the obligation of the STOCKHOLDER.
                  CEI shall be entitled to deduct




<PAGE>



                  from  the  amount  of  cash   otherwise  to  be  paid  to  the
                  STOCKHOLDER  pursuant  to  Section  2.1  at  the  Funding  and
                  Consummation  Date the  amount of such  excess.  To the extent
                  that CEI does not so deduct any such amounts,  the STOCKHOLDER
                  shall  promptly pay such Debts and  Liabilities  as and to the
                  extent  requested by the  Surviving  Corporation  from time to
                  time.  For  purposes of this  Section 1.5, the term "Debts and
                  Liabilities"  shall include all obligations for the payment of
                  money  but  shall  expressly  exclude  all  accounts  payable,
                  customer  deposits  and all other  liabilities  of the Company
                  incurred in the ordinary  course of business,  including,  but
                  not  limited  to,  liabilities  incurred  in  connection  with
                  certain  barter  transactions  and a capitalized  phone lease.
                  Upon  payment  of  the  Stockholder  Repayment  Amount  to the
                  STOCKHOLDER on the Funding and Consummation  Date, none of the
                  Debts and  Liabilities  assumed by the  Surviving  Corporation
                  shall include any  obligation for the payment of money owed by
                  the COMPANY to the STOCKHOLDER, including, without limitation,
                  any such  obligation  in respect of accrued  compensation  and
                  benefits or interest.

         4.  Amendment to Section 8.5 of the  Agreement.  (a) Section 8.5 of the
Agreement  is hereby  amended  by  deleting  such  section in its  entirety  and
replacing it with the following:

                  8.5 REGISTRATION  STATEMENT.  The Registration Statement shall
         have been  declared  effective by the SEC and no stop order  suspending
         the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement shall be in effect and
         no proceeding  therefor shall have been  instituted or shall be pending
         or  contemplated  under the 1933 Act and the  Underwriters  shall  have
         agreed to  acquire  on a firm  commitment  basis  the CEI  Stock  being
         offered  in  the  IPO,  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  in the
         Underwriting  Agreement,  on terms such that the aggregate value of the
         cash and the  number  of  shares  of CEI  Stock to be  received  by the
         STOCKHOLDER is not less than the Minimum Value set forth on Annex III.

         (b) The parties  hereto  acknowledge  and agree that as a result of the
provisions of Section 3(a) of this  Amendment  No. 2, the  provisions of Section
4(b) of Amendment No. 1 shall have no further force or effect.

         5.  Amendment  to  Section  7.3 to the  Agreement.  Section  7.3 of the
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the word "or" from the end of clause (x)
thereof and adding the following to the end of clause (xi) thereof:

                  ; or (xii) make any payment or distribution of any kind to any
                  of its  STOCKHOLDERS,  including  any  payments  in respect of
                  salary or earnings of the COMPANY,  other than (1) payments in
                  respect of salaries not to exceed  $7,083 per month (pro rated
                  for partial months) in the


                                       -2-


<PAGE>



                  aggregate  to all  such  STOCKHOLDERS,  (2)  payments  in such
                  amount as may be  required to enable the  STOCKHOLDERS  to pay
                  all applicable  federal,  state and local income Taxes arising
                  from the  earnings  of the COMPANY for the period from June 1,
                  1997  through  the  Funding  and  Consummation  Date  and  (3)
                  $75,000, representing earnings of the COMPANY for the month of
                  May 1997.

         6.  Amendment  to Schedule  7.3 to the  Agreement.  Schedule 7.3 of the
Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following to the end thereof:

                  The COMPANY shall be entitled to make capital expenditures and
                  incur   liabilities   representing   acquisitions   of  assets
                  reasonably  required in connection  with the relocation of the
                  COMPANY's  principal  place of business  to 123 Frost  Street,
                  Suite 201, Westbury, New York 11590.

         7. Amendment to Section 1.3(iii) of the Agreement.  Section 1.3(iii) of
the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "W. Randolph Ellspermann"
in the third line thereof and  inserting  in lieu thereof the phrase  "Ronald P.
Rafaloff".

         8. Amendment to Section  1.3(iv) to the Agreement.  Section  1.3(iv) of
the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "W. Randolph Ellspermann"
in the third to fourth lines  thereof,  and inserting in lieu thereof the phrase
"Ronald P. Rafaloff".

         9. Effect on Agreement.  The Agreement shall continue in full force and
effect  as  amended  by this  Amendment.  From and after  the date  hereof,  all
references to the Agreement  shall be deemed to mean the Agreement as amended by
this Amendment.

         10. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York  without  reference  to its  conflicts  of law
provisions.

         11. Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed simultaneously in two
or more  counterparts,  each of  which  shall be an  original,  and all of which
together constitute but one and the same instrument.



                                       -3-


<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Amendment has been duly executed and
delivered  by the duly  authorized  officer of each party  hereto as of the date
first above written.

                                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


                                            By /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name: RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                                             ARA ACQUISITION CORP.


                                            By /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name: RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                                            AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.


                                            By /s/ JERRY GLADSTONE
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name: JERRY GLADSTONE
                                              Title:

                                             /s/ JERARD GLADSTONE
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Jerard Gladstone



                                       -4-



                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                       TO

                       AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION

         AMENDMENT  NO. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997 (this  "Amendment"),  to
the  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Organization,  dated  as  of  May  9,  1997  (the
"Agreement"),  by and among  COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC.,  a  Delaware  corporation
("CEI"),  STONE'S  ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware  corporation  ("Newco") STONE'S
SHOPS, INC., an Illinois  corporation (the "Company") and the Stockholders named
therein.  Capitalized  terms not otherwise  defined  herein have the  respective
meanings set forth in the Agreement.

         For good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and  sufficiency  of
which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. Amendment to Section 1.3(iii) of the Agreement.  Section 1.3(iii) of
the Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase "David L. Yankey" in the
third line  thereof  and  inserting  in lieu  thereof  the  phrase "W.  Randolph
Ellspermann".

         2. Amendment to Section  1.3(iv) to the Agreement.  Section  1.3(iv) of
the Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase "David L. Yankey" in the
third to fourth lines  thereof,  by deleting the phrase "David L. Yankey" in the
fourth to fifth lines  thereof,  and  inserting  in lieu  thereof the phrase "W.
Randolph Ellspermann".

         3. Amendment to Section 12.1(ii) of the Agreement.  Section 12.1(ii) of
the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "October 31, 1997" in the
fourth line  thereof and  inserting  in lieu  thereof the phrase  "November  30,
1997".

         4.  Amendment to Section 8.5 of the  Agreement.  (a) Section 8.5 of the
Agreement  is hereby  amended  by  deleting  such  section in its  entirety  and
replacing it with the following:

                  8.5 REGISTRATION  STATEMENT.  The Registration Statement shall
         have been  declared  effective by the SEC and no stop order  suspending
         the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement shall be in effect and
         no proceeding  therefor shall have been  instituted or shall be pending
         or  contemplated  under the 1933 Act and the  Underwriters  shall  have
         agreed to  acquire  on a firm  commitment  basis  the CEI  Stock  being
         offered  in  the  IPO,  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  in the
         Underwriting  Agreement,  on terms such that the per share value of the
         shares of CEI Stock to be received by the  STOCKHOLDERS as set forth on
         Annex III shall be a minimum  of $9.00 per share,  notwithstanding  the
         Minimum Value stated on Annex III.



<PAGE>



         (b) The parties  hereto  acknowledge  and agree that as a result of the
provisions of Section 4(a) of this  Amendment No. 1, the Minimum Value stated on
Annex III shall have no further force or effect.

         5.  Amendment  to Section  8.12 of the  Agreement.  Section 8.12 of the
Agreement  is hereby  amended  by  deleting  such  section in its  entirety  and
replacing it with the following:

                  8.12 RELEASE. The holders of CEI Stock shall have delivered to
         CEI an instrument  dated the Closing  Date,  releasing CEI from any and
         all (i) claims of such holders against CEI and (ii)  obligations of CEI
         to such  holders,  except  for (x)  items  specifically  identified  on
         Schedule 8.12, (y) continuing  obligations to such holders  relating to
         their  employment  by  CEI  and  (z)  obligations  arising  under  this
         Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

         6. Effect on Agreement.  The Agreement shall continue in full force and
effect  as  amended  by this  Amendment.  From and after  the date  hereof,  all
references to the Agreement  shall be deemed to mean the Agreement as amended by
this Amendment.

         7. Governing Law. This Amendment  shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York  without  reference  to its  conflicts  of law
provisions.

         8. Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed  simultaneously in two
or more  counterparts,  each of  which  shall be an  original,  and all of which
together constitute but one and the same instrument.


                                       -2-


<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Amendment has been duly executed and
delivered  by the duly  authorized  officer of each party  hereto as of the date
first above written.

                                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


                                            By /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name: RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                                            STONE'S ACQUISITION CORP.


                                            By  /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:  RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                                            STONE'S SHOPS, INC.


                                            By /s/ DAVID STONE
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:  DAVID STONE
                                              Title: PRESIDENT

                                            /s/ DAVID STONE
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            David Stone

                                            /s/ MARY ELLA STONE
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Mary Ella Stone



                                       -3-



<PAGE>

                                 AMENDMENT NO. 2

                                       TO

                       AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION

         AMENDMENT NO. 2, dated as of November 28, 1997 (this  "Amendment"),  to
the Agreement and Plan of  Organization,  dated as of May 9, 1997, as amended by
that certain Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997 (the "Agreement"), by
and among  COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC.,  a Delaware  corporation  ("CEI"),  STONE'S
ACQUISITION  CORP., a Delaware  corporation  ("Newco"),  STONE'S SHOPS, INC., an
Illinois  corporation  (the  "Company"),  and the  Stockholders  named  therein.
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the respective  meanings set
forth in the Agreement.

         For good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and  sufficiency  of
which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. Amendment to Annex III of the Agreement.  Annex III of the Agreement
is hereby  amended by deleting  such annex in its entirety and replacing it with
Exhibit A attached hereto.

         2. Amendment to Section 12.1(ii) of the Agreement.  Section 12.1(ii) of
the  Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase  "November 30, 1997" in
the fourth  line  thereof and  inserting  in lieu  thereof the phrase  "July 31,
1998".

         3.  Amendment to Section 8.5 of the  Agreement.  (a) Section 8.5 of the
Agreement  is hereby  amended  by  deleting  such  section in its  entirety  and
replacing it with the following:

                  8.5 REGISTRATION  STATEMENT.  The Registration Statement shall
         have been  declared  effective by the SEC and no stop order  suspending
         the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement shall be in effect and
         no proceeding  therefor shall have been  instituted or shall be pending
         or  contemplated  under the 1933 Act and the  Underwriters  shall  have
         agreed to  acquire  on a firm  commitment  basis  the CEI  Stock  being
         offered  in  the  IPO,  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  in the
         Underwriting  Agreement,  on terms such that the aggregate value of the
         cash and the  number  of  shares  of CEI  Stock to be  received  by the
         STOCKHOLDER is not less than the Minimum Value set forth on Annex III.

         (b) The parties  hereto  acknowledge  and agree that as a result of the
provisions of Section 3(a) of this  Amendment  No. 2, the  provisions of Section
4(b) of Amendment No. 1 shall have no further force or effect.

         4.  Amendment  to  Section  1.5 to the  Agreement.  Section  1.5 of the
Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end thereof:


<PAGE>



                  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  amount of all debts and
                  liabilities   of  the   COMPANY   assumed  by  the   Surviving
                  Corporation shall not exceed $40,000,  including up to $40,000
                  of  debts  and   liabilities   owed  by  the  COMPANY  to  the
                  STOCKHOLDERS   (the  "STOCKHOLDER   Loans").   Any  debts  and
                  liabilities  of the COMPANY in excess of such amount  shall be
                  assumed   by  and  shall   become   the   obligation   of  the
                  STOCKHOLDERS.  CEI shall be entitled to deduct from the amount
                  of cash otherwise to be paid to the  STOCKHOLDERS  pursuant to
                  Section 2.1 at the Funding and Consummation Date the amount of
                  such  excess.  To the  extent  that CEI does not so deduct any
                  such amounts,  the STOCKHOLDERS  shall promptly pay such debts
                  and  liabilities  as  and  to  the  extent  requested  by  the
                  Surviving  Corporation from time to time. For purposes of this
                  Section 1.5, the dollar limitation on debts and liabilities to
                  be assumed  by the  Surviving  Corporation  shall not apply to
                  liabilities representing trade payables for goods and services
                  incurred in the ordinary  course of  business,  which shall be
                  assumed  by the  Surviving  Corporation.  Notwithstanding  the
                  foregoing, and except as provided above, none of the debts and
                  liabilities assumed by the Surviving Corporation shall include
                  any debts or  liabilities  owed by the  COMPANY  to any of the
                  STOCKHOLDERS,  including,  without limitation, any liabilities
                  in respect of accrued  compensation  and benefits or interest.
                  In addition,  the Surviving Corporation shall forgive up to an
                  aggregate of $5,000 of  indebtedness  owed by David,  Michael,
                  Daniel and/or Steven Stone to the COMPANY;  provided, that the
                  amount of the STOCKHOLDER Loans to be assumed by the Surviving
                  Corporation shall be reduced by any indebtedness so forgiven.

         5.  Amendment  to  Section  7.3 to the  Agreement.  Section  7.3 of the
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the word "or" from the end of clause (x)
thereof and adding the following to the end of clause (xi) thereof:

                  ; or (xii) make any payment or distribution of any kind to any
                  of its  STOCKHOLDERS,  including  any  payments  in respect of
                  salary or  earnings  of the  COMPANY,  other than  payments in
                  respect  of  salaries  not to exceed  $4,167  per month in the
                  aggregate  to all such  STOCKHOLDERS  (pro  rated for  partial
                  months).

         6. Amendment to Section 1.3(iii) of the Agreement.  Section 1.3(iii) of
the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "W. Randolph Ellspermann"
in the third line thereof and  inserting  in lieu thereof the phrase  "Ronald P.
Rafaloff".


                                       -2-


<PAGE>



         7. Amendment to Section  1.3(iv) to the Agreement.  Section  1.3(iv) of
the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "W. Randolph Ellspermann"
in the third to fourth lines  thereof,  and inserting in lieu thereof the phrase
"Ronald P. Rafaloff".

         8. Effect on Agreement.  The Agreement shall continue in full force and
effect  as  amended  by this  Amendment.  From and after  the date  hereof,  all
references to the Agreement  shall be deemed to mean the Agreement as amended by
this Amendment.

         9. Governing Law. This Amendment  shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York  without  reference  to its  conflicts  of law
provisions.

         10. Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed simultaneously in two
or more  counterparts,  each of  which  shall be an  original,  and all of which
together constitute but one and the same instrument.


                                       -3-


<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Amendment has been duly executed and
delivered  by the duly  authorized  officer of each party  hereto as of the date
first above written.

                                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


                                            By /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name: RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                                            STONE'S ACQUISITION CORP.


                                            By /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name: RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                                            STONE'S SHOPS, INC.


                                            By /s/ DAVID STONE
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                              /s/ DAVID STONE
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            David Stone


                                             /s/ MARY ELLA STONE
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Mary Ella Stone










                                       -4-






                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                       TO

                       AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION

         AMENDMENT  NO. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997 (this  "Amendment"),  to
the  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Organization,  dated  as  of  May  9,  1997  (the
"Agreement"),  by and among  COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC.,  a  Delaware  corporation
("CEI"),  ST. GEORGE  ACQUISITION  CORP., a Delaware  corporation  ("Newco") ST.
GEORGE,  INC., a New Jersey  corporation  (the  "Company") and the  Stockholders
named  therein.   Capitalized  terms  not  otherwise  defined  herein  have  the
respective meanings set forth in the Agreement.

         For good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and  sufficiency  of
which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. Amendment to Section 1.3(iii) of the Agreement.  Section 1.3(iii) of
the Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase "David L. Yankey" in the
third line  thereof  and  inserting  in lieu  thereof  the  phrase "W.  Randolph
Ellspermann".

         2. Amendment to Section  1.3(iv) to the Agreement.  Section  1.3(iv) of
the Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase "David L. Yankey" in the
third to fourth  lines  thereof  and  inserting  in lieu  thereof the phrase "W.
Randolph  Ellspermann",  and by  deleting  the phrase  "David L.  Yankey" in the
fourth to fifth  lines  thereof  and  inserting  in lieu  thereof the phrase "W.
Randolph Ellspermann".

         3. Amendment to Section 12.1(ii) of the Agreement.  Section 12.1(ii) of
the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "October 31, 1997" in the
fourth line  thereof and  inserting  in lieu  thereof the phrase  "November  30,
1997".

         4.  Amendment to Section 8.5 of the  Agreement.  (a) Section 8.5 of the
Agreement  is hereby  amended  by  deleting  such  section in its  entirety  and
replacing it with the following:

                  8.5 REGISTRATION  STATEMENT.  The Registration Statement shall
         have been  declared  effective by the SEC and no stop order  suspending
         the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement shall be in effect and
         no proceeding  therefor shall have been  instituted or shall be pending
         or  contemplated  under the 1933 Act and the  Underwriters  shall  have
         agreed to  acquire  on a firm  commitment  basis  the CEI  Stock  being
         offered  in  the  IPO,  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  in the
         Underwriting  Agreement,  on terms such that the per share value of the
         shares of CEI Stock to be received by the




<PAGE>



         STOCKHOLDERS  as set forth on Annex III shall be a minimum of $9.00 per
         share, notwithstanding the Minimum Value stated on Annex III.

         (b) The parties  hereto  acknowledge  and agree that as a result of the
provisions of Section 4(a) of this  Amendment No. 1, the Minimum Value stated on
Annex III shall have no further force or effect.

         5.  Amendment  to Section  8.12 of the  Agreement.  Section 8.12 of the
Agreement  is hereby  amended  by  deleting  such  section in its  entirety  and
replacing it with the following:

                  8.12 RELEASE. The holders of CEI Stock shall have delivered to
         CEI an instrument  dated the Closing  Date,  releasing CEI from any and
         all (i) claims of such holders against CEI and (ii)  obligations of CEI
         to such  holders,  except  for (x)  items  specifically  identified  on
         Schedule 8.12, (y) continuing  obligations to such holders  relating to
         their  employment  by  CEI  and  (z)  obligations  arising  under  this
         Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

         6. Effect on Agreement.  The Agreement shall continue in full force and
effect  as  amended  by this  Amendment.  From and after  the date  hereof,  all
references to the Agreement  shall be deemed to mean the Agreement as amended by
this Amendment.

         7. Governing Law. This Amendment  shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York  without  reference  to its  conflicts  of law
provisions.

         8. Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed  simultaneously in two
or more  counterparts,  each of  which  shall be an  original,  and all of which
together constitute but one and the same instrument.


                                       -2-


<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Amendment has been duly executed and
delivered  by the duly  authorized  officer of each party  hereto as of the date
first above written.

                                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


                                            By  /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:  RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                                            ST. GEORGE ACQUISITION CORP.


                                            By /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:  RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                                            ST. GEORGE, INC.


                                            By /s/ ROBERT ST. GEORGE
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name: 
                                              Title:

                                             /s/ JEAN HOLT
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Jean Holt

                                             /s/ ROBERT ST. GEORGE
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Robert St. George

                                             /s/ CARMELLA PUGLIESE
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Carmella Pugliese



                                       -3-


<PAGE>

                                 AMENDMENT NO. 2

                                       TO

                       AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION

         AMENDMENT NO. 2, dated as of November 28, 1997 (this  "Amendment"),  to
the Agreement and Plan of  Organization,  dated as of May 9, 1997, as amended by
that certain Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997 (the "Agreement"), by
and among  COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., a Delaware  corporation  ("CEI"),  ST. GEORGE
ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware  corporation  ("Newco"),  ST. GEORGE,  INC., a New
Jersey  corporation  (the  "Company"),   and  the  Stockholders  named  therein.
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the respective  meanings set
forth in the Agreement.

         For good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and  sufficiency  of
which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. Amendment to Annex III of the Agreement.  Annex III of the Agreement
is hereby  amended by deleting  such annex in its entirety and replacing it with
Exhibit A attached hereto.

         2. Amendment to Section 12.1(ii) of the Agreement.  Section 12.1(ii) of
the  Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase  "November 30, 1997" in
the fourth  line  thereof and  inserting  in lieu  thereof the phrase  "July 31,
1998".

         3.  Amendment to Section 8.5 of the  Agreement.  (a) Section 8.5 of the
Agreement  is hereby  amended  by  deleting  such  section in its  entirety  and
replacing it with the following:

                  8.5 REGISTRATION  STATEMENT.  The Registration Statement shall
         have been  declared  effective by the SEC and no stop order  suspending
         the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement shall be in effect and
         no proceeding  therefor shall have been  instituted or shall be pending
         or  contemplated  under the 1933 Act and the  Underwriters  shall  have
         agreed to  acquire  on a firm  commitment  basis  the CEI  Stock  being
         offered  in  the  IPO,  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  in the
         Underwriting  Agreement,  on terms such that the aggregate value of the
         cash and the  number  of  shares  of CEI  Stock to be  received  by the
         STOCKHOLDER is not less than the Minimum Value set forth on Annex III.

         (b) The parties  hereto  acknowledge  and agree that as a result of the
provisions of Section 3(a) of this  Amendment  No. 2, the  provisions of Section
4(b) of Amendment No. 1 shall have no further force or effect.

         4.  Amendment  to  Section  1.5 to the  Agreement.  Section  1.5 of the
Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end thereof:




<PAGE>




                  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  amount of all debts and
                  liabilities   of  the   Company   assumed  by  the   Surviving
                  Corporation   shall  not  exceed   $725,000.   Any  debts  and
                  liabilities  of the Company in excess of such amount  shall be
                  assumed   by  and  shall   become   the   obligation   of  the
                  STOCKHOLDERS.  CEI shall be entitled to deduct from the amount
                  of cash otherwise to be paid to the  STOCKHOLDERS  pursuant to
                  Section 2.1 at the Funding and Consummation Date the amount of
                  such  excess.  To the  extent  that CEI does not so deduct any
                  such amounts,  the STOCKHOLDERS  shall promptly pay such debts
                  and  liabilities  as  and  to  the  extent  requested  by  the
                  Surviving Corporation from time to time. None of the debts and
                  liabilities assumed by the Surviving Corporation shall include
                  any debts or  liabilities  owed by the  Company  to any of the
                  STOCKHOLDERS,  including,  without limitation, any liabilities
                  in respect of accrued compensation and benefits or interest.

         5.  Amendment  to  Section  7.3 to the  Agreement.  Section  7.3 of the
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the word "or" from the end of clause (x)
thereof and adding the following to the end of clause (xi) thereof:

         ; or (xii) make any payment or  distribution  of any kind to any of its
         STOCKHOLDERS,  including  any payments in respect of salary or earnings
         of the  COMPANY,  other than  payments  in respect of  salaries  not to
         exceed $4,167 per month in the aggregate to all such  STOCKHOLDERS (pro
         rated for partial months).

         6. Effect on Agreement.  The Agreement shall continue in full force and
effect  as  amended  by this  Amendment.  From and after  the date  hereof,  all
references to the Agreement  shall be deemed to mean the Agreement as amended by
this Amendment.

         7. Governing Law. This Amendment  shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York  without  reference  to its  conflicts  of law
provisions.

         8. Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed  simultaneously in two
or more  counterparts,  each of  which  shall be an  original,  and all of which
together constitute but one and the same instrument.


                                       -2-


<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Amendment has been duly executed and
delivered  by the duly  authorized  officer of each party  hereto as of the date
first above written.

                                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


                                            By  /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:  RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                                            ST. GEORGE ACQUISITION CORP.


                                            By /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:  RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                                            ST. GEORGE, INC.


                                            By /s/ ROBERT ST. GEORGE
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name: 
                                              Title: PRESIDENT

                                             /s/ JEAN HOLT
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Jean Holt

                                             /s/ ROBERT ST. GEORGE
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Robert St. George

                                             /s/ CARMELLA PUGLIESE
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Carmella Pugliese






                                       -3-




                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                       TO

                       AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION

         AMENDMENT  NO. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997 (this  "Amendment"),  to
the  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Organization,  dated  as  of  May  9,  1997  (the
"Agreement"),  by and among  COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC.,  a  Delaware  corporation
("CEI"),  ELWELL  ACQUISITION  CORP., a Delaware  corporation  ("Newco")  ELWELL
STORES,  INC., a Florida  corporation (the "Company") and the Stockholders named
therein.  Capitalized  terms not otherwise  defined  herein have the  respective
meanings set forth in the Agreement.

         For good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and  sufficiency  of
which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. Amendment to Section 1.3(iii) of the Agreement.  Section 1.3(iii) of
the Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase "David L. Yankey" in the
third line  thereof  and  inserting  in lieu  thereof  the  phrase "W.  Randolph
Ellspermann".

         2. Amendment to Section  1.3(iv) to the Agreement.  Section  1.3(iv) of
the Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase "David L. Yankey" in the
third to fourth  lines  thereof  and  inserting  in lieu  thereof the phrase "W.
Randolph  Ellspermann",  and by  deleting  the phrase  "David L.  Yankey" in the
fourth to fifth  lines  thereof  and  inserting  in lieu  thereof the phrase "W.
Randolph Ellspermann".

         3. Amendment to Section 12.1(ii) of the Agreement.  Section 12.1(ii) of
the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "October 31, 1997" in the
fourth line  thereof and  inserting  in lieu  thereof the phrase  "November  30,
1997".

         4.  Amendment to Section 8.5 of the  Agreement.  (a) Section 8.5 of the
Agreement  is hereby  amended  by  deleting  such  section in its  entirety  and
replacing it with the following:

                  8.5 REGISTRATION  STATEMENT.  The Registration Statement shall
         have been  declared  effective by the SEC and no stop order  suspending
         the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement shall be in effect and
         no proceeding  therefor shall have been  instituted or shall be pending
         or  contemplated  under the 1933 Act and the  Underwriters  shall  have
         agreed to  acquire  on a firm  commitment  basis  the CEI  Stock  being
         offered  in  the  IPO,  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  in the
         Underwriting  Agreement,  on terms such that the per share value of the
         shares of CEI Stock to be received by the  STOCKHOLDERS as set forth on
         Annex III shall be a minimum  of $9.00 per share,  notwithstanding  the
         Minimum Value stated on Annex III.



<PAGE>



         (b) The parties  hereto  acknowledge  and agree that as a result of the
provisions of Section 4(a) of this  Amendment No. 1, the Minimum Value stated on
Annex III shall have no further force or effect.

         5.  Amendment  to Section  8.12 of the  Agreement.  Section 8.12 of the
Agreement  is hereby  amended  by  deleting  such  section in its  entirety  and
replacing it with the following:

                  8.12 RELEASE. The holders of CEI Stock shall have delivered to
         CEI an instrument  dated the Closing  Date,  releasing CEI from any and
         all (i) claims of such holders against CEI and (ii)  obligations of CEI
         to such  holders,  except  for (x)  items  specifically  identified  on
         Schedule 8.12, (y) continuing  obligations to such holders  relating to
         their  employment  by  CEI  and  (z)  obligations  arising  under  this
         Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

         6. Effect on Agreement.  The Agreement shall continue in full force and
effect  as  amended  by this  Amendment.  From and after  the date  hereof,  all
references to the Agreement  shall be deemed to mean the Agreement as amended by
this Amendment.

         7. Governing Law. This Amendment  shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York  without  reference  to its  conflicts  of law
provisions.

         8. Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed  simultaneously in two
or more  counterparts,  each of  which  shall be an  original,  and all of which
together constitute but one and the same instrument.


                                       -2-


<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Amendment has been duly executed and
delivered  by the duly  authorized  officer of each party  hereto as of the date
first above written.

                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


                            By /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                              ----------------------------------
                              Name:  RONALD RAFALOFF
                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                            ELWELL ACQUISITION CORP.


                            By /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                              ----------------------------------
                              Name:  RONALD RAFALOFF
                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                            ELWELL STORES, INC.


                            By /s/ ROY C. ELWELL
                              ----------------------------------
                              Name: 
                              Title: PRESIDENT

                            ROY AND KIM ELWELL, as tenants by the entirety:
                            /s/ ROY C. ELWELL          /s/ KIM A. ELWELL
                            ---------------------      -------------------------
                            Roy C. Elwell              Kim A. Elwell



                                       -3-


<PAGE>


                                 AMENDMENT NO. 2

                                       TO

                       AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION

         AMENDMENT NO. 2, dated as of November 28, 1997 (this  "Amendment"),  to
the Agreement and Plan of  Organization,  dated as of May 9, 1997, as amended by
that certain Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 15, 1997 (the "Agreement"), by
and among  COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC.,  a  Delaware  corporation  ("CEI"),  ELWELL
ACQUISITION  CORP., a Delaware  corporation  ("Newco"),  ELWELL STORES,  INC., a
Florida  corporation  (the  "Company"),  and  the  Stockholders  named  therein.
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the respective  meanings set
forth in the Agreement.

         For good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and  sufficiency  of
which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. Amendment to Annex III of the Agreement.  Annex III of the Agreement
is hereby  amended by deleting  such annex in its entirety and replacing it with
Exhibit A attached hereto.

         2. Amendment to Section 12.1(ii) of the Agreement.  Section 12.1(ii) of
the  Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase  "November 30, 1997" in
the fourth  line  thereof and  inserting  in lieu  thereof the phrase  "July 31,
1998".

         3.  Amendment to Section 8.5 of the  Agreement.  (a) Section 8.5 of the
Agreement  is hereby  amended  by  deleting  such  section in its  entirety  and
replacing it with the following:

                  8.5 REGISTRATION  STATEMENT.  The Registration Statement shall
         have been  declared  effective by the SEC and no stop order  suspending
         the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement shall be in effect and
         no proceeding  therefor shall have been  instituted or shall be pending
         or  contemplated  under the 1933 Act and the  Underwriters  shall  have
         agreed to  acquire  on a firm  commitment  basis  the CEI  Stock  being
         offered  in  the  IPO,  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  in the
         Underwriting  Agreement,  on terms such that the aggregate value of the
         cash and the  number  of  shares  of CEI  Stock to be  received  by the
         STOCKHOLDER is not less than the Minimum Value set forth on Annex III.

         (b) The parties  hereto  acknowledge  and agree that as a result of the
provisions of Section 3(a) of this  Amendment  No. 2, the  provisions of Section
4(b) of Amendment No. 1 shall have no further force or effect.

         4.  Amendment  to  Section  1.5 to the  Agreement.  Section  1.5 of the
Agreement  is  hereby  amended  by adding  the  following  sentences  to the end
thereof:



<PAGE>



                  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  amount of all debts and
                  liabilities   of  the   COMPANY   assumed  by  the   Surviving
                  Corporation shall not exceed $900,000  including up to $30,000
                  of  debts  and   liabilities   owed  by  the  COMPANY  to  the
                  STOCKHOLDERS   (the  "STOCKHOLDER   Loans").   Any  debts  and
                  liabilities  of the COMPANY in excess of such amount  shall be
                  assumed   by  and  shall   become   the   obligation   of  the
                  STOCKHOLDERS.  CEI shall be entitled to deduct from the amount
                  of cash otherwise to be paid to the  STOCKHOLDERS  pursuant to
                  Section 2.1 at the Funding and Consummation Date the amount of
                  such  excess.  To the  extent  that CEI does not so deduct any
                  such amounts,  the STOCKHOLDERS  shall promptly pay such debts
                  and  liabilities  as  and  to  the  extent  requested  by  the
                  Surviving  Corporation from time to time. For purposes of this
                  Section 1.5, the dollar limitation on debts and liabilities to
                  be assumed  by the  Surviving  Corporation  shall not apply to
                  liabilities representing trade payables for goods and services
                  incurred in the ordinary  course of  business,  which shall be
                  assumed  by the  Surviving  Corporation.  Notwithstanding  the
                  foregoing, and except as provided above, none of the debts and
                  liabilities assumed by the Surviving Corporation shall include
                  any debts or  liabilities  owed by the  COMPANY  to any of the
                  STOCKHOLDERS,  including,  without limitation, any liabilities
                  in respect of accrued  compensation  and benefits or interest.
                  In addition,  the  Surviving  Corporation  shall forgive up to
                  $70,000 of  indebtedness  owed by Roy  Elwell to the  COMPANY;
                  provided,  that  the  amount  of the  STOCKHOLDER  Loans to be
                  assumed by the Surviving  Corporation  shall be reduced by any
                  indebtedness so forgiven.

         5.  Amendment  to  Section  7.3 to the  Agreement.  Section  7.3 of the
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the word "or" from the end of clause (x)
thereof and adding the following to the end of clause (xi) thereof:

                  ; or (xii) make any payment or distribution of any kind to any
                  of its  STOCKHOLDERS,  including  any  payments  in respect of
                  salary or earnings of the COMPANY,  other than (A) payments in
                  respect  of  salaries  not to exceed  $7,083  per month in the
                  aggregate  to all such  STOCKHOLDERS  (pro  rated for  partial
                  months) and (B)  payments in such amount as may be required to
                  enable the STOCKHOLDERS to pay all applicable  federal,  state
                  and  local  income  Taxes  arising  from the  earnings  of the
                  COMPANY  for the period  from May 9, 1997  through the Funding
                  and Consummation Date.




                                       -2-


<PAGE>




         6. Amendment to Section 1.3(iii) of the Agreement.  Section 1.3(iii) of
the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "W. Randolph Ellspermann"
in the third line thereof and  inserting  in lieu thereof the phrase  "Ronald P.
Rafaloff".

         7. Amendment to Section  1.3(iv) to the Agreement.  Section  1.3(iv) of
the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "W. Randolph Ellspermann"
in the third to fourth lines  thereof,  and inserting in lieu thereof the phrase
"Ronald P. Rafaloff".

         8. Effect on Agreement.  The Agreement shall continue in full force and
effect  as  amended  by this  Amendment.  From and after  the date  hereof,  all
references to the Agreement  shall be deemed to mean the Agreement as amended by
this Amendment.

         9. Governing Law. This Amendment  shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York  without  reference  to its  conflicts  of law
provisions.

         10. Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed simultaneously in two
or more  counterparts,  each of  which  shall be an  original,  and all of which
together constitute but one and the same instrument.


                                       -3-


<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Amendment has been duly executed and
delivered  by the duly  authorized  officer of each party  hereto as of the date
first above written.

                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


                            By /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  RONALD RAFALOFF
                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                            ELWELL ACQUISITION CORP.


                            By /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  RONALD RAFALOFF
                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                            ELWELL STORES, INC.


                            By /s/ ROY C. ELWELL
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  ROY C. ELWELL
                              Title: PRESIDENT


                            ROY AND KIM ELWELL, as tenants by the entirety:

                            /s/ ROY C. ELWELL             /s/ KIM A. ELWELL
                            ----------------------        ----------------------
                            Roy C. Elwell                 Kim A. Elwell




                                       -4-




                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                       TO

                       AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION

         AMENDMENT NO. 1, dated as of November 28, 1997 (this  "Amendment"),  to
the  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Organization,  dated  as  of  May  9,  1997  (the
"Agreement"),  by and among  COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC.,  a  Delaware  corporation
("CEI"),   DKG  ACQUISITION  CORP.,  a  Delaware  corporation   ("Newco"),   DKG
ENTERPRISES, INC., an Oklahoma corporation (the "Company"), and the Stockholders
named  therein.   Capitalized  terms  not  otherwise  defined  herein  have  the
respective meanings set forth in the Agreement.

         For good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and  sufficiency  of
which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. Amendment to Section 1.3(iii) of the Agreement.  Section 1.3(iii) of
the Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase "David L. Yankey" in the
third  line  thereof  and  inserting  in lieu  thereof  the  phrase  "Ronald  P.
Rafaloff".

         2. Amendment to Section  1.3(iv) to the Agreement.  Section  1.3(iv) of
the Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase "David L. Yankey" in the
third to fourth lines thereof,  and inserting in lieu thereof the phrase "Ronald
P. Rafaloff".

         3. Amendment to Section  12.1(ii) of the Agreement.  The parties hereto
acknowledge and agree that  notwithstanding  Section 12.1 (ii) of the Agreement,
the  Agreement  has  remained in full force and effect since May 9, 1997 through
the date  hereof and  Section  12.1(ii) of the  Agreement  is hereby  amended by
deleting the phrase  "October 31, 1997" in the fourth line thereof and inserting
in lieu thereof the phrase "July 31, 1998".

         4.  Amendment  to Section  8.12 of the  Agreement.  Section 8.12 of the
Agreement  is hereby  amended  by  deleting  such  section in its  entirety  and
replacing it with the following:

                  8.12 RELEASE. The holders of CEI Stock shall have delivered to
         CEI an instrument  dated the Closing  Date,  releasing CEI from any and
         all (i) claims of such holders against CEI and (ii)  obligations of CEI
         to such  holders,  except  for (x)  items  specifically  identified  on
         Schedule 8.12, (y) continuing  obligations to such holders  relating to
         their  employment  by  CEI  and  (z)  obligations  arising  under  this
         Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.




<PAGE>



         5.  Amendment  to  Section  1.5 to the  Agreement.  Section  1.5 of the
Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end thereof:

                  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  amount of all debt,  as
                  evidenced by any  promissory  note,  bond,  debenture or other
                  similar instrument ("Indebtedness"), of the COMPANY assumed by
                  the Surviving  Corporation  shall not exceed  $1,500,000  (the
                  "Allowable  Indebtedness").  In  the  event  the  Indebtedness
                  exceeds  the  Allowable  Indebtedness,  such  amount  shall be
                  assumed   by  and  shall   become   the   obligation   of  the
                  STOCKHOLDERS.  CEI shall be entitled to deduct from the amount
                  of cash otherwise to be paid to the  STOCKHOLDERS  pursuant to
                  Section 2.1 at the Funding and Consummation Date the amount of
                  such  excess.  To the  extent  that CEI does not so deduct any
                  such  amounts,   the  STOCKHOLDERS  shall  promptly  pay  such
                  Indebtedness  as and to the extent  requested by the Surviving
                  Corporation  from time to time.  For  purposes of this Section
                  1.5, the dollar  limitation on  Indebtedness  to be assumed by
                  the  Surviving  Corporation  shall not  apply to  Indebtedness
                  representing trade payables for goods and services incurred in
                  the ordinary  course of business which shall be assumed by the
                  Surviving Corporation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of
                  the  Indebtedness  and  liabilities  assumed by the  Surviving
                  Corporation shall include any liabilities or Indebtedness owed
                  by the COMPANY to any of the STOCKHOLDERS,  including, without
                  limitation,   any  accrued  liabilities  representing  accrued
                  compensation  and  benefits  or  interest,   but  specifically
                  excluding  amounts due to the  STOCKHOLDERS  pursuant to those
                  certain leases listed on Schedule 5.16(B). In addition without
                  limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  the  Surviving
                  Corporation  shall not  forgive the greater of the (i) $30,000
                  or  (ii)  the  outstanding  balance  of  all  Indebtedness  in
                  satisfaction of such  Indebtedness and other  liabilities,  as
                  the case may be, owed by David Green to the  Company,  whether
                  or not  evidenced by a  promissory  note,  bond,  debenture or
                  other similar instrument. CEI shall be entitled to deduct from
                  the  amount  of  cash  otherwise  to be paid  to  David  Green
                  pursuant to Section 2.1 at the Funding and  Consummation  Date
                  the greater of (i) $30,000 or (ii) the outstanding  balance of
                  such  Indebtedness in satisfaction  of such  Indebtedness  and
                  other liabilities, as the case may be, in satisfaction of such
                  Indebtedness and other liabilities, owed by David Green to the
                  Company.

         6.  Amendment  to  Section  7.3 to the  Agreement.  Section  7.3 of the
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the word "or" from the end of clause (x)
thereof and adding the following to the end of clause (xi) thereof:


                                       -2-


<PAGE>



                  ; or (xii) make any payment or distribution of any kind to any
                  of its  STOCKHOLDERS,  including  any  payments  in respect of
                  salary or  earnings  of the  COMPANY,  other than  payments in
                  respect  of  salaries  not to exceed  $7,083  per month in the
                  aggregate  to all such  STOCKHOLDERS  (pro  rated for  partial
                  months).

         7. Amendment to Annex III of the Agreement.  Annex III of the Agreement
is hereby amended by deleting such annex in its entirety and replacing it with a
new Annex III attached as Exhibit A hereto.

         8. Effect on Agreement.  The Agreement shall continue in full force and
effect  as  amended  by this  Amendment.  From and after  the date  hereof,  all
references to the Agreement  shall be deemed to mean the Agreement as amended by
this Amendment.

         9. Governing Law. This Amendment  shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York  without  reference  to its  conflicts  of law
provisions.

         10. Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed simultaneously in two
or more  counterparts,  each of  which  shall be an  original,  and all of which
together constitute but one and the same instrument.



                                       -3-


<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Amendment has been duly executed and
delivered  by the duly  authorized  officer of each party  hereto as of the date
first above written.

                                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


                                            By /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:  RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                                            DKG ACQUISITION CORP.


                                            By /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name: RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                                           DKG ENTERPRISES


                                           By /s/ DAVID GREEN
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Name:
                                             Title:


                                            4D INVESTMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP II


                                            By /s/ DAVID GREEN
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               David Green, a General Partner


                                            By  /s/ DARRA GREEN
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Darra Green, a General Partner



                                       -4-


<PAGE>


                                                                       Exhibit A
                                                                       ---------

                                    ANNEX III

                     CONSIDERATION TO BE PAID TO STOCKHOLDER

Aggregate consideration to be paid to STOCKHOLDER:

               $1,730,000 in cash and 385,845  shares of Common Stock of CEI, to
               be distributed as follows:

Consideration to be paid to each STOCKHOLDER:

                                                Shares of Common
Stockholder                         Stock of CEI                 Cash
- -----------                         ------------                 ----

4D Investment Limited                 300,000                 $1,730,000
 Partnership II


N.P.C. Investment                      85,845
Ltd. Partnership

TOTALS:                               385,845                 $1,730,000


MINIMUM VALUE:  $4,593,000



                                       -5-









                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                       TO

                       AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION

         AMENDMENT NO. 1, dated as of November 28, 1997 (this  "Amendment"),  to
the  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Organization,  dated  as  of  May  9,  1997  (the
"Agreement"),  by and among  COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC.,  a  Delaware  corporation
("CEI"),  ANIMATION USA  ACQUISITION  CORP., a Delaware  corporation  ("Newco"),
ANIMATION  USA,  INC.,  a  Washington  corporation  (the  "Company"),   and  the
Stockholders named therein.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have
the respective meanings set forth in the Agreement.

         For good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and  sufficiency  of
which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. Amendment to Section 1.3(iii) of the Agreement.  Section 1.3(iii) of
the Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase "David L. Yankey" in the
third  line  thereof  and  inserting  in lieu  thereof  the  phrase  "Ronald  P.
Rafaloff".

         2. Amendment to Section  1.3(iv) to the Agreement.  Section  1.3(iv) of
the Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase "David L. Yankey" in the
third to fourth lines thereof and  inserting in lieu thereof the phrase  "Ronald
P.  Rafaloff",  and by deleting  the phrase  "David L.  Yankey" in the fourth to
fifth  lines  thereof  and  inserting  in lieu  thereof  the  phrase  "Ronald P.
Rafaloff".

         3.  Amendment  to  Section  1.5 to the  Agreement.  Section  1.5 of the
Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end thereof:

             Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of all debt, as evidenced
             by any promissory note, bond, debenture or other similar instrument
             ("Indebtedness"),   of  the  Company   assumed  by  the   Surviving
             Corporation    shall   not   exceed    $125,000   (the   "Allowable
             Indebtedness"). In the event the Indebtedness exceeds the Allowable
             Indebtedness,  such  excess  amount  shall be  assumed by and shall
             become the obligation of the STOCKHOLDERS. CEI shall be entitled to
             deduct  from  the  amount  of  cash  otherwise  to be  paid  to the
             STOCKHOLDERS   pursuant   to  Section   2.1  at  the   Funding  and
             Consummation Date the amount of such excess. To the extent that CEI
             does  not so  deduct  any  such  amounts,  the  STOCKHOLDERS  shall
             promptly pay such  Indebtedness  as and to the extent  requested by
             the Surviving Corporation from time to



<PAGE>



             time.  For purposes of this Section 1.5, the dollar  limitation  on
             Indebtedness  assumed by the Surviving  Corporation shall not apply
             to  liabilities  representing  trade  payables  for goods,  accrued
             and/or  deferred  compensation,  services  incurred in the ordinary
             course of business  and those  disclosed  on Schedule  5.10,  which
             shall be assumed by the Surviving Corporation.

         4. Amendment to Section  12.1(ii) of the Agreement.  The parties hereto
acknowledge and agree that  notwithstanding  Section  12.1(ii) of the Agreement,
the  Agreement  has  remained  in full force and effect  since  October 31, 1997
through the date hereof and Section  12.1(ii) of the Agreement is hereby amended
by  deleting  the phrase  "October  31,  1997" in the fourth  line  thereof  and
inserting in lieu thereof the phrase "July 31, 1998".

         5. Amendment to Annex III of the Agreement.  Annex III of the Agreement
is hereby  amended by deleting  such annex in its entirety and replacing it with
Exhibit A attached hereto.

         6.  Amendment  to Section  8.12 of the  Agreement.  Section 8.12 of the
Agreement  is hereby  amended  by  deleting  such  section in its  entirety  and
replacing it with the following:

                  8.12 RELEASE. The holders of CEI Stock shall have delivered to
         CEI an instrument  dated the Closing  Date,  releasing CEI from any and
         all (i) claims of such holders against CEI and (ii)  obligations of CEI
         to such  holders,  except  for (x)  items  specifically  identified  on
         Schedule 8.12, (y) continuing  obligations to such holders  relating to
         their  employment  by  CEI  and  (z)  obligations  arising  under  this
         Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

         7.  Amendment  to  Section  7.3 to the  Agreement.  Section  7.3 of the
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the word "or" from the end of clause (x)
thereof and adding the following to the end of clause (xi) thereof:

         ; or (xii) make any payment or  distribution  of any kind to any of its
         STOCKHOLDERS,  including  any payments in respect of salary or earnings
         of the  COMPANY,  other than  payments  in respect of  salaries  not to
         exceed  $4,167  per  month in the  aggregate  to all such  STOCKHOLDERS
         (prorated for partial months).

         8. Effect on Agreement.  The Agreement shall continue in full force and
effect  as  amended  by this  Amendment.  From and after  the date  hereof,  all
references to the Agreement  shall be deemed to mean the Agreement as amended by
this Amendment.

         9. Governing Law. This Amendment  shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York  without  reference  to its  conflicts  of law
provisions.



                                       -2-


<PAGE>



         10. Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed simultaneously in two
or more  counterparts,  each of  which  shall be an  original,  and all of which
together constitute but one and the same instrument.

















                                       -3-


<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Amendment has been duly executed and
delivered  by the duly  authorized  officer of each party  hereto as of the date
first above written.

                                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


                                            By /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:  RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                                            ANIMATION USA ACQUISITION CORP.


                                            By /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:  RONALD RAFALOFF
                                              Title: CHAIRMAN

                                            ANIMATION USA, INC.


                                            By /s/ DAVID M. VICE
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:  DAVID M. VICE
                                              Title: PRESIDENT

                                            /s/ DAVID M. VICE
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            David Vice

                                            /s/ LAINE ROSS
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Laine Ross

                                            /s/ WILLIAM A. VICE
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            William A. Vice

                                            /s/ RUTH VICE
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Ruth Vice



                                       -4-


<PAGE>



                                            WILLIAM A. VICE REVOCABLE TRUST


                                            By: /s/ WILLIAM A. VICE
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Name:
                                               Title: TRUSTEE

                                               /s/ Craig Marria
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Craig Marria

                                               /s/ Debra J. Marria
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Debra J. Marria



                                       -5-



                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.1


                AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                  The  undersigned,  an officer of  COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC.,  a
corporation  organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the
"Corporation"), does hereby certify as follows:

                  FIRST:   The name of the Corporation is

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                  SECOND:  The Certificate of  Incorporation  of the Corporation
was filed in the Office of the  Secretary  of State of the State of  Delaware on
January 18, 1996 under the name Collectibles  Enterprises,  Inc. The Corporation
filed an Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation in the Office of the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 12,  1997,  June 11, 1997 and
July 9, 1997.

                  THIRD: This Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation
was duly adopted in  accordance  with the  provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of
the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors having duly adopted
resolutions  setting  forth and  declaring  advisable  this Amended and Restated
Certificate of  Incorporation,  and in lieu of a vote of  stockholders,  written
consent to this Amended and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  having been
given in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

                  FOURTH: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
is  being  filed  pursuant  to  Sections  242  and 245 of the  Delaware  General
Corporation  Law in  order  to  amend  and  restate  the  Amended  and  Restated
Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.

                  FIFTH:  The Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation
of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

                                   ARTICLE ONE

                  The name of the Corporation is:

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                                   ARTICLE TWO

                  The  address  of the  Corporation's  registered  office in the
State of Delaware is 15 East North Street, in the City of Dover, County of Kent.
The name of its registered agent at such address is United  Corporate  Services,
Inc.



<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE THREE

                  The purpose of the  Corporation is to engage in any lawful act
or activity for which  corporations  may be organized under the Delaware General
Corporation Law.

                                  ARTICLE FOUR

                  The total  number of shares of all  classes of stock which the
Corporation  shall have  authority  to issue is  thirty-six  million two hundred
thousand   (36,200,000)  shares,  of  which  five  million  (5,000,000)  shares,
designated  as  Preferred  Stock,  shall have a par value of one cent ($.01) per
share  (the  "Preferred   Stock"),   thirty-one  million  two  hundred  thousand
(31,200,000)  shares,  designated as Common Stock, shall have a par value of one
cent ($.01) per share (the "Common  Stock");  of such Common Stock,  one million
two hundred thousand (1,200,000) shares shall be designated as Restricted Voting
Common Stock,  par value of one cent ($ .01) per share (the  "Restricted  Voting
Common Stock").

                  A statement  of the powers,  preferences  and rights,  and the
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in respect of each class of
stock of the Corporation is as follows:

                                 PREFERRED STOCK

                  The  Preferred  Stock may be  issued  from time to time by the
Board of Directors  as shares of one or more  classes or series.  Subject to the
provisions of this Amended and Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and the
limitations prescribed by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized by
adopting  resolutions  to issue the shares,  fix the number of shares and change
the number of shares  constituting any series,  and to provide for or change the
voting powers, designations,  preferences and relative, participating,  optional
or other special rights,  qualifications,  limitations or restrictions  thereof,
including  dividend  rights (and whether  dividends  are  cumulative),  dividend
rates,  terms of redemption  (including  sinking fund provisions),  a redemption
price or prices,  conversion  rights and  liquidation  preferences of the shares
constituting  any class or series of the  Preferred  Stock,  without any further
action or vote by the stockholders.

                 COMMON STOCK AND RESTRICTED VOTING COMMON STOCK

                  1.       Dividends.

                  Subject to the  preferred  rights of the  holders of shares of
any class or series of  Preferred  Stock as provided  by the Board of  Directors
with respect to any such class or series of Preferred  Stock, the holders of the
Common Stock, including the Restricted Voting Common Stock, shall be entitled to
receive,  as and when declared by the Board of Directors out of the funds of the
Corporation legally available  therefor,  such dividends (payable in cash, stock
or otherwise) as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, payable
to  stockholders  of record on such dates,  not exceeding 60 days  preceding the
dividend  payment  dates,  as shall be fixed  for such  purpose  by the Board of
Directors in advance of payment of each  particular  dividend.  All dividends on
the Common Stock shall be paid pari passu with  dividends on  Restricted  Voting
Common Stock.

                  2.       Liquidation.



                                        2


<PAGE>



                  In the event of any liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of
the  Corporation,  whether  voluntary or involuntary,  after the distribution or
payment to the  holders of shares of any class or series of  Preferred  Stock as
provided by the Board of  Directors  with respect to any such class or series of
Preferred  Stock,  the  remaining  assets  of  the  Corporation   available  for
distribution to stockholders  shall be distributed among and paid to the holders
of Common Stock and Restricted  Voting Common Stock ratably in proportion to the
number of shares of Common Stock and Restricted Voting Common Stock held by them
respectively.

                  3.       Voting Rights.

                  Except as  otherwise  required  by law or as  provided  by the
Board of Directors with respect to any class or series of Preferred  Stock,  the
entire  voting power and all voting  rights shall be vested  exclusively  in the
Common Stock and Restricted  Voting Common Stock.  Holders of Restricted  Voting
Common Stock voting  separately as a class shall be entitled to elect one member
of the Board of  Directors,  but shall not  otherwise be entitled to vote in the
election of directors of the Corporation.  Subject to the immediately  preceding
sentence,  and except as  otherwise  required  by law,  each holder of shares of
Restricted  Voting Common Stock shall be entitled to .1 of a vote for each share
of Restricted Voting Common Stock standing in such holder's name on the books of
the Corporation.  The holders of shares of Restricted  Voting Common Stock shall
have no right to vote  separately  as a class  except as set forth  herein or as
specifically  required by law. Except as otherwise  required by law, each holder
of shares of Common Stock (other than  Restricted  Voting Common Stock) shall be
entitled to one vote for each share  standing in such holder's name on the books
of the Corporation.

                  4.       Conversion of the Restricted Voting Common Stock

                  Each   share  of   Restricted   Voting   Common   Stock   will
automatically  convert  into Common  Stock on a share for share basis (a) in the
event of a transfer or sale of such share of  Restricted  Voting Common Stock by
the holder  thereof  (other than a  distribution  by a holder to its partners or
beneficial owners or a transfer to a related party of such holder (as defined in
Sections 267, 707, 318 and/or 4946 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986)),  (b)
in the  event  any  person  or group  of  persons  acting  in  concert  acquires
beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of
the  Corporation  other than in  connection  with the Company's  initial  public
offering,  (c) in the event any  person or group of  persons  acting in  concert
offers to acquire 15% or more of the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock of the
Corporation  other than in connection with the Company's initial public offering
or (d) in the event a majority  of the  aggregate  number of votes  which may be
cast by the holders of outstanding  shares of Common Stock and Restricted Voting
Common Stock entitled to vote approve such  conversion.  After July 1, 1998, the
Board of Directors  may elect to convert any  outstanding  shares of  Restricted
Voting  Common Stock into shares of Common Stock in the event 80% or more of the
originally  outstanding  shares of  Restricted  Voting  Common  Stock  have been
previously converted into shares of Common Stock.



                                        3


<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE FIVE

                  1.       Board of Directors.

                  The directors shall not be classified with respect to the time
for which they shall  severally  hold  office.  The  directors  shall be elected
annually  to hold  office  until  their  successors  have been duly  elected and
qualified  at each annual  meeting of  stockholders.  At each annual  meeting of
stockholders at which a quorum is present,  the persons receiving a plurality of
the votes cast shall be directors.  Election of directors need not be by written
ballot unless the By-laws of the Corporation so provide.

                  For so long as any shares of  Restricted  Voting  Common Stock
shall  remain  outstanding,   notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  holders  of
Restricted Voting Common Stock voting seperately as a class shall be entitled to
elect one member of the Board of Directors,  but shall not otherwise be entitled
to vote in the election of directors of the Corporation, and only the holders of
Restricted  Voting Common Stock shall be entitled to remove such member from the
Board of Directors.

                  2.       Vacancies.

                  Any vacancy on the Board of  Directors  resulting  from death,
retirement, resignation, disqualification or removal from office or other cause,
as well as any vacancy  resulting  from an  increase in the number of  directors
which occurs between annual meetings of the  stockholders at which directors are
elected, shall be filled only by a majority vote of the remaining directors then
in office, though less than a quorum, except that those vacancies resulting from
removal from office by a vote of the stockholders may be filled by a vote of the
stockholders  at the same meeting at which such removal  occurs.  The  directors
chosen to fill vacancies shall hold office for a term expiring at the end of the
next annual  meeting of  stockholders.  No  decrease in the number of  directors
constituting  the Board of  Directors  shall  shorten the term of any  incumbent
director.  If the  vacancy  on the Board of  Directors  results  from the death,
retirement, resignation, disqualification or removal from office of the director
elected by the holders of Restricted  Voting  Common Stock,  only the holders of
Restricted Voting Common Stock shall be entitled to fill such vacancy.

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  whenever the holders of one or
more  classes  or  series  of  Preferred  Stock  shall  have the  right,  voting
separately  as a class or series,  to elect  directors,  the  election,  term of
office,  filling of vacancies,  removal and other features of such directorships
shall be governed by the terms of the resolution or  resolutions  adopted by the
Board of  Directors  pursuant  to  ARTICLE  FOUR  applicable  thereto,  and each
director so elected shall not be subject to the  provisions of this ARTICLE FIVE
unless otherwise provided therein.

                  3.       Power to Make, Alter and Repeal By-laws.

                  In furtherance  and not in limitation of the powers  conferred
by statute,  the Board of Directors is expressly  authorized to make,  alter and
repeal the By-laws of the Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE SIX



                                        4


<PAGE>



                  The Corporation  reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
repeal any provision in this Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation,
in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute.

                                  ARTICLE SEVEN

                  No  director  of  the  Corporation  shall  be  liable  to  the
Corporation  or its  stockholders  for monetary  damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director,  except for liability  (i) for any breach of the  director's
duty of  loyalty  to the  Corporation  or its  stockholders,  (ii)  for  acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law,  (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware  General  Corporation
Law or (iv) for any  transaction  from which the  director  derived an  improper
personal benefit.

                                  ARTICLE EIGHT

                  The  Corporation  shall,  to the fullest  extent  permitted by
Section 145 of the Delaware General  Corporation Law, as the same may be amended
and  supplemented,  indemnify each director and officer of the Corporation  from
and against any and all of the expenses,  liabilities or other matters  referred
to in or covered by said  section and the  indemnification  provided  for herein
shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may
be  entitled  under  any  By-law,  agreement,  vote  of  stockholders,  vote  of
disinterested directors or otherwise,  and shall continue as to a person who has
ceased to be a director  or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and  administrators  of such persons and the  Corporation may purchase
and  maintain  insurance  on behalf of any  director  or  officer  to the extent
permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

                                  ARTICLE NINE

                  Whenever a compromise or arrangement  is proposed  between the
Corporation  and  its  creditors  or  any  class  of  them  and/or  between  the
Corporation  and its  stockholders  or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction  within the State of Delaware may, on the  application in a summary
way of the  Corporation  or of any  creditor  or  stockholder  thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the
provisions of section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the  application
of trustees in  dissolution  or of any receiver or receivers  appointed  for the
Corporation under the provisions of section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code,
order  a  meeting  of  the  creditors  or  class  of  creditors,  and/or  of the
stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to
be summoned in such  manner as the said court  directs.  If a majority in number
representing  three-fourths  in value of the  creditors  or class of  creditors,
and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the  Corporation,  as the
case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of
the  Corporation as a consequence of such  compromise or  arrangement,  the said
compromise or arrangement  and the said  reorganization  shall, if sanctioned by
the court to which the said  application  has been  made,  be binding on all the
creditors  or class of  creditors,  and/or on all the  stockholders  or class of
stockholders,  of  the  Corporation,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  also  on the
Corporation.

                           [Signature Page to Follow]


                                        5


<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has  executed  this Amended and
Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  on behalf of the  Corporation  and does
verify and affirm,  under  penalty of perjury,  that this  Amended and  Restated
Certificate of Incorporation is the act and deed of the Corporation and that the
facts stated herein are true as of this 2nd day of June, 1998.

                                     COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                                     By:   /s/ NEIL J. DEPASCAL
                                           -----------------------------------
                                             Name:   Neil J. DePascal, Jr.
                                             Title:  Executive Vice President,
                                                     Chief Financial Officer and
                                                     Assistant Secretary



                                     6





          EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND JERRY GLADSTONE


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement"),  by and among Collectibles
USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Collectibles"), American Royal Arts Corp., a
New  York  corporation  and  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Collectibles  (the
"Company"), and Jerry Gladstone ("Employee"),  is hereby entered into as of this
9th day of May,  1997  and  shall  become  effective  only as of the date of the
consummation of the initial public offering of the common stock of Collectibles.
This   Agreement   hereby   supersedes  any  other   employment   agreements  or
understandings,  written  or  oral,  between  Employee  and the  Company  and/or
Collectibles.

                                 R E C I T A L S

         The following statements are true and correct:

         As of the date of this Agreement,  the Company is engaged  primarily in
the business of marketing collectible merchandise and animation art products.

         Employee  is  employed  hereunder  by  the  Company  in a  confidential
relationship wherein Employee, in the course of his employment with the Company,
has and will continue to become familiar with and aware of information as to the
Company's  and  Collectibles'  customers,  specific  manner  of doing  business,
including the processes,  techniques  and trade secrets  utilized by the Company
and Collectibles,  and future plans with respect thereto,  all of which has been
and will be  established  and  maintained  at great  expense to the  Company and
Collectibles;  this  information is a trade secret and  constitutes the valuable
good will of the Company and  Collectibles.  Therefore,  in consideration of the
mutual  promises,  terms,  covenants  and  conditions  set forth  herein and the
performance of each, it is hereby agreed as follows:

                               A G R E E M E N T S

1.       EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES.

         (a) The Company hereby employs Employee as President of the Company. As
such,  Employee  shall have  responsibilities,  duties and authority  reasonably
accorded to and expected of a President of the Company and will report  directly
to the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board").  Employee hereby accepts
this employment upon the terms and conditions  herein  contained and, subject to
paragraph 1(c), agrees to devote his time,  attention and efforts to promote and
further the business of the Company.

         (b)  Employee  shall  faithfully  adhere to,  execute  and  fulfill all
policies established by the Company.


<PAGE>


         (c) Employee shall not, during the term of his employment hereunder, be
engaged  in any  other  business  activity  pursued  for  gain,  profit or other
pecuniary  advantage if such  activity  interferes  with  Employee's  duties and
responsibilities  hereunder. The foregoing limitations shall not be construed as
prohibiting  Employee from making personal investments in such form or manner as
will neither  require his services in the  operation or affairs of the companies
or  enterprises  in which such  investments  are made nor  violate  the terms of
paragraph 3 hereof.

2.       COMPENSATION.

         For all services  rendered by Employee,  the Company  shall  compensate
Employee as follows:

         (a) Base Salary.  The base salary  payable to Employee shall be $50,000
per year,  payable on a regular basis in accordance with the Company's  standard
payroll  procedures but not less than monthly.  On at least an annual basis, the
Board will review  Employee's  performance  and may recommend  increases to such
base  salary  if,  in its  discretion,  any such  increase  is  warranted.  Such
recommended increase would, in all likelihood,  require approval by the Board of
Directors of Collectibles or a duly constituted committee thereof.

         (b) Incentive  Bonus Plan.  For 1997 and  subsequent  years,  it is the
Company's  intent to  develop a  written  Incentive  Bonus  Plan  (which  may be
Collectibles'  Incentive  Bonus Plan)  setting  forth the  criteria  under which
Employee  and other  officers  and key  employees  will be  eligible  to receive
year-end bonus awards.

         (c) Executive  Perquisites,  Benefits And Other Compensation.  Employee
shall be entitled  to receive  additional  benefits  and  compensation  from the
Company in such form and to such extent as specified below:

         (d) Payment of all premiums for coverage for Employee and his dependent
family members under health, hospitalization, disability, dental, life and other
insurance plans that the Company or Collectibles may have in effect from time to
time,  benefits  provided to Employee under this clause (i) to be at least equal
to such benefits provided to Collectibles executives.

         (e)  Reimbursement  for all  business  travel  and other  out-of-pocket
expenses  reasonably  incurred by Employee in the  performance  of his  services
pursuant to this Agreement.  All  reimbursable  expenses shall be  appropriately
documented in reasonable  detail by Employee upon  submission of any request for
reimbursement,  and in a format and manner consistent with Collectibles' expense
reporting policy.

         (f) The Company shall provide Employee with other executive perquisites
as may be  available  to or deemed  appropriate  for  Employee  by the Board and
participation in all other Company-wide or  Collectibles-wide  employee benefits
as available from time to time.


                                       2
<PAGE>

3.       NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT.

         (a) Employee will not,  during the period of his  employment by or with
the  Company,  and for a  period  of two (2)  years  immediately  following  the
termination of his employment under this Agreement,  for any reason  whatsoever,
directly or indirectly,  for himself or on behalf of or in conjunction  with any
other person, persons, company, partnership, corporation or business of whatever
nature:

               (i) engage, as an officer, director, shareholder, owner, partner,
          joint venturer,  or in a managerial capacity,  whether as an employee,
          independent   contractor,   consultant  or  advisor,  or  as  a  sales
          representative,  in any  collectibles  or  animation  art  business in
          direct competition with the Company or Collectibles, within the United
          States or within 100 miles of any other  geographic  area in which the
          Company or Collectibles or where any of the Company's or Collectibles'
          subsidiaries  conducts  business,  including any territory serviced by
          the  Company  or  Collectibles  or  any  of  such   subsidiaries  (the
          "Territory");

               (ii)  call  upon any  person  who is, at that  time,  within  the
          Territory,  an employee of the Company or Collectibles  (including the
          respective  subsidiaries  thereof) in a  managerial  capacity  for the
          purpose or with the intent of enticing  such employee away from or out
          of the employ of the Company or Collectibles (including the respective
          subsidiaries thereof);

               (iii) call upon any person or entity  which is, at that time,  or
          which has been,  within one (1) year prior to that time, a customer of
          the Company or  Collectibles  (including the  respective  subsidiaries
          thereof) within the Territory for the purpose of soliciting or selling
          products  or  services  in  direct  competition  with the  Company  or
          Collectibles within the Territory; or

               (iv)  call  upon  any  prospective   acquisition  candidate,   on
          Employee's own behalf or on behalf of any competitor,  which candidate
          was, to Employee's  actual knowledge after due inquiry,  either called
          upon  by  the  Company  or  Collectibles   (including  the  respective
          subsidiaries thereof) or for which the Company or Collectibles made an
          acquisition analysis, for the purpose of acquiring such entity.

         Notwithstanding  the above, the foregoing  covenant shall not be deemed
to prohibit  Employee from  acquiring as an investment not more than one percent
(1%) of the capital  stock of a competing  business,  whose stock is traded on a
national securities exchange or over-the-counter.

         (b)  Because of the  difficulty  of  measuring  economic  losses to the
Company and Collectibles as a result of a breach of the foregoing covenants, and
because of the  immediate  and  irreparable  damage  that could be caused to the
Company and  Collectibles  for which they would have no other  adequate  remedy,
Employee agrees that the foregoing  covenants may be enforced by Collectibles or
the Company in the event of breach by Employee,  by injunctions  and restraining
orders.

         (c) It is agreed by the parties  that the  foregoing  covenants in this
paragraph 3 impose a


                                       3
<PAGE>

reasonable  restraint on Employee in light of the activities and business of the
Company or Collectibles (including Collectibles' other subsidiaries) on the date
of the  execution  of this  Agreement  and the  current  plans  of  Collectibles
(including  Collectibles' other subsidiaries);  but it is also the intent of the
Company, Collectibles and Employee that such covenants be construed and enforced
in  accordance  with the  changing  activities,  business  and  locations of the
Company and Collectibles (including Collectibles' other subsidiaries) throughout
the term of these covenants,  whether before or after the date of termination of
the employment of Employee.  For example, if, during the term of this Agreement,
the Company or Collectibles (including Collectibles' other subsidiaries) engages
in new and  different  activities,  enters a new  business  or  establishes  new
locations  for its current  activities  or business in addition to or other than
the activities or business  enumerated under the Recitals above or the locations
currently established therefor,  then Employee will be precluded from soliciting
the  customers or employees of such new  activities or business or from such new
location and from directly  competing  with such new business  within the United
States or within 100 miles of its  then-established  operating  location(s),  if
outside the United States,  through the term of the covenants  contained in this
paragraph 3.

         It is further  agreed by the  parties  hereto  that,  in the event that
Employee shall cease to be employed  hereunder,  and shall enter into a business
or pursue other  activities not in competition  with the Company or Collectibles
(including Collectibles' other subsidiaries),  or similar activities or business
in locations the operation of which, under such circumstances,  does not violate
clause (i) of this  paragraph 3, and in any event such new business,  activities
or  location  are  not  in  violation  of  this  paragraph  3 or  of  employee's
obligations  under this  paragraph 3, if any,  Employee  shall not be chargeable
with a violation of this paragraph 3 if the Company or  Collectibles  (including
Collectibles'  other subsidiaries) shall thereafter enter the same, similar or a
competitive  (i)  business,  (ii) course of  activities  or (iii)  location,  as
applicable.

         (d) The covenants in this  paragraph 3 are severable and separate,  and
the unenforceability of any specific covenant shall not affect the provisions of
any other covenant.  Moreover, in the event any court of competent  jurisdiction
shall determine that the scope, time or territorial restrictions of any specific
covenant as set forth are unreasonable,  then it is the intention of the parties
that such  restrictions  be enforced to the fullest extent which the court deems
reasonable, and the Agreement shall thereby be reformed.

         (e) All of the  covenants in this  paragraph 3 shall be construed as an
agreement  independent  of any  other  provision  in  this  Agreement,  and  the
existence  of any claim or cause of action of  Employee  against  the Company or
Collectibles,  whether  predicated  on this  Agreement or  otherwise,  shall not
constitute a defense to the  enforcement by  Collectibles or the Company of such
covenants.  It is specifically agreed that the period of two (2) years following
termination  of employment  stated at the beginning of this  paragraph 3, during
which the agreements and covenants of Employee made in this paragraph 3 shall be
effective,  shall be computed by excluding from such computation any time during
which Employee is in violation of any provision of this paragraph 3.

4.       PLACE OF PERFORMANCE.


                                       4
<PAGE>

    (a)  Employee  understands  that  he  may  be  requested  by  the  Board  or
Collectibles  to  relocate  from his  present  residence  to another  geographic
location in order to more efficiently carry out his duties and  responsibilities
under this  Agreement or as part of a promotion or other  increase in duties and
responsibilities.  In such event,  if Employee  agrees to relocate,  the Company
will pay all relocation  costs to move Employee,  his immediate family and their
personal property and effects.  Such costs may include,  by way of example,  but
are not limited to, pre-move  visits to search for a new residence,  investigate
schools or for other  purposes;  temporary  lodging  and living  costs  prior to
moving into a new  permanent  residence;  duplicate  home  carrying  costs;  all
closing costs on the sale of Employee's present residence and on the purchase of
a comparable residence in the new location; and added income taxes that Employee
may incur if any  relocation  costs are not  deductible  for tax  purposes.  The
general intent of the foregoing is that Employee  shall not personally  bear any
out-of-pocket  cost as a result of the relocation,  with an  understanding  that
Employee  will  use his best  efforts  to  incur  only  those  costs  which  are
reasonable  and necessary to effect a smooth,  efficient and orderly  relocation
with minimal  disruption to the business affairs of the Company and the personal
life of Employee and his family.

         (b) Notwithstanding the above, if Employee is requested by the Board to
relocate and Employee  refuses,  such refusal shall not constitute  "good cause"
for termination of this Agreement under the terms of paragraph 5(c).

5.       TERM; TERMINATION; RIGHTS ON TERMINATION.

         The term of this Agreement  shall begin on the date hereof and continue
for three years (the "Term") and, unless  terminated  sooner as herein provided,
shall  continue  thereafter  on a  year-to-year  basis  on the  same  terms  and
conditions contained herein in effect as of the time of renewal.  This Agreement
and Employee's employment may be terminated in any one of the followings ways:

         (a) Death.  The death of  Employee  shall  immediately  terminate  this
Agreement with no severance compensation due to Employee's estate.

         (b) Disability. If, as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental
illness or injury,  Employee  shall have been absent from his  full-time  duties
hereunder for four (4) consecutive months, then thirty (30) days after receiving
written  notice (which notice may occur before or after the end of such four (4)
month period, but which shall not be effective earlier than the last day of such
four  (4)  month  period),  the  Company  may  terminate  Employee's  employment
hereunder  provided  Employee  is unable to resume his  full-time  duties at the
conclusion of such notice  period.  Also,  Employee may terminate his employment
hereunder  if his health  should  become  impaired  to an extent  that makes the
continued  performance  of his duties  hereunder  hazardous  to his  physical or
mental  health or his life,  provided  that  Employee  shall have  furnished the
Company  with a written  statement  from a  qualified  doctor to such effect and
provided,  further,  that, at the Company's request made within thirty (30) days
of the date of such written  statement,  Employee shall submit to an examination
by a doctor selected by the Company who is reasonably acceptable to Employee and
such doctor shall have concurred in the conclusion of Employee's  doctor. In the
event  this  Agreement  is  terminated  as a result  of  Employee's  disability,
Employee  shall receive from the Company,  in a lump-sum  payment due within ten
(10) days of the effective date of termination, the base salary at the rate then
in effect for whatever time period is


                                       5
<PAGE>

remaining under the Term of this Agreement or for one (1) year, whichever amount
is greater.

         (c) Good Cause.  The Company may  terminate the Agreement ten (10) days
after written notice to Employee for good cause,  which shall be: (1) Employee's
willful, material and irreparable breach of this Agreement; (2) Employee's gross
negligence in the performance or intentional  nonperformance  continuing for ten
(10) days after  receipt of written  notice of need to cure of any of Employee's
material  duties  and   responsibilities   hereunder;   (3)  Employee's  willful
dishonesty,  fraud or misconduct  with respect to the business or affairs of the
Company or Collectibles which materially and adversely affects the operations or
reputation of the Company or Collectibles; (4) Employee's conviction of a felony
crime;  or (5) chronic  alcohol abuse or illegal drug abuse by Employee.  In the
event of a termination for good cause, as enumerated above,  Employee shall have
no right to any severance compensation.

         (d) Without Cause.  At any time after the  commencement  of employment,
Employee may, without cause, terminate this Agreement and Employee's employment,
effective  thirty (30) days after  written  notice is  provided to the  Company.
Employee may only be  terminated  without  cause by the Company  during the Term
hereof if such  termination is approved by at least two-thirds of the members of
the Board of Directors of  Collectibles.  Should  Employee be  terminated by the
Company without cause during the Term,  Employee shall receive from the Company,
in a lump-sum  payment due on the effective  date of  termination,  equal to the
Severance  Base Salary for whatever  time period is remaining  under the Term of
this Agreement (not to exceed two years) or for one (1) year,  whichever  amount
is greater. For purposes of this Agreement, the "Severance Base Salary" shall be
$100,000 per year. Should Employee be terminated by the Company without cause at
any time after the Term,  Employee shall receive from the Company, in a lump-sum
payment due on the effective date of termination,  a severance  payment equal to
$100,000. Further, any termination without cause by the Company shall operate to
shorten  the period set forth in  paragraph  3(a) and during  which the terms of
paragraph 3 apply to one (1) year from the date of termination of employment. If
Employee resigns or otherwise  terminates his employment  without cause pursuant
to this paragraph 5(d), Employee shall receive no severance compensation.

         (e)  Change In Control  Of  Collectibles.  In the event of a "Change in
Control" of Collectibles  (as defined in paragraph 12(e) below) during the Term,
refer to paragraph 12 below.

         (f) Upon  termination of this Agreement for any reason  provided above,
Employee shall be entitled to receive all  compensation  earned and all benefits
and  reimbursements  due through the effective date of  termination.  Additional
compensation  subsequent  to  termination,  if any,  will be due and  payable to
Employee  only to the extent and in the manner  expressly  provided  above or in
paragraph 12. All other rights and obligations of Collectibles,  the Company and
Employee  under  this  Agreement  shall  cease  as  of  the  effective  date  of
termination,  except that the Company's obligations under paragraph 9 herein and
Employee's  obligations  under paragraphs 3, 6, 7, 8 and 10 herein shall survive
such termination in accordance with their terms.

         (g) If termination of Employee's employment arises out of the Company's
failure to pay


                                       6
<PAGE>

Employee  on a timely  basis the  amounts  to which he is  entitled  under  this
Agreement or as a result of any other  breach of this  Agreement by the Company,
as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or pursuant to the provisions
of  paragraph 16 below,  the Company  shall pay all amounts and damages to which
Employee may be entitled as a result of such breach,  including interest thereon
and all reasonable  legal fees and expenses and other costs incurred by Employee
to enforce his rights hereunder.  Further, none of the provisions of paragraph 3
shall apply in the event this Agreement is terminated as a result of a breach by
the Company.

6.       RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY.

         All records,  designs,  patents,  business plans, financial statements,
manuals,  memoranda,  lists and  other  property  delivered  to or  compiled  by
Employee by or on behalf of the Company,  Collectibles or their representatives,
vendors  or  customers   which  pertain  to  the  business  of  the  Company  or
Collectibles shall be and remain the property of the Company or Collectibles, as
the case may be, and be subject at all times to their  discretion  and  control.
Likewise, all correspondence,  reports,  records, charts,  advertising materials
and other similar data pertaining to the business, activities or future plans of
the Company or  Collectibles  which is collected by Employee  shall be delivered
promptly to the Company  without  request by it upon  termination  of Employee's
employment for any reason.

7.       INVENTIONS.

         Employee shall disclose  promptly to  Collectibles  and the Company any
and all  significant  conceptions  and ideas for  inventions,  improvements  and
valuable discoveries,  whether patentable or not, which are conceived or made by
Employee,  solely or jointly with  another,  during the period of  employment or
within one (1) year  thereafter,  and which are directly related to the business
or activities of the Company or Collectibles  and which Employee  conceives as a
result of his employment by the Company.  Employee  hereby assigns and agrees to
assign  all his  interests  therein  to the  Company  or its  nominee.  Whenever
requested  to  do so  by  the  Company,  Employee  shall  execute  any  and  all
applications,  assignments  or other  instruments  that the  Company  shall deem
necessary  to apply for and obtain  Letters  Patent of the United  States or any
foreign country or to otherwise protect the Company's interest therein.

8.       TRADE SECRETS.

         Employee  agrees  that he will  not,  during  or after the Term of this
Agreement  with the Company,  disclose the  specific  terms of the  Company's or
Collectibles'  relationships  or agreements  with their  respective  significant
vendors or customers or any other  significant  and material trade secret of the
Company or Collectibles,  whether in existence or proposed, to any person, firm,
partnership, corporation or business for any reason or purpose whatsoever.

9.       INDEMNIFICATION.

         In the event  Employee  is made a party to any  threatened,  pending or
completed action, suit or


                                       7
<PAGE>

proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than
an action by the Company or  Collectibles  against  Employee),  by reason of the
fact  that he is or was  performing  services  under  this  Agreement,  then the
Company shall  indemnify  Employee  against all expenses  (including  attorneys'
fees),  judgments,  fines  and  amounts  paid in  settlement,  as  actually  and
reasonably incurred by Employee in connection therewith.  In the event that both
Employee  and the  Company  are  made a party to the  same  third-party  action,
complaint,  suit or  proceeding,  the Company or  Collectibles  agrees to engage
competent   legal   representation,   and  Employee   agrees  to  use  the  same
representation,  provided that if counsel selected by Collectibles  shall have a
conflict of interest  that  prevents  such counsel from  representing  Employee,
Employee may engage separate  counsel and the Company or Collectibles  shall pay
all  attorneys'  fees of such  separate  counsel.  Further,  while  Employee  is
expected at all times to use his best efforts to faithfully discharge his duties
under  this  Agreement,  Employee  cannot  be  held  liable  to the  Company  or
Collectibles  for errors or omissions  made in good faith where Employee has not
exhibited  gross,  willful and wanton  negligence  and  misconduct  or performed
criminal  and  fraudulent  acts  which  materially  damage the  business  of the
Company.

10.      NO PRIOR AGREEMENTS.

         Employee  hereby  represents  and  warrants  to the  Company  that  the
execution of this  Agreement by Employee and his  employment  by the Company and
the  performance of his duties  hereunder will not violate or be a breach of any
agreement with a former employer, client or any other person or entity. Further,
Employee  agrees to  indemnify  the  Company for any claim,  including,  but not
limited  to,  attorneys'  fees and  expenses of  investigation  and all fees and
expenses  incurred by the Company  pursuant  to  paragraph  9, by any such third
party that such third party may now have or may  hereafter  come to have against
the  Company  based  upon  or  arising  out  of any  non-competition  agreement,
invention or secrecy agreement between Employee and such third party.

11.      ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT.

         Employee  understands  that he has been selected for  employment by the
Company on the basis of his  personal  qualifications,  experience  and  skills.
Employee  agrees,  therefore,  that he cannot  assign all or any  portion of his
performance under this Agreement. Subject to the preceding two (2) sentences and
the express  provisions of paragraph 12 below,  this Agreement  shall be binding
upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their
respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

12.      CHANGE IN CONTROL.

         (a) Unless he elects to terminate this Agreement pursuant to (c) below,
Employee  understands  and  acknowledges  that  the  Company  may be  merged  or
consolidated   with  or  into   another   entity  and  that  such  entity  shall
automatically  succeed to the rights and obligations of the Company hereunder or
that the  Company may undergo  another  type of Change in Control.  In the event
such a merger or  consolidation or other Change in Control is initiated prior to
the  end of the  Term,  then  the  provisions  of this  paragraph  12  shall  be
applicable.


                                       8
<PAGE>

         (b) In the event of a pending Change in Control wherein the Company and
Employee have not received  written notice at least five (5) business days prior
to the anticipated  closing date of the transaction giving rise to the Change in
Control from the  successor  to all or a  substantial  portion of the  Company's
business  and/or  assets  that such  successor  is willing as of the  closing to
assume and agree to perform the Company's  obligations  under this  Agreement in
the same manner and to the same  extent  that the Company is hereby  required to
perform, then such Change in Control shall be deemed to be a termination of this
Agreement  by the  Company  without  cause  during  the Term and the  applicable
portions  of  paragraph  5(d)  will  apply;   provided,   however,   under  such
circumstances, that the amount of the lump-sum severance payment due to Employee
shall be triple the amount  calculated under the terms of paragraph 5(d) and the
non-competition provisions of paragraph 3 shall not apply whatsoever.

         (c) In any  Change in  Control  situation,  Employee  may,  at his sole
discretion, elect to terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to the
Company at least five (5) business days prior to the anticipated  closing of the
transaction  giving rise to the Change in Control.  In such case, the applicable
provisions of paragraph 5(d) will apply as though the Company had terminated the
Agreement  without  cause during the Term;  provided,  however,  that under such
circumstances,  the amount of the  lump-sum  severance  payment  due to Employee
shall be double the amount  calculated under the terms of paragraph 5(d) and the
non-competition  provisions  of  paragraph 3 shall all apply for a period of two
(2) years from the effective date of termination.

         (d) For  purposes  of  applying  paragraph  5 under  the  circumstances
described in (b) and (c) above,  the effective date of  termination  will be the
closing  date of the  transaction  giving  rise to the Change in Control and all
compensation,  reimbursements and lump-sum payments due Employee must be paid in
full by the Company at or prior to such closing. Further, Employee will be given
at least 30 days to elect  whether to exercise all or any of his vested  options
to purchase  Collectibles  Common Stock,  including any options with accelerated
vesting under the provisions of  Collectibles'  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan, such
that he may  convert the options to shares of  Collectibles  Common  Stock at or
prior to the closing of the transaction giving rise to the Change in Control, if
he so desires.

         (e)      A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if:

               (i)  any  person,  other  than  Collectibles,   a  subsidiary  of
          Collectibles  or an employee  benefit plan of  Collectibles,  acquires
          directly or  indirectly  Beneficial  Ownership  (as defined in Section
          13(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended)  of any
          voting security of the Company and immediately  after such acquisition
          such Person is, directly or indirectly, the Beneficial Owner of voting
          securities  representing  50% or more of the total voting power of all
          of the then-outstanding  voting securities of the Company,  unless the
          transaction  pursuant to which such acquisition is made is approved by
          at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Board;

               (ii) the following individuals no longer constitute a majority of
          the  members  of the  Board  of  Directors  of  Collectibles:  (A) the
          individuals  who,  as of the  closing  date of  Collectibles'  initial
          public  offering,  constitute  the Board of Directors of  Collectibles
          (the "Original  Directors");  (B) the  individuals  who thereafter are
          elected to the Board of Directors of


                                       9
<PAGE>

          Collectibles  and whose election,  or nomination for election,  to the
          Board of Directors of Collectibles  was approved by a vote of at least
          two-thirds (2/3) of the Original  Directors then still in office (such
          directors  becoming   "Additional   Original  Directors"   immediately
          following their election);  and (C) the individuals who are elected to
          the  Board  of  Directors  of  Collectibles  and  whose  election,  or
          nomination for election, to the Board of Directors of Collectibles was
          approved  by a vote  of at  least  two-thirds  (2/3)  of the  Original
          Directors and Additional Original Directors then still in office (such
          directors also becoming  "Additional  Original Directors"  immediately
          following their election);

               (iii) the  stockholders of  Collectibles  shall approve a merger,
          consolidation,  recapitalization, or reorganization of Collectibles, a
          reverse stock split of outstanding voting securities,  or consummation
          of any such transaction if stockholder approval is not obtained, other
          than any such  transaction  which would  result in at least 75% of the
          total  voting  power  represented  by  the  voting  securities  of the
          surviving entity outstanding  immediately after such transaction being
          Beneficially  Owned  by at least  75% of the  holders  of  outstanding
          voting   securities   of   Collectibles   immediately   prior  to  the
          transaction,  with the  voting  power of each such  continuing  holder
          relative to other such continuing holders not substantially altered in
          the transaction; or

               (iv) the  stockholders  of  Collectibles  shall approve a plan of
          complete  liquidation of  Collectibles or an agreement for the sale or
          disposition  by  Collectibles  of  all  or a  substantial  portion  of
          Collectibles'  assets  (i.e.,  50% or  more  of the  total  assets  of
          Collectibles).

None of the  transactions  that  occur in  connection  with the  initial  public
offering of Collectibles shall constitute a Change in Control.

         (f)  Employee  must be  notified  in writing by the Company at any time
that the Company anticipates that a Change in Control may take place.

         (g) Employee  shall be  reimbursed  by the Company or its successor for
any excise taxes that Employee incurs under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as a result of any Change in Control.  Such amount will be due and
payable by the  Company  or its  successor  within ten (10) days after  Employee
delivers a written  request for  reimbursement  accompanied by a copy of his tax
return(s) showing the excise tax actually incurred by Employee.

13.      COMPLETE AGREEMENT.

         This Agreement is not a promise of future  employment.  Employee has no
oral  representations,  understandings  or agreements with the Company or any of
its officers,  directors or representatives  covering the same subject matter as
this Agreement.

         This written Agreement is the final,  complete and exclusive  statement
and expression of the agreement  between the Company and Employee and of all the
terms of this Agreement,  and it cannot be


                                       10
<PAGE>

varied, contradicted or supplemented by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous
oral or written  agreements.  This written  Agreement may not be later  modified
except by a further writing signed by a duly  authorized  officer of the Company
and  Employee,  and no term of this  Agreement  may be waived  except by writing
signed by the party waiving the benefit of such term.

14.      NOTICE.

         Whenever any notice is required hereunder, it shall be given in writing
addressed as follows:

         To the Company:   Collectibles USA, Inc.
                           2081 Landings Drive
                           Mountain View, CA 94043

         To Employee:      c/o American Royal Arts Corp.
                           473 Old Country Road
Westbury, New York  11590

Notice shall be deemed given and  effective  three (3) days after the deposit in
the U.S.  mail of a  writing  addressed  as above  and sent  first  class  mail,
certified,  return  receipt  requested,  or if sooner,  when actually  received.
Either party may change the address for notice by  notifying  the other party of
such change in accordance with this paragraph 14.

15.      SEVERABILITY; HEADINGS.

         If any portion of this  Agreement is held invalid or  inoperative,  the
other portions of this Agreement shall be deemed valid and operative and, so far
as is reasonable and possible, effect shall be given to the intent manifested by
the portion held invalid or inoperative.  The paragraph  headings herein are for
reference purposes only and are not intended in any way to describe,  interpret,
define or limit the extent or intent of the Agreement or of any part hereof.

16.      ARBITRATION.

         Any unresolved  dispute or  controversy  arising under or in connection
with this  Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively  by  arbitration,  conducted
before a panel of three (3) arbitrators Mountain View, California, in accordance
with the rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association  then in  effect.  The
arbitrators  shall not have the authority to add to, detract from, or modify any
provision  hereof  nor to award  punitive  damages  to any  injured  party.  The
arbitrators shall have the authority to order back-pay,  severance compensation,
vesting  of  options  (or cash  compensation  in lieu of  vesting  of  options),
reimbursement of costs, including those incurred to enforce this Agreement,  and
interest  thereon  in the event the  arbitrators  determine  that  Employee  was
terminated  without  disability or good cause, as defined in paragraphs 5(b) and
5(c),  respectively,  or that the Company has otherwise materially breached this
Agreement.  A decision by a majority of the arbitration panel shall be final and
binding.  Judgment


                                       11
<PAGE>

may be entered on the arbitrators' award in any court having  jurisdiction.  The
direct expense of the arbitrators shall be borne by the Company.

17.      GOVERNING LAW.

         This Agreement shall in all respects be construed according to the laws
of the State of Delaware.



                                       12
<PAGE>



18.      COUNTERPARTS.

         This  Agreement  may be  executed  simultaneously  in two  (2) or  more
counterparts,  each of  which  shall  be  deemed  an  original  and all of which
together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.

                                    American Royal Arts Corp.

                                    By:     /s/ Jerry Gladstone
                                            ------------------------------------
                                    Name:   Jerry Gladstone
                                            ------------------------------------
                                    Title:  President
                                            ------------------------------------

                                    COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                                    By:     /s/ Ronald Rafaloff
                                            ------------------------------------
                                    Name:   Ronald Rafaloff
                                            ------------------------------------
                                    Title:  Assistant Secretary
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Jerry Gladstone

                                            /s/ Jerry Gladstone
                                           -------------------------------------







                                       13
<PAGE>



                            SCHEDULE TO EXHIBIT 10.1

         Identification of Substantially Identical Employment Agreements

         1.  Employment   Agreement,   by  and  among   Collectibles  USA,  Inc.
("Collectibles"),  Animation,  U.S.A.,  Inc.,  a  Washington  corporation  and a
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Collectibles  (the  "Company"),  and  Laine  Ross,
pursuant to which she shall be employed as Vice  President of the  Company,  and
shall  receive a base  salary of $25,000  per year for an initial  term of three
years.*

         2. Employment Agreement, by and among Collectibles, American Royal Arts
Corp., a New York corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Collectibles (the
"Company"),  and Jerry  Gladstone,  pursuant  to which he shall be  employed  as
President  of the Company,  and shall  receive a base salary of $50,000 per year
for an initial term of three years.*

         3. Employment Agreement, by and among Collectibles, Elwell Stores, Inc.
(d/b/a  The Reef  Hallmark  Shop),  a  Florida  corporation  and a  wholly-owned
subsidiary of Collectibles (the "Company"), and Roy C. Elwell, pursuant to which
he shall be employed  as  President  of the  Company,  and shall  receive a base
salary of $25,000 per year for an initial term of three years.*

         4.  Employment  Agreement,  by and among  Collectibles,  Stone's Shops,
Inc., an Illinois corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Collectibles (the
"Company"), and Michael Stone, pursuant to which he shall be employed as General
Manager of the Company,  and shall receive a base salary of $47,000 per year for
an initial term of three years.*

         5. Employment  Agreement,  by and among Collectibles,  St. George, Inc.
(d/b/a Little Elegance), a New Jersey corporation and a wholly-owned  subsidiary
of Collectibles  (the  "Company"),  and Robert St. George,  pursuant to which he
shall be employed as President of the Company,  and shall  receive a base salary
of $25,000 per year for an initial term of three years.*

         6. Employment  Agreement,  by and among Collectibles,  DKG Enterprises,
Inc.  (d/b/a North Pole City Gifts &  Collectibles;  d/b/a North Pole City),  an
Oklahoma  corporation  and  a  wholly-owned   subsidiary  of  Collectibles  (the
"Company"),  and  David K.  Green,  pursuant  to which he shall be  employed  as
President  of the Company,  and shall  receive a base salary of $50,000 per year
for an initial term of three years.*

         7. Employment Agreement, by and among Collectibles, Filmart Productions
Inc. (d/b/a Cartoon World; d/b/a Filmart Galleries),  a New York corporation and
a wholly-owned subsidiary of Collectibles (the "Company"), and Susan M. Spiegel,
pursuant to which she shall be employed as President  of the Company,  and shall
receive a base salary of $25,000 per year for an initial term of five years.*

<PAGE>

         8.  Employment  Agreement,  by and among  Animation,  U.S.A.,  Inc.,  a
Washington corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Collectibles,  and David
Vice,  pursuant to which he shall be employed as President  of the Company,  and
shall  receive a base  salary of $25,000  per year for an initial  term of three
years.*

         9. Employment  Agreement,  by  and among Elwell Stores, Inc. (d/b/a The
Reef Hallmark  Shop), a Florida  corporation  and a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of
Collectibles,  and Kim A.  Elwell,  pursuant  to which she shall be  employed as
Secretary & Treasurer of the Company, and shall receive a base salary of $25,000
per year for an initial term of three years.*

         10.  Employment  Agreement,  by and among  Stone's  Shops,  an Illinois
corporation  and a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of  Collectibles,  and David Stone,
pursuant to which he shall be employed as President  of the  Company,  and shall
receive a base salary of $20,000 per year for an initial term of three years.*

         11. Employment  Agreement,  by and among St. George, Inc. (d/b/a Little
Elegance),   a  New  Jersey   corporation  and  a  wholly-owned   subsidiary  of
Collectibles,  and  Keith  Holt,  pursuant  to which he  shall  be  employed  as
President  of the Company,  and shall  receive a base salary of $25,000 per year
for an initial term of three years.*

         12. Employment Agreement,  by and among Filmart Productions Inc. (d/b/a
Cartoon  World;  d/b/a  Filmart  Galleries),   a  New  York  corporation  and  a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of Collectibles,  and Aron Laikin, pursuant to which he
shall be employed as Chief Operating Officer of the Company, and shall receive a
base salary of $25,000 per year for an initial term of five years.*


* Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended,  supplemental  copies  of any  omitted  schedules  or  annexes  will be
furnished to the Commission upon request.

                                      -2-








                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT

         This Consulting  Agreement  between  Collectibles USA, Inc., a Delaware
corporation ("Company"), and RGR Financial Group, LLC ("Consultant"), a Delaware
limited  liability  corporation,  is hereby  entered into this 12th day of June,
1997 to be effective as of the  consummation  of the initial public  offering of
the Company's common stock.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  promises,  terms,
covenants and  conditions  set forth herein and the  performance  of each, it is
hereby agreed as follows:

         1. Duties.

         (a) The Company hereby engages  Consultant as a merger and  acquisition
consultant  to assist  the  Company  in  implementing  its  strategy  to acquire
additional  retailers of collectibles and marketers of animation art,  including
to the extent  requested by the Company,  (i) assisting the Company in designing
the Company's  acquisition  program and  identifying  and  evaluating  potential
acquisition  candidates,  their  operations,  historical  performance and future
prospects,  and (ii) advising the Company in discussions and  negotiations  with
acquisition candidates.

         (b) The consulting  activities will be provided  primarily by Ronald P.
Rafaloff and Gary Rafaloff on behalf of  Consultant.  Consultant  hereby accepts
this  engagement  upon the terms and conditions  herein  contained and agrees to
devote a reasonable amount of time, attention and efforts to promote and further
the business and services of the Company.

         (c)  Consultant  agrees to keep the Company  informed of its activities
hereunder. Specifically, after identifying a potential acquisition candidate and
gathering appropriate information with respect thereto,  Consultant will provide
all such  information  to the Chief  Executive  Officer of the  Company,  or his
designee,  and  discuss  the  desirability  of  proceeding  with such  potential
candidate  with  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  of the  Company  and  any  such
discussion  with the potential  acquisition  candidate shall take place with the
Chief  Executive  Officer  or his  designee.  No  discussion  with  respect to a
possible purchase price of such potential acquisition candidate shall take place
without  the prior  approval of the Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company and
shall take place in the  presence  of, or with the prior  approval of, the Chief
Executive  Officer or his designee.  Any such acquisition  shall, of course,  be
subject to prior approval of the Board of Directors.

         2. Compensation.

         (a) For all services rendered by Consultant to the Company, the Company
shall compensate the Consultant based upon each acquisition candidate with which
an acquisition is


<PAGE>

consummated in accordance with Exhibit A attached hereto.  No such  compensation
shall be paid until such time as an acquisition is consummated.

         (b)  The  Company  shall  reimburse  Consultant  for all  ordinary  and
necessary  business expenses  lawfully and reasonably  incurred by Consultant in
the   performance  of  its  services.   All   reimbursable   expenses  shall  be
appropriately  documented in reasonable  detail by Consultant upon submission of
any request for reimbursement.

         3. Term; Termination; Rights of Termination. The term of this Agreement
shall begin on the date of this  Agreement  and continue for a period of one (1)
year subject to further extension if agreed to by both parties hereto.

         4. Taxes. It is mutually  understood and agreed that in the performance
of its services under this Agreement,  Consultant is at all times performing its
services as an independent  contractor,  and acknowledges that it is responsible
for payment of its  federal  income tax,  employment  taxes and social  security
taxes  for its  employees.  Further,  Consultant  will  comply  with all  taxing
authorities, regulations and laws, whether federal or state.

         5.  Nondisclosure  and Nonuse of  Confidential  Information.  Except as
required by the nature of Consultant's duties or with the prior written approval
of an authorized officer of the Company,  Consultant will never, during the term
of this Agreement or thereafter, use or disclose any confidential information of
the  Company,  any of its  customers  or any  potential  acquisition  candidate,
including without limitation customer lists, market research, strategic plans or
other information or discoveries, inventions, improvements, know-how, methods or
other trade secrets, whether developed by Consultant or others.  Consultant will
comply  with  the  Company's  policies  and  procedures  for the  protection  of
confidential information.

         6. Use and  Return  of  Documents.  Consultant  will not  disclose  any
documents,  record, tapes and other media that contain confidential  information
and will not copy any such  material  or  remove it from the  Company's  offices
except as approved by an authorized officer of the Company.  Upon termination of
this  Agreement,  Consultant will return to the Company all copies of documents,
records, tapes, and other media that contain confidential information.

         7. Remedies.  Consultant  acknowledges that in the event of a violation
by it of this Agreement the harm to the Company could be irreparable. Consultant
agrees that, in addition to any other remedies provided by law, the Company will
be entitled to obtain  injunctive  relief  against  any such  violation  without
having to post a bond.

         8.   Complete   Agreement.   There   are   no   oral   representations,
understandings, or agreements with the Company or any of its officers, directors
or  representatives  covering the same subject  matter as this  Agreement.  This
written Agreement is the final,  complete and exclusive statement and expression
of the agreement between the Company and Consultant and of

                                       2
<PAGE>

all the  terms of this  Agreement,  and it  cannot be  varied,  contradicted  or
supplemented  by  evidence  of any  prior  or  contemporaneous  oral or  written
agreements. This written Agreement may not be later modified except by a further
writing signed by the Company and Consultant,  and no term of this Agreement may
be waived  except by writing  signed by the party  waiving  the  benefit of such
terms.

         9. No Waiver.  No waiver by the parties hereto of any default or breach
of any term,  condition  or covenant of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to be a
waiver of any  subsequent  default  or  breach  of the same or any  other  term,
condition or covenant contained herein.

         10. Assignment;  Binding Effect. Consultant understands that it may not
assign its rights or obligations  hereunder without the prior written consent of
the Company.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the parties thereto and their respective heirs,
successors and assigns. It is further understood and agreed that the Company may
be merged or  consolidated  with  another  entity and that any such entity shall
automatically succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Company hereunder.

         11.  Notices.  Whenever any notice is required  hereunder,  it shall be
given in writing addressed as follows:

                     To the Company:         One Battery Park Plaza
                                             24th Floor
                                             New York, NY  10004-1405

                     To Consultant:          One Battery Park Plaza
                                             24th Floor
                                             New York, NY  10004-1405


Notice shall be deemed given and  effective  seven (7) days after the deposit in
the U.S.  mail of a  writing  addressed  as above  and sent  first  class  mail,
certified, return receipt requested, or when actually received. Either party may
change the  address  for notice by  notifying  the other party of such change in
accordance with this paragraph 11.

         12.  Severability;  Headings.  If any portion of this Agreement is held
invalid or  inoperative,  the other portions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
valid and operative and, so far as is reasonable  and possible,  effect shall be
given to the intent  manifested by the portion held invalid or inoperative.  The
paragraph  headings herein are for reference  purposes only and are not intended
in the way to describe,  interpret, define or limit the extent or intent of this
Agreement or of any part hereof.

                                       3
<PAGE>



         13.  Governing Law; Place of  Performance.  This Agreement shall in all
respects be construed according to the laws of the State of New York.

                                               RGR Financial Group, LLC

                                               By: /s/ Ronald Rafaloff
                                                  ------------------------------



                                               Collectibles USA, Inc.

                                               By: /s/ Ronald Rafaloff
                                                  ------------------------------




                                       4
<PAGE>



                                    Exhibit A

         Consultant  shall be entitled to receive 3.2% of Pre-Tax Net Income for
the  acquisition  candidate.  Pre-Tax  Net Income is  calculated  based upon the
acquisition candidate's most recently completed fiscal year, with such additions
thereto as may be agreed to by the Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company,  or
his designee, and the Consultant.





                                       5


<PAGE>

                    AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CONSULTING AGREEMENT

                  AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO  CONSULTING  AGREEMENT  (this  "Amendment")
dated as of May 31,  1998,  by and between  Collectibles  USA,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation  ("Company"),  and RGR  Financial  Group,  LLC, a  Delaware  limited
liability corporation ("Consultant").

                  WHEREAS,  the parties  hereto have  entered  into a Consulting
Agreement (the "Consulting  Agreement"),  dated as of 12th day of June, 1997, to
be  effective  as of the  consummation  of the  initial  public  offering of the
Company's common stock;

                  WHEREAS,  the parties  hereto  desire to amend the  Consulting
Agreement.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and the
covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

                  1.  Amendment  of  Employment  Agreement.  The  terms  of  the
Consulting  Agreement shall be amended as follows,  effective from and after the
date hereof:

                  (a) Exhibit A shall be amended by deleting it in its  entirety
and substituting the following therefor:

                  Consultant  shall be entitled  to receive  3.2% of pre-tax net
                  income for the acquisition candidate.  Pre-tax net income will
                  be  calculated  based upon the  acquisition  candidate's  most
                  recently  completed  fiscal  year,  and shall be  computed  in
                  accordance with (i) generally accepted  accounting  principals
                  in the  United  States  and (ii) the rules of  Regulation  SX,
                  Title 17 of the Code of Federal  Regulations  (Part  210),  as
                  such may be amended.

                  (b) Section 11 shall be amended by  providing  that notices to
the Company be  delivered  to the  attention  of the "Chief  Executive  Officer"
rather than to "Ronald P. Rafaloff."

                  2. Binding Agreement. The provisions of this Amendment will be
binding  upon,  and will inure to the benefit of, the  respective  heirs,  legal
representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

                  3.  Governing  Law.  This  Amendment  will be  governed by and
construed in accordance  with the domestic laws of the State of New York without
giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether
of the  State  of New York or any  other  jurisdiction)  that  would  cause  the
application  of the laws of any  jurisdiction  other than the State of New York,
without regard to principles concerning conflicts of laws.




<PAGE>



                  4.  Entire  Agreement.  This  Amendment,   together  with  the
Consulting  Agreement,  contains the entire  agreement  between the parties with
respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior  agreements of the
parties with respect hereto.

                  5.  Counterparts.  This  Amendment  may be executed in several
counterparts,   each  such  counterpart  shall  be  deemed  to  be  an  original
instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.

                           [Signature Page to Follow]



                                      - 2 -


<PAGE>


                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have duly  executed  this
Amendment No. 1 to Consulting Agreement as of the date first written above.

                                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                                            By: /s/ NEIL J. DEPASCAL
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Name:  Neil J. DePascal, Jr.
                                               Title: Chief Financial Officer

                                            RGR FINANCIAL GROUP, LLC

                                            By: /s/ RONALD P. RAFALOFF
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Name:  Ronald P. Rafaloff
                                               Title: President



                                      - 3 -




                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

           FORM 25 WARRANT FOR THE PURCHASE OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

No. 1                                                             270,000 Shares

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  Collectibles  USA, Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the
"COMPANY"),  hereby certifies that Cruttenden Roth Incorporated or its permitted
assigns,  is entitled to purchase from the Company,  at any time or from time to
time commencing on [the Effective  Date],  1998 and prior to 5:00 P.M., New York
City time, on [5 years from Effective Date],  2003, two hundred seventy thousand
(270,000)  fully paid and  non-assessable  shares of the common stock,  $.01 par
value per share,  of the Company for an aggregate  purchase price of $__________
(computed on the basis of $______1/  per share).  (Hereinafter,  (i) said common
stock,  together  with any other  equity  securities  which may be issued by the
Company with respect thereto or in substitution  therefor, is referred to as the
"COMMON  STOCK,"  (ii) the shares of the Common Stock  purchasable  hereunder or
under any other Warrant (as hereinafter defined) are referred to individually as
a "WARRANT SHARE" and collectively as the "WARRANT  SHARES," (iii) the aggregate
purchase  price payable for the Warrant  Shares  hereunder is referred to as the
"AGGREGATE WARRANT PRICE," (iv) the price payable for each of the Warrant Shares
hereunder is referred to as the "PER SHARE WARRANT PRICE," (v) this Warrant, all
similar Warrants issued on the date hereof and all Warrants  hereafter issued in
exchange or substitution  for this Warrant or such similar Warrants are referred
to as the  "WARRANTS"  and (vi) the holder of this Warrant is referred to as the
"HOLDER" and the holder of this Warrant and all other Warrants or Warrant Shares
issued upon the exercise of any Warrant are referred to as the  "HOLDERS.")  The
Aggregate  Warrant  Price is not subject to  adjustment.  The Per Share  Warrant
Price is subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided; in the event of any such
adjustment,  the number of Warrant  Shares  shall be adjusted  by  dividing  the
Aggregate  Warrant Price by the Per Share  Warrant  Price in effect  immediately
after such adjustment.

     1. EXERCISE OF WARRANT.  (a) The Holder may exercise this Warrant, in whole
or in part, as follows:

          (i) By  presentation  and  surrender of this Warrant to the Company at
     the address set forth in Subsection 9(a) hereof, with the Subscription Form
     annexed  hereto (or a  reasonable  facsimile  thereof)  duly  executed  and
     accompanied  by payment  of the Per Share  Warrant  Price for each  Warrant
     Share to be purchased.

- --------
1/       120% of public offering price.



<PAGE>



     Payment for Warrant  Shares  shall be made by  certified  or official  bank
     check payable to the order of the Company; or

          (ii) By  presentation  and surrender of this Warrant to the Company at
     the address set forth in Subsection 9(a) hereof,  with a Cashless  Exercise
     Form annexed  hereto (or a reasonable  facsimile  thereof) duly executed (a
     "CASHLESS  EXERCISE").  Such  presentation  and surrender shall be deemed a
     waiver  of the  Holder's  obligation  to pay  all  or  any  portion  of the
     Aggregate  Warrant Price. In the event of a Cashless  Exercise,  the Holder
     shall  exchange  its  Warrant  for that  number of  shares of Common  Stock
     determined by multiplying the number of Warrant Shares being exercised by a
     fraction,  the numerator of which shall be the difference  between the then
     current  market  price  per  share of the  Common  Stock  and the Per Share
     Warrant  Price,  and the  denominator  of which  shall be the then  current
     market price per share of Common  Stock.  For  purposes of any  computation
     under this Section  1(a)(ii),  the then  current  market price per share of
     Common  Stock at any date shall be deemed to be the  average for the thirty
     consecutive business days immediately prior to the Cashless Exercise of the
     daily  closing  prices  of  the  Common  Stock  on the  principal  national
     securities  exchange  on which the Common  Stock is  admitted to trading or
     listed,  or if not listed or admitted to trading on any such exchange,  the
     closing prices as reported by the Nasdaq  National  Market,  or if not then
     listed on the Nasdaq National  Market,  the average of the highest reported
     bid  and  lowest   reported  asked  prices  as  reported  by  the  National
     Association  of  Securities  Dealers,   Inc.  Automated  Quotations  System
     ("NASDAQ")  or if not then  publicly  traded,  the fair market price of the
     Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors.

          (b) If this  Warrant  is  exercised  in  part,  this  Warrant  must be
exercised  for a number of whole shares of the Common  Stock,  and the Holder is
entitled to receive a new Warrant  covering  the Warrant  Shares  which have not
been exercised and setting forth the proportionate part of the Aggregate Warrant
Price  applicable to such Warrant  Shares.  Upon such surrender of this Warrant,
the Company will (i) issue a certificate or certificates,  in such denominations
as are requested  for delivery by the Holder,  in the name of the Holder for the
largest  number of whole shares of the Common Stock to which the Holder shall be
entitled and, if this Warrant is exercised in whole,  in lieu of any  fractional
share of the Common  Stock to which the  Holder  shall be  entitled,  pay to the
Holder  cash in an  amount  equal to the fair  value  of such  fractional  share
(determined in such  reasonable  manner as the Board of Directors of the Company
shall  determine),   and  (ii)  deliver  the  other  securities  and  properties
receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant,  or the proportionate part thereof
if this  Warrant is  exercisable  in part,  pursuant to the  provisions  of this
Warrant.  The Holder shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the shares of
Common  Stock  issuable  upon  such  exercise,  notwithstanding  that the  stock
transfer  books  of the  Company  shall  then be  closed  or  that  certificates
representing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to
the Holder.

                                       -2-

<PAGE>



     2. RESERVATION OF WARRANT SHARES;  LISTING.  The Company agrees that, prior
to the  expiration  of this  Warrant,  the  Company  will at all  times (a) have
authorized  and in  reserve,  and will keep  available,  solely for  issuance or
delivery upon the exercise of this  Warrant,  the shares of the Common Stock and
other  securities and  properties as from time to time shall be receivable  upon
the  exercise of this  Warrant,  free and clear of all  restrictions  on sale or
transfer and free and clear of all preemptive rights and rights of first refusal
and  (b) if the  Company  hereafter  lists  its  Common  Stock  on any  national
securities  exchange,  keep the shares of the Common Stock  receivable  upon the
exercise of this Warrant  authorized for listing on such exchange upon notice of
issuance.

     3. PROTECTION AGAINST DILUTION. (a) In case the Company shall hereafter (i)
pay a dividend or make a  distribution  on its capital stock in shares of Common
Stock,  (ii)  subdivide  its  outstanding  shares of Common Stock into a greater
number of shares,  (iii) combine its  outstanding  shares of Common Stock into a
smaller number of shares or (iv) issue by  reclassification  of its Common Stock
any shares of capital stock of the Company, the Per Share Warrant Price shall be
adjusted  so that the Holder  upon the  exercise  hereof  shall be  entitled  to
receive  the  number of shares of  Common  Stock or other  capital  stock of the
Company  which he would have owned  immediately  following  such action had such
Warrant been exercised immediately prior thereto. An adjustment made pursuant to
this Subsection 3(a) shall become effective immediately after the record date in
the case of a dividend or distribution  and shall become  effective  immediately
after  the  effective  date  in  the  case  of  a  subdivision,  combination  or
reclassification.

          (b) If,  at any  time or from  time  to time  after  the  date of this
Warrant,  the  Company  shall  issue or  distribute  to the holders of shares of
Common Stock evidences of its indebtedness,  any other securities of the Company
or any cash,  property or other assets (excluding a subdivision,  combination or
reclassification, or dividend or distribution payable in shares of Common Stock,
referred to in  Subsection  3(a),  and also  excluding  cash  dividends  or cash
distributions  paid out of net profits  legally  available  therefor if the full
amount  thereof,  together with the value of other  dividends and  distributions
made substantially  concurrently  therewith or pursuant to a plan which includes
payment  thereof,  is equivalent to not more than 5% of the Company's net worth)
(any such nonexcluded event being herein called a "SPECIAL  DIVIDEND"),  the Per
Share Warrant Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Per Share Warrant Price
then in effect by a fraction,  the  numerator of which shall be the then current
market  price  of the  Common  Stock  (defined  as the  average  for the  thirty
consecutive  business  days  immediately  prior to the record  date of the daily
closing  price  of the  Common  Stock as  reported  by the  national  securities
exchange upon which the Common Stock is then listed or if not listed on any such
exchange,  the  average of the closing  prices as  reported  by Nasdaq  National
Market, or if not then listed on the Nasdaq National Market,  the average of the
highest reported bid and lowest reported asked prices as reported by NASDAQ,  or
if not  then  publicly  traded,  the fair  market  price  as  determined  by the
Company's  Board of Directors)  less the fair market value (as determined by the
Company's Board of Directors) of the evidences of indebtedness, cash, securities
or property,  or other assets  issued or  distributed  in such Special  Dividend
applicable to one share of Common Stock and the denominator of which

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



shall be such then current market price per share of Common Stock. An adjustment
made pursuant to this Subsection 3(b) shall become effective  immediately  after
the record date of any such Special Dividend.

          (c) In case of any capital reorganization or reclassification,  or any
consolidation  or merger to which the  Company is a party other than a merger or
consolidation in which the Company is the continuing corporation,  or in case of
any sale or  conveyance  to another  entity of the property of the Company as an
entirety  or  substantially  as an  entirety,  or in the  case of any  statutory
exchange of securities with another corporation (including any exchange effected
in connection with a merger of a third corporation into the Company), the Holder
of this Warrant  shall have the right  thereafter  to receive on the exercise of
this Warrant the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which the
Holder would have owned or have been entitled to receive  immediately after such
reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,  merger,  statutory exchange,
sale or  conveyance  had this Warrant been  exercised  immediately  prior to the
effective date of such reorganization, reclassification,  consolidation, merger,
statutory  exchange,  sale or  conveyance  and in any such case,  if  necessary,
appropriate  adjustment  shall be made in the  application of the provisions set
forth in this Section 3 with respect to the rights and  interests  thereafter of
the  Holder of this  Warrant  to the end that the  provisions  set forth in this
Section 3 shall thereafter  correspondingly be made applicable, as nearly as may
reasonably  be,  in  relation  to any  shares  of stock or other  securities  or
property  thereafter  deliverable  on the  exercise of this  Warrant.  The above
provisions  of  this   Subsection  3(c)  shall  similarly  apply  to  successive
reorganizations,   reclassifica  tions,   consolidations,   mergers,   statutory
exchanges,  sales or  conveyances.  The  issuer of any  shares of stock or other
securities or property  thereafter  deliverable  on the exercise of this Warrant
shall be responsible  for all of the  agreements and  obligations of the Company
hereunder. Notice of any such reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,
merger,  statutory  exchange,  sale  or  conveyance  and of said  provisions  so
proposed  to be made,  shall be mailed to the Holders of the  Warrants  not less
than 30 days  prior to such  event.  A sale of all or  substantially  all of the
assets of the Company for a  consideration  consisting  primarily of  securities
shall be deemed a consolidation or merger for the foregoing purposes.

          (d) In case any event shall occur as to which the other  provisions of
this Section 3 are not strictly  applicable  but as to which the failure to make
any adjustment would not fairly protect the purchase rights  represented by this
Warrant in accordance with the essential  intent and principles  hereof then, in
each such case,  the  Holders of Warrants  representing  the right to purchase a
majority of the Warrant Shares subject to all outstanding Warrants may appoint a
firm  of  independent  public   accountants  of  recognized   national  standing
reasonably  acceptable to the Company,  which shall give their opinion as to the
adjustment,  if  any,  on a basis  consistent  with  the  essential  intent  and
principles  established  herein,  necessary  to  preserve  the  purchase  rights
represented  by the  Warrants.  Upon receipt of such  opinion,  the Company will
promptly  mail a copy  thereof to the Holder of this  Warrant and shall make the
adjustments  described therein. The fees and expenses of such independent public
accountants shall be borne by the Company.

                                       -4-

<PAGE>



          (e) No  adjustment  in the Per Share  Warrant  Price shall be required
unless such  adjustment  would require an increase or decrease of at least $0.05
per share of Common Stock;  provided,  however,  that any  adjustments  which by
reason of this  Subsection  3(e) are not  required  to be made  shall be carried
forward and taken into account in any subsequent  adjustment;  provided further,
however,  that  adjustments  shall be required and made in  accordance  with the
provisions  of this Section 3 (other than this  Subsection  3(e)) not later than
such time as may be  required  in order to  preserve  the  tax-free  nature of a
distribution  to the  Holder of this  Warrant  or  Common  Stock  issuable  upon
exercise  hereof.  All  calculations  under this  Section 3 shall be made to the
nearest cent or to the nearest  1/l00th of a share, as the case may be. Anything
in this Section 3 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled
to make such  reductions  in the Per Share Warrant  Price,  in addition to those
required by this Section 3, as it in its  discretion  shall deem to be advisable
in order  that any stock  dividend,  subdivision  of shares or  distribution  of
rights to purchase  stock or securities  convertible or  exchangeable  for stock
hereafter made by the Company to its stockholders shall not be taxable.

          (f)  Whenever the Per Share  Warrant  Price is adjusted as provided in
this Section 3 and upon any  modification  of the rights of a Holder of Warrants
in accordance  with this Section 3, the Company shall  promptly  obtain,  at its
expense, a certificate of a firm of independent public accountants of recognized
standing  selected by the Board of Directors (who may be the regular auditors of
the Company) setting forth the Per Share Warrant Price and the number of Warrant
Shares  after  such  adjustment  or the  effect  of such  modification,  a brief
statement of the facts requiring such adjustment or modification  and the manner
of computing the same and cause copies of such  certificate  to be mailed to the
Holders of the Warrants.

          (g) If the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  shall (i) declare any
dividend or other  distribution  with respect to the Common Stock,  other than a
cash dividend subject to the first  parenthetical in Subsection 3(b), (ii) offer
to the holders of shares of Common Stock any additional  shares of Common Stock,
any securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock or any
rights to subscribe  thereto,  or (iii) propose a  dissolution,  liquidation  or
winding up of the Company,  the Company shall mail notice thereof to the Holders
of the  Warrants  not less  than 15 days  prior to the  record  date  fixed  for
determining stockholders entitled to participate in such dividend, distribution,
offer or  subscription  right  or to vote on such  dissolution,  liquidation  or
winding up.

          (h) If, as a result of an adjustment  made pursuant to this Section 3,
the Holder of any Warrant  thereafter  surrendered  for  exercise  shall  become
entitled to receive  shares of two or more classes of capital stock or shares of
Common  Stock and other  capital  stock of the  Company,  the Board of Directors
(whose  determination  shall be  conclusive  and shall be described in a written
notice to the  Holder of any  Warrant  promptly  after  such  adjustment)  shall
determine  the  allocation  of the adjusted Per Share  Warrant  Price between or
among  shares or such  classes  of capital  stock or shares of Common  Stock and
other capital stock.

                                       -5-

<PAGE>



     4. FULLY PAID  STOCK;  TAXES.  The  Company  agrees  that the shares of the
Common  Stock  represented  by each and every  certificate  for  Warrant  Shares
delivered on the exercise of this Warrant  shall,  at the time of such delivery,
be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable, and not subject
to preemptive  rights or rights of first refusal,  and the Company will take all
such actions as may be  necessary to assure that the par value or stated  value,
if any,  per share of the Common Stock is at all times equal to or less than the
then Per Share Warrant Price.  The Company further  covenants and agrees that it
will pay,  when due and payable,  any and all Federal and state stamp,  original
issue or  similar  taxes  which may be  payable  in  respect of the issue of any
Warrant Share or certificate therefor.

     5. REGISTRATION UNDER SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

          (a) The  Company  agrees  that  if,  at any  time  during  the  period
commencing on [one year from Effective  Date],  1999 and ending on [5 years from
Effective  Date],  2003,  the Holder  and/or the  Holders of any other  Warrants
and/or  Warrant Shares who or which shall hold not less than 50% of the Warrants
and/or Warrant Shares  outstanding at such time and not previously sold pursuant
to this Section 5 shall request that the Company file,  under the Securities Act
of 1933 (the "ACT"),  a registration  statement  under the Act covering not less
than 30% of the  Warrant  Shares  issued or  issuable  upon the  exercise of the
Warrants and not so previously  sold, the Company will (i) promptly  notify each
Holder of the Warrants and each holder of Warrant Shares not so previously  sold
that such registration statement will be filed and that the Warrant Shares which
are then held,  and/or may be  acquired  upon  exercise  of the  Warrants by the
Holder and such Holders, will be included in such registration  statement at the
Holder's and such Holders' request, (ii) cause such registration statement to be
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within forty-five days of such
request  and to cover  all  Warrant  Shares  which it has been so  requested  to
include,  (iii) use its best  efforts to cause such  registration  statement  to
become effective as soon as practicable and (iv) take all other action necessary
under any Federal or state law or  regulation of any  governmental  authority to
permit all  Warrant  Shares  which it has been so  requested  to include in such
registration  statement to be sold or otherwise  disposed of, and will  maintain
such  compliance  with each such  Federal  and state law and  regulation  of any
governmental  authority for the period  necessary for such Holders to effect the
proposed  sale or other  disposition.  The Company shall be required to effect a
registration or  qualification  pursuant to this Subsection 5(a) on one occasion
only.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if at the time of the request to register
Warrant Shares pursuant to this Subsection 5(a), the Company,  in its reasonable
judgment,  determines that the filing of the registration  statement at the time
requested would require disclosure of information not otherwise then required to
be  disclosed  and that such  disclosure  would  adversely  affect any  material
business  situation,  transaction  or  negotiation  then  contemplated  or being
engaged in by the Company,  then the Company may, upon giving  written notice to
the Holders, delay such registration for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days
from the date of such request for registration.

          (b) The  Company  agrees  that if,  at any time and from  time to time
during the period  commencing on [one year from Effective Date], 1999 and ending
on [7 years from

                                       -6-

<PAGE>



Effective Date], 2005, the Board of Directors of the Company shall authorize the
filing of a  registration  statement  (any  such  registration  statement  being
hereinafter  called  a  "SUBSEQUENT   REGISTRATION  STATEMENT")  under  the  Act
(otherwise than pursuant to Subsection 5(a) hereof, or other than a registration
statement  on Form  S-4 or  Form  S-8 or  other  form  which  does  not  include
substantially  the  same  information  as would  be  required  in a form for the
general  registration  of securities or other than pursuant to the  registration
statement that the Company  contemplates filing as soon as practicable after the
date of this Warrant that will  register up to a maximum of 2,500,000  shares of
Common Stock for use by the Company as all or a portion of the  consideration to
be paid in conjunction with future acquisitions) in connection with the proposed
offer of any of its  securities  by it or any of its  stockholders,  the Company
will (i) promptly  notify the Holder and each of the  Holders,  if any, of other
Warrants  and/or Warrant  Shares not previously  sold pursuant to this Section 5
that such Subsequent  Registration  Statement will be filed and that the Warrant
Shares which are then held,  and/or  which may be acquired  upon the exercise of
the  Warrants,  by the Holder and such  Holders,  will, at the Holder's and such
Holders' request, be included in such Subsequent  Registration  Statement,  (ii)
upon the  written  request of a Holder  made  within 20 days after the giving of
such notice by the Company, include in the securities covered by such Subsequent
Registration  Statement  all Warrant  Shares  which it has been so  requested to
include,  (iii)  use its best  efforts  to cause  such  Subsequent  Registration
Statement  to become  effective as soon as  practicable  and (iv) take all other
action   necessary  under  any  Federal  or  state  law  or  regulation  of  any
governmental  authority  to  permit  all  Warrant  Shares  which  it has been so
requested  to include in such  Subsequent  Registration  Statement to be sold or
otherwise  disposed of, and will maintain such compliance with each such Federal
and  state law and  regulation  of any  governmental  authority  for the  period
necessary  for the Holder and such Holders to effect the proposed  sale or other
disposition.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if  a  Subsequent  Registration
Statement  involves an  underwritten  offering and if the  managing  underwriter
shall advise the Company in writing that, in its opinion,  the  distribution  of
all  or a  portion  of  the  Warrant  Shares  requested  to be  included  in the
registration  concurrently  with the securities  being registered by the Company
would  materially  adversely  affect the  distribution of such securities by the
Company for its own account,  then the Company  shall not be required to include
such Warrant Shares in such registration, provided that any such reduction shall
be on a pro  rata  basis  among  all  persons  other  than the  Company  holding
registration  rights  and the  Holders  requesting  registration;  and  provided
further,  that  nothing in this  Subsection  5(b) shall be implied to permit the
Company  to  include in such  registration  shares of any person  other than the
persons holding  registration  rights unless all the Warrant Shares requested to
be included in such registration are so included.

          (c) Whenever  the Company is required  pursuant to the  provisions  of
this  Section 5 to  include  Warrant  Shares in a  registration  statement,  the
Company  shall (i)  furnish  each  Holder of any such  Warrant  Shares  and each
underwriter of such Warrant Shares with such copies of the prospectus, including
the preliminary  prospectus,  conforming to the Act (and such other documents as
each such Holder or each such  underwriter  may reasonably  request) in order to
facilitate the sale or  distribution  of the Warrant  Shares,  (ii) use its best
efforts to register or qualify such  Warrant  Shares under the blue sky laws (to
the extent applicable) of such jurisdiction or laws

                                       -7-

<PAGE>



(to the extent  applicable) of such jurisdiction or jurisdictions as the Holders
of any such Warrant Shares and each  underwriter of Warrant Shares being sold by
such Holders shall  reasonably  request and (iii) take such other actions as may
be   reasonably   necessary  or  advisable  to  enable  such  Holders  and  such
underwriters  to consummate the sale or  distribution  in such  jurisdiction  or
jurisdictions  in which such Holders shall have  reasonably  requested  that the
Warrant Shares be sold.  Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as
requiring a Holder to exercise  its Warrant  prior to the closing of an offering
pursuant to a registration statement referred to in Subsection 5(a) or 5(b).

          (d) The  Company  shall  furnish to each  Holder  participating  in an
offering  pursuant to a registration  statement under this Section 5 and to each
underwriter,  if  any,  a  signed  counterpart,  addressed  to  such  Holder  or
underwriter,  of (i) an opinion of counsel to the Company,  dated the  effective
date of such  registration  statement  (and,  if such  registration  includes an
underwritten public offering, an opinion dated the date of the closing under the
underwriting agreement), and (ii) a "comfort" letter dated the effective date of
such registration  statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten
public  offering,  a letter dated the date of the closing under the underwriting
agreement) signed by the independent public accountants who have issued a report
on the Company's financial  statements included in such registration  statement,
in each case  covering  substantially  the same  matters  with  respect  to such
registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) and, in the case of
such accountants'  letter, with respect to events subsequent to the date of such
financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer's counsel
and in accountants'  letters  delivered to  underwriters in underwritten  public
offerings of securities.

          (e) The Company shall enter into an  underwriting  agreement  with the
managing  underwriters  selected by Holders  holding  50% of the Warrant  Shares
requested to be included in a registration  statement  filed pursuant to Section
5(a).  Such managing  underwriter  shall be acceptable to the Company;  it being
hereby  agreed by the Company  that  Cruttenden  Roth  Incorporated  shall be an
acceptable managing underwriter. Such underwriting agreement shall be reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, each Holder and such managing
underwriters,  and shall contain such representations,  warranties and covenants
by the Company and such other terms as are  customarily  contained in agreements
of that type used by the managing  underwriter.  The Holders shall be parties to
any  underwriting  agreement  relating to an underwritten  sale of their Warrant
Shares and may, at their  option,  require that any or all the  representations,
warranties  and  covenants  of  the  Company  to or  for  the  benefit  of  such
underwriters  shall also be made to and for the  benefit of such  Holders.  Such
Holders  shall not be required to make any  representations  or warranties to or
agreements  with the  Company or the  underwriters  except as they may relate to
such Holders and their intended methods of distribution.

          (f) The Company shall pay all expenses incurred in connection with any
registration  statement  or other  action  pursuant  to the  provisions  of this
Section  5,  including  the   reasonable   fees  and  expenses  of  one  counsel
representing the Holders of Warrant Shares included

                                       -8-

<PAGE>



in any such  registration  statement,  other  than  underwriting  discounts  and
applicable transfer taxes relating to the Warrant Shares.

          (g) The Company will indemnify, and, if such indemnity is unavailable,
will agree to just and equitable  contribution to, the Holders of Warrant Shares
which are included in each  registration  statement  referred to in  Subsections
5(a) and 5(b), and the underwriters of such Warrant Shares, substantially to the
same  extent as the Company has  indemnified,  and agreed to just and  equitable
contribution to, the underwriters (the "UNDERWRITERS") of its public offering of
Common  Stock  pursuant  to  the  Underwriting   Agreement  (the   "Underwriting
Agreement"),  dated  ______,  1998,  by and among the Company,  Cruttenden  Roth
Incorporated  and the other  underwriters  named in  Schedule  A  thereto.  Each
selling Holder of Warrant Shares,  severally and not jointly, will indemnify and
hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who shall have signed any
such  registration  statement and each person,  if any, who controls the Company
within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act to the same extent as the  foregoing
indemnity  from the  Company,  but in each case to the  extent,  and only to the
extent,  that any  statement in or omission  from or alleged  omission from such
registration  statement,  any final  prospectus,  or any amendment or supplement
thereto  was made in  reliance  upon  information  furnished  in  writing to the
Company by such  selling  Holder  specifically  for use in  connection  with the
preparation of such  registration  statement,  any final  prospectus or any such
amendment or supplement thereto;  provided,  however, that the obligation of any
Holder of Warrant  Shares to indemnify the Company under the  provisions of this
Subsection  (g) shall be  limited  to the  excess of (1) the  product of (A) the
number of Warrant  Shares  being sold by the  selling  Holder and (B) the market
price of the Common  Stock on the date of the sale to the public of such Warrant
Shares over (2) the aggregate amount, if any, paid to the Company by such Holder
in connection with the issuance of such Warrant Shares.

     6.  LIMITED  TRANSFERABILITY.  This  Warrant may not be sold,  transferred,
assigned  or  hypothecated  by the  Holder  (a)  except in  compliance  with the
provisions of the Act, and (b) until the first anniversary  hereof except (i) to
any successor firm or corporation of Cruttenden Roth  Incorporated,  (ii) to any
of the officers of Cruttenden Roth  Incorporated,  or of any such successor firm
or (iii) in the case of an individual,  pursuant to such  individual's last will
and testament or the laws of descent and  distribution,  and is so  transferable
only upon the books of the Company which it shall cause to be maintained for the
purpose. The Company may treat the registered Holder of this Warrant as he or it
appears on the Company's  books at any time as the Holder for all purposes.  The
Company  shall permit any Holder of a Warrant or his duly  authorized  attorney,
upon written request during ordinary business hours, to inspect and copy or make
extracts from its books showing the registered holders of Warrants. All Warrants
issued upon the  transfer or  assignment  of this Warrant will be dated the same
date as this Warrant, and all rights of the Holder thereof shall be identical to
those of the Holder.

     7. LOSS,  ETC., OF WARRANT.  Upon receipt of evidence  satisfactory  to the
Company of the loss,  theft,  destruction or mutilation of this Warrant,  and of
indemnity reasonably  satisfactory to the Company, if lost, stolen or destroyed,
and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if

                                       -9-

<PAGE>



mutilated,  the Company shall execute and deliver to the Holder a new Warrant of
like date, tenor and denomination.

     8. WARRANT HOLDER NOT  SHAREHOLDER.  Except as otherwise  provided  herein,
this  Warrant does not confer upon the Holder any right to vote or to consent to
or receive  notice as a stockholder  of the Company,  as such, in respect of any
matters whatsoever,  or any other rights or liabilities as a stockholder,  prior
to the exercise hereof.

     9. NOTICES. All notices and other  communications  required or permitted to
be given under this Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been
duly given if  delivered  personally  or by facsimile  transmission,  or sent by
recognized  overnight  courier or by certified mail,  return receipt  requested,
postage paid, to the parties hereto as follows:

          (a) if to the Company at One Battery Park Plaza, 24th Floor, New York,
     New York 10004, Attn.: Ronald P. Rafaloff, facsimile no. (212) 344-1277, or
     such other address as the Company has  designated in writing to the Holder,
     or

          (b) if to the Holder at 18301 Von Karman,  Irvine,  California  92612,
     Att.:  Jay Sherwood,  facsimile no. (714) 852-9603 or such other address or
     facsimile number as the Holder has designated in writing to the Company.

     10.  HEADINGS.  The headings of this Warrant have been inserted as a matter
of convenience and shall not affect the construction hereof.

     11.  APPLICABLE  LAW.  This Warrant  shall be governed by and  construed in
accordance  with the law of the State of New York without  giving  effect to the
principles of conflicts of law thereof.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Collectibles  USA, Inc. has caused this Warrant to be
signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer and its corporate seal to be
hereunto  affixed and attested by its Secretary  this ____ day of  ____________,
1998.
                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Shonnie D. Bilin
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer

ATTEST:

                                      -10-

<PAGE>




- ------------------------------------
Secretary

[Corporate Seal]





                                      -11-

<PAGE>




                                   ASSIGNMENT

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED  ____________________________  hereby sells, assigns and
transfers unto  __________________________  the foregoing Warrant and all rights
evidenced    thereby,    and   does    irrevocably    constitute   and   appoint
_______________________,  attorney,  to  transfer  said  Warrant on the books of
_________________________.

Dated:_________________________                 Signature:______________________

                                                 Address:_______________________


                               PARTIAL ASSIGNMENT

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED  __________________________ hereby assigns and transfers
unto ____________________________ the right to purchase ______________ shares of
the Common Stock of _________________________  covered by the foregoing Warrant,
and a proportionate part of said Warrant and the rights evidenced  thereby,  and
does  irrevocably  constitute and appoint  _____________________,  attorney,  to
transfer     that    part    of    said     Warrant     on    the    books    of
______________________________.

Dated:_________________________                 Signature:______________________

                                                 Address:_______________________


                                      -12-

<PAGE>



                                SUBSCRIPTION FORM

     (To be executed upon exercise of Warrant pursuant to Section 1 (a)(i))

     The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right of purchase
represented   by  the  within   Warrant   for,   and  to  purchase   thereunder,
______________  shares of Common Stock, as provided for in Section 1(a)(i),  and
tenders  herewith payment of the purchase price in full in the form of cash or a
certified or official bank check in the amount of $___________.

     Please issue a  certificate  or  certificates  for such Common Stock in the
name of, and pay any cash for any fractional share to:

Name:______________________________

(Please Print Name, Address and Social
Security No.)

                                             Address:___________________________

                                             ___________________________________

                                             Social Security Number:____________

                                             Signature:_________________________

                                             NOTE:The  above  signature   should
                                                  correspond  exactly  with  the
                                                  name on the first page of this
                                                  Warrant  or with  the  name of
                                                  the assignee  appearing in the
                                                  assignment form below.

                                             Date:______________________________

     And if said number of shares shall not be all the shares  purchasable under
the  within  Warrant,  a new  Warrant  is to be  issued  in  the  name  of  said
undersigned for the balance remaining of the shares purchasable thereunder.

                                      -13-

<PAGE>



                             CASHLESS EXERCISE FORM
                    (To be executed upon exercise of Warrant
                          pursuant to Section 1(a)(ii))

     The  undersigned  hereby  irrevocably  elects to surrender  _______  shares
purchasable  under this  Warrant  for such  shares of Common  Stock  issuable in
exchange  therefor  pursuant to the Cashless  Exercise  provisions of the within
Warrant, as provided for in Section 1(a)(ii) of such Warrant.

     Please issue a  certificate  or  certificates  for such Common Stock in the
name of, and pay cash for fractional shares to:

                                          Name:_________________________________

                                          (Please Print Name, Address and Social
                                           Security No.)

                                          Address:______________________________

                                          ______________________________________

                                          Social Security Number:_______________

                                          Signature:____________________________

                                          NOTE: The    above  signature  should
                                             correspond exactly with the name on
                                             the first  page of this  Warrant or
                                             with  the  name  of  the   assignee
                                             appearing  in the  assignment  form
                                             below.

                                          Date:_________________________________

     And if said number of shares  shall not be all the shares  exchangeable  or
purchasable under the within Warrant,  a new Warrant is to be issued in the name
of  the  undersigned  for  the  balance  remaining  of  the  shares  purchasable
thereunder.

                                      -14-



                             EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

          EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT (this  "Agreement"),  between  Collectibles USA,
Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the "Company"),  and Neil J. DePascal,  Jr. (the
"Executive") entered into as of this 11 day of August, 1997.

          WHEREAS,  as of the  date  of the  execution  of this  Agreement,  the
Company  is  engaged   primarily  in  the  business  of  marketing   collectible
merchandise and animation art products; and

          WHEREAS,   the  Executive  will  be  employed  by  the  Company  in  a
confidential relationship wherein the Executive, in the course of his employment
with the Company,  will become  familiar with and aware of information as to the
Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and their respective customers,  the
specific manner of doing business, including the processes, techniques and trade
secrets utilized by the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates,  and future
plans with respect  thereto,  all of which has been and will be established  and
maintained at great expense to the Company,  which information is a trade secret
and constitutes the valuable good will of the Company; and

          NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  mutual  promises,  terms,
covenants and  conditions  set forth herein and the  performance  of each, it is
hereby agreed as follows:

          1. AGREEMENT  SUPERSEDES ALL OTHER PRIOR UNDERSTANDINGS UPON EFFECTIVE
DATE;  REPRESENTATIONS OF EXECUTIVE.  This Agreement shall supersede any and all
other prior employment agreements, letters of intent, term sheets, arrangements,
and/or any other  understanding,  whether written or oral, between the Executive
and the Company or any  subsidiary  or affiliate  thereof  regarding any and all
matters relating to employment,  compensation,  benefits or similar matters. The
Executive  hereby  represents  and warrants to the Company that the execution of
this  Agreement  by the  Executive  and his  employment  by the  Company and the
performance  of his  duties  hereunder  will not  violate  or be a breach of any
agreement with a former employer, client or any other person or entity. Further,
the Executive agrees to indemnify the Company for any claim, including,  but not
limited  to,  attorneys'  fees and  expenses of  investigation  and all fees and
expenses incurred by the Company,  by any such third party that such third party
may now have or may  hereafter  come to have  against the Company  based upon or
arising out of any  non-competition  agreement,  invention or secrecy  agreement
between the Executive and such third party.

          2. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES.

          (a) EMPLOYMENT.  The Company hereby employs the Executive as Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company.  The Executive hereby
accepts this
<PAGE>




employment  upon the terms and  conditions  herein  contained  and,  subject  to
Section  2(b),  agrees to devote his  working  time,  attention  and  efforts to
promote and further the business of the Company.

          (b) EXCLUSIVITY OF SERVICES. The Executive shall not, during the Term,
be engaged in any other  business  activity  pursued  for gain,  profit or other
pecuniary  advantage  except to the extent that such activity does not interfere
with the  Executive's  duties  and  responsibilities  hereunder.  The  foregoing
limitations  shall not be construed as  prohibiting  the  Executive  from making
personal investments in such form or manner as will neither require his services
in the  operation  or  affairs of the  companies  or  enterprises  in which such
investments are made nor violate the terms of Section 5 of this Agreement.

          (c) LOCATION FOR SERVICES.  The  Executive  shall perform his services
hereafter  at the  Company's  corporate  headquarters.  In the  event  that  the
Executive must relocate his personal  residence to a new geographical  area, the
Company will pay all relocation  costs to move Executive,  his immediate  family
and their  personal  property  and effects.  Such costs may  include,  by way of
example,  but are not limited to, pre-move visits to search for a new residence,
investigate  schools or for other purposes;  temporary  lodging and living costs
prior to moving into a new permanent  residence;  duplicate home carrying costs;
all  closing  costs  on the sale of  Executive's  present  residence  and on the
purchase of a comparable  residence in the new location;  and added income taxes
that  Executive may incur if any  relocation  costs are not  deductible  for tax
purposes.  The  general  intent of the  foregoing  is that  Executive  shall not
personally bear any  out-of-pocket  cost as a result of the relocation,  with an
understanding that Executive will use his best efforts to incur only those costs
which are  reasonable  and  necessary to effect a smooth,  efficient and orderly
relocation  with minimal  disruption to the business  affairs of the Company and
the personal life of Executive and his family.

          3. TERM. The term of this Agreement  shall commence on the date hereof
(the "Effective  Date") and shall end on the date which is the third anniversary
of the Effective Date (the "Initial Term"); provided, however, that in the event
that the Company or the Executive does not notify the other party on or prior to
the date which is one year prior to the  expiration  of the  Initial  Term (such
date, the  "Notification  Date") that it or he (as the case may be) desires that
the Initial Term not be extended beyond the termination of the Initial Term, the
term of this Agreement shall  automatically  be extended beyond the Initial Term
for successive one year periods on each  anniversary of the  Notification  Date,
until either party gives notice to the other of its desire not to extend further
the term of this Agreement beyond the end of the then-extended term (the term of
this Agreement,  whether during the Initial Term or any extension  thereof,  the
"Term").

          4.  COMPENSATION.  For all  services  rendered by the  Executive,  the
Company shall compensate the Executive as follows:

          (a) BASE SALARY.  The base salary payable to the Executive  during the
Term shall be at the rate of $140,000  per year,  payable on a regular  basis in
accordance  with  the  Company's  standard  payroll  procedures,  but  not  less
frequently than on a monthly basis (the "Base Salary"). On

                                       -2-

<PAGE>


at least an annual basis, the Board shall review the Executive's performance and
may make increases to the Base Salary if, in its  discretion,  any such increase
is warranted. Such recommended increase shall require approval by the Board or a
duly constituted committee thereof.

          (b) INCENTIVE  BONUS. It is the Company's  intent to develop a written
Incentive  Bonus Plan setting  forth the criteria  under which the Executive and
other key  employees of the Company will be eligible to receive  year-end  bonus
awards.

          (c)  EXECUTIVE  PERQUISITES.  Benefits  And  Other  Compensation.  The
Executive shall be entitled to receive additional benefits and compensation from
the Company in such form and to such extent as specified below:

          (i) Payment of all premiums for  coverage  for the  Executive  and his
     dependent family members under health, hospitalization, disability, dental,
     life and other  insurance  plans that the  Company  may have in effect from
     time to time,  which benefits  provided to the Executive  under this clause
     (i)  shall  be  at  least  equal  to  such  benefits  provided  to  Company
     executives.

          (ii)  Reimbursement  for all business  travel and other  out-of-pocket
     expenses  reasonably  incurred by the Executive in the  performance  of his
     services  pursuant to this Agreement.  All  reimbursable  expenses shall be
     appropriately  documented  in  reasonable  detail  by  the  Executive  upon
     submission  of any  request for  reimbursement,  and in a format and manner
     consistent with the Company's expense reporting policy.

          (iii)Four  (4) weeks paid  vacation for each year during the period of
     employment  or such  greater  amount as may be  afforded  officers  and key
     employees  generally  under the  Company's  policies in effect from time to
     time  (pro-rated  for any year in which the  Executive is employed for less
     than the full year).

          (iv) The Company  shall  provide the  Executive  with other  executive
     perquisites as may be available to or deemed  appropriate for the Executive
     by the Board and participation in all other Company-wide  employee benefits
     as  available  from time to time,  which may include  participation  in the
     Company's Long-Term Incentive Plan.

          (d) $7 OPTIONS. Promptly after the date hereof, the Executive shall be
granted stock options to purchase  40,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock,
at an exercise price of $7.00 per share (the "$7  Options").  Such options shall
vest immediately and the terms and conditions of such options shall be set forth
in an option  grant  between  the  parties  hereto.  In the  event  that (i) the
Executive's  employment  is  terminated  under  the  circumstances  set forth in
Section 6(c),  6(d) or 6(f) of this Agreement  prior to the  consummation of the
IPO (unless  the IPO is not  consummated  within 60 days of the date  hereof) or
(ii) the Executive's  employment is terminated under the circumstances set forth
in Section 6(c) or 6(f) of this Agreement prior to the date six months after the
consummation  of the IPO,  then the  Executive  shall have five business days in
which

                                       -3-

<PAGE>


to exercise the $7 Options and thereafter such options shall terminate and be of
no further  force or effect.  In the event that the  Executive's  employment  is
terminated under any other circumstances, the Executive shall have five years in
which to exercise the $7 Options.

          (e) IPO STOCK OPTIONS. The Executive shall be granted additional stock
options (the  "Additional  Options") to purchase  100,000 shares of Common Stock
following  the  IPO,  at the  price  per  share  offered  to the  public  at the
commencement of the IPO, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in
an option  agreement  between the parties hereto.  The Additional  Options shall
vest over a three year  period,  with  one-third  of the options  vesting on the
first anniversary of the Effective Date,  one-third on the second anniversary of
the Effective  Date and the remainder on the third  anniversary of the Effective
Date. Such options may be exercised by the Executive any time prior to the later
of (i) one year after the end of the Initial Term or (ii) one year after the end
of the termination of the Executive's employment hereunder.

          5. NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT.

          (a) GENERAL.  Subject to Section 5(c), the Executive shall not, during
the period of his employment by or with the Company, and for a period of two (2)
years  immediately  following  the  termination  of his  employment  under  this
Agreement (such period,  the "Restricted  Period"),  for any reason  whatsoever,
directly or indirectly,  for himself or on behalf of or in conjunction  with any
other person, persons, company, partnership,  corporation, entity or business of
whatever nature:

          (i) engage,  as an officer,  director,  shareholder,  owner,  partner,
     joint venturer,  or in any other capacity,  whether as an agent,  employee,
     independent   contractor,   consultant   or   advisor,   or   as  a   sales
     representative,   in  any   collectibles   or  animation  art  business  in
     competition with the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates,  within 100
     miles of (i) the  principal  executive  offices of the  Company or (ii) any
     place to which the  Company  or its  subsidiaries  or  affiliates  provides
     products  or  services  or in  which  the  Company  is in  the  process  of
     initiating   business   operations   during  the  Restricted   Period  (the
     "Territory");

          (ii) call upon or  interview  any person who is, at that time,  within
     the Territory,  an employee of the Company  (including the  subsidiaries or
     affiliates  thereof) in a  managerial  capacity for the purpose or with the
     intent of  enticing  such  employee  away from or out of the  employ of the
     Company (including the subsidiaries or affiliates  thereof),  provided that
     the  Executive  shall be  permitted to call upon and hire any member of his
     immediate family;

          (iii) call upon any person or entity which is, at that time,  or which
     has been, within one (1) year prior to that time, a customer of the Company
     (including the subsidiaries or affiliates thereof) within the Territory for
     the purpose of  soliciting or selling  products  similar in nature to those
     which are or were  provided  by the  Company  to such  customer  within the
     Territory; or


                                       -4-

<PAGE>

          (iv)  call  upon  any  prospective   acquisition  candidate,   on  the
     Executive's own behalf or on behalf of any competitor, which candidate was,
     to the Executive's  actual knowledge after due inquiry,  either called upon
     by the Company  (including the  subsidiaries or affiliates  thereof) or for
     which  the  Company  made  an  acquisition  analysis,  for the  purpose  of
     acquiring  such entity,  provided that the  Executive  shall not be charged
     with  violating  this  section  unless and until the  Executive  shall have
     knowledge or notice that such prospective  acquisition candidate was called
     upon, or that an acquisition analysis was made for the purpose of acquiring
     such entity; or

          (v) disclose any information regarding customers, whether in existence
     or proposed,  of the Company (or the respective  subsidiaries or affiliates
     thereof) to any person, firm, partnership,  corporation or business for any
     reason or purpose whatever .

Notwithstanding  the  above,  the  foregoing  covenant  shall  not be  deemed to
prohibit the Executive from acquiring as an investment not more than one percent
(1%) of the capital  stock of a competing  business,  whose stock is traded on a
national securities exchange or over-the-counter.

          (b)  EQUITABLE  REMEDIES.  Because  of  the  difficulty  of  measuring
economic  losses  to the  Company  as a  result  of a  breach  of the  foregoing
covenants,  and because of the  immediate and  irreparable  damage that could be
caused to the Company for which they would have no other  adequate  remedy,  the
Executive agrees that the foregoing  covenants may be enforced by the Company in
the event of breach by the Executive, by injunctions and restraining orders.

          (c)  REASONABLE  RESTRAINT.  It is  agreed  by the  parties  that  the
foregoing  covenants  in this  Section 5 impose a  reasonable  restraint  on the
Executive in light of the activities and business of the Company  (including the
Company's  subsidiaries  and  affiliates)  on the date of the  execution of this
Agreement  and  the  current  plans  of the  Company  (including  the  Company's
subsidiaries and  affiliates);  but it is also the intent of the Company and the
Executive that such  covenants be construed and enforced in accordance  with the
changing  activities,  business  and  locations  of the Company  (including  the
Company's  subsidiaries and affiliates)  throughout the term of these covenants,
whether  before  or  after  the date of  termination  of the  employment  of the
Executive.  For  example,  if,  during the term of this  Agreement,  the Company
(including  the  Company's  subsidiaries  or  affiliates)  engages  in  new  and
different activities, enters a new business or establishes new locations for its
current  activities  or business in addition to or other than the  activities or
business  enumerated under the whereas clauses above or the locations  currently
established  therefor,  then the Executive will be precluded from soliciting the
customers  or  employees  of such new  activities  or  business or from such new
location and from directly competing with such new business within the Territory
through the Restricted Period.

     It is further  agreed by the  parties  hereto  that,  in the event that the
Executive shall cease to be employed hereunder,  and shall enter into a business
or pursue other  activities not in competition  with the Company  (including the
Company's  subsidiaries  or  affiliates),  or similar  activities or business in
locations the  operation of which,  under such  circumstances,  does not violate
clause (a)(i) of this


                                       -5-

<PAGE>



Section 5, and in any event such new business, activities or location are not in
violation of this Section 5 or of employee's  obligations  under this Section 5,
if any, the Executive shall not be chargeable with a violation of this Section 5
if the Company  (including  the  Company's  subsidiaries  or  affiliates)  shall
thereafter enter the same, similar or a competitive (i) business, (ii) course of
activities or (iii) location, as applicable.

          (d)  SEVERABILITY.  The  covenants in this Section 5 are severable and
separate, and the unenforceability of any specific covenant shall not affect the
provisions of any other covenant.  Moreover, in the event any court of competent
jurisdiction shall determine that the scope, time or territorial restrictions of
any specific covenant as set forth are unreasonable, then it is the intention of
the parties that such  restrictions  be enforced to the fullest extent which the
court deems reasonable, and the Agreement shall thereby be reformed.

          (e)  INDEPENDENT  PROVISIONS.  All of the  covenants in this Section 5
shall be construed as an agreement  independent  of any other  provision in this
Agreement,  and the  existence of any claim or cause of action of the  Executive
against the Company,  whether  predicated on this Agreement or otherwise,  shall
not  constitute  a defense  to the  enforcement  by the  Company  of any of such
covenants.  It is specifically agreed that the period of two (2) years following
termination  of  employment  stated at the  beginning  of this Section 5, during
which the agreements and covenants of the Executive made in this Section 5 shall
be  effective,  shall be computed by excluding  from such  computation  any time
during which the Executive is in violation of any provision of this Section 5.

          6.  TERMINATION;   RIGHTS  ON  TERMINATION.  This  Agreement  and  the
Executive's employment may be terminated in any one of the followings ways:

          (a) DEATH. The death of the Executive shall immediately terminate this
Agreement, with no severance compensation due to the Executive's estate.

          (b)  DISABILITY.  If, as a result of  incapacity  due to  physical  or
mental  illness  or  injury,  the  Executive  shall  have been  absent  from his
full-time  duties  hereunder for four (4) consecutive  months,  then thirty (30)
days after receiving  written notice (which notice may occur before or after the
end of such four (4) month period, but which shall not be effective earlier than
the last day of such four (4) month  period),  the  Company  may  terminate  the
Executive's  employment hereunder provided the Executive is unable to resume his
full-time  duties at the  conclusion  of such notice  period.  In addition,  the
Executive  may terminate  his  employment  hereunder if his health should become
impaired  to an  extent  that  makes the  continued  performance  of his  duties
hereunder  hazardous to his physical or mental health or his life, provided that
the Executive  shall have furnished the Company with a written  statement from a
qualified  doctor to such effect and provided,  further,  that, at the Company's
request made within thirty (30) days of the date of such written statement,  the
Executive shall submit to an examination by a doctor selected by the Company who
is reasonably  acceptable to the Executive and such doctor shall have  concurred
in the  conclusion of the  Executive's  doctor.  In the event this  Agreement is
terminated  as a result  of the  Executive's  disability,  the  Executive  shall
receive from the Company, in a lump-sum payment due within ten

                                       -6-

<PAGE>



(10) days of the effective date of termination, the Base Salary at the rate then
in effect for whatever time period is remaining under the Term of this Agreement
or for one (1) year, whichever amount is greater.

          (c) CAUSE. The Company may terminate the Agreement ten (10) days after
written notice to the Executive for "Cause," which shall be: (1) the Executive's
willful,  material and irreparable breach of this Agreement; (2) the Executive's
gross negligence in the performance or intentional nonperformance continuing for
ten (10) days  after  receipt  of  written  notice of need to cure of any of the
Executive's material duties and responsibilities  hereunder; (3) the Executive's
willful dishonesty,  fraud or misconduct with respect to the business or affairs
of the Company or its  subsidiaries or affiliates which materially and adversely
affects the  operations  or  reputation  of the Company or its  subsidiaries  or
affiliates;  (4) the  Executive's  conviction of a felony crime;  or (5) chronic
alcohol  abuse  or  illegal  drug  abuse  by the  Executive.  In the  event of a
termination  for Cause,  as enumerated  above,  the  Executive  shall receive no
severance compensation.

          (d) WITHOUT CAUSE.  At any time after his  commencement of employment,
the Company may,  without Cause,  terminate  this Agreement and the  Executive's
employment,  effective  thirty (30) days after written notice is provided to the
Executive.  In the event that the Executive is terminated by the Company without
Cause,  the Executive shall receive from the Company the Base Salary at the rate
then in effect for  whatever  time  period is  remaining  under the Term of this
Agreement  (not to exceed  two years) or for one (1) year,  whichever  amount is
greater.  Any  termination  without  Cause  by  the  Company  shall  operate  to
immediately vest the Executive in his unvested stock options granted pursuant to
Section 4(e) hereof. Further, any termination without Cause by the Company shall
operate to shorten the  Restricted  Period set forth in Section  5(a) and during
which the terms of Section 5 apply to one (1) year from the date of  termination
of employment.

          (e)  CHANGE IN CONTROL  OF THE  COMPANY.  In the event of a "Change in
Control" of the Company (as defined in Section 11 of this Agreement)  during the
Term, refer to Section 11 of this Agreement.

          (f)  RESIGNATION BY EXECUTIVE.  If the Executive  resigns or otherwise
terminates his employment hereunder (i) the Executive shall receive no severance
compensation,  (ii) all unvested stock options granted  pursuant to Section 4(e)
shall be forfeited to the Company and (iii) the  Restricted  Period shall remain
as set forth in Section 5 hereof.

          (g) SURVIVAL AND  CONTINUING  OBLIGATIONS.  Upon  termination  of this
Agreement for any reason  provided  above,  the  Executive  shall be entitled to
receive all compensation  earned and all benefits and reimbursements due through
the  effective  date  of  termination.  Additional  compensation  subsequent  to
termination, if any, will be due and payable to the Executive only to the extent
and in the manner  expressly  provided  in this  Section 6 or in Section 11. All
other  rights  and  obligations  of the  Company  and the  Executive  under this
Agreement shall cease as of the effective date of  termination,  except that the
Company's obligations under Section 6 herein and the

                                       -7-

<PAGE>



Executive's  obligations  and other matters under  Sections 5, 7, 8 and 9 herein
shall survive such termination in accordance with their terms.

          7. RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY. All records, designs, patents, business
plans,  financial  statements,  manuals,  memoranda,  lists and  other  property
delivered to or compiled by the  Executive by or on behalf of the Company or its
representatives,  vendors or  customers  which  pertain to the  business  of the
Company shall be and remain the property of the Company, as the case may be, and
be  subject  at all  times  to  their  discretion  and  control.  Likewise,  all
correspondence,  reports,  records,  charts,  advertising  materials  and  other
similar  data  pertaining  to the  business,  activities  or future plans of the
Company which is collected by the Executive  shall be delivered  promptly to the
Company without request by it upon termination of the Executive's employment for
any reason.

          8.  INVENTIONS.  The Executive shall disclose  promptly to the Company
any and all significant  conceptions and ideas for inventions,  improvements and
valuable discoveries,  whether patentable or not, which are conceived or made by
the Executive,  solely or jointly with another,  during the period of employment
or within one (1) year  thereafter,  and which are  related to the  business  or
activities  of the  Company  or its  subsidiaries  or  affiliates  and which the
Executive conceives as a result of his employment by the Company.  The Executive
hereby assigns and agrees to assign all his interests  therein to the Company or
its nominee.  Whenever  requested to do so by the Company,  the Executive  shall
execute any and all  applications,  assignments  or other  instruments  that the
Company  shall  deem  necessary  to apply for and obtain  Letters  Patent of the
United  States or any foreign  country or to otherwise  protect the Company's or
its subsidiaries or affiliates interest therein.

          9.  TRADE  SECRETS.   Executive  agrees  that  during  the  course  of
performing services for the Company, he has had and will have substantial access
to and contact with information or documents, including but not limited to trade
secrets, patents, copyrighted materials,  proprietary computer software, systems
analyses, lists of actual or prospective customers, contracts, Company books and
records,  financial data and other Confidential and Proprietary  Information and
Materials  (as that term is defined  below) of the Company,  the  disclosure  of
which to  competitors of the Company or others would cause the Company to suffer
substantial and irreparable damage. Executive recognizes,  therefore, that it is
in the Company's  legitimate business interest to restrict his disclosure or use
of Confidential and Proprietary Information and Materials for any purposes other
than the services  provided by him to the Company under this  Agreement,  and to
limit  any  potential   appropriation  of  such   Confidential  and  Proprietary
Information  and Materials by him for the benefit of the  Company's  competitors
and to the  detriment  of the  Company.  Therefore,  it is  agreed  that  unless
Executive shall first secure the Company's written consent,  Executive shall not
publish,  disclose or use, or  authorize  any other person or entity to publish,
disclose or use, at any time before,  during or  subsequent  to the Term of this
Agreement, any secret or confidential information, whether patentable or not, of
or about the Company, including any Confidential and Proprietary Information and
Materials (as that term is defined  below) and any other secret or  confidential
information of which  Executive  becomes aware of or informed during the Term of
this


                                       -8-

<PAGE>



Agreement,  whether  or not  developed  by  Executive,  except  as  required  in
Executive's duties to the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential
and Proprietary  Information and Materials" shall include,  without  limitation,
formulas,  patterns,  compilations,   studies,  strategies,  programs,  devices,
methods,  techniques,  and processes of or about or its  business,  customers or
suppliers,  which derive independent  economic value, actual or potential,  from
not being  generally  known to, and not being  readily  ascertainable  by proper
means by, other persons who can obtain  economic value from their  disclosure or
use and which are the  subject of efforts to  maintain  their  secrecy  that are
reasonable under the circumstances.

          All  Confidential  and  Proprietary  Information and Materials and all
copies of such  information  and materials  relating to the Company's  business,
whether  prepared by Executive or otherwise  coming into his  possession,  shall
remain the  exclusive  property  of the  Company  and shall be  returned  to the
Company upon the Company's request or the termination of Executive's employment.


          10. ASSIGNMENT;  BINDING EFFECT. The Executive understands that he has
been  selected  for  employment  by the  Company  on the  basis of his  personal
qualifications,  experience and skills. The Executive agrees, therefore, that he
cannot assign all or any portion of his performance under this Agreement.

          11. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

          (a) GENERAL.  Unless he elects to terminate this Agreement pursuant to
(c) below, the Executive  understands and  acknowledges  that the Company may be
merged or  consolidated  with or into another  entity and that such entity shall
automatically succeed to the rights and obligations of the Company hereunder.

          (b) SEVERANCE  PAYMENTS.  In the event of a pending  Change in Control
wherein the Company and the Executive have not received  written notice at least
five (5) business days prior to the anticipated  closing date of the transaction
giving rise to the Change in Control from the  successor to all or a substantial
portion of the Company's  business  and/or assets that such successor is willing
as of the closing to assume and agree to perform the Company's obligations under
this  Agreement  in the same  manner and to the same  extent that the Company is
hereby required to perform,  then such Change in Control shall be deemed to be a
termination of this  Agreement by the Company  without Cause during the Term and
the applicable portions of Section 6(d) will apply.

          (c) VOLUNTARY  RESIGNATION.  In any Change in Control  situation,  the
Executive  may, at his sole  discretion,  elect to terminate  this  Agreement by
providing written notice to the Company at least five (5) business days prior to
the anticipated closing of the transaction giving rise to the Change in Control.
In such case, the applicable provisions of Section 6(d) will apply as though the
Company had terminated the Agreement without Cause during the Term.


                                       -9-

<PAGE>



          (d)  APPLICATION OF TERMINATION  PROVISIONS.  For purposes of applying
Section 6 under the  circumstances  described in Sections (b) and (c) above, the
effective date of termination will be the closing date of the transaction giving
rise to the Change in Control and all compensation,  reimbursements and lump-sum
payments  due the  Executive  must be paid in full by the Company at or prior to
such  closing.  Further,  the  Executive  will  be  given  sufficient  time  and
opportunity  to elect  whether to exercise  all or any of his vested  options to
purchase the  Company's  Common Stock,  including  any options with  accelerated
vesting under the provisions of the Company's Long-Term  Incentive  Compensation
Plan,  such that he may convert the options to shares of Company Common Stock at
or prior to the closing of the transaction giving rise to the Change in Control,
if he so desires.

          (e) DEFINITION. A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred
     if:

          (i) any person, other than the Company or any employee benefit plan of
     the Company,  acquires  directly or  indirectly  Beneficial  Ownership  (as
     defined  in  Section  13(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  as
     amended) of any voting security of the Company and  immediately  after such
     acquisition such person is, directly or indirectly, the Beneficial Owner of
     voting securities representing 50% or more of the total voting power of all
     of the  then-outstanding  voting  securities  of the  Company,  unless  the
     transaction  pursuant to which such  acquisition  is made is approved by at
     least two-thirds (2/3) of the Board;

          (ii) the following  individuals no longer constitute a majority of the
     members of the Board of Directors of the Company:  (A) the individuals who,
     as of the closing date of the Company's initial public offering, constitute
     the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Original  Directors");  (B) the
     individuals  who  thereafter  are elected to the Board of  Directors of the
     Company and whose  election,  or nomination  for election,  to the Board of
     Directors  of the  Company was  approved  by a vote of at least  two-thirds
     (2/3) of the  Original  Directors  then  still in  office  (such  directors
     becoming  "Additional  Original  Directors"   immediately  following  their
     election);  and (C)  the  individuals  who  are  elected  to the  Board  of
     Directors of the Company and whose election, or nomination for election, to
     the Board of  Directors  of the Company was  approved by a vote of at least
     two-thirds  (2/3)  of  the  Original  Directors  and  Additional   Original
     Directors then still in office (such  directors  also becoming  "Additional
     Original Directors" immediately following their election).

          (iii)  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  shall  approve  a  merger,
     consolidation,  recapitalization,  or  reorganization  of  the  Company,  a
     reverse stock split of outstanding  voting  securities,  or consummation of
     any such  transaction if stockholder  approval is not obtained,  other than
     any such transaction  which has been either (x) approved by at least 66% of
     the members of the Board or (y) which  would  result in at least 50% of the
     total voting power  represented  by the voting  securities of the surviving
     entity  outstanding  immediately after such transaction being  Beneficially
     Owned by at least 50% of the holders of  outstanding  voting  securities of
     the Company immediately prior to the transaction, with the voting power

                                      -10-

<PAGE>



     of each such continuing  holder  relative to other such continuing  holders
     not substantially altered in the transaction; or

          (iv) the  stockholders of the Company shall approve a plan of complete
     liquidation  of the Company or an agreement for the sale or  disposition by
     the Company of all or a substantial  portion of the Company's assets (i.e.,
     50% or more of the total assets of the Company).

          (f) The  Executive  must be  notified in writing by the Company at any
     time that the Company anticipates that Change in Control may take place.

          (g) The Executive  shall be reimbursed by the Company or its successor
     for any excise taxes that the  Executive  incurs under  Section 4999 of the
     Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as a result of any Change in Control.  Such
     amount will be due and payable by the Company or its  successor  within ten
     (10) days after the Executive  delivers a written request for reimbursement
     accompanied by a copy of his tax return(s)  showing the excise tax actually
     incurred by the Executive.

          12. COMPLETE AGREEMENT.  This written Agreement is the final, complete
and exclusive  statement and expression of the agreement between the Company and
the Executive and of all the terms of this  Agreement,  and it cannot be varied,
contradicted   or  supplemented  by  evidence  of  any  prior  oral  or  written
agreements. This written Agreement may not be later modified except by a further
writing  signed by a duly  authorized  officer of the Company and the Executive,
and no term of this  Agreement  may be waived  except by  writing  signed by the
party waiving the benefit of such term.

          13.  NOTICE.  Whenever any notice is required  hereunder,  it shall be
given in writing addressed as follows:

             To the Company:     Collectibles USA, Inc.
                                 c/o RGR Financial Group
                                 One Battery Park Plaza
                                 New York, NY 10004

             With a copy to:     Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
                                 101 Park Avenue
                                 New York, NY 10178
                                 Attn: David W. Pollak, Esq.

           To the Executive:     Mr. Neil J. DePascal, Jr.
                                 6402 Rippling Hollow Drive
                                 Spring, Texas 77379



                                      -11-

<PAGE>



Notice shall be deemed given and  effective  three (3) days after the deposit in
the U.S.  mail of a  writing  addressed  as above  and sent  first  class  mail,
certified,  return  receipt  requested,  or if sooner,  when actually  received.
Either party may change the address for notice by  notifying  the other party of
such change.

          14. SEVERABILITY;  HEADINGS.  If any portion of this Agreement is held
invalid or  inoperative,  the other portions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
valid and operative and, so far as is reasonable  and possible,  effect shall be
given to the intent  manifested by the portion held invalid or inoperative.  The
Section headings herein are for reference  purposes only and are not intended in
any way to  describe,  interpret,  define or limit  the  extent or intent of the
Agreement or of any part hereof.

          15.  ARBITRATION.  Any unresolved dispute or controversy arising under
or  in  connection  with  this  Agreement   shall  be  settled   exclusively  by
arbitration,  conducted before a panel of three (3) arbitrators in New York, NY,
in accordance  with the rules of the American  Arbitration  Association  then in
effect. The arbitrators shall not have the authority to add to, detract from, or
modify any provision  hereof nor to award punitive damages to any injured party.
The  arbitrators   shall  have  the  authority  to  order  back-pay,   severance
compensation,  vesting of options  (or cash  compensation  in lieu of vesting of
options),  and reimbursement of costs,  including those incurred to enforce this
Agreement.  A decision  by the  arbitration  panel  shall be final and  binding.
Judgment  may  be  entered  on  the  arbitrators'  award  in  any  court  having
jurisdiction.  The  direct  expense  of the  arbitrators  shall  be borne by the
Company.

          16.  GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement  shall in all respects be construed
according to the laws of the State of New York.

          17. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two
(2) or more  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original and all of
which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.


                                      -12-

<PAGE>


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.

                                        COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


                    By:/s/ Ronald P. Rafaloff
                       -------------------------------------
                    Name: Ronald P. Rafaloff
                         -----------------------------------
                    Title: Chairman of the Board
                          ----------------------------------




                                        NEIL J. DEPASCAL, JR.

                                        /s/ Neil J. Depascal, Jr.
                                        ----------------------------------------

                                      -13-

<PAGE>


                     AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


     AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") dated as of May
28 1998, by and between  Collectibles  USA,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"), and Neil J. DePascal, Jr. (the "Executive").

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive entered into that certain Employment
Agreement dated as of August 11, 1997 (the "Employment Agreement"); and

     WHEREAS,  the parties  hereto  desire to amend the terms of the  Employment
Agreement to reflect changes to the Executive's compensation.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the premises and the  covenants and
agreements herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

     1. Amendment Of Employment Agreement. The terms of the Employment Agreement
shall be amended as follows, effective from and after the date hereof.

     (a) Base Salary.  Section 4(a) of the Employment Agreement shall be amended
by deleting the reference to "$140,000" and substituting therefor a reference to
"$150,000".

     (b)  One  Time  Lump-sum  Payment;  Incentive  Bonus.  Section  4(b) of the
Employment Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following sentence to the
end of such section:

     Within five business days after the date of  consummation  of the Company's
     initial  public  offering (the "IPO") of Common  Stock,  par value $.01 per
     share (the  "Common  Stock"),  the  Company  shall pay to the  Executive  a
     lump-sum amount equal to $25,000.

     (c) $4 Options.  Section 4(d) of the Employment  Agreement shall be amended
(i) by deleting references to "$7 Options" and substituting  therefor references
to "$4  Options"  and (ii) by deleting  the first  sentence of Section  4(d) and
substituting therefor the following sentence:

     Promptly after the date hereof,  the Executive  shall be granted options to
     purchase 40,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock, at an exercise price
     of $4.00 per share (the "$4 Options").



<PAGE>


     2. Binding  Agreement.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  will be binding
upon,  and  will  inure  to  the  benefit  of,  the  respective   heirs,   legal
representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

     3.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  will be governed by and  construed in
accordance with the domestic laws of the State of New York without giving effect
to any choice of law or conflict of law  provision or rule (whether of the State
of New York or any other  jurisdiction)  that would cause the application of the
laws of any  jurisdiction  other than the State of New York,  without  regard to
principles concerning conflicts of laws.

     4.  Entire  Agreement.   This  Agreement,   together  with  the  Employment
Agreement, contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof and  supersedes  all prior  agreements of the parties with
respect hereto, and there are no written or oral terms or  representations  made
by  either  party  other  than  those  contained  herein  or in  the  Employment
Agreement.

     5.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in several  counterparts,
each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such
counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.



                           [Signature Page to Follow]

                                      - 2 -
<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  have duly  executed  this  Amendment  to
Employment Agreement as of the date first written above.


                                                     COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


                                                     By: /s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                                        ------------------------
                                                        Name: RONALD RAFALOFF
                                                        Title: CHAIRMAN

                                                        /s/ NEIL J. DEPASCAL
                                                        ------------------------
                                                          NEIL J. DEPASCAL, JR.


                               LICENSING AGREEMENT


AGREEMENT  dated  this  twenty-sixth  day of March,  1996,  between  THE  CURTIS
PUBLISHING COMPANY, LICENSING DIVISION, (hereinafter referred to as "licensor"),
located 1000 Waterway Boulevard, Indianapolis, IN 46202, and AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS
CORPORATION,  (hereinafter referred to as "licensee") located at 473 Old Country
Road, Westbury, NY 11590.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS,  Licensor was engaged in publishing  the magazine The Saturday  Evening
Post;

WHEREAS,  Licensor  is the  owner of a  library  of  distinctive  and  well-know
copyrighted magazine illustrations produced for The Sunday Evening Post.

WHEREAS,  Licensee  desires to utilize  certain  of said  illustrations  for its
merchandise upon the terms and conditions set forth below.

NOW THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual promises and undertakings  herein
contained  and for  other  good and  valuable  considerations,  intending  to be
legally bound, the parties agree as follows:

1.       DEFINITION OF TERMS

         (a)      "Customer  Sales"  shall  mean  sales  of  Goods  by  Licensee
                  directly    or    through    its    authorized    wholesalers,
                  representatives  or distributors to retail  establishments for
                  eventual resale to the consumer.

         (b)      "Mail  Order  Sales"  shall  mean  sales of Goods by  Licensee
                  directly to the consumer  through direct mail  solicitation or
                  catalogues.

         (c)      "Original  Term" shall mean the period  beginning  on April 1,
                  1996 and ending on March 31, 1998.

         (d)      "Contract  Year" shall mean the period  commencing  on January
                  1st and ending on December 31st of the same year.

         (e)      A "Premium"  shall mean any article  used for the  purposes of
                  increasing the sale of another item,  promoting or publicizing
                  any  product or service,  or used to  motivate a sales  force,
                  merchant, consumer, or any other person to perform any act.


                                       -1-

<PAGE>



         (f)      "Net Wholesale  Selling Price" as used herein shall be defined
                  as meaning the price at which the Goods are sold to Licensee's
                  customers net of all returns actually made or allowed.

2.       GRANT OF LICENSE

Subject to the  limitations  set forth in  Paragraph  2(d) below,  and the other
conditions  of this  Agreement,  for the  original  term  of this  contract  the
Licensor  hereby grants to Licensee the rights to use the  illustrations  listed
under  Schedule A below,  (hereinafter  referred to as "the  Materials")  on the
following merchandise (hereinafter referred to as "goods"):

         (a)      Description of Goods:  A series  of four (4)  limited  edition
                                         lithographs    of   "Garfield    Visits
                                         Rockwell". Print run of 750 each plus 7
                                         Artist's    proofs    of    the    four
                                         illustrations   to   be   marketed   at
                                         approximately  $400 retail.  Each piece
                                         to be  signed  by Jim  Davis  of  Paws,
                                         Incorporated.

         (b)      Schedule A:            Images for Schedule A to be selected.

         (c)      Market and Territory: Licensees shall only make sales of Goods
                  as  described  in  Paragraph  1(a) and (b) above.  The license
                  hereby granted extends to the United States,  its territories,
                  and Canada.

         (d)      Limitations on License:  No license is granted hereunder for
                  the use of  Material  for  any  purpose  other than upon or in
                  connection with the Goods.   No license is  granted  hereunder
                  for the  manufacture,  sale  or  distribution  of Goods to be
                  used as  premiums,  for  publicity  purposes,  in  combination
                  sales,  as  giveaways,  or  to  be disposed  of under  similar
                  methods of  merchandising.   In  the event Licensee desires to
                  sell  Goods  for  such  purposes,  Licensee  acknowledges  and
                  agrees that it  must first seek and  obtain a separate license
                  therefore from Licensor  and that the  user therefor must also
                  obtain a separate  license  from Licensor  for such use of the
                  Goods.

         (e)      Exclusivity: For the Original Term of this Agreement, Licensor
                  shall not license any other  person to use, in the  Territory,
                  the Materials  listed under  Schedule A on the Goods listed in
                  Paragraph 2(a) and (b) above.

3.       ROYALTIES

         (a)      Rate: In consideration of this license, the Licensee shall pay
                  the Licensor,  during the Original Term of this  Agreement and
                  any  extension  thereof,  a  royalty  in the  amount  of eight
                  percent (8%) of the Net Selling Price of Goods sold. In


                                       -2-

<PAGE>



                  computing  Net  Selling  Price,  no  costs  incurred  in other
                  advertising  and promoting  allowances,  or  distributing  the
                  Goods or any indirect expenses shall be deducted.

4.       ACCOUNTING

Not later than the fifteenth  day after every  quarter  during the Original Term
and any extension  thereof,  and thereafter so long as any sales are made by the
Licensee pursuant to this Agreement,  the Licensee shall furnish to the Licensor
a full,  complete and accurate statement showing the number of Goods, which have
been sold by the Licensee and the selling  price  thereof  during the  preceding
month. For the purposes of this Agreement, an item is considered to be sold when
it is ordered and invoiced or shipped, whichever is sooner.

5.       PAYMENT

Simultaneous  with the  rendition  of the  statement as aforesaid in Paragraph 4
above,  the Licensee  shall pay to the  Licensor,  subject to the  provisions of
Paragraph 3, such royalties as the statement indicated are due the Licensor.

6.       DURATION

Except as otherwise provided in the following paragraphs, upon completion of the
Original Term, all rights granted the Licensee shall automatically terminate.

7.       QUALITY

Licensee  acknowledges  that if the  Goods  manufactured  and  sold by it are of
inferior  quality in material and  workmanship,  the substantial good will which
the  Licensor has built up and now  possesses in the Material  will be impaired.
Accordingly,  Licensee  warrants  that the Goods will be of high standard and of
such appearance and quality as shall be reasonably  adequate and suited to their
exploitation to best advantage.  Licensee shall submit to Licensor  finished art
work  and/or a  facsimile  of all Goods to be  manufactured,  together  with its
cartons and containers,  including packaging and wrapping material,  which shall
be  approved  in  writing  by the  Licensor  before  the Goods  are  advertised,
distributed or sold. Any article  submitted and not disapproved  within fourteen
(14)  days of the  receipt  of same by  Licensor  shall be  deemed  to have been
approved.  After  samples  of the Goods  have  been  approved  pursuant  to this
paragraph,  Licensee shall not depart  therefrom  without written consent of the
Licensor.  In the event there is a departure  from the approved  sample of Goods
made  or  distributed  by  Licensee,  or in the  event  there  is an  occurrence
connected  with any such  Goods or  Licensee  which  reflects  unfavorably  upon
Licensor,  the Licensor shall have the right in the  reasonable  exercise of its
sole  discretion  to withdraw  its  approval  of such Goods,  at which time this
Agreement shall automatically terminate with respect to such Goods.



                                       -3-

<PAGE>


8.       SAMPLES

Licensee shall supply Licensor with 1 sample of each of the complete Goods.

9.       BOOKS AND RECORDS

The Licensee shall keep full, complete and accurate books of account and records
covering  all  transactions  relating to the subject  matter of this  Agreement.
Licensor,  through its authorized representative shall have the right to examine
such books of account and records and other documents and material in Licensee's
possession or under its control  insofar as they relate to the  manufacture  and
sale of Goods.  The  Licensor  shall have free and full access  therefrom at any
reasonable  hour of the day during which the Licensee's  offices are open and in
any  reasonable  manner.  Licensee  need only  retain  such books of account and
records for a two-year period following the termination of this Agreement.

10.      GOODWILL

The License  acknowledges  that the Material is unique and original and that the
Licensor is the owner thereof.  The Licensee shall not, during the Original Term
of this  Agreement  or any time  thereafter,  dispute or  contest,  directly  or
indirectly;  the Licensor's ownership of the Material;  The Licensor's exclusive
right (subject to this license) to use the Material;  the validity of any of the
copyrights or trademarks pertaining thereto or the Licensor's ownership thereof.
Nor  shall the  Licensee  assist  or aid  others in doing so. At the  Licensor's
request,  the  Licensee  shall  cooperate  with the  Licensor in  preventing  or
stopping any  infringement  or unfair use by any third party of the Goods or the
Material.  The Licensor  shall bear the costs of preventing or stopping any such
infringement  or  unfair  use,  which it elects to  pursue,  and the  Licensee's
obligation will be limited to providing full cooperation to Licensor.

11.      LICENSEE'S EFFORTS

Licensee  agrees  that  it  will  exercise  its  best  efforts  to  manufacture,
distribute  and sell the Goods  within the  territory.  It is also  agreed  that
Licensee  will use its best efforts to fulfill  orders for Goods in a timely and
reasonable manner.  Should there be an unforeseen delay in fulfilling customers'
order for Goods,  Licensee  will  exercise all  possible  diligence in informing
those  customers  of  the  delay,  and  complying  totally  with  Federal  Trade
Commission  regulations  and all other  relevant  state and federal laws. In the
event of an unforeseen  delay in fulfilling  orders to customers,  Licensee also
agrees that it will refrain from  advertising or promoting  Goods, or soliciting
orders from consumers until such problems are cured.

12.      COPYRIGHT, ETC.

         (a)      The Licensor shall apply to register  trademarks and claims to
                  copyright,  and apply for design  patents on the Goods  and/or
                  the Material as may be reasonably necessary, in the Licensor's
                  sole discretion, to protect the Licensor's interests.


                                       -4-

<PAGE>




                  All applications for registration of claims to copyright shall
                  identify  the  Licensor  as  the  copyright  proprietor;   all
                  applications  to  register   trademarks   shall  identify  the
                  Licensor as the  trademark  owner;  and all  applications  for
                  design patents shall correctly identify the inventor and shall
                  be assigned to the Licensor.

         (b)      If the Licensor  requires any  specimens of the Goods,  or any
                  photographic  reproductions  of the  same,  for use in  filing
                  copyright,  trademark  or patent  applications,  the  Licensee
                  shall  provide  the  Licensor  with  the  same  at  Licensee's
                  expense.

         (c)      At  the  Licensor's   request,   the  Licensee  shall  execute
                  assignments   in  favor  of  the   Licensor  of  any  and  all
                  copyrights,  trademarks or other  property  rights of whatever
                  kind relating to the Goods and/or the Material without further
                  consideration.

         (d)      Licensee  shall  ensure  and  warrant  that it will  provide a
                  legally  sufficient  copyright  notice on the Goods and/or the
                  packaging,  wrapping,  advertising  and  promotional  material
                  bearing any reproductions of the Goods or the Material, in the
                  following format designated by Licensor:

                                       (C) 19** The Curtis Publishing Company

                  or such  other  format  as  Licensor  shall  from time to time
                  direct.  The Licensee  further warrants that it will take such
                  precautions as necessary to insure that any reproductions made
                  by its  customers  also bear the  Licensor's  legal  copyright
                  notice.

13.      ADVERTISING/STYLE GUIDELINES

All  advertisements  and promotional  materials which Licensee intends to use to
promote Goods shall be submitted to Licensor for its written  approval  prior to
publication.  Licensor shall have fourteen (14) days from the date of receipt of
said material in which to approve or disapprove  it. Such approval  shall not be
unreasonably withheld by Licensor.

To the fullest  extent  possible,  the style  guidelines of the Licensor will be
followed in advertising, labeling and promotion.

14.      RIGHT OF TERMINATION

Without  prejudice  to any  other  rights,  Licensor  shall  have  the  right to
terminate  this  Agreement  upon written  notice to Licensee,  sent by certified
mail, return receipt requested, at any time that any of the following may occur:


                                       -5-

<PAGE>



         (a)      If Licensee shall not have begun the bona fide  manufacture or
                  production of the Goods licensed  hereunder within ninety (90)
                  days from the commencement of the term hereof.

         (b)      If  Licensee  shall be  unable  to  fulfill  or  obtain  valid
                  purchase orders for the Goods  throughout the territory hereof
                  for any reason for a period of six (6) months or more.

         (c)      If Licensee shall fail to make any payment due hereunder or to
                  deliver any of the statements  herein referred to, and if such
                  default shall continue for a period of sixty (60) days.

         (d)      If Licensee shall be unable to pay its  liabilities  when due,
                  or shall make any assignment for the benefit of creditors,  or
                  shall file any  petition  under  Chapter 10, 11 or 12 of Title
                  11,  United  States  Code,  or file a  voluntary  petition  in
                  bankruptcy or be adjudicated  as bankrupt or insolvent,  or if
                  any receiver is appointed for its business or property,  or if
                  any  trustee in United  States  government  or of the  several
                  states,  Licensor  shall  have  the  right to  terminate  this
                  Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Licensor shall,
                  at any time during the term of this contract,  have the option
                  of demanding an assurance from Licensee of Licensee's  ongoing
                  ability to perform the provisions of this contract, if, in the
                  reasonable   opinion  of  Licensor,   Licensee  is  unable  to
                  adequately   fulfill  its  requirements.   If  reasonable  and
                  adequate  assurance  is not  received  by  Licensor  regarding
                  Licensee's  ability to perform,  Licensor shall have the right
                  to terminate this Agreement.

15.      SALES AND AFTER EXPIRATION

Should this Agreement  terminate for any reason or expire,  Licensee may, at the
sole discretion of the Licensor, be permitted to sell its remaining inventory of
Goods for a period not to exceed one hundred and twenty (120) days following the
termination  or expiration  of this  Agreement.  Said request to sell  remaining
inventory  shall  be  sent  to the  Licensor  within  thirty  (30)  days  before
expiration  or from  Licensee's  receipt of any notice  terminating  the license
herein.  However,  the Licensee shall not,  without prior written consent of the
Licensor,  sell any such  remaining  Goods as distress  merchandise or otherwise
than in the ordinary course of business.  For the purpose of this  Agreement,  a
distress sale shall be defined as one in which the  merchandise is sold for less
than fifty percent (50%) of the normal wholesale  selling price.  Licensee shall
pay royalties on all such sales in the manner provided for in this Agreement.

16.      CESSATION OF USE


                                       -6-

<PAGE>



 Except as otherwise  provided in Paragraph  15, the Licensee  shall,  forthwith
upon the  expiration  of this  Agreement or any extension  thereof,  or upon its
sooner  termination,   discontinue  the  manufacturing,   printing,   promotion,
advertising, sale and distribution of Goods.

17.      RIGHTS RESERVED BY LICENSOR

Any and all rights in and to said Material  which are not  expressly  granted to
the  Licensee  are  hereby  reserved  by the  Licensor.  Any one or more of such
reserved  rights  may be  exercised  or  enjoyed by the  Licensor,  directly  or
indirectly, at any and all times.

18.      REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES

Licensee agrees to reimburse Licensor for all labor, material and other expenses
incurred by Licensor at the direct request of Licensee.

Licensee  further  agrees to reimburse  Licensor  for the cost of any  royalties
audit  deemed  necessary  and proper by  Licensor,  provided  such audit finds a
discrepancy of five percent (5%) or more.

19.      LICENSOR'S CLAIM

Whatever claim Licensor may have against Licensee hereunder for royalties and/or
for damages  shall  become a first lien upon all of said Goods  manufactured  or
produced  pursuant to the terms of this Agreement in the possession or under the
control of Licensee or its agents upon the  expiration  or  termination  of this
Agreement.

20.      REMEDIES

All specific  remedies  provided for in this  Agreement  shall be cumulative and
shall not be exclusive of one another or any of any other remedies  available in
law or equity. The failure of the Licensor to insist upon the strict performance
of any of the  convenants or terms hereof to be performed by the Licensee  shall
not be construed as a waiver of such covenants of terms.

21.      LICENSEE'S WARRANTY

Licensee  hereby  agrees to be solely  responsible  for, to defend and indemnify
Licensor and its respective officers,  agents and employees, and to hold each of
them harmless from any claims,  demand,  causes or action or damages,  including
reasonable  attorney's fees arising out of the distribution or use of the Goods,
other than those based solely on  Licensee's  use of the Material  authorized by
this Agreement. Licensee will obtain and maintain product liability insurance in
the  minimum  amount  of five  hundred  thousand  dollars  ($500,000)  providing
protection  for  Licensor  and its  respective  officers,  agents and  employees
against any attorney's  fees arising out of any alleged  defects in Goods or any
use thereof, in an amount and providing coverage

                                       -7-

<PAGE>



satisfactory to Licensor. Such insurance policy shall provide that it may not be
canceled without at least ten days written notice by Licensor. Further, Licensor
will be furnished with a certificate  of such  insurance  issued by the insuring
company.

22.      LICENSOR'S WARRANTY

Licensor  represents  and  warrants  to  Licensee  that it is the sole owner and
proprietor of Material and has the power to enter into this Agreement.  Licensor
hereby agrees to indemnify Licensee,  its officers,  agents and employees and to
hold them harmless  against claims,  demands,  causes of action or damages,  for
trademark  or copyright  infringement  arising out of the use of the Material as
authorized by this Agreement,  provided that Licensor is given immediate  notice
of and shall have the option to  undertake  and  conduct the defense of any such
claim,  demand or cause of action.  Licensee may, but shall not be obligated to,
join in such defense and be  represented  by its own counsel.  All  liabilities,
expenses,  losses, damages and reasonable attorney's fees in connection with any
such claim shall be paid by the Licensor,  except that if Licensee  elects to be
represented  by its own  counsel,  Licensee  will pay its own  attorney's  fees.
Licensee agrees that while it may counsel Licensor concerning the disposition of
any such action,  Licensor  shall have the sole final  decision  concerning  the
disposition  of any action and the right to  dispose of  inventory  and works in
progress as it sees fit.

23.      NO PARTNERSHIP OR JOINT VENTURE

This Agreement does not constitute and shall not be construed as  constituting a
partnership or joint venture between  Licensor and Licensee.  The Licensee shall
have no right to obligate or bind Licensor in any manner  whatsoever and nothing
herein contained shall give or is intended to give any rights of any kind to any
third party.

24.      NO ASSIGNMENT

The license  hereby  granted is and shall be personal to the  Licensee and shall
not be  assignable by any action of the Licensee or by operation of the law, and
any attempt at such  assignment  shall be null and void. The Licensee shall have
no right to grant any  sub-licenses.  Material  change in ownership or corporate
firm of the Licensee shall render this  Agreement null and void.  This Agreement
shall  inure  to the  benefit  of and  shall  be  binding  upon  the  Licensor's
successors and assigns.

25.      WAIVER AND MODIFICATION

No waiver or  modification  of any of the terms of this Agreement shall be valid
unless in writing  and signed by the party  against  whom such  modification  or
waiver is sought to be enforced. No waiver by either party of a breach hereof of
a  default  hereunder  shall be deemed a waiver  by such  party of a  subsequent
breach or default of like or similar nature.

                                       -8-

<PAGE>



26.      NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given under this Agreement, it shall be deemed
to be good and  sufficient  notice if in  writing,  signed by an  officer  or an
authorized agent of the party serving such notice and sent by telegram, telex or
mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt  requested,  to the other
party at the address stated above unless  notification of a change of address is
given in writing.

27.      CONSTRUCTION

This  Agreement has been executed in the State of Indiana and shall be construed
in accordance  with the laws of said State,  irrespective  of the forum in which
the Agreement or any part of it may come up for construction, interpretation, or
enforcement.

28.      ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement  contains the entire  understanding of the parties.  There are no
representations,  warranties,  promises,  covenants or understandings other than
those herein contained.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused these presents to be signed
by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.


THE CURTIS PUBLISHING COMPANY              AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORPORATION
LICENSING DIVISION

By:  /s/ Illegible                         By:  /s/ Jerry Gladstone
     ---------------------------------          --------------------------------
Title:         President                   Title:     President
      --------------------------------           -------------------------------
Date:          March 28, 1996              Date:      April 10, 1996
      --------------------------------          --------------------------------



                                       -9-

<PAGE>


                         ADDENDUM TO LICENSING AGREEMENT
                                      NO. 1


ADDENDUM TO THE  LICENSING  AGREEMENT  DATED  MARCH 26, 1996  BETWEEN THE CURTIS
PUBLISHING COMPANY,  LICENSING DIVISION,  HEREINAFTER  REFERRED TO AS "LICENSOR"
AND AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORPORATION HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS "LICENSEE".


         Paragraph 24 "No Assignment" shall be amended to state the following:

         (a) The license hereby granted is and shall be personal to the Licensee
         and  shall  not be  assignable  by any  action  of the  Licensee  or by
         operation of law, and any attempt at such assignment  shall be null and
         void.  The  Licensee  shall  have no right to grant  any  sub-licenses.
         Material  change in ownership or corporate  firm of the Licensee  shall
         render this Agreement null and void.  This Agreement shall inure to the
         benefit  of and shall be binding  upon the  Licensor's  successors  and
         assigns.

         (b)  Notwithstanding  subsection  (a) of this  paragraph  24,  Licensor
         hereby  consents and agrees to the  acquisition by merger of all of the
         outstanding shares of Licensee by Collectibles U.S.A., Inc., a Delaware
         corporation residing at 2081 Landings Drive,  Mountain View, California
         94043

All other language and terms of the original  agreement  shall remain  unchanged
and in effect.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused these presents to be signed
by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.


THE CURTIS PUBLISHING COMPANY              AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORPORATION
LICENSING DIVISION

By:      /s/ Illegible                     By:   /s/ Jerry Gladstone
         -----------------------------           ------------------------------
Title:      Senior Vice President          Title:       President
        ------------------------------           ------------------------------
Date:          May 23, 1997                Date:       June 2, 1997
        ------------------------------           ------------------------------


Contract ID #:  AMERI 96-1G


                                      -10-
<PAGE>
                     ADDENDUM TO LICENSING AGREEMENT NO. 2


ADDENDUM TO THE  LICENSING  AGREEMENT  DATED MARCH 26, 1996,  BETWEEN THE CURTIS
PUBLISHING COMPANY,  LICENSING DIVISION,  HEREINAFTER  REFERRED TO AS "LICENSOR"
AND AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS "LICENSEE".

     Paragraph 1(c) "Original  Term" shall be extended from March 31, 1998 until
     March 31, 2000.


All other language and terms of the original  agreement  shall remain  unchanged
and in effect.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused these presents to be signed
by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.


THE CURTIS PUBLISHING                        AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS
COMPANY
LICENSING DIVISION


BY:  /s/ Joan S. Durham                      BY:  
   ----------------------                       ---------------------

TITLE: President                             TITLE: PRES
      -------------------                          ------------------

DATE:  3/11/98                               DATE:   3/16/98
     --------------------                         -------------------


                             EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

          EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT (this  "Agreement"),  between  Collectibles USA,
Inc.,  a  Delaware   corporation  (the   "Company"),   and  Shonnie  Bilin  (the
"Executive") entered into as of this 25th day of August, 1997.

          WHEREAS,  as of the  date  of the  execution  of this  Agreement,  the
Company  is  engaged   primarily  in  the  business  of  marketing   collectible
merchandise and animation art products; and

          WHEREAS,   the  Executive  will  be  employed  by  the  Company  in  a
confidential relationship wherein the Executive, in the course of her employment
with the Company,  will become  familiar with and aware of information as to the
Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and their respective customers,  the
specific manner of doing business, including the processes, techniques and trade
secrets utilized by the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates,  and future
plans with respect  thereto,  all of which has been and will be established  and
maintained at great expense to the Company,  which information is a trade secret
and constitutes the valuable good will of the Company; and

          NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  mutual  promises,  terms,
covenants and  conditions  set forth herein and the  performance  of each, it is
hereby agreed as follows:

          1. AGREEMENT  SUPERSEDES ALL OTHER PRIOR UNDERSTANDINGS UPON EFFECTIVE
DATE;  REPRESENTATIONS OF EXECUTIVE.  This Agreement shall supersede any and all
other prior employment agreements, letters of intent, term sheets, arrangements,
and/or any other  understanding,  whether written or oral, between the Executive
and the Company or any  subsidiary  or affiliate  thereof  regarding any and all
matters relating to employment,  compensation,  benefits or similar matters. The
Executive  hereby  represents  and warrants to the Company that the execution of
this  Agreement  by the  Executive  and her  employment  by the  Company and the
performance  of her  duties  hereunder  will not  violate  or be a breach of any
agreement with a former employer, client or any other person or entity. Further,
the Executive agrees to indemnify the Company for any claim, including,  but not
limited  to,  attorneys'  fees and  expenses of  investigation  and all fees and
expenses incurred by the Company,  by any such third party that such third party
may now have or may  hereafter  come to have  against the Company  based upon or
arising out of any  non-competition  agreement,  invention or secrecy  agreement
between the Executive and such third party.

          2. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES.

          (a) EMPLOYMENT.  The Company hereby employs the Executive as Executive
Vice President -- Planning and Development of the Company.  The Executive hereby
accepts this

<PAGE>
 

employment  upon the terms and  conditions  herein  contained  and,  subject  to
Section  2(b),  agrees to devote her  working  time,  attention  and  efforts to
promote and further the business of the Company.

          (b) EXCLUSIVITY OF SERVICES. The Executive shall not, during the Term,
be engaged in any other  business  activity  pursued  for gain,  profit or other
pecuniary  advantage  except to the extent that such activity does not interfere
with the  Executive's  duties  and  responsibilities  hereunder.  The  foregoing
limitations  shall not be construed as  prohibiting  the  Executive  from making
personal investments in such form or manner as will neither require her services
in the  operation  or  affairs of the  companies  or  enterprises  in which such
investments are made nor violate the terms of Section 5 of this Agreement.

          (c)  LOCATION FOR  SERVICES.  The  Executive  shall not be required to
relocate her personal residence to a new geographical area.

          3. TERM.  The term of this  Agreement  shall commence on September 22,
1997  (the  "Effective  Date")  and  shall  end on the date  which is the  third
anniversary of the Effective Date (the "Initial Term"); provided,  however, that
in the event that the Company or the  Executive  does not notify the other party
on or prior to the date which is one year prior to the expiration of the Initial
Term (such date,  the  "Notification  Date") that it or she (as the case may be)
desires  that the Initial  Term not be extended  beyond the  termination  of the
Initial Term, the term of this Agreement shall  automatically be extended beyond
the Initial  Term for  successive  one year periods on each  anniversary  of the
Notification  Date,  until  either party gives notice to the other of its desire
not to  extend  further  the  term  of  this  Agreement  beyond  the  end of the
then-extended term (the term of this Agreement,  whether during the Initial Term
or any extension thereof, the "Term").

          4.  COMPENSATION.  For all  services  rendered by the  Executive,  the
Company shall compensate the Executive as follows:

          (a) BASE SALARY.  The base salary payable to the Executive  during the
Term shall be at the rate of $150,000  per year,  payable on a regular  basis in
accordance  with  the  Company's  standard  payroll  procedures,  but  not  less
frequently  than on a monthly basis (the "Base  Salary").  On at least an annual
basis, the Board shall review the Executive's performance and may make increases
to the Base Salary if, in its discretion,  any such increase is warranted.  Such
recommended  increase shall require  approval by the Board or a duly constituted
committee thereof.

          (b) ONE TIME  LUMP-SUM  PAYMENT.  Within five  business days after the
date of  consummation  of the Company's  initial public  offering (the "IPO") of
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common  Stock"),  the Company shall
pay to the Executive a lump-sum amount equal to $17,500.

          (c) INCENTIVE  BONUS. It is the Company's  intent to develop a written
Incentive  Bonus Plan setting  forth the criteria  under which the Executive and
other key  employees of the Company will be eligible to receive  year-end  bonus
awards.


                                       -2-

<PAGE>

          (d)  EXECUTIVE  PERQUISITES,  BENEFITS  AND  OTHER  COMPENSATION.  The
Executive shall be entitled to receive additional benefits and compensation from
the Company in such form and to such extent as specified below:

          (i) Payment of all premiums for  coverage  for the  Executive  and her
     dependent family members under health, hospitalization, disability, dental,
     life and other  insurance  plans that the  Company  may have in effect from
     time to time,  which benefits  provided to the Executive  under this clause
     (i)  shall  be  at  least  equal  to  such  benefits  provided  to  Company
     executives.

          (ii)  Reimbursement  for all business  travel and other  out-of-pocket
     expenses  reasonably  incurred by the Executive in the  performance  of her
     services  pursuant to this Agreement.  All  reimbursable  expenses shall be
     appropriately  documented  in  reasonable  detail  by  the  Executive  upon
     submission  of any  request for  reimbursement,  and in a format and manner
     consistent with the Company's expense reporting policy.

          (iii) Four (4) weeks paid  vacation for each year during the period of
     employment  or such  greater  amount as may be  afforded  officers  and key
     employees  generally  under the  Company's  policies in effect from time to
     time  (pro-rated  for any year in which the  Executive is employed for less
     than the full year).

          (iv) The Company  shall  provide the  Executive  with other  executive
     perquisites as may be available to or deemed  appropriate for the Executive
     by the Board and participation in all other Company-wide  employee benefits
     as  available  from time to time,  which may include  participation  in the
     Company's Long-Term Incentive Plan.

          (e) $7 OPTIONS. Promptly after the date hereof, the Executive shall be
granted stock options to purchase  20,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock,
at an exercise price of $7.00 per share (the "$7  Options").  Such options shall
vest immediately and the terms and conditions of such options shall be set forth
in an option  grant  between  the  parties  hereto.  In the  event  that (i) the
Executive's  employment  is  terminated  under  the  circumstances  set forth in
Section 6(c),  6(d) or 6(f) of this Agreement  prior to the  consummation of the
IPO (unless  the IPO is not  consummated  within 60 days of the date  hereof) or
(ii) the Executive's  employment is terminated under the circumstances set forth
in Section 6(c) or 6(f) of this Agreement prior to the date six months after the
consummation  of the IPO,  then the  Executive  shall have five business days in
which to exercise the $7 Options and thereafter such options shall terminate and
be of no further force or effect.  In the event that the Executive's  employment
is terminated under any other circumstances, the Executive shall have five years
in which to exercise the $7 Options.

          (f) IPO STOCK OPTIONS. The Executive shall be granted additional stock
options (the  "Additional  Options") to purchase  40,000  shares of Common Stock
following  the  IPO,  at the  price  per  share  offered  to the  public  at the
commencement of the IPO, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in
an option agreement between the parties hereto. The Additional Options

                                       -3-

<PAGE>


shall vest over a three year period,  with  one-third of the options  vesting on
the first anniversary of the Effective Date, one-third on the second anniversary
of the  Effective  Date  and  the  remainder  on the  third  anniversary  of the
Effective Date. Such options may be exercised by the Executive any time prior to
the  later of (i) one year  after the end of the  Initial  Term or (ii) one year
after the end of the termination of the Executive's employment hereunder.

          5. NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT.

          (a) GENERAL.  Subject to Section 5(c), the Executive shall not, during
the period of her employment by or with the Company, and for a period of two (2)
years  immediately  following  the  termination  of her  employment  under  this
Agreement (such period,  the "Restricted  Period"),  for any reason  whatsoever,
directly or indirectly,  for herself or on behalf of or in conjunction  with any
other person, persons, company, partnership,  corporation, entity or business of
whatever nature:

          (i) engage,  as an officer,  director,  shareholder,  owner,  partner,
     joint venturer,  or in any other capacity,  whether as an agent,  employee,
     independent   contractor,   consultant   or   advisor,   or   as  a   sales
     representative,   in  any   collectibles   or  animation  art  business  in
     competition with the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates,  within 100
     miles of (i) the  principal  executive  offices of the  Company or (ii) any
     place to which the  Company  or its  subsidiaries  or  affiliates  provides
     products  or  services  or in  which  the  Company  is in  the  process  of
     initiating   business   operations   during  the  Restricted   Period  (the
     "Territory");

          (ii) call upon or  interview  any person who is, at that time,  within
     the Territory,  an employee of the Company  (including the  subsidiaries or
     affiliates  thereof) in a  managerial  capacity for the purpose or with the
     intent of  enticing  such  employee  away from or out of the  employ of the
     Company (including the subsidiaries or affiliates  thereof),  provided that
     the  Executive  shall be  permitted to call upon and hire any member of her
     immediate family;

          (iii) call upon any person or entity which is, at that time,  or which
     has been, within one (1) year prior to that time, a customer of the Company
     (including the subsidiaries or affiliates thereof) within the Territory for
     the purpose of  soliciting or selling  products  similar in nature to those
     which are or were  provided  by the  Company  to such  customer  within the
     Territory; or

          (iv)  call  upon  any  prospective   acquisition  candidate,   on  the
     Executive's own behalf or on behalf of any competitor, which candidate was,
     to the Executive's  actual knowledge after due inquiry,  either called upon
     by the Company  (including the  subsidiaries or affiliates  thereof) or for
     which  the  Company  made  an  acquisition  analysis,  for the  purpose  of
     acquiring  such entity,  provided that the  Executive  shall not be charged
     with  violating  this  section  unless and until the  Executive  shall have
     knowledge or notice that such prospective  acquisition candidate was called
     upon, or that an acquisition analysis was made for the purpose of acquiring
     such entity; or


                                       -4-

<PAGE>



          (v) disclose any information regarding customers, whether in existence
or  proposed,  of the  Company (or the  respective  subsidiaries  or  affiliates
thereof) to any  person,  firm,  partnership,  corporation  or business  for any
reason or purpose whatever.

Notwithstanding  the  above,  the  foregoing  covenant  shall  not be  deemed to
prohibit the Executive  from either (i) acquiring as an investment not more than
one percent (1%) of the capital  stock of a competing  business,  whose stock is
traded on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter or (ii) engaging as
an officer,  agent,  employee,  independent  contractor,  consultant  or advisor
(other than a consultant  or advisor  with  respect to financial or  acquisition
matters), or as sales representative for any vendor, artist or manufacturer that
supplies the Company (or its subsidiaries or affiliates).

          (b)  EQUITABLE  REMEDIES.  Because  of  the  difficulty  of  measuring
economic  losses  to the  Company  as a  result  of a  breach  of the  foregoing
covenants,  and because of the  immediate and  irreparable  damage that could be
caused to the Company for which they would have no other  adequate  remedy,  the
Executive agrees that the foregoing  covenants may be enforced by the Company in
the event of breach by the Executive, by injunctions and restraining orders.

          (c)  REASONABLE  RESTRAINT.  It is  agreed  by the  parties  that  the
foregoing  covenants  in this  Section 5 impose a  reasonable  restraint  on the
Executive in light of the activities and business of the Company  (including the
Company's  subsidiaries  and  affiliates)  on the date of the  execution of this
Agreement  and  the  current  plans  of the  Company  (including  the  Company's
subsidiaries and  affiliates);  but it is also the intent of the Company and the
Executive that such  covenants be construed and enforced in accordance  with the
changing  activities,  business  and  locations  of the Company  (including  the
Company's  subsidiaries and affiliates)  throughout the term of these covenants,
whether  before  or  after  the date of  termination  of the  employment  of the
Executive.  For  example,  if,  during the term of this  Agreement,  the Company
(including  the  Company's  subsidiaries  or  affiliates)  engages  in  new  and
different activities, enters a new business or establishes new locations for its
current  activities  or business in addition to or other than the  activities or
business  enumerated under the whereas clauses above or the locations  currently
established  therefor,  then the Executive will be precluded from soliciting the
customers  or  employees  of such new  activities  or  business or from such new
location and from directly competing with such new business within the Territory
through the Restricted Period.

     It is further  agreed by the  parties  hereto  that,  in the event that the
Executive shall cease to be employed hereunder,  and shall enter into a business
or pursue other  activities not in competition  with the Company  (including the
Company's  subsidiaries  or  affiliates),  or similar  activities or business in
locations the  operation of which,  under such  circumstances,  does not violate
clause (a)(i) of this Section 5, and in any event such new business,  activities
or location are not in violation of this Section 5 or of employee's  obligations
under this  Section 5, if any,  the  Executive  shall not be  chargeable  with a
violation of this Section 5 if the Company (including the Company's subsidiaries
or affiliates)  shall  thereafter  enter the same,  similar or a competitive (i)
business, (ii) course of activities or (iii) location, as applicable.


                                       -5-

<PAGE>



          (d)  SEVERABILITY.  The  covenants in this Section 5 are severable and
separate, and the unenforceability of any specific covenant shall not affect the
provisions of any other covenant.  Moreover, in the event any court of competent
jurisdiction shall determine that the scope, time or territorial restrictions of
any specific covenant as set forth are unreasonable, then it is the intention of
the parties that such  restrictions  be enforced to the fullest extent which the
court deems reasonable, and the Agreement shall thereby be reformed.

          (e)  INDEPENDENT  PROVISIONS.  All of the  covenants in this Section 5
shall be construed as an agreement  independent  of any other  provision in this
Agreement,  and the  existence of any claim or cause of action of the  Executive
against the Company,  whether  predicated on this Agreement or otherwise,  shall
not  constitute  a defense  to the  enforcement  by the  Company  of any of such
covenants.  It is specifically agreed that the period of two (2) years following
termination  of  employment  stated at the  beginning  of this Section 5, during
which the agreements and covenants of the Executive made in this Section 5 shall
be  effective,  shall be computed by excluding  from such  computation  any time
during which the Executive is in violation of any provision of this Section 5.

          6.  TERMINATION;   RIGHTS  ON  TERMINATION.  This  Agreement  and  the
Executive's employment may be terminated in any one of the followings ways:

          (a) DEATH. The death of the Executive shall immediately terminate this
Agreement, with no severance compensation due to the Executive's estate.

          (b)  DISABILITY.  If, as a result of  incapacity  due to  physical  or
mental  illness  or  injury,  the  Executive  shall  have been  absent  from her
full-time  duties  hereunder for four (4) consecutive  months,  then thirty (30)
days after receiving  written notice (which notice may occur before or after the
end of such four (4) month period, but which shall not be effective earlier than
the last day of such four (4) month  period),  the  Company  may  terminate  the
Executive's  employment hereunder provided the Executive is unable to resume her
full-time  duties at the  conclusion  of such notice  period.  In addition,  the
Executive  may terminate  her  employment  hereunder if her health should become
impaired  to an  extent  that  makes the  continued  performance  of her  duties
hereunder  hazardous to her physical or mental health or her life, provided that
the Executive  shall have furnished the Company with a written  statement from a
qualified  doctor to such effect and provided,  further,  that, at the Company's
request made within thirty (30) days of the date of such written statement,  the
Executive shall submit to an examination by a doctor selected by the Company who
is reasonably  acceptable to the Executive and such doctor shall have  concurred
in the  conclusion of the  Executive's  doctor.  In the event this  Agreement is
terminated  as a result  of the  Executive's  disability,  the  Executive  shall
receive from the Company,  in a lump-sum payment due within ten (10) days of the
effective  date of  termination,  the Base Salary at the rate then in effect for
whatever  time period is remaining  under the Term of this  Agreement or for one
(1) year, whichever amount is greater.

          (c) CAUSE. The Company may terminate the Agreement ten (10) days after
written notice to the Executive for "Cause," which shall be: (1) the Executive's
willful, material and

                                       -6-

<PAGE>


irreparable  breach of this Agreement;  (2) the Executive's  gross negligence in
the performance or intentional nonperformance continuing for ten (10) days after
receipt of  written  notice of need to cure of any of the  Executive's  material
duties and responsibilities  hereunder;  (3) the Executive's willful dishonesty,
fraud or  misconduct  with  respect to the business or affairs of the Company or
its  subsidiaries  or affiliates  which  materially  and  adversely  affects the
operations or reputation of the Company or its  subsidiaries or affiliates;  (4)
the  Executive's  conviction of a felony crime;  or (5) chronic alcohol abuse or
illegal drug abuse by the Executive. In the event of a termination for Cause, as
enumerated above, the Executive shall receive no severance compensation.

          (d) WITHOUT CAUSE.  At any time after her  commencement of employment,
the Company may,  without Cause,  terminate  this Agreement and the  Executive's
employment,  effective  thirty (30) days after written notice is provided to the
Executive.  In the event that the Executive is terminated by the Company without
Cause,  the Executive shall receive from the Company the Base Salary at the rate
then in effect for  whatever  time  period is  remaining  under the Term of this
Agreement  (not to exceed  two years) or for one (1) year,  whichever  amount is
greater.  Any  termination  without  Cause  by  the  Company  shall  operate  to
immediately vest the Executive in her unvested stock options granted pursuant to
Section 4(f) hereof. Further, any termination without Cause by the Company shall
operate to shorten the  Restricted  Period set forth in Section  5(a) and during
which the terms of Section 5 apply to one (1) year from the date of  termination
of employment.

          (e)  CHANGE IN CONTROL  OF THE  COMPANY.  In the event of a "Change in
Control" of the Company (as defined in Section 11 of this Agreement)  during the
Term, refer to Section 11 of this Agreement.

          (f)  RESIGNATION BY EXECUTIVE.  If the Executive  resigns or otherwise
terminates her employment hereunder (i) the Executive shall receive no severance
compensation,  (ii) all unvested stock options granted  pursuant to Section 4(f)
shall be forfeited to the Company and (iii) the  Restricted  Period shall remain
as set forth in Section 5 hereof.

          (g) SURVIVAL AND  CONTINUING  OBLIGATIONS.  Upon  termination  of this
Agreement for any reason  provided  above,  the  Executive  shall be entitled to
receive all compensation  earned and all benefits and reimbursements due through
the  effective  date  of  termination.  Additional  compensation  subsequent  to
termination, if any, will be due and payable to the Executive only to the extent
and in the manner  expressly  provided  in this  Section 6 or in Section 11. All
other  rights  and  obligations  of the  Company  and the  Executive  under this
Agreement shall cease as of the effective date of  termination,  except that the
Company's obligations under Section 6 herein and the Executive's obligations and
other matters under Sections 5, 7, 8 and 9 herein shall survive such termination
in accordance with their terms.

          7. RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY. All records, designs, patents, business
plans,  financial  statements,  manuals,  memoranda,  lists and  other  property
delivered to or compiled by the  Executive by or on behalf of the Company or its
representatives, vendors or


                                       -7-

<PAGE>


customers  which  pertain to the business of the Company shall be and remain the
property  of the  Company,  as the case may be,  and be  subject at all times to
their discretion and control.  Likewise, all correspondence,  reports,  records,
charts, advertising materials and other similar data pertaining to the business,
activities  or future plans of the Company  which is collected by the  Executive
shall  be  delivered  promptly  to  the  Company  without  request  by  it  upon
termination of the Executive's employment for any reason.

          8.  INVENTIONS.  The Executive shall disclose  promptly to the Company
any and all significant  conceptions and ideas for inventions,  improvements and
valuable discoveries,  whether patentable or not, which are conceived or made by
the Executive,  solely or jointly with another,  during the period of employment
or within one (1) year  thereafter,  and which are  related to the  business  or
activities  of the  Company  or its  subsidiaries  or  affiliates  and which the
Executive conceives as a result of her employment by the Company.  The Executive
hereby assigns and agrees to assign all her interests  therein to the Company or
its nominee.  Whenever  requested to do so by the Company,  the Executive  shall
execute any and all  applications,  assignments  or other  instruments  that the
Company  shall  deem  necessary  to apply for and obtain  Letters  Patent of the
United  States or any foreign  country or to otherwise  protect the Company's or
its subsidiaries or affiliates interest therein.

          9.  TRADE  SECRETS.   Executive  agrees  that  during  the  course  of
performing  services  for the  Company,  she has had and will  have  substantial
access to and contact with  information or documents,  including but not limited
to trade secrets, patents, copyrighted materials, proprietary computer software,
systems analyses, lists of actual or prospective customers,  contracts,  Company
books  and  records,  financial  data and  other  Confidential  and  Proprietary
Information  and Materials (as that term is defined  below) of the Company,  the
disclosure  of which to  competitors  of the  Company or others  would cause the
Company to suffer  substantial and  irreparable  damage.  Executive  recognizes,
therefore,  that it is in the Company's legitimate business interest to restrict
her disclosure or use of Confidential and Proprietary  Information and Materials
for any purposes  other than the services  provided by her to the Company  under
this Agreement,  and to limit any potential  appropriation of such  Confidential
and  Proprietary  Information  and  Materials  by her  for  the  benefit  of the
Company's  competitors  and to the  detriment of the Company.  Therefore,  it is
agreed that unless  Executive shall first secure the Company's  written consent,
Executive  shall not publish,  disclose or use, or authorize any other person or
entity to publish,  disclose or use, at any time before, during or subsequent to
the Term of this  Agreement,  any secret or  confidential  information,  whether
patentable  or not, of or about the  Company,  including  any  Confidential  and
Proprietary  Information  and Materials (as that term is defined  below) and any
other secret or confidential  information of which Executive becomes aware of or
informed  during  the  Term of  this  Agreement,  whether  or not  developed  by
Executive, except as required in Executive's duties to the Company. For purposes
of this  Agreement,  "Confidential  and  Proprietary  Information and Materials"
shall include, without limitation,  formulas, patterns,  compilations,  studies,
strategies, programs, devices, methods, techniques, and processes of or about or
its business,  customers or suppliers,  which derive independent economic value,
actual or potential,  from not being  generally  known to, and not being readily
ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain


                                       -8-

<PAGE>



economic value from their disclosure or use and which are the subject of efforts
to maintain their secrecy that are reasonable under the circumstances.

          All  Confidential  and  Proprietary  Information and Materials and all
copies of such  information  and materials  relating to the Company's  business,
whether  prepared by Executive or otherwise  coming into her  possession,  shall
remain the  exclusive  property  of the  Company  and shall be  returned  to the
Company upon the Company's request or the termination of Executive's employment.


          10. ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT. The Executive understands that she has
been  selected  for  employment  by the  Company  on the  basis of her  personal
qualifications, experience and skills. The Executive agrees, therefore, that she
cannot assign all or any portion of her performance under this Agreement.

          11. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

          (a) GENERAL. Unless she elects to terminate this Agreement pursuant to
(c) below, the Executive  understands and  acknowledges  that the Company may be
merged or  consolidated  with or into another  entity and that such entity shall
automatically succeed to the rights and obligations of the Company hereunder.

          (b) SEVERANCE  PAYMENTS.  In the event of a pending  Change in Control
wherein the Company and the Executive have not received  written notice at least
five (5) business days prior to the anticipated  closing date of the transaction
giving rise to the Change in Control from the  successor to all or a substantial
portion of the Company's  business  and/or assets that such successor is willing
as of the closing to assume and agree to perform the Company's obligations under
this  Agreement  in the same  manner and to the same  extent that the Company is
hereby required to perform,  then such Change in Control shall be deemed to be a
termination of this  Agreement by the Company  without Cause during the Term and
the applicable portions of Section 6(d) will apply.

          (c) VOLUNTARY  RESIGNATION.  In any Change in Control  situation,  the
Executive  may, at her sole  discretion,  elect to terminate  this  Agreement by
providing written notice to the Company at least five (5) business days prior to
the anticipated closing of the transaction giving rise to the Change in Control.
In such case, the applicable provisions of Section 6(d) will apply as though the
Company had terminated the Agreement without Cause during the Term.

          (d)  APPLICATION OF TERMINATION  PROVISIONS.  For purposes of applying
Section 6 under the  circumstances  described in Sections (b) and (c) above, the
effective date of termination will be the closing date of the transaction giving
rise to the Change in Control and all compensation,  reimbursements and lump-sum
payments  due the  Executive  must be paid in full by the Company at or prior to
such  closing.  Further,  the  Executive  will  be  given  sufficient  time  and
opportunity  to elect  whether to exercise  all or any of her vested  options to
purchase the Company's Common Stock,


                                       -9-

<PAGE>


including  any options with  accelerated  vesting  under the  provisions  of the
Company's Long-Term  Incentive  Compensation Plan, such that she may convert the
options  to shares of  Company  Common  Stock at or prior to the  closing of the
transaction giving rise to the Change in Control, if she so desires.

          (e) DEFINITION. A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred
if:

               (i) any person,  other than the Company or any  employee  benefit
          plan  of the  Company,  acquires  directly  or  indirectly  Beneficial
          Ownership (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act
          of 1934,  as  amended)  of any  voting  security  of the  Company  and
          immediately  after  such  acquisition  such  person  is,  directly  or
          indirectly, the Beneficial Owner of voting securities representing 50%
          or more  of the  total  voting  power  of all of the  then-outstanding
          voting securities of the Company,  unless the transaction  pursuant to
          which such  acquisition  is made is  approved  by at least  two-thirds
          (2/3) of the Board;

               (ii) the following individuals no longer constitute a majority of
          the  members  of the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company:  (A)  the
          individuals  who,  as of the  closing  date of the  Company's  initial
          public offering, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the
          "Original Directors");  (B) the individuals who thereafter are elected
          to the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  and whose  election,  or
          nomination for election,  to the Board of Directors of the Company was
          approved  by a vote  of at  least  two-thirds  (2/3)  of the  Original
          Directors then still in office (such  directors  becoming  "Additional
          Original Directors" immediately following their election); and (C) the
          individuals  who are elected to the Board of  Directors of the Company
          and  whose  election,  or  nomination  for  election,  to the Board of
          Directors of the Company was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds
          (2/3) of the Original Directors and Additional Original Directors then
          still in office (such  directors  also becoming  "Additional  Original
          Directors" immediately following their election).

               (iii) the  stockholders  of the Company  shall  approve a merger,
          consolidation,  recapitalization,  or reorganization of the Company, a
          reverse stock split of outstanding voting securities,  or consummation
          of any such transaction if stockholder approval is not obtained, other
          than any such  transaction  which has been  either (x)  approved by at
          least 66% of the members of the Board or (y) which would  result in at
          least  50%  of the  total  voting  power  represented  by  the  voting
          securities of the surviving entity outstanding  immediately after such
          transaction being Beneficially Owned by at least 50% of the holders of
          outstanding voting securities of the Company  immediately prior to the
          transaction,  with the  voting  power of each such  continuing  holder
          relative to other such continuing holders not substantially altered in
          the transaction; or

               (iv) the  stockholders  of the  Company  shall  approve a plan of
          complete  liquidation  of the Company or an agreement  for the sale or
          disposition  by the  Company  of all or a  substantial  portion of the
          Company's  assets  (i.e.,  50% or  more  of the  total  assets  of the
          Company).

                                      -10-

<PAGE>



          (f) The  Executive  must be  notified in writing by the Company at any
time that the Company anticipates that Change in Control may take place.

          (g) The Executive  shall be reimbursed by the Company or its successor
for any  excise  taxes  that the  Executive  incurs  under  Section  4999 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as a result of any Change in Control. Such amount
will be due and  payable by the  Company or its  successor  within ten (10) days
after the Executive delivers a written request for reimbursement  accompanied by
a copy of her tax  return(s)  showing  the excise tax  actually  incurred by the
Executive.

          12. COMPLETE AGREEMENT.  This written Agreement is the final, complete
and exclusive  statement and expression of the agreement between the Company and
the Executive and of all the terms of this  Agreement,  and it cannot be varied,
contradicted   or  supplemented  by  evidence  of  any  prior  oral  or  written
agreements. This written Agreement may not be later modified except by a further
writing  signed by a duly  authorized  officer of the Company and the Executive,
and no term of this  Agreement  may be waived  except by  writing  signed by the
party waiving the benefit of such term.

          13.  NOTICE.  Whenever any notice is required  hereunder,  it shall be
given in writing addressed as follows:

             To the Company:            Collectibles USA, Inc.
                                        c/o RGR Financial Group
                                        One Battery Park Plaza
                                        New York, NY 10004

             With a copy to:            Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
                                        101 Park Avenue
                                        New York, NY 10178
                                        Attn: David W. Pollak, Esq.

             To the Executive:          Ms. Shonnie Bilin
                                        744 Clover Hill Court
                                        Elk Grove Village, IL 60007

Notice shall be deemed given and  effective  three (3) days after the deposit in
the U.S.  mail of a  writing  addressed  as above  and sent  first  class  mail,
certified,  return  receipt  requested,  or if sooner,  when actually  received.
Either party may change the address for notice by  notifying  the other party of
such change.

          14. SEVERABILITY;  HEADINGS.  If any portion of this Agreement is held
invalid or  inoperative,  the other portions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
valid and operative and, so far as is reasonable  and possible,  effect shall be
given to the intent manifested by the portion held


                                      -11-

<PAGE>



invalid or inoperative.  The Section headings herein are for reference  purposes
only and are not intended in any way to describe, interpret, define or limit the
extent or intent of the Agreement or of any part hereof.

          15.  ARBITRATION.  Any unresolved dispute or controversy arising under
or  in  connection  with  this  Agreement   shall  be  settled   exclusively  by
arbitration,  conducted before a panel of three (3) arbitrators in New York, NY,
in accordance  with the rules of the American  Arbitration  Association  then in
effect. The arbitrators shall not have the authority to add to, detract from, or
modify any provision  hereof nor to award punitive damages to any injured party.
The  arbitrators   shall  have  the  authority  to  order  back-pay,   severance
compensation,  vesting of options  (or cash  compensation  in lieu of vesting of
options),  and reimbursement of costs,  including those incurred to enforce this
Agreement.  A decision  by the  arbitration  panel  shall be final and  binding.
Judgment  may  be  entered  on  the  arbitrators'  award  in  any  court  having
jurisdiction.  The  direct  expense  of the  arbitrators  shall  be borne by the
Company.

          16. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement  shall in  all respects be construed
according to the laws of the State of New York.

          17. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two
(2) or more  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original and all of
which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

                                      -12-

<PAGE>


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.

                                    COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


                                    By:   /s/ W. Randolph Ellspermann
                                          -------------------------------------
                                    Name:  W. Randolph Ellspermann
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
                                          --------------------------------------




                                    SHONNIE BILIN


                                     /s/ Shonnie Bilin
                                    --------------------------------------------



                                      -13-
<PAGE>


                     AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") dated as of May
28, 1998, by and between  Collectibles  USA, Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"), and Shonnie D. Bilin (the "Executive").

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive entered into that certain Employment
Agreement dated as of August 25, 1997 (the "Employment Agreement");

     WHEREAS,  the Executive was the  Executive  Vice  President -- Planning and
Development  of the Company and recently has been  appointed  the  President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company; and

     WHEREAS,  the parties  hereto  desire to amend the terms of the  Employment
Agreement to reflect changes to the Executive's  compensation  commensurate with
the Executive's responsibilities as the President and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the premises and the  covenants and
agreements herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

     1. Amendment of Employment Agreement. The terms of the Employment Agreement
shall be amended as follows, effective from and after the date hereof:

     (a) Employment.  Section 2(a) of the Employment  Agreement shall be amended
by deleting the first sentence and substituting therefor the following sentence:

     The Executive  shall be employed as an executive  officer with the title of
     President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

     (b) Base Salary.  Section 4(a) of the Employment Agreement shall be amended
by deleting the reference to "$150,000" and substituting therefor a reference to
"$175,000".

     (c) $4 Options.  Section 4(e) of the Employment  Agreement shall be amended
(i) by deleting references to "$7 Options" and substituting  therefor references
to "$4  Options"  and (ii) by deleting  the first  sentence of Section  4(e) and
substituting therefor the following sentence:

     Promptly after the date hereof,  the Executive  shall be granted options to
     purchase 50,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock, at an exercise price
     of $4.00 per share (the "$4 Options").



<PAGE>



     In connection with this amendment,  the Executive hereby surrenders any "$7
Options"  and  releases  the Company  from any  obligations  arising  under such
options.

     (d) IPO Stock Options.  Section 4(f) of the Employment  Agreement  shall be
amended by deleting  the  reference  to  "40,000"  and  substituting  therefor a
reference to "125,000."

     2. Binding  Agreement.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  will be binding
upon,  and  will  inure  to  the  benefit  of,  the  respective   heirs,   legal
representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

     3.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  will be governed by and  construed in
accordance with the domestic laws of the State of New York without giving effect
to any choice of law or conflict of law  provision or rule (whether of the State
of New York or any other  jurisdiction)  that would cause the application of the
laws of any  jurisdiction  other than the State of New York,  without  regard to
principles concerning conflicts of laws.

     4.  Entire  Agreement.   This  Agreement,   together  with  the  Employment
Agreement, contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof and  supersedes  all prior  agreements of the parties with
respect hereto, and there are no written or oral terms or  representations  made
by  either  party  other  than  those  contained  herein  or in  the  Employment
Agreement.

     5.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in several  counterparts,
each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such
counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


                           [Signature Page to Follow]



                                      - 2 -


<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have duly executed this Amendment No. 1 to
Employment Agreement as of the date first written above.

                                                     COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                                                     By:/s/ RONALD RAFALOFF
                                                        ------------------------
                                                        Name: RONALD RAFALOFF
                                                        Title:CHAIRMAN
                                                        /s/ SHONNIE D. BILIN    
                                                        ------------------------
                                                            SHONNIE D. BILIN






                       ASSIGNMENT AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

         This  Agreement  made and  executed  this _____ day of  ______________,
19__, by and between Hallmark Cards,  Incorporated,  LICENSOR, and Stone's Shop,
Inc., David J. Stone - President,  LICENSEE, 2508 S. Alpine,  Rockford, IL 61108
doing  business at Stone's  Hallmark Shop,  Brywood  Center,  Rockford,  IL (the
"premises").

         WHEREAS,  LICENSEE acknowledges that LICENSOR is the sole and exclusive
owner of trademarks and trade names including the word  "HALLMARK"  alone and in
combination  with a coronet  design,  recorded on the principal  register of the
U.S. Patent Office under Registration Nos.
654,790; 787,169; 864,077 and 916,900, inter alia; and,

         WHEREAS, LICENSEE desires to do business as a corporation utilizing the
name  Stone's  Hallmark  Shop,  Rockford,  IL in  conjunction  with  the sale of
greeting cards,  stationery,  party goods,  gifts and related social  expression
products.

         NOW, THEREFORE,  for good and valuable  consideration,  the sufficiency
and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged and in further consideration of the
premises,

         1. The LICENSEE, for himself, his heirs, administrators, successors and
assigns, does hereby absolutely grant, bargain,  convey and assign unto LICENSOR
any and all legal and equitable  right,  title and  interest,  both tangible and
intangible,  which  LICENSEE  has  or may  hereafter  acquire  in the  trademark
"HALLMARK",  including but not limited to any good will hereinafter generated or
created by LICENSEE or anyone acting or claiming under him.

         2. LICENSOR does hereby grant unto LICENSEE a  royalty-free  license to
use the trademark and trade name  HALLMARK(R)  as part of the  LICENSEE's  store
trade name  Stone's  Hallmark  Shop,  Rockford,  IL, and on the premises for the
promotion and sale of products sold by Hallmark Cards,  Incorporated;  provided,
however,  that the  license  herein  granted  shall not extend to any use of the
trademark as a part of a corporate name; and further provided, that said license
herein  granted shall be  terminable by LICENSOR,  at any time, by giving thirty
(30) days written  notice to LICENSEE of such  termination.  Said license herein
granted may not be  transferred  or assigned and all rights thereto shall revert
to LICENSOR upon revocation of the license so granted.

         3. During the term of this Agreement,  LICENSEE: (A) shall use its best
efforts to promote and  maintain  the good will of the  HALLMARK  trademark  and
image;  (b) shall  maintain a sufficient  inventory  and display of the range of
HALLMARK  products to enable the public the opportunity to purchase the same, so
as not to mislead  or deceive  the  public as to the  availability  of  HALLMARK
products  in said store;  (c) shall  maintain  the store  premises in a neat and
orderly  fashion;  (d) shall  instruct  sales  clerks and  employees in a manner
sufficient to familiarize  them with the HALLMARK  product line so as to be able
to respond to customer inquiries; (e) shall not directly or indirectly disparage
the  HALLMARK  product  line or use  bait and  switch  selling  techniques  to a
customer  registering  interest in  HALLMARK  products  or  otherwise  engage in
deceptive advertising or selling violative of the provisions of Section 5 of the
Federal  Trade  Commission  Act;  (f) shall  maintain  HALLMARK  products as its
primary  product line  provided,  however,  that the  LICENSEE is not  otherwise
restricted from inventory and sale of competing product lines.

         4. LICENSEE  hereby  covenants and agrees to display the  trademarks of
LICENSOR in conformity with the rules for such use as LICENSOR may, from time to
time, promulgate in order to protect the quality image and reputation which said
marks presently enjoy. Said rules now or hereafter promulgated by LICENSOR shall
be considered a part hereof as if fully enumerated herein.  (Attached hereto and
incorporated  by  reference  are  the  present  "Guidelines  for  the Use of the
Trademark 'Hallmark,'" which LICENSEE, by his initials, indicates have been read
and agreed to.)

         5. In the event that the license  herein  shall be revoked by LICENSOR,
LICENSEE  hereby  covenants  and  agrees  to  immediately  cease the use of said
trademarks and to forthwith  remove,  destroy or otherwise  obliterate any sign,
placard,  poster,  stationery,  banner  or  lettering  which  utilizes  the said
trademarks,  or any part thereof, as LICENSOR may direct. LICENSOR shall be free
to enter the



<PAGE>


                                       -2-

premises of LICENSEE  and carry out the  foregoing  upon first  giving  LICENSEE
reasonable advance notice, without fee or liability for trespass.

         6. LICENSEE  shall,  from time to time,  submit to LICENSOR  samples of
advertising material, letterheads, etc. for determination that the licensed name
and mark are being correctly  demonstrated,  which decision of the LICENSOR with
respect thereto shall be final.

         7. This Agreement supersedes all prior representations, whether oral or
written, and constitutes the entire understanding of the parties with respect to
the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement may not be modified orally,  but only
in writing and signed by the partly to be charged.

         8. The license  herein  provided  shall be granted  upon  execution  by
LICENSOR in Kansas City,  Missouri and the rights of the parties  determined by,
and this license construed according to the Laws of the State of Missouri.

         9. Time is hereby declared to be of the essence.

         10. The  LICENSEE  agrees  that  LICENSOR  is neither a partner,  joint
venturer  or  franchisor  of  LICENSEE.  This  is  not  a  franchise.   LICENSEE
acknowledges that no fee is payable for this license and that it is not required
to follow any specific merchandising plan.

         11. LICENSEE shall have the right to terminate this agreement by giving
LICENSOR ninety (90) days written notice of LICENSEE's intent to terminate. Said
written notice shall be placed in the United States Mail, Certified  Mail-Return
Receipt Requested,  addressed to LICENSOR in care of the Legal Department,  25th
and McGee, Kansas City, Missouri 64108. In the event this license is terminated,
LICENSEE  covenants and agrees to immediately  cease the use of said  trademarks
and to remove,  destroy,  or otherwise  obliterate  any sign,  placard,  poster,
stationery,  banner,  advertising,  merchandise bag, or lettering which utilizes
said  trademarks,  or any part thereof,  by the date upon which the  termination
becomes  effective.  LICENSE shall grant LICENSOR the right to enter  LICENSEE's
premises to insure that the  foregoing has been  completed by LICENSEE,  without
fee or liability for trespass,  upon LICENSOR's first giving LICENSEE reasonable
advance notice.  It is hereby  stipulated and agreed that LICENSEE's  failure to
immediately  cease the use of the mark "HALLMARK" upon revocation of the license
herein granted will result in irreparable harm and injury to LICENSOR.

         12. This Agreement shall  automatically  terminate on the occurrence of
the following:  (1) termination of the owner's  occupancy of the store premises;
or (2)  termination  of the lease of the store  premises;  or (3) closing of the
Hallmark account.

         WHEREFORE, we the undersigned, have each hereunto set our hand and seal
the day and year first above written.


                                        HALLMARK CARDS, INCORPORATED
                                        By /s/ Charles J. Egan
                                           -------------------------------------
ATTEST:                                    Vice-President               LICENSOR
/s/ Judith Whitaker
- ------------------------------------
Assistant Secretary
                                        Stone's Shop, Inc.
                                        /s/ David J. Stone
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                         David J. Stone, President      LICENSEE

WITNESS:

- -------------------------------------


<PAGE>


                                       -3-

STATE OF MISSOURI          )
                           )  SS.:
COUNTY OF JACKSON          )


         Now on  this 28 day of  April,  1982,  before  me  personally  appeared
CHARLES J. EGAN, JR., Vice-President of Hallmark Cards, Incorporated, who, being
duly  sworn  stated on his oath  that he  signed  the  foregoing  document  upon
authority conferred upon him by the Board of Directors of said Corporation.

                                                        /s/ Kimberly S. Carleton
                                                        ------------------------
                                                               Notary Public

My Commission expires:  November 18, 1985
                       --------------------


                            INDIVIDUAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT
                    (For Sole Proprietorship or Partnership)

STATE OF           )
                   )  SS.:
COUNTY OF          )

         Now on this  _____ day of  ___________________________________,  19___,
before                  me                  personally                  appeared
____________________________________________________________,  known to me,  who
being duly sworn stated on (his/her/their)  oath that  (he/she/they)  (has/have)
fully read the foregoing  document and signed the same as  (his/her/their)  free
act and deed.


                                             -----------------------------------
                                                          Notary Public

My Commission expires: ________________

                            CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGMENT

STATE OF IL        )
                   )  SS.:
COUNTY OF WINNEBAGO)

         Now on this 6th day of April, 1982, before me personally appeared David
J. Stone, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn, did say that he is
the President of Stone's Shop, Inc., a corporation, and that the seal affixed to
the foregoing instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation and that said
instrument  was signed and sealed in behalf of said  corporation by authority of
its Board of Directors,  and said David J. Stone acknowledged said instrument to
be the free act and deed of said corporation.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my notarial
seal at my office in Rockford, Illinois, the day and year last above written.

                                                     /s/ Pamela S. F.
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                            Notary Public

My Commission expires: December 5, 1983
                      -----------------


[ HALLMARK CARDS
          LOGO]
                                                 HALLMARK CARDS INCORPORATED
                                                    KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI  64141


                                                 July 18, 1984


        Don C. Freberg
Manager/Sales Information Center


Mr. David J. Stone, President
Stone's Shop, Incorporated
2508 South Alpine
Rockford, Illinois  61108

Re:   Trademark Assignment and License Agreement

Dear Mr. Stone:

         This  will  confirm  the  agreement  between  you and  Hallmark  Cards,
Incorporated  regarding your desire to use the HALLMARK trademark in conjunction
with the operation of your social expression shop, located at 2601 North Mulford
Road,  Brynwood  Center,  Rockford,  Illinois 61111 (the "Shop").  Specifically,
Hallmark  does hereby grant to you a royalty  free license to use the  trademark
and tradename  HALLMARK as part of the Shop's  tradename in the following manner
and no other -- Stone's  Hallmark Shop -- and, in addition,  to use the HALLMARK
trademark  in other  appropriate  ways for the  promotion  and sale of  HALLMARK
products at the Shop.  This grant is subject to all of the  following  terms and
conditions.

         1. That you hereby  acknowledge that Hallmark is the sole and exclusive
owner of trademarks  and  tradenames  including  the name HALLMARK  alone and in
combination  with a coronet  design,  recorded on the Principal  Register of the
U.S. Patent Office under Registration Nos. 654,790; 787,169; 864,077 and 916,900
among others;

         2. That you, for yourself, your heirs,  administrators,  successors and
assigns,  do hereby absolutely grant,  bargain,  convey and assign unto Hallmark
any and all legal and equitable  right,  title and  interest,  both tangible and
intangible,  which you have or may hereafter acquire in the trademark  HALLMARK,
including  but not limited to any goodwill  hereinafter  generated or created by
you or anyone acting or claiming under you.




<PAGE>

         3. That you hereby  acknowledge  that the license  herein granted shall
not  extend  to any use of the  trademark  as a part of a  corporate  name or in
connection with any other business you operate at any other location and further
that said license herein  granted shall be terminable by Hallmark,  at any time,
by the giving to you of 30 days written notice.

         4. That you hereby  acknowledge that the license herein granted may not
be  transferred  or assigned and that all rights  granted herein shall revert to
Hallmark upon revocation of this agreement by Hallmark.

         5. That,  in  connection  with your  operation of the Shop,  you hereby
agree to:

                  (a)   use your  best  efforts  to  promote  and  maintain  the
         goodwill of the HALLMARK trademark and image;

                  (b)   maintain a sufficient inventory and display of the range
         of HALLMARK  products to enable the public the  opportunity to purchase
         the  same,  so as  not to  mislead  or  deceive  the  public  as to the
         availability of HALLMARK products in your store;

                  (c)   maintain  the  store  premises  in a  neat  and  orderly
         fashion;

                  (d)   instruct   sales  clerks  and   employees  in  a  manner
         sufficient to familiarize  them with the HALLMARK product line so as to
         be able to respond to customer inquiries;

                  (e)   not  directly  or  indirectly   disparage  the  HALLMARK
         product line or use bait and switch  selling  techniques  to a customer
         who  indicates  interest in HALLMARK  products or  otherwise  engage in
         deceptive advertising or selling violative of the provisions of section
         5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act;

                  (f)   maintain HALLMARK products as your primary product line,
         provided,  however,  that  you are not  otherwise  restricted  from the
         inventory and sale of competing product lines.

         6. That you hereby agree to display Hallmark's trademarks in conformity
with the rules for such use as Hallmark  may,  from time to time,  promulgate in
order to  protect  the  quality  image and  reputation  which  those  trademarks
presently  enjoy.  Any rules now or hereafter  promulgated  by Hallmark shall be
considered  a part of this  agreement  and you hereby  agree to be bound by said
rules.  Attached to this letter are the  present  GUIDELINES  FOR THE USE OF THE
TRADEMARK "HALLMARK".

         7. That you hereby  agree to,  from time to time,  submit to  Hallmark,
samples of advertising material,  letterheads,  etc. for determination that your
use of the HALLMARK trademark is, in Hallmark's judgment, correct.


                                       -2-

<PAGE>

         8. That you hereby acknowledge that this agreement supersedes all prior
oral or written representations and constitutes the entire understanding between
you and Hallmark with respect to the use of the HALLMARK trademark in connection
with your  operation of the shop and that this agreement may be modified only in
writing.

         9. That you hereby  acknowledge that this agreement shall be subject to
and  construed  in  accordance  with the laws of the state of Missouri and shall
become  effective  upon  receipt by  Hallmark in Kansas  City,  Missouri of this
letter agreement signed by you.

         10. That you hereby  acknowledge  that  Hallmark  is not your  partner,
joint venturer or franchisor and that the relationship  between you and Hallmark
is not a  franchise  relationship  and that no fee is  required  to  follow  any
specific merchandising plan.

         11. That you shall have the right to terminate this agreement by giving
Hallmark 30 days  written  notice of your intent to do so. Said  written  notice
shall be  placed  in the  United  States  mail,  certified  mail-return  receipt
requested,   addressed  to  Hallmark  Cards,  Incorporated,  in  care  of  Sales
Information Center - 340, P.O. Box 580, Kansas City, Missouri 64141.

         12. That this agreement shall automatically terminate on the occurrence
of the  following:  (1)  termination  of your right to occupy the premises  with
respect to which the license  herein has been granted or (2) the closing of your
account with Hallmark.

         13. That,  in the event this license is  terminated,  for any reason by
either party, you hereby agree to immediately cease using the HALLMARK trademark
and all other trademarks  owned by Hallmark and to remove,  destroy or otherwise
obliterate  any  sign,  placard,  poster,   stationery,   banner,   advertising,
merchandise bag or lettering which utilizes the HALLMARK trademark,  or any part
thereof, by the date upon which the termination  becomes effective.  You further
agree to permit  Hallmark  the right to enter your  premises  to ensure that the
foregoing has been completed upon Hallmark's first giving you reasonable advance
notice. You further acknowledge and agree that your failure to immediately cease
the use of the HALLMARK  trademark upon revocation of the license herein granted
will result in irreparable harm and injury to Hallmark.




                                       -3-

<PAGE>


         Please  acknowledge  that the  foregoing  represents  our  agreement by
signing and returning the enclosed copy of this letter.

                                              Very truly yours,

                                              HALLMARK CARDS, INCORPORATED


                                              By /s/ Don C. Freberg
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                     Don C. Freberg

    Agreed to this 24th day of July, 1984.


                                              STONE'S SHOP, INCORPORATED


                                              By /s/ David J. Stone
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                     David Stone













                                       -4-


[HALLMARK CARDS
        LOGO]
                                                    HALLMARK CARDS INCORPORATED
                                                    KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI  64141


                                                    August 13, 1984

        Don C. Freberg
Manager/Sales Information Center


Mr. David J. Stone, President
Stone's Shop, Incorporated
2508 South Alpine
Rockford, Illinois  61108

Re:      Trademark Assignment and License Agreement

Dear Mr. Stone:

         This  will  confirm  the  agreement  between  you and  Hallmark  Cards,
Incorporated  regarding your desire to use the HALLMARK trademark in conjunction
with the  operation  of your  social  expression  shop,  located at 400  Lincoln
Highway,  Rochelle,  Illinois  61068 (the "Shop").  Specifically,  Hallmark does
hereby grant to you a royalty free license to use the  trademark  and  tradename
HALLMARK as part of the Shop's tradename in the following manner and no other --
Stone's  Hallmark  Shop -- and, in addition,  to use the  HALLMARK  trademark in
other  appropriate  ways for the promotion and sale of HALLMARK  products at the
Shop. This grant is subject to all of the following terms and conditions.

         1. That you hereby  acknowledge that Hallmark is the sole and exclusive
owner of trademarks  and  tradenames  including  the name HALLMARK  alone and in
combination  with a coronet  design,  recorded on the Principal  Register of the
U.S. Patent Office under Registration Nos. 654,790; 787,169; 864,077 and 916,900
among others;

         2. That you, for yourself, your heirs,  administrators,  successors and
assigns,  do hereby absolutely grant,  bargain,  convey and assign unto Hallmark
any and all legal and equitable  right,  title and  interest,  both tangible and
intangible,  which you have or may hereafter acquire in the trademark  HALLMARK,
including  but not limited to any goodwill  hereinafter  generated or created by
you or anyone acting or claiming under you.

         3. That you hereby  acknowledge  that the license  herein granted shall
not  extend  to any use of the  trademark  as a part of a  corporate  name or in
connection with any other business



<PAGE>

you operate at any other  location and further that said license  herein granted
shall be  terminable  by Hallmark,  at any time, by the giving to you of 30 days
written notice.

         4. That you hereby  acknowledge that the license herein granted may not
be  transferred  or assigned and that all rights  granted herein shall revert to
Hallmark upon revocation of this agreement by Hallmark.

         5. That,  in  connection  with your  operation of the Shop,  you hereby
agree to:

                  (a)   use your  best  efforts  to  promote  and  maintain  the
         goodwill of the HALLMARK trademark and image;

                  (b)   maintain a sufficient inventory and display of the range
         of HALLMARK  products to enable the public the  opportunity to purchase
         the  same,  so as  not to  mislead  or  deceive  the  public  as to the
         availability of HALLMARK products in your store;

                  (c)   maintain  the  store  premises  in a  neat  and  orderly
         fashion;

                  (d)   instruct   sales  clerks  and   employees  in  a  manner
         sufficient to familiarize  them with the HALLMARK product line so as to
         be able to respond to customer inquiries;

                  (e)   not  directly  or  indirectly   disparage  the  HALLMARK
         product line or use bait and switch  selling  techniques  to a customer
         who  indicates  interest in HALLMARK  products or  otherwise  engage in
         deceptive advertising or selling violative of the provisions of section
         5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act;

                  (f)   maintain HALLMARK products as your primary product line,
         provided,  however,  that  you are not  otherwise  restricted  from the
         inventory and sale of competing product lines.

         6. That you hereby agree to display Hallmark's trademarks in conformity
with the rules for such use as Hallmark  may,  from time to time,  promulgate in
order to  protect  the  quality  image and  reputation  which  those  trademarks
presently  enjoy.  Any rules now or hereafter  promulgated  by Hallmark shall be
considered  a part of this  agreement  and you hereby  agree to be bound by said
rules.  Attached to this letter are the  present  GUIDELINES  FOR THE USE OF THE
TRADEMARK "HALLMARK".

         7. That you hereby  agree to,  from time to time,  submit to  Hallmark,
samples of advertising material,  letterheads,  etc. for determination that your
use of the HALLMARK trademark is, in Hallmark's judgment, correct.



                                       -2-

<PAGE>

         8. That you hereby acknowledge that this agreement supersedes all prior
oral or written representations and constitutes the entire understanding between
you and Hallmark with respect to the use of the HALLMARK trademark in connection
with your  operation of the shop and that this agreement may be modified only in
writing.

         9. That you hereby  acknowledge that this agreement shall be subject to
and  construed  in  accordance  with the laws of the state of Missouri and shall
become  effective  upon  receipt by  Hallmark in Kansas  City,  Missouri of this
letter agreement signed by you.

         10. That you hereby  acknowledge  that  Hallmark  is not your  partner,
joint venturer or franchisor and that the relationship  between you and Hallmark
is not a  franchise  relationship  and that no fee is  required  to  follow  any
specific merchandising plan.

         11. That you shall have the right to terminate this agreement by giving
Hallmark 30 days  written  notice of your intent to do so. Said  written  notice
shall be  placed  in the  United  States  mail,  certified  mail-return  receipt
requested,   addressed  to  Hallmark  Cards,  Incorporated,  in  care  of  Sales
Information Center - 340, P.O. Box 580, Kansas City, Missouri 64141.

         12. That this agreement shall automatically terminate on the occurrence
of the  following:  (1)  termination  of your right to occupy the premises  with
respect to which the license  herein has been granted or (2) the closing of your
account with Hallmark.

         13. That,  in the event this license is  terminated,  for any reason by
either party, you hereby agree to immediately cease using the HALLMARK trademark
and all other trademarks  owned by Hallmark and to remove,  destroy or otherwise
obliterate  any  sign,  placard,  poster,   stationery,   banner,   advertising,
merchandise bag or lettering which utilizes the HALLMARK trademark,  or any part
thereof, by the date upon which the termination  becomes effective.  You further
agree to permit  Hallmark  the right to enter your  premises  to ensure that the
foregoing has been completed upon Hallmark's first giving you reasonable advance
notice. You further acknowledge and agree that your failure to immediately cease
the use of the HALLMARK  trademark upon revocation of the license herein granted
will result in irreparable harm and injury to Hallmark.




                                       -3-

<PAGE>

         Please  acknowledge  that the  foregoing  represents  our  agreement by
signing and returning the enclosed copy of this letter.

                                            Very truly yours,

                                            HALLMARK CARDS, INCORPORATED


                                            By /s/ Don C. Freberg
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                   Don C. Freberg

   Agreed to this 16th day of August , 1984.


                                            STONE'S SHOP, INCORPORATED


                                            By /s/ David J. Stone
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                   David Stone


                                       -4-



                          TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT
                           ---------------------------


         This  Agreement  is made  this  14th  day of  May,  1985,  (date  to be
completed  by K.C.) by and between  Hallmark  Cards,  Incorporated  (hereinafter
referred to as "Hallmark") and Stone's Stores Inc.  (hereinafter  referred to as
"Licensee").

         WHEREAS,  Hallmark is the sole and exclusive  owner of  trademarks  and
tradenames including the work HALLMARK alone and in combination with the Coronet
design,  recorded on the  principal  register of the U.S.  Patent  Office  under
Registration Nos. 654,790; 787,169; 864,077 and 916,900, among others; and

         WHEREAS,  Licensee desires to use the HALLMARK trademark in conjunction
with the  operation  of its social  expression  shop  located at State & Mulford
Road,  Rockford,  IL 61111 (complete address - street, city, state and zip code)
(hereinafter referred to as the "Shop");

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants
herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. Hallmark hereby grants to Licensee a royalty free license to use the
trademark  and  tradename  HALLMARK  as  part  of the  Shop's  tradename  in the
following   manner  and  no  other  --  Stone's   Hallmark   Shop  (or  Synonym)
_______________--  and in  addition,  to use the  HALLMARK  trademark  in  other
appropriate ways for the promotion and sale of Hallmark products at the Shop.

         2.  Licensee,  for itself,  its heirs,  administrators,  successors and
assigns, does hereby absolutely grant, bargain,  convey and assign unto Hallmark
any and all legal and equitable  right,  title and  interest,  both tangible and
intangible,  which it has or may hereafter  acquire in the  trademark  HALLMARK,
including but not limited to any goodwill hereinafter generated or created by it
or anyone acting or claiming under it.

         3. The  license  herein  granted  shall  not  extend  to any use of the
trademark as a part of a corporate name or in connection with any other business
it operates at any other  location and further said license herein granted shall
be  terminable  by Hallmark,  at any time,  by the giving to Licensee of 30 days
written notice.

         4. The license  herein  granted may not be  transferred or assigned and
all rights  granted  herein shall revert to Hallmark  upon  termination  of this
agreement.

         5. In connection with Licensee's operation of the Shop, Licensee will:

            (a)    use its best  efforts to promote and maintain the goodwill of
         the HALLMARK trademark and image;


<PAGE>

            (b)    maintain a sufficient  inventory  and display of the range of
         HALLMARK  products to enable the public the opportunity to purchase the
         same, so as not to mislead or deceive the public as to the availability
         of HALLMARK products in your store;

            (c)    maintain its store premises in a neat and orderly fashion;

            (d)    instruct sales clerks and employees in a manner sufficient to
         familiarize  them with the  HALLMARK  product  line so as to be able to
         respond to customer inquiries;

            (e)    not directly or  indirectly  disparage  the HALLMARK  product
         line or use  bait and  switch  selling  techniques  to a  customer  who
         indicates   interest  in  HALLMARK  products  or  otherwise  engage  in
         deceptive advertising or selling violative of the provisions of section
         5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act;

            (f)    maintain  HALLMARK  products  as its  primary  product  line,
         provided,  however,  that Licensee is not otherwise restricted from the
         inventory and sale of competing product lines.

         6. Licensee shall display Hallmark's  trademarks in conformity with the
rules for such use as Hallmark  may,  from time to time,  promulgate in order to
protect the quality image and reputation which those trademarks presently enjoy.
Any rules now or hereafter promulgated by Hallmark shall be considered a part of
this agreement and Licensee hereby agrees to be bound by said rules. Attached as
Exhibit A to this  agreement  are the  current  rules  regarding  the use of the
trademark HALLMARK.

         7. Licensee  will,  from time to time,  submit to Hallmark,  samples of
advertising  material,  letterheads,  etc. for determination that its use of the
HALLMARK trademark is, in Hallmark's judgment, correct.

         8. This agreement supersedes all prior oral or written  representations
and  constitutes  the entire  understanding  between  Licensee and Hallmark with
respect to the use of the  HALLMARK  trademark  in  connection  with  Licensee's
operation of the shop and may be modified only in writing.

         9. This agreement  shall be subject to and construed in accordance with
the laws of the state of Missouri and shall become  effective  upon execution by
Hallmark in Kansas City, Missouri.

         10.  Licensee  acknowledges  that  Hallmark is not its  partner,  joint
venturer or franchisor and that the  relationship  between Licensee and Hallmark
is not a franchise relationship


                                       -2-

<PAGE>

and that no fee is payable for this license and that Licensee is not required to
follow any specific merchandising plan.

         11. Licensee shall have the right to terminate this agreement by giving
Hallmark  30 days  written  notice of its intent to do so. Said  written  notice
shall be  placed  in the  United  States  mail,  certified  mail-return  receipt
requested,   addressed  to  Hallmark  Cards,  Incorporated,  in  care  of  Sales
Information Center - 340, P.O. Box 580, Kansas City, Missouri 64141.

         12. This agreement shall  automatically  terminate on the occurrence of
the following:  (1) termination of Licensee's  right to occupy the premises with
respect  to which the  license  herein has been  granted  or (2) the  closing of
Licensee's account with Hallmark.

         13. In the event this license is  terminated,  for any reason by either
party,  Licensee hereby agrees to immediately cease using the HALLMARK trademark
and all other trademarks  owned by Hallmark and to remove,  destroy or otherwise
obliterate  any  sign,  placard,  poster,   stationery,   banner,   advertising,
merchandise bag or lettering which utilizes the HALLMARK trademark,  or any part
thereof,  by the date upon which the  termination  becomes  effective.  Licensee
further agrees to permit Hallmark the right to enter premises to ensure that the
foregoing has been completed upon Hallmark's  first giving  Licensee  reasonable
advance notice.  Licensee  further  acknowledges  and agrees that its failure to
immediately  cease the use of the  HALLMARK  trademark  upon  revocation  of the
license herein granted will result in irreparable harm and injury to Hallmark.



                                       -3-

<PAGE>

         WHEREFORE,   the  parties   hereto  have  executed  this  agreement  in
duplicate.

                                               HALLMARK CARDS, INCORPORATED


                                               By  /s/
                                                   -----------------------------



Sole Proprietorship             Partnership               Corporation
- -------------------             -----------               -----------


                                                    Stone's Shops, Inc.
- -------------------             -----------        -----------------------------
                                                   (Name of Corporation)


                                                   By /s/ David J. Stone
                                                      --------------------------



         This Agreement is not effective until approved and executed by Hallmark
Cards, Incorporated in Kansas City, Missouri.




                                       -4-



                         TRADEMARK SUBLICENSE AGREEMENT

This  Agreement  is made between  Hallmark  Marketing  Corporation  (hereinafter
referred to as  "Hallmark  Marketing")  and  Stone's  Shops,  Inc.  (hereinafter
referred to as "Sublicensee").

WHEREAS,  Hallmark  Cards,  Incorporated  is the  sole  and  exclusive  owner of
trademarks and  tradenames  including the word HALLMARK alone and in combination
with the Coronet design,  recorded on the principal  register of the U.S. Patent
Office under Registration nos. 654,790;  787,169;  864,077;  and 916,900,  among
others, and

WHEREAS,  Hallmark  Cards,  Incorporated  has  granted  a  license  to  Hallmark
Marketing  Corporation to use and  sublicense  use of the HALLMARK  trademark in
conjunction with retail social expressions shops; and

WHEREAS,  Sublicensee  desire to use the HALLMARK  trademark in conjunction with
the operation of a social  expression shop located at 1500 S. West St., Freeport
Plaza S/C,  Freeport,  IL 61032 (complete address - street,  city, state and zip
code) (hereinafter referred to as the "Shop");

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the promises and mutual covenants herein
contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1.   Hallmark  Marketing  hereby  grants to  Sublicensee a royalty free
              sublicense to use the trademark and tradename  HALLMARK as part of
              the  Shop's  tradename  in the  following  manner  and no other --
              Stone's Hallmark Shop (or Synonym)_________________________ -- and
              in addition,  to use the HALLMARK  trademark in other  appropriate
              ways for the promotion and sale of Hallmark products at the Shop.

         2.   Sublicensee, for itself, its heirs, administrators, successors and
              assignors,  does  hereby  absolutely  grant,  bargain,  convey and
              assign unto  Hallmark  Cards,  Incorporated  any and all legal and
              equitable right, title and interest, both tangible and intangible,
              which it has or may  hereafter  acquire in the HALLMARK  trademark
              including but not limited to any goodwill hereinafter generated or
              created by it or anyone acting or claiming under it.

         3.   The  Sublicense  herein granted shall not extend to any use of the
              trademark as a part of a corporate name or in connection  with any
              other  business it operates at any other location and further said
              sublicense   herein   granted  shall  be  terminable  by  Hallmark
              Marketing Corporation at any time, by the giving to Sublicensee of
              30 days written notice.



                                        1

<PAGE>

         4.   The  Sublicense  herein granted may not be transferred or assigned
              and all rights granted  herein shall revert to Hallmark  Marketing
              Corporation upon termination of this agreement.

         5.   In   connection   with   Sublicensee's   operation  of  the  shop,
              Sublicensee will:

              (a)  use its best  efforts to promote and maintain the goodwill of
                   the HALLMARK trademark and image;

              (b)  maintain a sufficient  inventory  and display of the range of
                   HALLMARK  Products  to enable the public the  opportunity  to
                   purchase the same, so as not to mislead or deceive the public
                   as to the availability of HALLMARK products in your store;

              (c)  maintain its store premises in a neat and orderly fashion;

              (d)  instruct sales clerks and employees in a manner sufficient to
                   familiarize  them with the HALLMARK  product line so as to be
                   able to respond to customer inquiries;

              (e)  not directly or  indirectly  disparage  the HALLMARK  product
                   line or use bait and switch selling  techniques to a customer
                   who  indicates  interest  in HALLMARK  products or  otherwise
                   engage in deceptive  advertising or selling  violative of the
                   provisions of section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act;

              (f)  maintain  HALLMARK  products  as its  primary  product  line,
                   provided,   however  that   Sublicensee   is  not   otherwise
                   restricted from the inventory and sale of competing  products
                   lines;

         6.   Sublicensee shall display Hallmark's trademarks in conformity with
              the rules for such use as Hallmark  Marketing  or Hallmark  Cards,
              Incorporated  may,  from  time to  time,  promulgate  in  order to
              protect the quality image and  reputation  which those  trademarks
              presently  enjoy.  Any  rules  now  or  hereafter  promulgated  by
              Hallmark  Marketing  or  Hallmark  Cards,  Incorporated  shall  be
              considered a part of this agreement and Sublicensee  hereby agrees
              to be bound by said rules. Attached as Exhibit A to this agreement
              are the current rules regarding the use of the HALLMARK trademark.

         7.   Sublicensee will, from time to time, submit to Hallmark  Marketing
              Corporation,  samples of advertising material,  letterheads,  etc.
              for determination that its use of the HALLMARK trademark is in the
              judgment of Hallmark  Marketing and Hallmark  Cards,  Incorporated
              correct.


                                        2

<PAGE>

         8.   This   agreement    supersedes   all   prior   oral   or   written
              representations and constitutes the entire  understanding  between
              Sublicensee and Hallmark  Marketing with respect to the use of the
              HALLMARK trademark in connection with  Sublicensee's  operation of
              the shop and may be modified only in writing.

         9.   This  agreement  shall be subject to and  construed in  accordance
              with the laws of the state of Missouri and shall become  effective
              upon execution by Hallmark Marketing in Kansas City, Missouri.

         10.  Sublicensee  acknowledges  that  neither  Hallmark  Marketing  nor
              Hallmark  Cards,  Incorporated  is its partner,  joint venturer or
              franchisor  and  that the  relationship  between  Sublicensee  and
              Hallmark Marketing is not a franchise relationship and that no fee
              is payable for this sublicense and the Sublicensee is not required
              to follow any specific merchandising plan.

         11.  Sublicensee  shall have the right to terminate  this  agreement by
              giving Hallmark  Marketing 30 days written notice of its intent to
              do so. Said written  notice  shall be placed in the United  States
              mail,  certified  mail-return  receipt  requested,   addressed  to
              Hallmark  Marketing  Corporation,  in  care of  Sales  Information
              Center - 340, P.O. Box 419580, Kansas City, Missouri 64141-6580.

         12.  This agreement shall automatically  terminate on the occurrence of
              the following:  (1) termination of  Sublicensee's  right to occupy
              the premises with respect to which the sublicense  herein has been
              granted  or (2) the  closing  of the  Sublicensee's  account  with
              Hallmark Marketing.

         13.  In the event  this  sublicense  is  terminated,  for any reason by
              either party, Sublicensee hereby agrees to immediately cease using
              the HALLMARK  trademark and all other trademarks owned by Hallmark
              Cards, Incorporated and to remove, destroy or otherwise obliterate
              any  sign,  placard,  poster,  stationery,   banner,  advertising,
              merchandise   bag  or  lettering   which   utilizes  the  HALLMARK
              trademark,  or any  part  thereof,  by the  date  upon  which  the
              termination  becomes  effective.  Sublicensee  further  agrees  to
              permit  Hallmark  Marketing the right to enter  premises to ensure
              that the foregoing has been  completed  upon Hallmark  Marketing's
              first giving Sublicensee  reasonable  advance notice.  Sublicensee
              further  acknowledges  and agrees that its failure to  immediately
              cease the use of the HALLMARK  trademark  upon  revocation  of the
              license herein  granted will result in irreparable  harm or injury
              to Hallmark Cards Incorporated and Hallmark Marketing.

         14.  Sublicensee  agrees that,  prior to displaying any sign containing
              the "Hallmark"  trademark on the interior or exterior of the shop,
              it shall obtain approval of same


                                        3

<PAGE>

              by submitting an  appropriate  application  in writing to Hallmark
              Marketing Corporation.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  executed  this  agreement  in
duplicate.

                                 HALLMARK MARKETING CORPORATION


                                 By /s/ Gloria Hember              9/1/92
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    To be signed at Hallmark Marketing Corporate
                                    Headquarters/Date

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

       SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP                   PARTNERSHIP                       CORPORATION
<S>                               <C>                               <C>                                <C>

                                                                           Stone's Shops, Inc.
- -------------------------         --------------------------        ------------------------------
         SIGNATURE/DATE                    SIGNATURE/DATE                 (NAME OF CORPORATION)


                                                                    By      /s/ David J. Stone
                                  --------------------------           ---------------------------     --------------
                                           SIGNATURE/DATE                    SIGNATURE/TITLE                 DATE

                                  --------------------------        By ---------------------------     ---------------
                                           SIGNATURE/DATE                    SIGNATURE/TITLE                 DATE
</TABLE>

This  Agreement  is not  effective  until  approved  and  executed  by  Hallmark
Marketing Corporation in Kansas City, Missouri.


                                        4

<PAGE>


               GUIDELINES FOR THE USE OF THE "HALLMARK" TRADEMARK
                                    EXHIBIT A

1.       In order to use the "Hallmark" trademark, Sublicensee agrees to feature
         and devote its primary  efforts to promoting  products  manufactured by
         Hallmark  Cards,  Inc., or its  subsidiaries  or  affiliated  companies
         (Hallmark) and to use its best efforts to promote and maintain the good
         will of the  Hallmark  trademark  and image,  maintaining  a sufficient
         inventory  and display of the range of  Hallmark  products as to enable
         the public to  purchase  the same and not to  mislead  or  deceive  the
         public as to the availability of Hallmark products in said store.

2.       When a retail store name includes "Hallmark", a modifying personal name
         identifying ownership must procede "Hallmark",  and the word "Hallmark"
         should be followed by the word "Shop" or a similar word.  When the word
         "Shop" is not used, a registered trademark symbol (R) should be applied
         to the Hallmark logo as illustrated.

         Note:    When  "Hallmark" is used as a part of the store name,  such as
                  "Vicki's Hallmark Shop", a Trademark Sublicense Agreement must
                  be approved by Hallmark Marketing Corporation.

3.       The store  utilizing  the  "Hallmark"  trademark  as a part of the name
         should be  clean,  neatly  arranged  and  cared  for,  and kept in good
         repair.  Poor  housekeeping,  empty store racks or dirty or  disheveled
         displays may be cause for termination of the Trademark Sublicense.

4.       The "Hallmark" trademark should never be used in a form other than that
         presented by the Sublicensee. The owner or proprietor of the sublicense
         should take careful steps to avoid the appearance  that his business is
         owned or operated by Hallmark Cards, Incorporated or Hallmark Marketing
         Corporation.  Neither Hallmark Cards nor Hallmark Marketing Corporation
         is a partner, joint venturer or franchisor of the dealership.  The only
         relationship  which  exists  other  than that of Seller and Buyer is of
         Trademark Sublicensor/Sublicensee.

5.       Products  which  are  incompatible  with the image of  Hallmark  Cards,
         Incorporated,  may not be  carried  in the  store.  Hallmark  Cards has
         established and justifiably  enjoys the reputation as a quality company
         of high moral  standing.  Incompatible  products  would be those  items
         which a significant  portion of the community  would find  distasteful,
         repulsive, or in poor taste.

6.       In order to protect the integrity of the trademark,  you should not use
         the trademark in advertising any more  prominently than the other words
         appearing in the store name.

7.       While you are sublicensed to use the trademark,  you should not use the
         term "authorized Hallmark dealer" or any similar term.



<PAGE>


8.       All  store  signs  must meet the  general  and  technical  requirements
         governing  the  use of the  Hallmark  trademark  and a  "Store  Signage
         Agreement" must be completed and approved.


                         TRADEMARK SUBLICENSE AGREEMENT

This  Agreement  is made between  Hallmark  Marketing  Corporation  (hereinafter
referred to as  "Hallmark  Marketing")  and  Stone's  Shops,  Inc.  (hereinafter
referred to as "Sublicensee").

WHEREAS,  Hallmark  Cards,  Incorporated  is the  sole  and  exclusive  owner of
trademarks and  tradenames  including the word HALLMARK alone and in combination
with the Coronet design,  recorded on the principal  register of the U.S. Patent
Office under Registration nos. 654,790;  787,169;  864,077;  and 916,900,  among
others, and

WHEREAS,  Hallmark  Cards,  Incorporated  has  granted  a  license  to  Hallmark
Marketing  Corporation to use and  sublicense  use of the HALLMARK  trademark in
conjunction with retail social expressions shops; and

WHEREAS,  Sublicensee  desire to use the HALLMARK  trademark in conjunction with
the  operation  of a social  expression  shop  located at  Riverside  & Milford,
Rockford,  IL 61114  (complete  address  -  street,  city,  state  and zip code)
(hereinafter referred to as the "Shop");

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the promises and mutual covenants herein
contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1.       Hallmark Marketing hereby grants to Sublicensee a royalty free
                  sublicense to use the trademark and tradename HALLMARK as part
                  of the Shop's  tradename in the following  manner and no other
                  -- Stone's Hallmark Shop (or Synonym)_________________________
                  -- and in  addition,  to use the  HALLMARK  trademark in other
                  appropriate  ways  for the  promotion  and  sale  of  Hallmark
                  products at the Shop.

         2.       Sublicensee, for itself, its heirs, administrators, successors
                  and assignors,  does hereby absolutely grant, bargain,  convey
                  and assign unto Hallmark Cards, Incorporated any and all legal
                  and equitable  right,  title and  interest,  both tangible and
                  intangible,  which  it  has or may  hereafter  acquire  in the
                  HALLMARK  trademark  including but not limited to any goodwill
                  hereinafter  generated  or created  by it or anyone  acting or
                  claiming under it.

         3.       The  Sublicense  herein granted shall not extend to any use of
                  the  trademark as a part of a corporate  name or in connection
                  with any other  business it operates at any other location and
                  further said sublicense  herein granted shall be terminable by
                  Hallmark  Marketing  Corporation at any time, by the giving to
                  Sublicensee of 30 days written notice.



                                        1

<PAGE>

         4.       The  Sublicense  herein  granted  may  not be  transferred  or
                  assigned  and  all  rights  granted  herein  shall  revert  to
                  Hallmark  Marketing   Corporation  upon  termination  of  this
                  agreement.

         5.       In  connection  with  Sublicensee's  operation  of  the  shop,
                  Sublicensee will:

                  (a)   use  its  best  efforts  to  promote  and  maintain  the
                        goodwill of the HALLMARK trademark and image;

                  (b)   maintain a sufficient inventory and display of the range
                        of   HALLMARK   Products   to  enable   the  public  the
                        opportunity  to purchase the same,  so as not to mislead
                        or deceive the public as to the availability of HALLMARK
                        products in your store;

                  (c)   maintain  its  store  premises  in a  neat  and  orderly
                        fashion;

                  (d)   instruct   sales  clerks  and   employees  in  a  manner
                        sufficient to familiarize them with the HALLMARK product
                        line so as to be able to respond to customer inquiries;

                  (e)   not  directly  or  indirectly   disparage  the  HALLMARK
                        product line or use bait and switch  selling  techniques
                        to  a  customer  who  indicates   interest  in  HALLMARK
                        products or otherwise engage in deceptive advertising or
                        selling  violative of the provisions of section 5 of the
                        Federal Trade Commission Act;

                  (f)   maintain  HALLMARK products as its primary product line,
                        provided,  however  that  Sublicensee  is not  otherwise
                        restricted  from the  inventory  and  sale of  competing
                        product lines;

         6.       Sublicensee shall display Hallmark's  trademarks in conformity
                  with the rules for such use as Hallmark  Marketing or Hallmark
                  Cards,  Incorporated  may,  from time to time,  promulgate  in
                  order to protect the quality image and reputation  which those
                  trademarks   presently  enjoy.  Any  rules  now  or  hereafter
                  promulgated   by  Hallmark   Marketing   or  Hallmark   Cards,
                  Incorporated  shall be considered a part of this agreement and
                  Sublicensee hereby agrees to be bound by said rules.  Attached
                  as Exhibit A to this agreement are the current rules regarding
                  the use of the HALLMARK trademark.

         7.       Sublicensee  will,  from  time to  time,  submit  to  Hallmark
                  Marketing   Corporation,   samples  of  advertising  material,
                  letterheads,  etc.  for  determination  that  its  use  of the
                  HALLMARK  trademark is in the  judgment of Hallmark  Marketing
                  and Hallmark Cards, Incorporated correct.


                                        2

<PAGE>



         8.       This   agreement   supersedes   all  prior   oral  or  written
                  representations  and  constitutes  the  entire   understanding
                  between Sublicensee and Hallmark Marketing with respect to the
                  use of the HALLMARK trademark in connection with Sublicensee's
                  operation of the shop and may be modified only in writing.

         9.       This agreement shall be subject to and construed in accordance
                  with  the laws of the  state  of  Missouri  and  shall  become
                  effective upon execution by Hallmark Marketing in Kansas City,
                  Missouri.

         10.      Sublicensee  acknowledges that neither Hallmark  Marketing nor
                  Hallmark Cards Incorporated is its partner,  joint venturer or
                  franchisor and that the relationship  between  Sublicensee and
                  Hallmark Marketing is not a franchise relationship and that no
                  fee is payable for this  sublicense and the Sublicensee is not
                  required to follow any specific merchandising plan.

         11.      Sublicensee  shall have the right to terminate  this agreement
                  by giving  Hallmark  Marketing 30 days  written  notice of its
                  intent to do so. Said  written  notice  shall be placed in the
                  United States mail,  certified  mail-return receipt requested,
                  addressed to Hallmark Marketing Corporation, in care of Market
                  Development  - 212,  P.O. Box 419580,  Kansas  City,  Missouri
                  64141-6580.

         12.      This agreement shall automatically terminate on the occurrence
                  of the following:  (1) termination of  Sublicensee's  right to
                  occupy  the  premises  with  respect  to which the  sublicense
                  herein   has  been   granted   or  (2)  the   closing  of  the
                  Sublicensee's account with Hallmark Marketing.

         13.      In the event this sublicense is terminated,  for any reason by
                  either party,  Sublicensee  hereby agrees to immediately cease
                  using the HALLMARK trademark and all other trademarks owned by
                  Hallmark  Cards,   Incorporated  and  to  remove,  destroy  or
                  otherwise  obliterate any sign, placard,  poster,  stationery,
                  banner,  advertising,   merchandise  bag  or  lettering  which
                  utilizes the HALLMARK  trademark,  or any part thereof, by the
                  date upon which the termination becomes effective. Sublicensee
                  further agrees to permit Hallmark Marketing the right to enter
                  premises to ensure that the foregoing has been  completed upon
                  Hallmark  Marketing's  first  giving  Sublicensee   reasonable
                  advance notice.  Sublicensee  further  acknowledges and agrees
                  that its failure to immediately  cease the use of the HALLMARK
                  trademark  upon  revocation of the license herein granted will
                  result  in  irreparable  harm  or  injury  to  Hallmark  Cards
                  Incorporated and Hallmark Marketing.

         14.      Sublicensee   agrees  that,   prior  to  displaying  any  sign
                  containing  the  "Hallmark"   trademark  on  the  interior  or
                  exterior of the shop, it shall obtain approval of same


                                        3

<PAGE>



                  by  submitting  an  appropriate   application  in  writing  to
                  Hallmark Marketing Corporation.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  executed  this  agreement  in
duplicate.

                                     HALLMARK MARKETING CORPORATION


                                     By /s/ Barbara Bolander
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        To  be  signed  at   Hallmark  Marketing
                                        Corporate Headquarters/Date

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

       SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP                   PARTNERSHIP                       CORPORATION

<S>                               <C>                               <C>                               <C>
                                                                         Stone's Shops, Inc.
- -------------------------         --------------------------        ---------------------------
      SIGNATURE/DATE                    SIGNATURE/DATE                 (NAME OF CORPORATION)

                                  --------------------------        By  /s/ David J. Stone            ----------------
                                                                       ------------------------
                                          SIGNATURE/DATE                     SIGNATURE/TITLE                 DATE

                                  --------------------------        By ------------------------       ----------------
                                           SIGNATURE/DATE                    SIGNATURE/TITLE                 DATE
</TABLE>

This  Agreement  is not  effective  until  approved  and  executed  by  Hallmark
Marketing Corporation in Kansas City, Missouri.


                                        4

<PAGE>


               GUIDELINES FOR THE USE OF THE "HALLMARK" TRADEMARK
                                    EXHIBIT A

1.       In order to use the "Hallmark" trademark, Sublicensee agrees to feature
         and devote its primary  efforts to promoting  products  manufactured by
         Hallmark  Cards,  Inc., or its  subsidiaries  or  affiliated  companies
         (Hallmark) and to use its best efforts to promote and maintain the good
         will of the  Hallmark  trademark  and image,  maintaining  a sufficient
         inventory  and display of the range of  Hallmark  products as to enable
         the public to  purchase  the same and not to  mislead  or  deceive  the
         public as to the availability of Hallmark products in said store.

2.       When a retail store name includes "Hallmark", a modifying personal name
         identifying ownership must procede "Hallmark",  and the word "Hallmark"
         should be followed by the word "Shop" or a similar word.  When the word
         "Shop" is not used, a registered trademark symbol (R) should be applied
         to the Hallmark logo as illustrated.

         Note:    When  "Hallmark" is used as a part of the store name,  such as
                  "Vicki's Hallmark Shop", a Trademark Sublicense Agreement must
                  be approved by Hallmark Marketing Corporation.

3.       The store  utilizing  the  "Hallmark"  trademark  as a part of the name
         should be  clean,  neatly  arranged  and  cared  for,  and kept in good
         repair.  Poor  housekeeping,  empty store racks or dirty or  disheveled
         displays may be cause for termination of the Trademark Sublicense.

4.       The "Hallmark" trademark should never be used in a form other than that
         presented by the Sublicensee. The owner or proprietor of the sublicense
         should take careful steps to avoid the appearance  that his business is
         owned or operated by Hallmark Cards, Incorporated or Hallmark Marketing
         Corporation.  Neither Hallmark Cards nor Hallmark Marketing Corporation
         is a partner, joint venturer or franchisor of the dealership.  The only
         relationship  which  exists  other  than that of Seller and Buyer is of
         Trademark Sublicensor/Sublicensee.

5.       Products  which  are  incompatible  with the image of  Hallmark  Cards,
         Incorporated,  may not be  carried  in the  store.  Hallmark  Cards has
         established and justifiably  enjoys the reputation as a quality company
         of high moral  standing.  Incompatible  products  would be those  items
         which a significant  portion of the community  would find  distasteful,
         repulsive, or in poor taste.

6.       In order to protect the integrity of the trademark,  you should not use
         the trademark in advertising any more  prominently than the other words
         appearing in the store name.

7.       While you are sublicensed to use the trademark,  you should not use the
         term "authorized Hallmark dealer" or any similar term.



<PAGE>


8.       All  store  signs  must meet the  general  and  technical  requirements
         governing  the  use of the  Hallmark  trademark  and a  "Store  Signage
         Agreement" must be completed and approved.


                                                                       
                                                                       

                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT

     This  Consulting  Agreement  between  Collectibles  USA,  Inc.,  a Delaware
corporation  ("Company"),  and Wasatch Capital  Corporation  ("Consultant"),  is
hereby  entered  into  this  31st  day of May,  1998 to be  effective  as of the
consummation of the initial public offering of the Company's common stock.

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual promises,  terms, covenants
and conditions set forth herein and the performance of each, it is hereby agreed
as follows:

     1. Duties.

     (a) The Company hereby engages  Consultant (A) as a merger and  acquisition
consultant  to assist  the  Company  in  implementing  its  strategy  to acquire
additional  retailers of collectibles and marketers of animation art,  including
to the extent  requested by the Company,  (i) assisting the Company in designing
the Company's  acquisition  program and  identifying  and  evaluating  potential
acquisition  candidates,  their  operations,  historical  performance and future
prospects,  (ii)  advising  the Company in  discussions  and  negotiations  with
acquisition  candidates and (iii) advising the Company with respect to obtaining
debt and/or equity  financing and (B) as a consultant to advise the Company with
respect to its management matters.

     (b) Consultant hereby accepts this engagement upon the terms and conditions
herein contained and agrees to devote a reasonable amount of time, attention and
efforts to promote and further the business and services of the Company.

     (c)  Consultant  agrees  to keep the  Company  informed  of its  activities
hereunder. Specifically, after identifying a potential acquisition candidate and
gathering appropriate information with respect thereto,  Consultant will provide
all such  information  to the Chief  Executive  Officer of the  Company,  or its
designee,  and  discuss  the  desirability  of  proceeding  with such  potential
candidate  with  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  of the  Company  and  any  such
discussion  with the potential  acquisition  candidate shall take place with the
Chief  Executive  Officer  or his  designee.  No  discussion  with  respect to a
possible purchase price of such potential acquisition candidate shall take place
without  the prior  approval of the Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company and
shall take place in the  presence  of, or with the prior  approval of, the Chief
Executive  Officer or his designee.  Any such acquisition  shall, of course,  be
subject to prior approval of the Board of Directors.



<PAGE>





     2. Compensation.

     (a) For all services  rendered by  Consultant  to the Company,  the Company
shall compensate the Consultant based upon each acquisition candidate with which
an acquisition is consummated in accordance with Exhibit A attached  hereto.  No
such  compensation   shall  be  paid  until  such  time  as  an  acquisition  is
consummated.

     (b) The Company shall  reimburse  Consultant for all ordinary and necessary
business  expenses  lawfully  and  reasonably  incurred  by  Consultant  in  the
performance of its services.  All  reimbursable  expenses shall be appropriately
documented in reasonable detail by Consultant upon submission of any request for
reimbursement.

     3. Term;  Termination;  Rights of  Termination.  The term of this Agreement
shall begin on the date of this Agreement and continue for a period of three (3)
years subject to automatic one-year  extensions unless either party notifies the
other at least 90 days before the end of the initial three-year term or one-year
extension term of the desire to not renew the agreement.

     4. Taxes.  It is mutually  understood and agreed that in the performance of
its services  under this  Agreement,  Consultant is at all times  performing its
services as an independent  contractor,  and acknowledges that it is responsible
for payment of its  federal  income tax,  employment  taxes and social  security
taxes. Further, Consultant will comply with all taxing authorities,  regulations
and laws, whether federal or state.

     5. Nondisclosure and Nonuse of Confidential Information. Except as required
by the nature of  Consultant's  duties or with the prior written  approval of an
authorized  officer of the Company,  Consultant  will never,  during the term of
this Agreement or thereafter,  use or disclose any  confidential  information of
the  Company,  any of its  customers  or any  potential  acquisition  candidate,
including without limitation customer lists, market research, strategic plans or
other information or discoveries, inventions, improvements, know-how, methods or
other trade secrets, whether developed by Consultant or others.  Consultant will
comply  with  the  Company's  policies  and  procedures  for the  protection  of
confidential information.

     6. Use and Return of Documents. Consultant will not disclose any documents,
record, tapes and other media that contain confidential information and will not
copy any such  material  or  remove  it from the  Company's  offices  except  as
approved by an  authorized  officer of the  Company.  Upon  termination  of this
Agreement,  Consultant  will  return to the  Company  all  copies of  documents,
records, tapes, and other media that contain confidential information.

     7. Remedies.  Consultant  acknowledges  that in the event of a violation by
him of this Agreement the harm to the Company could be  irreparable.  Consultant
agrees that, in addition



<PAGE>



to any other  remedies  provided by law,  the Company will be entitled to obtain
injunctive relief against any such violation without having to post a bond.

     8. Complete Agreement.  There are no oral representations,  understandings,
or  agreements   with  the  Company  or  any  of  its  officers,   directors  or
representatives covering the same subject matter as this Agreement. This written
Agreement is the final,  complete and exclusive  statement and expression of the
agreement  between  the  Company  and  Consultant  and of all the  terms of this
Agreement, and it cannot be varied,  contradicted or supplemented by evidence of
any prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements.  This written Agreement
may not be later modified  except by a further writing signed by the Company and
Consultant, and no term of this Agreement may be waived except by writing signed
by the party waiving the benefit of such terms.

     9. No Waiver.  No waiver by the parties  hereto of any default or breach of
any term, condition or covenant of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver
of any subsequent default or breach of the same or any other term,  condition or
covenant contained herein.

     10.  Assignment;  Binding Effect.  Consultant  understands  that it may not
assign its rights or obligations  hereunder without the prior written consent of
the Company.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the parties thereto and their respective heirs,
successors and assigns. It is further understood and agreed that the Company may
be merged or  consolidated  with  another  entity and that any such entity shall
automatically succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Company hereunder.

     11. Notices.  Whenever any notice is required hereunder,  it shall be given
in writing addressed as follows:

              To the Company:          One Battery Park Plaza
                                       New York, NY  10004
                                       Attention:  Chief Executive Officer

              To Consultant:           3322 Albans
                                       Houston, TX  77005
                                       Attention:  Michael Baker

Notice shall be deemed given and  effective  seven (7) days after the deposit in
the U.S.  mail of a  writing  addressed  as above  and sent  first  class  mail,
certified, return receipt requested, or when actually received. Either party may
change the  address  for notice by  notifying  the other party of such change in
accordance with this paragraph 11.

     12.  Severability;  Headings.  If any  portion  of this  Agreement  is held
invalid or  inoperative,  the other portions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
valid and operative and, so far as is reasonable  and possible,  effect shall be
given to the intent  manifested by the portion held invalid or inoperative.  The
paragraph headings herein are for reference purposes only and are not intended



<PAGE>



in the way to describe,  interpret, define or limit the extent or intent of this
Agreement or of any part hereof.

     13.  Governing  Law;  Place of  Performance.  This  Agreement  shall in all
respects be construed according to the laws of the State of New York.


                           [Signature Page to Follow]




<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the
date first written above.

                                                 COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                                                 By: /s/ Ronald Rafaloff
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                    Name: Ronald Rafaloff
                                                    Title: Chairman

                                                 WASATCH CAPITAL CORPORATION

                                                 By: /s/ Michael A. Baker
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                    Name: Michael A. Baker
                                                    Title: Chairman of the Board




<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT A

Consultant  shall be  entitled  to receive  3.2% of  Pre-Tax  Net Income for the
acquisition  candidate.  Pre-Tax  Net Income will be  calculated  based upon the
acquisition  candidate's  most  recently  completed  fiscal  year,  and shall be
computed in accordance with (i) generally accepted accounting  principals in the
United  States  and (ii) the  rules of  Regulation  SX,  Title 17 of the Code of
Federal Regulations (Part 210), as such may be amended.


                                       -6-


                            RGR FINANCIAL GROUP, LLC
                             ONE BATTERY PARK PLAZA
                                   24TH FLOOR
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004


May 31, 1998

Collectibles USA, Inc.
One Battery Park Plaza
24th Floor
New York, New York  10004

Dear Sir or Madam:

     Reference is hereby made to (A) Collectibles  USA, Inc.'s ("CUSA") offering
to accredited investors of $1,000,000 of shares of preferred stock designated as
the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock (the "Preferred  Stock") of CUSA which
are convertible into shares of common stock of CUSA (the "Common Stock") and (B)
CUSA's  offering (the "Note  Offering")  to  accredited  investors of $1,550,000
aggregate  principal amount of 12% convertible  notes due February 28, 1999 (the
"Notes") which Notes are convertible into shares of Common Stock.

     In the event of the  consummation  of the  initial  public  offering of the
Common Stock, the undersigned hereby agrees to transfer 11,986 and 79,063 shares
of Common Stock  (assuming an $8.50 initial public  offering price of the Common
Stock) to certain holders of,  respectively,  the Preferred Stock and the Notes.
In the event that the initial public offering price of the Common Stock shall be
greater than or less than $8.50, the undersigned  agrees that the aforementioned
11,986 and 79,063 shares shall be appropriately adjusted.

     Please  indicate  your  acceptance  of the terms  hereof by  signing in the
appropriate space below.

                                                    Very truly yours,

                                                    RGR FINANCIAL GROUP, LLC

                                                    By /s/ Ronald Rafaloff
                                                      --------------------------
                                                       Name: Ronald Rafaloff
                                                       Title: Chairman

Accepted and agreed to as of the date hereof:

COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

By /s/ Neil J. DePascal Jr.
  --------------------------






                                                                     EXHIBIT 21

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES  (INCLUDING STATE OF INCORPORATION  AND TRADE NAMES) OF THE
COMPANY

The following is a list of the existing subsidiaries of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME SUBSIDIARY                     TRADE NAME                              STATE OF INCORPORATION
<S>                                 <C>                                     <C>
Base Acquisition Corp.              NONE                                    Delaware
Crystal Palace Acquisition Corp.    NONE                                    Delaware
DKG Acquisition Corp.               NONE                                    Delaware
Elwell Acquisition Corp.            NONE                                    Delaware
St. George Acquisition Corp.        NONE                                    Delaware
Stone Acquisition Corp.             NONE                                    Delaware
ARA Acquisition Corp.               NONE                                    Delaware
Animation U.S.A. Acquisition Corp.  NONE                                    Delaware
Filmart Acquisition Corp.           NONE                                    Delaware
</TABLE>

The  following  is a list of the  subsidiaries  of the Company as existing  upon
consummation of the Acquisitions
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME SUBSIDIARY                    TRADE NAME                               STATE OF INCORPORATION
<S>                                <C>                                      <C>
American Royal Arts Corp.          NONE                                     Delaware
Animation U.S.A., Inc.             NONE                                     Washington
DKG Enterprises, Inc.              North Pole City                          Oklahoma
                                   North Pole City Gifts & Collectibles
Elwell Stores, Inc.                The Reef Hallmark Shop                   Florida
Filmart Productions, Inc.          Cartoon World                            New York
                                   Filmart Galleries
                                   Animation Art Resources
St. George, Inc.                   Little Elegance                          New Jersey
Stone's Shops, Inc.                NONE                                     Illinois
</TABLE>



                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.1

                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

     As  independent  public  accountants,  we hereby  consent to the use of our
reports  and to all  references  to our Firm  included in or made a part of this
registration statement.

                                        ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

   
Houston, Texas
June 5, 1998
    







<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1
<CURRENCY>                                     US DOLLARS
       
<S>                         <C>           
<PERIOD-TYPE>               YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              JAN-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                                 FEB-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   JAN-31-1998
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                1
<CASH>                                          70,866
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   63,106
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                    624,778
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               951,948
<PP&E>                                         164,425
<DEPRECIATION>                                (64,465)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               1,125,092
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                        1,230,360
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                         1,584
<OTHER-SE>                                   (106,852)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 1,125,092
<SALES>                                      4,133,318
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             4,133,318
<CGS>                                        1,516,516
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                1,957,708
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                645,037
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            645,037
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   645,037
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
        

</TABLE>



                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.2



UNITY MARKETING
206 E.Church Street, Stevens, PA 17578

Tel 717-336-1600
Fax 717-336-1601

Collectibles USA, Inc.                                 September 30, 1997
One Battery Park Plaza, 24th Floor
New York, NY 10004

Dear Gentlemen:

Unity Marketing  consents to being named in the  registration  statement on form
S-1, and all amendments thereto,  prepared by Collectibles USA, Inc., and to the
citing of research material for market data therein.

Unity Marketing


By: /s/ Pamela N. Danziger
    ----------------------
Name: Pamela N. Danziger
Title: President/CEO, Unity Marketing


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission